Table of contents

  1. 1 Introduction
  2. 2 Common infrastructure
  3. 3 Semantics, structure, and APIs of HTML documents
  4. 4 The elements of HTML
  5. 5 Microdata
  6. 6 User interaction
  7. 7 Loading web pages
  8. 8 Web application APIs
  9. 9 Communication
  10. 10 Web workers
  11. 11 Worklets
  12. 12 Web storage
  13. 13 The HTML syntax
  14. 14 The XML syntax
  15. 15 Rendering
  16. 16 Obsolete features
  17. 17 IANA considerations
  18. Index
  19. References
  20. Acknowledgments
  21. Intellectual property rights

Full table of contents

  1. 1 Introduction
    1. 1.1 Where does this specification fit?
    2. 1.2 Is this HTML5?
    3. 1.3 Background
    4. 1.4 Audience
    5. 1.5 Scope
    6. 1.6 History
    7. 1.7 Design notes
      1. 1.7.1 Serializability of script execution
      2. 1.7.2 Extensibility
    8. 1.8 HTML vs XML syntax
    9. 1.9 Structure of this specification
      1. 1.9.1 How to read this specification
      2. 1.9.2 Typographic conventions
    10. 1.10 A quick introduction to HTML
      1. 1.10.1 Writing secure applications with HTML
      2. 1.10.2 Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs
      3. 1.10.3 How to catch mistakes when writing HTML: validators and conformance checkers
    11. 1.11 Conformance requirements for authors
      1. 1.11.1 Presentational markup
      2. 1.11.2 Syntax errors
      3. 1.11.3 Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
    12. 1.12 Suggested reading
  2. 2 Common infrastructure
    1. 2.1 Terminology
      1. 2.1.1 Parallelism
      2. 2.1.2 Resources
      3. 2.1.3 XML compatibility
      4. 2.1.4 DOM trees
      5. 2.1.5 Scripting
      6. 2.1.6 Plugins
      7. 2.1.7 Character encodings
      8. 2.1.8 Conformance classes
      9. 2.1.9 Dependencies
      10. 2.1.10 Extensibility
      11. 2.1.11 Interactions with XPath and XSLT
    2. 2.2 Policy-controlled features
    3. 2.3 Common microsyntaxes
      1. 2.3.1 Common parser idioms
      2. 2.3.2 Boolean attributes
      3. 2.3.3 Keywords and enumerated attributes
      4. 2.3.4 Numbers
        1. 2.3.4.1 Signed integers
        2. 2.3.4.2 Non-negative integers
        3. 2.3.4.3 Floating-point numbers
        4. 2.3.4.4 Percentages and lengths
        5. 2.3.4.5 Nonzero percentages and lengths
        6. 2.3.4.6 Lists of floating-point numbers
        7. 2.3.4.7 Lists of dimensions
      5. 2.3.5 Dates and times
        1. 2.3.5.1 Months
        2. 2.3.5.2 Dates
        3. 2.3.5.3 Yearless dates
        4. 2.3.5.4 Times
        5. 2.3.5.5 Local dates and times
        6. 2.3.5.6 Time zones
        7. 2.3.5.7 Global dates and times
        8. 2.3.5.8 Weeks
        9. 2.3.5.9 Durations
        10. 2.3.5.10 Vaguer moments in time
      6. 2.3.6 Legacy colors
      7. 2.3.7 Space-separated tokens
      8. 2.3.8 Comma-separated tokens
      9. 2.3.9 References
      10. 2.3.10 Media queries
      11. 2.3.11 Unique internal values
    4. 2.4 URLs
      1. 2.4.1 Terminology
      2. 2.4.2 Parsing URLs
      3. 2.4.3 Dynamic changes to base URLs
    5. 2.5 Fetching resources
      1. 2.5.1 Terminology
      2. 2.5.2 Determining the type of a resource
      3. 2.5.3 Extracting character encodings from meta elements
      4. 2.5.4 CORS settings attributes
      5. 2.5.5 Referrer policy attributes
      6. 2.5.6 Nonce attributes
      7. 2.5.7 Lazy loading attributes
      8. 2.5.8 Blocking attributes
      9. 2.5.9 Fetch priority attributes
    6. 2.6 Common DOM interfaces
      1. 2.6.1 Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes
      2. 2.6.2 Using reflect in specifications
      3. 2.6.3 Collections
        1. 2.6.3.1 The HTMLAllCollection interface
          1. 2.6.3.1.1 [[Call]] ( thisArgument, argumentsList )
        2. 2.6.3.2 The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface
        3. 2.6.3.3 The HTMLOptionsCollection interface
      4. 2.6.4 The DOMStringList interface
    7. 2.7 Safe passing of structured data
      1. 2.7.1 Serializable objects
      2. 2.7.2 Transferable objects
      3. 2.7.3 StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] )
      4. 2.7.4 StructuredSerialize ( value )
      5. 2.7.5 StructuredSerializeForStorage ( value )
      6. 2.7.6 StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] )
      7. 2.7.7 StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList )
      8. 2.7.8 StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer ( serializeWithTransferResult, targetRealm )
      9. 2.7.9 Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications
      10. 2.7.10 Structured cloning API
  3. 3 Semantics, structure, and APIs of HTML documents
    1. 3.1 Documents
      1. 3.1.1 The Document object
      2. 3.1.2 The DocumentOrShadowRoot interface
      3. 3.1.3 Resource metadata management
      4. 3.1.4 Reporting document loading status
      5. 3.1.5 Render-blocking mechanism
      6. 3.1.6 DOM tree accessors
    2. 3.2 Elements
      1. 3.2.1 Semantics
      2. 3.2.2 Elements in the DOM
      3. 3.2.3 HTML element constructors
      4. 3.2.4 Element definitions
        1. 3.2.4.1 Attributes
      5. 3.2.5 Content models
        1. 3.2.5.1 The "nothing" content model
        2. 3.2.5.2 Kinds of content
          1. 3.2.5.2.1 Metadata content
          2. 3.2.5.2.2 Flow content
          3. 3.2.5.2.3 Sectioning content
          4. 3.2.5.2.4 Heading content
          5. 3.2.5.2.5 Phrasing content
          6. 3.2.5.2.6 Embedded content
          7. 3.2.5.2.7 Interactive content
          8. 3.2.5.2.8 Palpable content
          9. 3.2.5.2.9 Script-supporting elements
        3. 3.2.5.3 Transparent content models
        4. 3.2.5.4 Paragraphs
      6. 3.2.6 Global attributes
        1. 3.2.6.1 The title attribute
        2. 3.2.6.2 The lang and xml:lang attributes
        3. 3.2.6.3 The translate attribute
        4. 3.2.6.4 The dir attribute
        5. 3.2.6.5 The style attribute
        6. 3.2.6.6 Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
      7. 3.2.7 The innerText and outerText properties
      8. 3.2.8 Requirements relating to the bidirectional algorithm
        1. 3.2.8.1 Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters
        2. 3.2.8.2 User agent conformance criteria
      9. 3.2.9 Requirements related to ARIA and to platform accessibility APIs
  4. 4 The elements of HTML
    1. 4.1 The document element
      1. 4.1.1 The html element
    2. 4.2 Document metadata
      1. 4.2.1 The head element
      2. 4.2.2 The title element
      3. 4.2.3 The base element
      4. 4.2.4 The link element
        1. 4.2.4.1 Processing the media attribute
        2. 4.2.4.2 Processing the type attribute
        3. 4.2.4.3 Fetching and processing a resource from a link element
        4. 4.2.4.4 Processing `Link` headers
        5. 4.2.4.5 Early hints
        6. 4.2.4.6 Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element
      5. 4.2.5 The meta element
        1. 4.2.5.1 Standard metadata names
        2. 4.2.5.2 Other metadata names
        3. 4.2.5.3 Pragma directives
        4. 4.2.5.4 Specifying the document's character encoding
      6. 4.2.6 The style element
      7. 4.2.7 Interactions of styling and scripting
    3. 4.3 Sections
      1. 4.3.1 The body element
      2. 4.3.2 The article element
      3. 4.3.3 The section element
      4. 4.3.4 The nav element
      5. 4.3.5 The aside element
      6. 4.3.6 The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
      7. 4.3.7 The hgroup element
      8. 4.3.8 The header element
      9. 4.3.9 The footer element
      10. 4.3.10 The address element
      11. 4.3.11 Headings and outlines
        1. 4.3.11.1 Sample outlines
        2. 4.3.11.2 Exposing outlines to users
      12. 4.3.12 Usage summary
        1. 4.3.12.1 Article or section?
    4. 4.4 Grouping content
      1. 4.4.1 The p element
      2. 4.4.2 The hr element
      3. 4.4.3 The pre element
      4. 4.4.4 The blockquote element
      5. 4.4.5 The ol element
      6. 4.4.6 The ul element
      7. 4.4.7 The menu element
      8. 4.4.8 The li element
      9. 4.4.9 The dl element
      10. 4.4.10 The dt element
      11. 4.4.11 The dd element
      12. 4.4.12 The figure element
      13. 4.4.13 The figcaption element
      14. 4.4.14 The main element
      15. 4.4.15 The search element
      16. 4.4.16 The div element
    5. 4.5 Text-level semantics
      1. 4.5.1 The a element
      2. 4.5.2 The em element
      3. 4.5.3 The strong element
      4. 4.5.4 The small element
      5. 4.5.5 The s element
      6. 4.5.6 The cite element
      7. 4.5.7 The q element
      8. 4.5.8 The dfn element
      9. 4.5.9 The abbr element
      10. 4.5.10 The ruby element
      11. 4.5.11 The rt element
      12. 4.5.12 The rp element
      13. 4.5.13 The data element
      14. 4.5.14 The time element
      15. 4.5.15 The code element
      16. 4.5.16 The var element
      17. 4.5.17 The samp element
      18. 4.5.18 The kbd element
      19. 4.5.19 The sub and sup elements
      20. 4.5.20 The i element
      21. 4.5.21 The b element
      22. 4.5.22 The u element
      23. 4.5.23 The mark element
      24. 4.5.24 The bdi element
      25. 4.5.25 The bdo element
      26. 4.5.26 The span element
      27. 4.5.27 The br element
      28. 4.5.28 The wbr element
      29. 4.5.29 Usage summary
    6. 4.6 Links
      1. 4.6.1 Introduction
      2. 4.6.2 Links created by a and area elements
      3. 4.6.3 API for a and area elements
      4. 4.6.4 Following hyperlinks
      5. 4.6.5 Downloading resources
      6. 4.6.6 Hyperlink auditing
        1. 4.6.6.1 The `Ping-From` and `Ping-To` headers
      7. 4.6.7 Link types
        1. 4.6.7.1 Link type "alternate"
        2. 4.6.7.2 Link type "author"
        3. 4.6.7.3 Link type "bookmark"
        4. 4.6.7.4 Link type "canonical"
        5. 4.6.7.5 Link type "dns-prefetch"
        6. 4.6.7.6 Link type "expect"
        7. 4.6.7.7 Link type "external"
        8. 4.6.7.8 Link type "help"
        9. 4.6.7.9 Link type "icon"
        10. 4.6.7.10 Link type "license"
        11. 4.6.7.11 Link type "manifest"
        12. 4.6.7.12 Link type "modulepreload"
        13. 4.6.7.13 Link type "nofollow"
        14. 4.6.7.14 Link type "noopener"
        15. 4.6.7.15 Link type "noreferrer"
        16. 4.6.7.16 Link type "opener"
        17. 4.6.7.17 Link type "pingback"
        18. 4.6.7.18 Link type "preconnect"
        19. 4.6.7.19 Link type "prefetch"
        20. 4.6.7.20 Link type "preload"
        21. 4.6.7.21 Link type "privacy-policy"
        22. 4.6.7.22 Link type "search"
        23. 4.6.7.23 Link type "stylesheet"
        24. 4.6.7.24 Link type "tag"
        25. 4.6.7.25 Link Type "terms-of-service"
        26. 4.6.7.26 Sequential link types
          1. 4.6.7.26.1 Link type "next"
          2. 4.6.7.26.2 Link type "prev"
        27. 4.6.7.27 Other link types
    7. 4.7 Edits
      1. 4.7.1 The ins element
      2. 4.7.2 The del element
      3. 4.7.3 Attributes common to ins and del elements
      4. 4.7.4 Edits and paragraphs
      5. 4.7.5 Edits and lists
      6. 4.7.6 Edits and tables
    8. 4.8 Embedded content
      1. 4.8.1 The picture element
      2. 4.8.2 The source element
      3. 4.8.3 The img element
      4. 4.8.4 Images
        1. 4.8.4.1 Introduction
          1. 4.8.4.1.1 Adaptive images
        2. 4.8.4.2 Attributes common to source, img, and link elements
          1. 4.8.4.2.1 Srcset attributes
          2. 4.8.4.2.2 Sizes attributes
        3. 4.8.4.3 Processing model
          1. 4.8.4.3.1 When to obtain images
          2. 4.8.4.3.2 Reacting to DOM mutations
          3. 4.8.4.3.3 The list of available images
          4. 4.8.4.3.4 Decoding images
          5. 4.8.4.3.5 Updating the image data
          6. 4.8.4.3.6 Preparing an image for presentation
          7. 4.8.4.3.7 Selecting an image source
          8. 4.8.4.3.8 Creating a source set from attributes
          9. 4.8.4.3.9 Updating the source set
          10. 4.8.4.3.10 Parsing a srcset attribute
          11. 4.8.4.3.11 Parsing a sizes attribute
          12. 4.8.4.3.12 Normalizing the source densities
          13. 4.8.4.3.13 Reacting to environment changes
        4. 4.8.4.4 Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images
          1. 4.8.4.4.1 General guidelines
          2. 4.8.4.4.2 A link or button containing nothing but the image
          3. 4.8.4.4.3 A phrase or paragraph with an alternative graphical representation: charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations
          4. 4.8.4.4.4 A short phrase or label with an alternative graphical representation: icons, logos
          5. 4.8.4.4.5 Text that has been rendered to a graphic for typographical effect
          6. 4.8.4.4.6 A graphical representation of some of the surrounding text
          7. 4.8.4.4.7 Ancillary images
          8. 4.8.4.4.8 A purely decorative image that doesn't add any information
          9. 4.8.4.4.9 A group of images that form a single larger picture with no links
          10. 4.8.4.4.10 A group of images that form a single larger picture with links
          11. 4.8.4.4.11 A key part of the content
          12. 4.8.4.4.12 An image not intended for the user
          13. 4.8.4.4.13 An image in an email or private document intended for a specific person who is known to be able to view images
          14. 4.8.4.4.14 Guidance for markup generators
          15. 4.8.4.4.15 Guidance for conformance checkers
      5. 4.8.5 The iframe element
      6. 4.8.6 The embed element
      7. 4.8.7 The object element
      8. 4.8.8 The video element
      9. 4.8.9 The audio element
      10. 4.8.10 The track element
      11. 4.8.11 Media elements
        1. 4.8.11.1 Error codes
        2. 4.8.11.2 Location of the media resource
        3. 4.8.11.3 MIME types
        4. 4.8.11.4 Network states
        5. 4.8.11.5 Loading the media resource
        6. 4.8.11.6 Offsets into the media resource
        7. 4.8.11.7 Ready states
        8. 4.8.11.8 Playing the media resource
        9. 4.8.11.9 Seeking
        10. 4.8.11.10 Media resources with multiple media tracks
          1. 4.8.11.10.1 AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
          2. 4.8.11.10.2 Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively
        11. 4.8.11.11 Timed text tracks
          1. 4.8.11.11.1 Text track model
          2. 4.8.11.11.2 Sourcing in-band text tracks
          3. 4.8.11.11.3 Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
          4. 4.8.11.11.4 Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues
          5. 4.8.11.11.5 Text track API
          6. 4.8.11.11.6 Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs
          7. 4.8.11.11.7 Best practices for metadata text tracks
        12. 4.8.11.12 Identifying a track kind through a URL
        13. 4.8.11.13 User interface
        14. 4.8.11.14 Time ranges
        15. 4.8.11.15 The TrackEvent interface
        16. 4.8.11.16 Events summary
        17. 4.8.11.17 Security and privacy considerations
        18. 4.8.11.18 Best practices for authors using media elements
        19. 4.8.11.19 Best practices for implementers of media elements
      12. 4.8.12 The map element
      13. 4.8.13 The area element
      14. 4.8.14 Image maps
        1. 4.8.14.1 Authoring
        2. 4.8.14.2 Processing model
      15. 4.8.15 MathML
      16. 4.8.16 SVG
      17. 4.8.17 Dimension attributes
    9. 4.9 Tabular data
      1. 4.9.1 The table element
        1. 4.9.1.1 Techniques for describing tables
        2. 4.9.1.2 Techniques for table design
      2. 4.9.2 The caption element
      3. 4.9.3 The colgroup element
      4. 4.9.4 The col element
      5. 4.9.5 The tbody element
      6. 4.9.6 The thead element
      7. 4.9.7 The tfoot element
      8. 4.9.8 The tr element
      9. 4.9.9 The td element
      10. 4.9.10 The th element
      11. 4.9.11 Attributes common to td and th elements
      12. 4.9.12 Processing model
        1. 4.9.12.1 Forming a table
        2. 4.9.12.2 Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
      13. 4.9.13 Examples
    10. 4.10 Forms
      1. 4.10.1 Introduction
        1. 4.10.1.1 Writing a form's user interface
        2. 4.10.1.2 Implementing the server-side processing for a form
        3. 4.10.1.3 Configuring a form to communicate with a server
        4. 4.10.1.4 Client-side form validation
        5. 4.10.1.5 Enabling client-side automatic filling of form controls
        6. 4.10.1.6 Improving the user experience on mobile devices
        7. 4.10.1.7 The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality
        8. 4.10.1.8 Date, time, and number formats
      2. 4.10.2 Categories
      3. 4.10.3 The form element
      4. 4.10.4 The label element
      5. 4.10.5 The input element
        1. 4.10.5.1 States of the type attribute
          1. 4.10.5.1.1 Hidden state (type=hidden)
          2. 4.10.5.1.2 Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
          3. 4.10.5.1.3 Telephone state (type=tel)
          4. 4.10.5.1.4 URL state (type=url)
          5. 4.10.5.1.5 Email state (type=email)
          6. 4.10.5.1.6 Password state (type=password)
          7. 4.10.5.1.7 Date state (type=date)
          8. 4.10.5.1.8 Month state (type=month)
          9. 4.10.5.1.9 Week state (type=week)
          10. 4.10.5.1.10 Time state (type=time)
          11. 4.10.5.1.11 Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
          12. 4.10.5.1.12 Number state (type=number)
          13. 4.10.5.1.13 Range state (type=range)
          14. 4.10.5.1.14 Color state (type=color)
          15. 4.10.5.1.15 Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
          16. 4.10.5.1.16 Radio Button state (type=radio)
          17. 4.10.5.1.17 File Upload state (type=file)
          18. 4.10.5.1.18 Submit Button state (type=submit)
          19. 4.10.5.1.19 Image Button state (type=image)
          20. 4.10.5.1.20 Reset Button state (type=reset)
          21. 4.10.5.1.21 Button state (type=button)
        2. 4.10.5.2 Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls
        3. 4.10.5.3 Common input element attributes
          1. 4.10.5.3.1 The maxlength and minlength attributes
          2. 4.10.5.3.2 The size attribute
          3. 4.10.5.3.3 The readonly attribute
          4. 4.10.5.3.4 The required attribute
          5. 4.10.5.3.5 The multiple attribute
          6. 4.10.5.3.6 The pattern attribute
          7. 4.10.5.3.7 The min and max attributes
          8. 4.10.5.3.8 The step attribute
          9. 4.10.5.3.9 The list attribute
          10. 4.10.5.3.10 The placeholder attribute
        4. 4.10.5.4 Common input element APIs
        5. 4.10.5.5 Common event behaviors
      6. 4.10.6 The button element
      7. 4.10.7 The select element
      8. 4.10.8 The datalist element
      9. 4.10.9 The optgroup element
      10. 4.10.10 The option element
      11. 4.10.11 The textarea element
      12. 4.10.12 The output element
      13. 4.10.13 The progress element
      14. 4.10.14 The meter element
      15. 4.10.15 The fieldset element
      16. 4.10.16 The legend element
      17. 4.10.17 Form control infrastructure
        1. 4.10.17.1 A form control's value
        2. 4.10.17.2 Mutability
        3. 4.10.17.3 Association of controls and forms
      18. 4.10.18 Attributes common to form controls
        1. 4.10.18.1 Naming form controls: the name attribute
        2. 4.10.18.2 Submitting element directionality: the dirname attribute
        3. 4.10.18.3 Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
        4. 4.10.18.4 Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute
        5. 4.10.18.5 Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute
        6. 4.10.18.6 Form submission attributes
        7. 4.10.18.7 Autofill
          1. 4.10.18.7.1 Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
          2. 4.10.18.7.2 Processing model
      19. 4.10.19 APIs for the text control selections
      20. 4.10.20 Constraints
        1. 4.10.20.1 Definitions
        2. 4.10.20.2 Constraint validation
        3. 4.10.20.3 The constraint validation API
        4. 4.10.20.4 Security
      21. 4.10.21 Form submission
        1. 4.10.21.1 Introduction
        2. 4.10.21.2 Implicit submission
        3. 4.10.21.3 Form submission algorithm
        4. 4.10.21.4 Constructing the entry list
        5. 4.10.21.5 Selecting a form submission encoding
        6. 4.10.21.6 Converting an entry list to a list of name-value pairs
        7. 4.10.21.7 URL-encoded form data
        8. 4.10.21.8 Multipart form data
        9. 4.10.21.9 Plain text form data
        10. 4.10.21.10 The SubmitEvent interface
        11. 4.10.21.11 The FormDataEvent interface
      22. 4.10.22 Resetting a form
    11. 4.11 Interactive elements
      1. 4.11.1 The details element
      2. 4.11.2 The summary element
      3. 4.11.3 Commands
        1. 4.11.3.1 Facets
        2. 4.11.3.2 Using the a element to define a command
        3. 4.11.3.3 Using the button element to define a command
        4. 4.11.3.4 Using the input element to define a command
        5. 4.11.3.5 Using the option element to define a command
        6. 4.11.3.6 Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command
        7. 4.11.3.7 Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements
      4. 4.11.4 The dialog element
      5. 4.11.5 Dialog light dismiss
    12. 4.12 Scripting
      1. 4.12.1 The script element
        1. 4.12.1.1 Processing model
        2. 4.12.1.2 Scripting languages
        3. 4.12.1.3 Restrictions for contents of script elements
        4. 4.12.1.4 Inline documentation for external scripts
        5. 4.12.1.5 Interaction of script elements and XSLT
      2. 4.12.2 The noscript element
      3. 4.12.3 The template element
        1. 4.12.3.1 Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath
      4. 4.12.4 The slot element
      5. 4.12.5 The canvas element
        1. 4.12.5.1 The 2D rendering context
          1. 4.12.5.1.1 Implementation notes
          2. 4.12.5.1.2 The canvas settings
          3. 4.12.5.1.3 The canvas state
          4. 4.12.5.1.4 Line styles
          5. 4.12.5.1.5 Text styles
          6. 4.12.5.1.6 Building paths
          7. 4.12.5.1.7 Path2D objects
          8. 4.12.5.1.8 Transformations
          9. 4.12.5.1.9 Image sources for 2D rendering contexts
          10. 4.12.5.1.10 Fill and stroke styles
          11. 4.12.5.1.11 Drawing rectangles to the bitmap
          12. 4.12.5.1.12 Drawing text to the bitmap
          13. 4.12.5.1.13 Drawing paths to the canvas
          14. 4.12.5.1.14 Drawing focus rings
          15. 4.12.5.1.15 Drawing images
          16. 4.12.5.1.16 Pixel manipulation
          17. 4.12.5.1.17 Compositing
          18. 4.12.5.1.18 Image smoothing
          19. 4.12.5.1.19 Shadows
          20. 4.12.5.1.20 Filters
          21. 4.12.5.1.21 Working with externally-defined SVG filters
          22. 4.12.5.1.22 Drawing model
          23. 4.12.5.1.23 Best practices
          24. 4.12.5.1.24 Examples
        2. 4.12.5.2 The ImageBitmap rendering context
          1. 4.12.5.2.1 Introduction
          2. 4.12.5.2.2 The ImageBitmapRenderingContext interface
        3. 4.12.5.3 The OffscreenCanvas interface
          1. 4.12.5.3.1 The offscreen 2D rendering context
        4. 4.12.5.4 Color spaces and color space conversion
        5. 4.12.5.5 Serializing bitmaps to a file
        6. 4.12.5.6 Security with canvas elements
        7. 4.12.5.7 Premultiplied alpha and the 2D rendering context
    13. 4.13 Custom elements
      1. 4.13.1 Introduction
        1. 4.13.1.1 Creating an autonomous custom element
        2. 4.13.1.2 Creating a form-associated custom element
        3. 4.13.1.3 Creating a custom element with default accessible roles, states, and properties
        4. 4.13.1.4 Creating a customized built-in element
        5. 4.13.1.5 Drawbacks of autonomous custom elements
        6. 4.13.1.6 Upgrading elements after their creation
        7. 4.13.1.7 Exposing custom element states
      2. 4.13.2 Requirements for custom element constructors and reactions
        1. 4.13.2.1 Preserving custom element state when moved
      3. 4.13.3 Core concepts
      4. 4.13.4 The CustomElementRegistry interface
      5. 4.13.5 Upgrades
      6. 4.13.6 Custom element reactions
      7. 4.13.7 Element internals
        1. 4.13.7.1 The ElementInternals interface
        2. 4.13.7.2 Shadow root access
        3. 4.13.7.3 Form-associated custom elements
        4. 4.13.7.4 Accessibility semantics
        5. 4.13.7.5 Custom state pseudo-class
    14. 4.14 Common idioms without dedicated elements
      1. 4.14.1 Breadcrumb navigation
      2. 4.14.2 Tag clouds
      3. 4.14.3 Conversations
      4. 4.14.4 Footnotes
    15. 4.15 Disabled elements
    16. 4.16 Matching HTML elements using selectors and CSS
      1. 4.16.1 Case-sensitivity of the CSS 'attr()' function
      2. 4.16.2 Case-sensitivity of selectors
      3. 4.16.3 Pseudo-classes
  5. 5 Microdata
    1. 5.1 Introduction
      1. 5.1.1 Overview
      2. 5.1.2 The basic syntax
      3. 5.1.3 Typed items
      4. 5.1.4 Global identifiers for items
      5. 5.1.5 Selecting names when defining vocabularies
    2. 5.2 Encoding microdata
      1. 5.2.1 The microdata model
      2. 5.2.2 Items
      3. 5.2.3 Names: the itemprop attribute
      4. 5.2.4 Values
      5. 5.2.5 Associating names with items
      6. 5.2.6 Microdata and other namespaces
    3. 5.3 Sample microdata vocabularies
      1. 5.3.1 vCard
        1. 5.3.1.1 Conversion to vCard
        2. 5.3.1.2 Examples
      2. 5.3.2 vEvent
        1. 5.3.2.1 Conversion to iCalendar
        2. 5.3.2.2 Examples
      3. 5.3.3 Licensing works
        1. 5.3.3.1 Examples
    4. 5.4 Converting HTML to other formats
      1. 5.4.1 JSON
  6. 6 User interaction
    1. 6.1 The hidden attribute
    2. 6.2 Page visibility
      1. 6.2.1 The VisibilityStateEntry interface
    3. 6.3 Inert subtrees
      1. 6.3.1 Modal dialogs and inert subtrees
      2. 6.3.2 The inert attribute
    4. 6.4 Tracking user activation
      1. 6.4.1 Data model
      2. 6.4.2 Processing model
      3. 6.4.3 APIs gated by user activation
      4. 6.4.4 The UserActivation interface
      5. 6.4.5 User agent automation
    5. 6.5 Activation behavior of elements
      1. 6.5.1 The ToggleEvent interface
      2. 6.5.2 The CommandEvent interface
    6. 6.6 Focus
      1. 6.6.1 Introduction
      2. 6.6.2 Data model
      3. 6.6.3 The tabindex attribute
      4. 6.6.4 Processing model
      5. 6.6.5 Sequential focus navigation
      6. 6.6.6 Focus management APIs
      7. 6.6.7 The autofocus attribute
    7. 6.7 Assigning keyboard shortcuts
      1. 6.7.1 Introduction
      2. 6.7.2 The accesskey attribute
      3. 6.7.3 Processing model
    8. 6.8 Editing
      1. 6.8.1 Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute
      2. 6.8.2 Making entire documents editable: the designMode getter and setter
      3. 6.8.3 Best practices for in-page editors
      4. 6.8.4 Editing APIs
      5. 6.8.5 Spelling and grammar checking
      6. 6.8.6 Writing suggestions
      7. 6.8.7 Autocapitalization
      8. 6.8.8 Autocorrection
      9. 6.8.9 Input modalities: the inputmode attribute
      10. 6.8.10 Input modalities: the enterkeyhint attribute
    9. 6.9 Find-in-page
      1. 6.9.1 Introduction
      2. 6.9.2 Interaction with details and hidden=until-found
      3. 6.9.3 Interaction with selection
    10. 6.10 Close requests and close watchers
      1. 6.10.1 Close requests
      2. 6.10.2 Close watcher infrastructure
      3. 6.10.3 The CloseWatcher interface
    11. 6.11 Drag and drop
      1. 6.11.1 Introduction
      2. 6.11.2 The drag data store
      3. 6.11.3 The DataTransfer interface
        1. 6.11.3.1 The DataTransferItemList interface
        2. 6.11.3.2 The DataTransferItem interface
      4. 6.11.4 The DragEvent interface
      5. 6.11.5 Processing model
      6. 6.11.6 Events summary
      7. 6.11.7 The draggable attribute
      8. 6.11.8 Security risks in the drag-and-drop model
    12. 6.12 The popover attribute
      1. 6.12.1 The popover target attributes
      2. 6.12.2 Popover light dismiss
  7. 7 Loading web pages
    1. 7.1 Supporting concepts
      1. 7.1.1 Origins
        1. 7.1.1.1 Sites
        2. 7.1.1.2 Relaxing the same-origin restriction
      2. 7.1.2 Origin-keyed agent clusters
      3. 7.1.3 Cross-origin opener policies
        1. 7.1.3.1 The headers
        2. 7.1.3.2 Browsing context group switches due to opener policy
        3. 7.1.3.3 Reporting
      4. 7.1.4 Cross-origin embedder policies
        1. 7.1.4.1 The headers
        2. 7.1.4.2 Embedder policy checks
      5. 7.1.5 Sandboxing
      6. 7.1.6 Policy containers
    2. 7.2 APIs related to navigation and session history
      1. 7.2.1 Security infrastructure for Window, WindowProxy, and Location objects
        1. 7.2.1.1 Integration with IDL
        2. 7.2.1.2 Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]]
        3. 7.2.1.3 Shared abstract operations
          1. 7.2.1.3.1 CrossOriginProperties ( O )
          2. 7.2.1.3.2 CrossOriginPropertyFallback ( P )
          3. 7.2.1.3.3 IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O )
          4. 7.2.1.3.4 CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P )
          5. 7.2.1.3.5 CrossOriginGet ( O, P, Receiver )
          6. 7.2.1.3.6 CrossOriginSet ( O, P, V, Receiver )
          7. 7.2.1.3.7 CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys ( O )
      2. 7.2.2 The Window object
        1. 7.2.2.1 Opening and closing windows
        2. 7.2.2.2 Indexed access on the Window object
        3. 7.2.2.3 Named access on the Window object
        4. 7.2.2.4 Accessing related windows
        5. 7.2.2.5 Historical browser interface element APIs
        6. 7.2.2.6 Script settings for Window objects
      3. 7.2.3 The WindowProxy exotic object
        1. 7.2.3.1 [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( )
        2. 7.2.3.2 [[SetPrototypeOf]] ( V )
        3. 7.2.3.3 [[IsExtensible]] ( )
        4. 7.2.3.4 [[PreventExtensions]] ( )
        5. 7.2.3.5 [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
        6. 7.2.3.6 [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc )
        7. 7.2.3.7 [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
        8. 7.2.3.8 [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
        9. 7.2.3.9 [[Delete]] ( P )
        10. 7.2.3.10 [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
      4. 7.2.4 The Location interface
        1. 7.2.4.1 [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( )
        2. 7.2.4.2 [[SetPrototypeOf]] ( V )
        3. 7.2.4.3 [[IsExtensible]] ( )
        4. 7.2.4.4 [[PreventExtensions]] ( )
        5. 7.2.4.5 [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
        6. 7.2.4.6 [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc )
        7. 7.2.4.7 [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
        8. 7.2.4.8 [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
        9. 7.2.4.9 [[Delete]] ( P )
        10. 7.2.4.10 [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
      5. 7.2.5 The History interface
      6. 7.2.6 The navigation API
        1. 7.2.6.1 Introduction
        2. 7.2.6.2 The Navigation interface
        3. 7.2.6.3 Core infrastructure
        4. 7.2.6.4 Initializing and updating the entry list
        5. 7.2.6.5 The NavigationHistoryEntry interface
        6. 7.2.6.6 The history entry list
        7. 7.2.6.7 Initiating navigations
        8. 7.2.6.8 Ongoing navigation tracking
        9. 7.2.6.9 The NavigationActivation interface
        10. 7.2.6.10 The navigate event
          1. 7.2.6.10.1 The NavigateEvent interface
          2. 7.2.6.10.2 The NavigationDestination interface
          3. 7.2.6.10.3 Firing the event
          4. 7.2.6.10.4 Scroll and focus behavior
      7. 7.2.7 Event interfaces
        1. 7.2.7.1 The NavigationCurrentEntryChangeEvent interface
        2. 7.2.7.2 The PopStateEvent interface
        3. 7.2.7.3 The HashChangeEvent interface
        4. 7.2.7.4 The PageSwapEvent interface
        5. 7.2.7.5 The PageRevealEvent interface
        6. 7.2.7.6 The PageTransitionEvent interface
        7. 7.2.7.7 The BeforeUnloadEvent interface
      8. 7.2.8 The NotRestoredReasons interface
    3. 7.3 Infrastructure for sequences of documents
      1. 7.3.1 Navigables
        1. 7.3.1.1 Traversable navigables
        2. 7.3.1.2 Top-level traversables
        3. 7.3.1.3 Child navigables
        4. 7.3.1.4 Jake diagrams
        5. 7.3.1.5 Related navigable collections
        6. 7.3.1.6 Navigable destruction
        7. 7.3.1.7 Navigable target names
      2. 7.3.2 Browsing contexts
        1. 7.3.2.1 Creating browsing contexts
        2. 7.3.2.2 Related browsing contexts
        3. 7.3.2.3 Groupings of browsing contexts
      3. 7.3.3 Fully active documents
    4. 7.4 Navigation and session history
      1. 7.4.1 Session history
        1. 7.4.1.1 Session history entries
        2. 7.4.1.2 Document state
        3. 7.4.1.3 Centralized modifications of session history
        4. 7.4.1.4 Low-level operations on session history
      2. 7.4.2 Navigation
        1. 7.4.2.1 Supporting concepts
        2. 7.4.2.2 Beginning navigation
        3. 7.4.2.3 Ending navigation
          1. 7.4.2.3.1 The usual cross-document navigation case
          2. 7.4.2.3.2 The javascript: URL special case
          3. 7.4.2.3.3 Fragment navigations
          4. 7.4.2.3.4 Non-fetch schemes and external software
        4. 7.4.2.4 Preventing navigation
        5. 7.4.2.5 Aborting navigation
      3. 7.4.3 Reloading and traversing
      4. 7.4.4 Non-fragment synchronous "navigations"
      5. 7.4.5 Populating a session history entry
      6. 7.4.6 Applying the history step
        1. 7.4.6.1 Updating the traversable
        2. 7.4.6.2 Updating the document
        3. 7.4.6.3 Revealing the document
        4. 7.4.6.4 Scrolling to a fragment
        5. 7.4.6.5 Persisted history entry state
    5. 7.5 Document lifecycle
      1. 7.5.1 Shared document creation infrastructure
      2. 7.5.2 Loading HTML documents
      3. 7.5.3 Loading XML documents
      4. 7.5.4 Loading text documents
      5. 7.5.5 Loading multipart/x-mixed-replace documents
      6. 7.5.6 Loading media documents
      7. 7.5.7 Loading a document for inline content that doesn't have a DOM
      8. 7.5.8 Finishing the loading process
      9. 7.5.9 Unloading documents
      10. 7.5.10 Destroying documents
      11. 7.5.11 Aborting a document load
    6. 7.6 The `X-Frame-Options` header
    7. 7.7 The `Refresh` header
    8. 7.8 Browser user interface considerations
  8. 8 Web application APIs
    1. 8.1 Scripting
      1. 8.1.1 Introduction
      2. 8.1.2 Agents and agent clusters
        1. 8.1.2.1 Integration with the JavaScript agent formalism
        2. 8.1.2.2 Integration with the JavaScript agent cluster formalism
      3. 8.1.3 Realms and their counterparts
        1. 8.1.3.1 Environments
        2. 8.1.3.2 Environment settings objects
        3. 8.1.3.3 Realms, settings objects, and global objects
          1. 8.1.3.3.1 Entry
          2. 8.1.3.3.2 Incumbent
          3. 8.1.3.3.3 Current
          4. 8.1.3.3.4 Relevant
        4. 8.1.3.4 Enabling and disabling scripting
        5. 8.1.3.5 Secure contexts
      4. 8.1.4 Script processing model
        1. 8.1.4.1 Scripts
        2. 8.1.4.2 Fetching scripts
        3. 8.1.4.3 Creating scripts
        4. 8.1.4.4 Calling scripts
        5. 8.1.4.5 Killing scripts
        6. 8.1.4.6 Runtime script errors
        7. 8.1.4.7 Unhandled promise rejections
        8. 8.1.4.8 Import map parse results
      5. 8.1.5 Module specifier resolution
        1. 8.1.5.1 The resolution algorithm
        2. 8.1.5.2 Import maps
        3. 8.1.5.3 Import map processing model
      6. 8.1.6 JavaScript specification host hooks
        1. 8.1.6.1 HostEnsureCanAddPrivateElement(O)
        2. 8.1.6.2 HostEnsureCanCompileStrings(realm, parameterStrings, bodyString, codeString, compilationType, parameterArgs, bodyArg)
        3. 8.1.6.3 HostGetCodeForEval(argument)
        4. 8.1.6.4 HostPromiseRejectionTracker(promise, operation)
        5. 8.1.6.5 HostSystemUTCEpochNanoseconds(global)
        6. 8.1.6.6 Job-related host hooks
          1. 8.1.6.6.1 HostCallJobCallback(callback, V, argumentsList)
          2. 8.1.6.6.2 HostEnqueueFinalizationRegistryCleanupJob(finalizationRegistry)
          3. 8.1.6.6.3 HostEnqueueGenericJob(job, realm)
          4. 8.1.6.6.4 HostEnqueuePromiseJob(job, realm)
          5. 8.1.6.6.5 HostEnqueueTimeoutJob(job, realm, milliseconds)
          6. 8.1.6.6.6 HostMakeJobCallback(callable)
        7. 8.1.6.7 Module-related host hooks
          1. 8.1.6.7.1 HostGetImportMetaProperties(moduleRecord)
          2. 8.1.6.7.2 HostGetSupportedImportAttributes()
          3. 8.1.6.7.3 HostLoadImportedModule(referrer, moduleRequest, loadState, payload)
      7. 8.1.7 Event loops
        1. 8.1.7.1 Definitions
        2. 8.1.7.2 Queuing tasks
        3. 8.1.7.3 Processing model
        4. 8.1.7.4 Generic task sources
        5. 8.1.7.5 Dealing with the event loop from other specifications
      8. 8.1.8 Events
        1. 8.1.8.1 Event handlers
        2. 8.1.8.2 Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects
          1. 8.1.8.2.1 IDL definitions
        3. 8.1.8.3 Event firing
    2. 8.2 The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin
    3. 8.3 Base64 utility methods
    4. 8.4 Dynamic markup insertion
      1. 8.4.1 Opening the input stream
      2. 8.4.2 Closing the input stream
      3. 8.4.3 document.write()
      4. 8.4.4 document.writeln()
    5. 8.5 DOM parsing and serialization APIs
      1. 8.5.1 The DOMParser interface
      2. 8.5.2 Unsafe HTML parsing methods
      3. 8.5.3 HTML serialization methods
      4. 8.5.4 The innerHTML property
      5. 8.5.5 The outerHTML property
      6. 8.5.6 The insertAdjacentHTML() method
      7. 8.5.7 The createContextualFragment() method
      8. 8.5.8 The XMLSerializer interface
    6. 8.6 Timers
    7. 8.7 Microtask queuing
    8. 8.8 User prompts
      1. 8.8.1 Simple dialogs
      2. 8.8.2 Printing
    9. 8.9 System state and capabilities
      1. 8.9.1 The Navigator object
        1. 8.9.1.1 Client identification
        2. 8.9.1.2 Language preferences
        3. 8.9.1.3 Browser state
        4. 8.9.1.4 Custom scheme handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() method
          1. 8.9.1.4.1 Security and privacy
          2. 8.9.1.4.2 User agent automation
        5. 8.9.1.5 Cookies
        6. 8.9.1.6 PDF viewing support
    10. 8.10 Images
    11. 8.11 Animation frames
  9. 9 Communication
    1. 9.1 The MessageEvent interface
    2. 9.2 Server-sent events
      1. 9.2.1 Introduction
      2. 9.2.2 The EventSource interface
      3. 9.2.3 Processing model
      4. 9.2.4 The `Last-Event-ID` header
      5. 9.2.5 Parsing an event stream
      6. 9.2.6 Interpreting an event stream
      7. 9.2.7 Authoring notes
      8. 9.2.8 Connectionless push and other features
      9. 9.2.9 Garbage collection
      10. 9.2.10 Implementation advice
    3. 9.3 Cross-document messaging
      1. 9.3.1 Introduction
      2. 9.3.2 Security
        1. 9.3.2.1 Authors
        2. 9.3.2.2 User agents
      3. 9.3.3 Posting messages
    4. 9.4 Channel messaging
      1. 9.4.1 Introduction
        1. 9.4.1.1 Examples
        2. 9.4.1.2 Ports as the basis of an object-capability model on the web
        3. 9.4.1.3 Ports as the basis of abstracting out service implementations
      2. 9.4.2 Message channels
      3. 9.4.3 The MessageEventTarget mixin
      4. 9.4.4 Message ports
      5. 9.4.5 Ports and garbage collection
    5. 9.5 Broadcasting to other browsing contexts
  10. 10 Web workers
    1. 10.1 Introduction
      1. 10.1.1 Scope
      2. 10.1.2 Examples
        1. 10.1.2.1 A background number-crunching worker
        2. 10.1.2.2 Using a JavaScript module as a worker
        3. 10.1.2.3 Shared workers introduction
        4. 10.1.2.4 Shared state using a shared worker
        5. 10.1.2.5 Delegation
        6. 10.1.2.6 Providing libraries
      3. 10.1.3 Tutorials
        1. 10.1.3.1 Creating a dedicated worker
        2. 10.1.3.2 Communicating with a dedicated worker
        3. 10.1.3.3 Shared workers
    2. 10.2 Infrastructure
      1. 10.2.1 The global scope
        1. 10.2.1.1 The WorkerGlobalScope common interface
        2. 10.2.1.2 Dedicated workers and the DedicatedWorkerGlobalScope interface
        3. 10.2.1.3 Shared workers and the SharedWorkerGlobalScope interface
      2. 10.2.2 The event loop
      3. 10.2.3 The worker's lifetime
      4. 10.2.4 Processing model
      5. 10.2.5 Runtime script errors
      6. 10.2.6 Creating workers
        1. 10.2.6.1 The AbstractWorker mixin
        2. 10.2.6.2 Script settings for workers
        3. 10.2.6.3 Dedicated workers and the Worker interface
        4. 10.2.6.4 Shared workers and the SharedWorker interface
      7. 10.2.7 Concurrent hardware capabilities
    3. 10.3 APIs available to workers
      1. 10.3.1 Importing scripts and libraries
      2. 10.3.2 The WorkerNavigator interface
      3. 10.3.3 The WorkerLocation interface
  11. 11 Worklets
    1. 11.1 Introduction
      1. 11.1.1 Motivations
      2. 11.1.2 Code idempotence
      3. 11.1.3 Speculative evaluation
    2. 11.2 Examples
      1. 11.2.1 Loading scripts
      2. 11.2.2 Registering a class and invoking its methods
    3. 11.3 Infrastructure
      1. 11.3.1 The global scope
        1. 11.3.1.1 Agents and event loops
        2. 11.3.1.2 Creation and termination
        3. 11.3.1.3 Script settings for worklets
      2. 11.3.2 The Worklet class
      3. 11.3.3 The worklet's lifetime
  12. 12 Web storage
    1. 12.1 Introduction
    2. 12.2 The API
      1. 12.2.1 The Storage interface
      2. 12.2.2 The sessionStorage getter
      3. 12.2.3 The localStorage getter
      4. 12.2.4 The StorageEvent interface
    3. 12.3 Privacy
      1. 12.3.1 User tracking
      2. 12.3.2 Sensitivity of data
    4. 12.4 Security
      1. 12.4.1 DNS spoofing attacks
      2. 12.4.2 Cross-directory attacks
      3. 12.4.3 Implementation risks
  13. 13 The HTML syntax
    1. 13.1 Writing HTML documents
      1. 13.1.1 The DOCTYPE
      2. 13.1.2 Elements
        1. 13.1.2.1 Start tags
        2. 13.1.2.2 End tags
        3. 13.1.2.3 Attributes
        4. 13.1.2.4 Optional tags
        5. 13.1.2.5 Restrictions on content models
        6. 13.1.2.6 Restrictions on the contents of raw text and escapable raw text elements
      3. 13.1.3 Text
        1. 13.1.3.1 Newlines
      4. 13.1.4 Character references
      5. 13.1.5 CDATA sections
      6. 13.1.6 Comments
    2. 13.2 Parsing HTML documents
      1. 13.2.1 Overview of the parsing model
      2. 13.2.2 Parse errors
      3. 13.2.3 The input byte stream
        1. 13.2.3.1 Parsing with a known character encoding
        2. 13.2.3.2 Determining the character encoding
        3. 13.2.3.3 Character encodings
        4. 13.2.3.4 Changing the encoding while parsing
        5. 13.2.3.5 Preprocessing the input stream
      4. 13.2.4 Parse state
        1. 13.2.4.1 The insertion mode
        2. 13.2.4.2 The stack of open elements
        3. 13.2.4.3 The list of active formatting elements
        4. 13.2.4.4 The element pointers
        5. 13.2.4.5 Other parsing state flags
      5. 13.2.5 Tokenization
        1. 13.2.5.1 Data state
        2. 13.2.5.2 RCDATA state
        3. 13.2.5.3 RAWTEXT state
        4. 13.2.5.4 Script data state
        5. 13.2.5.5 PLAINTEXT state
        6. 13.2.5.6 Tag open state
        7. 13.2.5.7 End tag open state
        8. 13.2.5.8 Tag name state
        9. 13.2.5.9 RCDATA less-than sign state
        10. 13.2.5.10 RCDATA end tag open state
        11. 13.2.5.11 RCDATA end tag name state
        12. 13.2.5.12 RAWTEXT less-than sign state
        13. 13.2.5.13 RAWTEXT end tag open state
        14. 13.2.5.14 RAWTEXT end tag name state
        15. 13.2.5.15 Script data less-than sign state
        16. 13.2.5.16 Script data end tag open state
        17. 13.2.5.17 Script data end tag name state
        18. 13.2.5.18 Script data escape start state
        19. 13.2.5.19 Script data escape start dash state
        20. 13.2.5.20 Script data escaped state
        21. 13.2.5.21 Script data escaped dash state
        22. 13.2.5.22 Script data escaped dash dash state
        23. 13.2.5.23 Script data escaped less-than sign state
        24. 13.2.5.24 Script data escaped end tag open state
        25. 13.2.5.25 Script data escaped end tag name state
        26. 13.2.5.26 Script data double escape start state
        27. 13.2.5.27 Script data double escaped state
        28. 13.2.5.28 Script data double escaped dash state
        29. 13.2.5.29 Script data double escaped dash dash state
        30. 13.2.5.30 Script data double escaped less-than sign state
        31. 13.2.5.31 Script data double escape end state
        32. 13.2.5.32 Before attribute name state
        33. 13.2.5.33 Attribute name state
        34. 13.2.5.34 After attribute name state
        35. 13.2.5.35 Before attribute value state
        36. 13.2.5.36 Attribute value (double-quoted) state
        37. 13.2.5.37 Attribute value (single-quoted) state
        38. 13.2.5.38 Attribute value (unquoted) state
        39. 13.2.5.39 After attribute value (quoted) state
        40. 13.2.5.40 Self-closing start tag state
        41. 13.2.5.41 Bogus comment state
        42. 13.2.5.42 Markup declaration open state
        43. 13.2.5.43 Comment start state
        44. 13.2.5.44 Comment start dash state
        45. 13.2.5.45 Comment state
        46. 13.2.5.46 Comment less-than sign state
        47. 13.2.5.47 Comment less-than sign bang state
        48. 13.2.5.48 Comment less-than sign bang dash state
        49. 13.2.5.49 Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state
        50. 13.2.5.50 Comment end dash state
        51. 13.2.5.51 Comment end state
        52. 13.2.5.52 Comment end bang state
        53. 13.2.5.53 DOCTYPE state
        54. 13.2.5.54 Before DOCTYPE name state
        55. 13.2.5.55 DOCTYPE name state
        56. 13.2.5.56 After DOCTYPE name state
        57. 13.2.5.57 After DOCTYPE public keyword state
        58. 13.2.5.58 Before DOCTYPE public identifier state
        59. 13.2.5.59 DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state
        60. 13.2.5.60 DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state
        61. 13.2.5.61 After DOCTYPE public identifier state
        62. 13.2.5.62 Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state
        63. 13.2.5.63 After DOCTYPE system keyword state
        64. 13.2.5.64 Before DOCTYPE system identifier state
        65. 13.2.5.65 DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state
        66. 13.2.5.66 DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state
        67. 13.2.5.67 After DOCTYPE system identifier state
        68. 13.2.5.68 Bogus DOCTYPE state
        69. 13.2.5.69 CDATA section state
        70. 13.2.5.70 CDATA section bracket state
        71. 13.2.5.71 CDATA section end state
        72. 13.2.5.72 Character reference state
        73. 13.2.5.73 Named character reference state
        74. 13.2.5.74 Ambiguous ampersand state
        75. 13.2.5.75 Numeric character reference state
        76. 13.2.5.76 Hexadecimal character reference start state
        77. 13.2.5.77 Decimal character reference start state
        78. 13.2.5.78 Hexadecimal character reference state
        79. 13.2.5.79 Decimal character reference state
        80. 13.2.5.80 Numeric character reference end state
      6. 13.2.6 Tree construction
        1. 13.2.6.1 Creating and inserting nodes
        2. 13.2.6.2 Parsing elements that contain only text
        3. 13.2.6.3 Closing elements that have implied end tags
        4. 13.2.6.4 The rules for parsing tokens in HTML content
          1. 13.2.6.4.1 The "initial" insertion mode
          2. 13.2.6.4.2 The "before html" insertion mode
          3. 13.2.6.4.3 The "before head" insertion mode
          4. 13.2.6.4.4 The "in head" insertion mode
          5. 13.2.6.4.5 The "in head noscript" insertion mode
          6. 13.2.6.4.6 The "after head" insertion mode
          7. 13.2.6.4.7 The "in body" insertion mode
          8. 13.2.6.4.8 The "text" insertion mode
          9. 13.2.6.4.9 The "in table" insertion mode
          10. 13.2.6.4.10 The "in table text" insertion mode
          11. 13.2.6.4.11 The "in caption" insertion mode
          12. 13.2.6.4.12 The "in column group" insertion mode
          13. 13.2.6.4.13 The "in table body" insertion mode
          14. 13.2.6.4.14 The "in row" insertion mode
          15. 13.2.6.4.15 The "in cell" insertion mode
          16. 13.2.6.4.16 The "in select" insertion mode
          17. 13.2.6.4.17 The "in select in table" insertion mode
          18. 13.2.6.4.18 The "in template" insertion mode
          19. 13.2.6.4.19 The "after body" insertion mode
          20. 13.2.6.4.20 The "in frameset" insertion mode
          21. 13.2.6.4.21 The "after frameset" insertion mode
          22. 13.2.6.4.22 The "after after body" insertion mode
          23. 13.2.6.4.23 The "after after frameset" insertion mode
        5. 13.2.6.5 The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
      7. 13.2.7 The end
      8. 13.2.8 Speculative HTML parsing
      9. 13.2.9 Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset
      10. 13.2.10 An introduction to error handling and strange cases in the parser
        1. 13.2.10.1 Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i>
        2. 13.2.10.2 Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p>
        3. 13.2.10.3 Unexpected markup in tables
        4. 13.2.10.4 Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed
        5. 13.2.10.5 The execution of scripts that are moving across multiple documents
        6. 13.2.10.6 Unclosed formatting elements
    3. 13.3 Serializing HTML fragments
    4. 13.4 Parsing HTML fragments
    5. 13.5 Named character references
  14. 14 The XML syntax
    1. 14.1 Writing documents in the XML syntax
    2. 14.2 Parsing XML documents
    3. 14.3 Serializing XML fragments
    4. 14.4 Parsing XML fragments
  15. 15 Rendering
    1. 15.1 Introduction
    2. 15.2 The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints
    3. 15.3 Non-replaced elements
      1. 15.3.1 Hidden elements
      2. 15.3.2 The page
      3. 15.3.3 Flow content
      4. 15.3.4 Phrasing content
      5. 15.3.5 Bidirectional text
      6. 15.3.6 Sections and headings
      7. 15.3.7 Lists
      8. 15.3.8 Tables
      9. 15.3.9 Margin collapsing quirks
      10. 15.3.10 Form controls
      11. 15.3.11 The hr element
      12. 15.3.12 The fieldset and legend elements
    4. 15.4 Replaced elements
      1. 15.4.1 Embedded content
      2. 15.4.2 Images
      3. 15.4.3 Attributes for embedded content and images
      4. 15.4.4 Image maps
    5. 15.5 Widgets
      1. 15.5.1 Native appearance
      2. 15.5.2 Writing mode
      3. 15.5.3 Button layout
      4. 15.5.4 The button element
      5. 15.5.5 The details and summary elements
      6. 15.5.6 The input element as a text entry widget
      7. 15.5.7 The input element as domain-specific widgets
      8. 15.5.8 The input element as a range control
      9. 15.5.9 The input element as a color well
      10. 15.5.10 The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets
      11. 15.5.11 The input element as a file upload control
      12. 15.5.12 The input element as a button
      13. 15.5.13 The marquee element
      14. 15.5.14 The meter element
      15. 15.5.15 The progress element
      16. 15.5.16 The select element
      17. 15.5.17 The textarea element
    6. 15.6 Frames and framesets
    7. 15.7 Interactive media
      1. 15.7.1 Links, forms, and navigation
      2. 15.7.2 The title attribute
      3. 15.7.3 Editing hosts
      4. 15.7.4 Text rendered in native user interfaces
    8. 15.8 Print media
    9. 15.9 Unstyled XML documents
  16. 16 Obsolete features
    1. 16.1 Obsolete but conforming features
      1. 16.1.1 Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
    2. 16.2 Non-conforming features
    3. 16.3 Requirements for implementations
      1. 16.3.1 The marquee element
      2. 16.3.2 Frames
      3. 16.3.3 Other elements, attributes and APIs
  17. 17 IANA considerations
    1. 17.1 text/html
    2. 17.2 multipart/x-mixed-replace
    3. 17.3 application/xhtml+xml
    4. 17.4 text/ping
    5. 17.5 application/microdata+json
    6. 17.6 text/event-stream
    7. 17.7 web+ scheme prefix
  18. Index
    1. Elements
    2. Element content categories
    3. Attributes
    4. Element interfaces
    5. All interfaces
    6. Events
    7. HTTP headers
    8. MIME types
  19. References
  20. Acknowledgments
  21. Intellectual property rights

1 Introduction

1.1 Where does this specification fit?

This specification defines a big part of the web platform, in lots of detail. Its place in the web platform specification stack relative to other specifications can be best summed up as follows:

CSS SVG MathML Service Workers IDB Fetch CSP AV1 Opus PNG THIS SPECIFICATION HTTP TLS DOM Unicode Web IDL MIME URL XML JavaScript Encoding

1.2 Is this HTML5?

This section is non-normative.

In short: Yes.

In more length: the term "HTML5" is widely used as a buzzword to refer to modern web technologies, many of which (though by no means all) are developed at the WHATWG. This document is one such; others are available from the WHATWG Standards overview.

1.3 Background

This section is non-normative.

HTML is the World Wide Web's core markup language. Originally, HTML was primarily designed as a language for semantically describing scientific documents. Its general design, however, has enabled it to be adapted, over the subsequent years, to describe a number of other types of documents and even applications.

1.4 Audience

This section is non-normative.

This specification is intended for authors of documents and scripts that use the features defined in this specification, implementers of tools that operate on pages that use the features defined in this specification, and individuals wishing to establish the correctness of documents or implementations with respect to the requirements of this specification.

This document is probably not suited to readers who do not already have at least a passing familiarity with web technologies, as in places it sacrifices clarity for precision, and brevity for completeness. More approachable tutorials and authoring guides can provide a gentler introduction to the topic.

In particular, familiarity with the basics of DOM is necessary for a complete understanding of some of the more technical parts of this specification. An understanding of Web IDL, HTTP, XML, Unicode, character encodings, JavaScript, and CSS will also be helpful in places but is not essential.

1.5 Scope

This section is non-normative.

This specification is limited to providing a semantic-level markup language and associated semantic-level scripting APIs for authoring accessible pages on the web ranging from static documents to dynamic applications.

The scope of this specification does not include providing mechanisms for media-specific customization of presentation (although default rendering rules for web browsers are included at the end of this specification, and several mechanisms for hooking into CSS are provided as part of the language).

The scope of this specification is not to describe an entire operating system. In particular, hardware configuration software, image manipulation tools, and applications that users would be expected to use with high-end workstations on a daily basis are out of scope. In terms of applications, this specification is targeted specifically at applications that would be expected to be used by users on an occasional basis, or regularly but from disparate locations, with low CPU requirements. Examples of such applications include online purchasing systems, searching systems, games (especially multiplayer online games), public telephone books or address books, communications software (email clients, instant messaging clients, discussion software), document editing software, etc.

1.6 History

This section is non-normative.

For its first five years (1990-1995), HTML went through a number of revisions and experienced a number of extensions, primarily hosted first at CERN, and then at the IETF.

With the creation of the W3C, HTML's development changed venue again. A first abortive attempt at extending HTML in 1995 known as HTML 3.0 then made way to a more pragmatic approach known as HTML 3.2, which was completed in 1997. HTML4 quickly followed later that same year.

The following year, the W3C membership decided to stop evolving HTML and instead begin work on an XML-based equivalent, called XHTML. This effort started with a reformulation of HTML4 in XML, known as XHTML 1.0, which added no new features except the new serialization, and which was completed in 2000. After XHTML 1.0, the W3C's focus turned to making it easier for other working groups to extend XHTML, under the banner of XHTML Modularization. In parallel with this, the W3C also worked on a new language that was not compatible with the earlier HTML and XHTML languages, calling it XHTML2.

Around the time that HTML's evolution was stopped in 1998, parts of the API for HTML developed by browser vendors were specified and published under the name DOM Level 1 (in 1998) and DOM Level 2 Core and DOM Level 2 HTML (starting in 2000 and culminating in 2003). These efforts then petered out, with some DOM Level 3 specifications published in 2004 but the working group being closed before all the Level 3 drafts were completed.

In 2003, the publication of XForms, a technology which was positioned as the next generation of web forms, sparked a renewed interest in evolving HTML itself, rather than finding replacements for it. This interest was borne from the realization that XML's deployment as a web technology was limited to entirely new technologies (like RSS and later Atom), rather than as a replacement for existing deployed technologies (like HTML).

A proof of concept to show that it was possible to extend HTML4's forms to provide many of the features that XForms 1.0 introduced, without requiring browsers to implement rendering engines that were incompatible with existing HTML web pages, was the first result of this renewed interest. At this early stage, while the draft was already publicly available, and input was already being solicited from all sources, the specification was only under Opera Software's copyright.

The idea that HTML's evolution should be reopened was tested at a W3C workshop in 2004, where some of the principles that underlie the HTML5 work (described below), as well as the aforementioned early draft proposal covering just forms-related features, were presented to the W3C jointly by Mozilla and Opera. The proposal was rejected on the grounds that the proposal conflicted with the previously chosen direction for the web's evolution; the W3C staff and membership voted to continue developing XML-based replacements instead.

Shortly thereafter, Apple, Mozilla, and Opera jointly announced their intent to continue working on the effort under the umbrella of a new venue called the WHATWG. A public mailing list was created, and the draft was moved to the WHATWG site. The copyright was subsequently amended to be jointly owned by all three vendors, and to allow reuse of the specification.

The WHATWG was based on several core principles, in particular that technologies need to be backwards compatible, that specifications and implementations need to match even if this means changing the specification rather than the implementations, and that specifications need to be detailed enough that implementations can achieve complete interoperability without reverse-engineering each other.

The latter requirement in particular required that the scope of the HTML5 specification include what had previously been specified in three separate documents: HTML4, XHTML1, and DOM2 HTML. It also meant including significantly more detail than had previously been considered the norm.

In 2006, the W3C indicated an interest to participate in the development of HTML5 after all, and in 2007 formed a working group chartered to work with the WHATWG on the development of the HTML5 specification. Apple, Mozilla, and Opera allowed the W3C to publish the specification under the W3C copyright, while keeping a version with the less restrictive license on the WHATWG site.

For a number of years, both groups then worked together. In 2011, however, the groups came to the conclusion that they had different goals: the W3C wanted to publish a "finished" version of "HTML5", while the WHATWG wanted to continue working on a Living Standard for HTML, continuously maintaining the specification rather than freezing it in a state with known problems, and adding new features as needed to evolve the platform.

In 2019, the WHATWG and W3C signed an agreement to collaborate on a single version of HTML going forward: this document.

1.7 Design notes

This section is non-normative.

It must be admitted that many aspects of HTML appear at first glance to be nonsensical and inconsistent.

HTML, its supporting DOM APIs, as well as many of its supporting technologies, have been developed over a period of several decades by a wide array of people with different priorities who, in many cases, did not know of each other's existence.

Features have thus arisen from many sources, and have not always been designed in especially consistent ways. Furthermore, because of the unique characteristics of the web, implementation bugs have often become de-facto, and now de-jure, standards, as content is often unintentionally written in ways that rely on them before they can be fixed.

Despite all this, efforts have been made to adhere to certain design goals. These are described in the next few subsections.

1.7.1 Serializability of script execution

This section is non-normative.

To avoid exposing web authors to the complexities of multithreading, the HTML and DOM APIs are designed such that no script can ever detect the simultaneous execution of other scripts. Even with workers, the intent is that the behavior of implementations can be thought of as completely serializing the execution of all scripts in all globals.

The exception to this general design principle is the JavaScript SharedArrayBuffer class. Using SharedArrayBuffer objects, it can in fact be observed that scripts in other agents are executing simultaneously. Furthermore, due to the JavaScript memory model, there are situations which not only are un-representable via serialized script execution, but also un-representable via serialized statement execution among those scripts.

1.7.2 Extensibility

This section is non-normative.

HTML has a wide array of extensibility mechanisms that can be used for adding semantics in a safe manner:

1.8 HTML vs XML syntax

This section is non-normative.

This specification defines an abstract language for describing documents and applications, and some APIs for interacting with in-memory representations of resources that use this language.

The in-memory representation is known as "DOM HTML", or "the DOM" for short.

There are various concrete syntaxes that can be used to transmit resources that use this abstract language, two of which are defined in this specification.

The first such concrete syntax is the HTML syntax. This is the format suggested for most authors. It is compatible with most legacy web browsers. If a document is transmitted with the text/html MIME type, then it will be processed as an HTML document by web browsers. This specification defines the latest HTML syntax, known simply as "HTML".

The second concrete syntax is XML. When a document is transmitted with an XML MIME type, such as application/xhtml+xml, then it is treated as an XML document by web browsers, to be parsed by an XML processor. Authors are reminded that the processing for XML and HTML differs; in particular, even minor syntax errors will prevent a document labeled as XML from being rendered fully, whereas they would be ignored in the HTML syntax.

The XML syntax for HTML was formerly referred to as "XHTML", but this specification does not use that term (among other reasons, because no such term is used for the HTML syntaxes of MathML and SVG).

The DOM, the HTML syntax, and the XML syntax cannot all represent the same content. For example, namespaces cannot be represented using the HTML syntax, but they are supported in the DOM and in the XML syntax. Similarly, documents that use the noscript feature can be represented using the HTML syntax, but cannot be represented with the DOM or in the XML syntax. Comments that contain the string "-->" can only be represented in the DOM, not in the HTML and XML syntaxes.

1.9 Structure of this specification

This section is non-normative.

This specification is divided into the following major sections:

Introduction
Non-normative materials providing a context for the HTML standard.
Common infrastructure
The conformance classes, algorithms, definitions, and the common underpinnings of the rest of the specification.
Semantics, structure, and APIs of HTML documents
Documents are built from elements. These elements form a tree using the DOM. This section defines the features of this DOM, as well as introducing the features common to all elements, and the concepts used in defining elements.
The elements of HTML
Each element has a predefined meaning, which is explained in this section. Rules for authors on how to use the element, along with user agent requirements for how to handle each element, are also given. This includes large signature features of HTML such as video playback and subtitles, form controls and form submission, and a 2D graphics API known as the HTML canvas.
Microdata
This specification introduces a mechanism for adding machine-readable annotations to documents, so that tools can extract trees of name-value pairs from the document. This section describes this mechanism and some algorithms that can be used to convert HTML documents into other formats. This section also defines some sample Microdata vocabularies for contact information, calendar events, and licensing works.
User interaction
HTML documents can provide a number of mechanisms for users to interact with and modify content, which are described in this section, such as how focus works, and drag-and-drop.
Loading web pages
HTML documents do not exist in a vacuum — this section defines many of the features that affect environments that deal with multiple pages, such as web browsers.
Web application APIs
This section introduces basic features for scripting of applications in HTML.
Web workers
This section defines an API for background threads in JavaScript.
Worklets
This section defines infrastructure for APIs that need to run JavaScript separately from the main JavaScript execution environment.
The communication APIs
This section describes some mechanisms that applications written in HTML can use to communicate with other applications from different domains running on the same client. It also introduces a server-push event stream mechanism known as Server Sent Events or EventSource, and a two-way full-duplex socket protocol for scripts known as Web Sockets.
Web storage
This section defines a client-side storage mechanism based on name-value pairs.
The HTML syntax
The XML syntax
All of these features would be for naught if they couldn't be represented in a serialized form and sent to other people, and so these sections define the syntaxes of HTML and XML, along with rules for how to parse content using those syntaxes.
Rendering
This section defines the default rendering rules for web browsers.

There are also some appendices, listing obsolete features and IANA considerations, and several indices.

1.9.1 How to read this specification

This specification should be read like all other specifications. First, it should be read cover-to-cover, multiple times. Then, it should be read backwards at least once. Then it should be read by picking random sections from the contents list and following all the cross-references.

As described in the conformance requirements section below, this specification describes conformance criteria for a variety of conformance classes. In particular, there are conformance requirements that apply to producers, for example authors and the documents they create, and there are conformance requirements that apply to consumers, for example web browsers. They can be distinguished by what they are requiring: a requirement on a producer states what is allowed, while a requirement on a consumer states how software is to act.

For example, "the foo attribute's value must be a valid integer" is a requirement on producers, as it lays out the allowed values; in contrast, the requirement "the foo attribute's value must be parsed using the rules for parsing integers" is a requirement on consumers, as it describes how to process the content.

Requirements on producers have no bearing whatsoever on consumers.

Continuing the above example, a requirement stating that a particular attribute's value is constrained to being a valid integer emphatically does not imply anything about the requirements on consumers. It might be that the consumers are in fact required to treat the attribute as an opaque string, completely unaffected by whether the value conforms to the requirements or not. It might be (as in the previous example) that the consumers are required to parse the value using specific rules that define how invalid (non-numeric in this case) values are to be processed.

1.9.2 Typographic conventions

This is a definition, requirement, or explanation.

This is a note.

This is an example.

This is an open issue.

This is a warning.

[Exposed=Window]
interface Example {
  // this is an IDL definition
};
variable = object.method([optionalArgument])

This is a note to authors describing the usage of an interface.

/* this is a CSS fragment */

The defining instance of a term is marked up like this. Uses of that term are marked up like this or like this.

The defining instance of an element, attribute, or API is marked up like this. References to that element, attribute, or API are marked up like this.

Other code fragments are marked up like this.

Variables are marked up like this.

In an algorithm, steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.

In some cases, requirements are given in the form of lists with conditions and corresponding requirements. In such cases, the requirements that apply to a condition are always the first set of requirements that follow the condition, even in the case of there being multiple sets of conditions for those requirements. Such cases are presented as follows:

This is a condition
This is another condition
This is the requirement that applies to the conditions above.
This is a third condition
This is the requirement that applies to the third condition.

1.10 A quick introduction to HTML

This section is non-normative.

A basic HTML document looks like this:

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>Sample page</title>
 </head>
 <body>
  <h1>Sample page</h1>
  <p>This is a <a href="demo.html">simple</a> sample.</p>
  <!-- this is a comment -->
 </body>
</html>

HTML documents consist of a tree of elements and text. Each element is denoted in the source by a start tag, such as "<body>", and an end tag, such as "</body>". (Certain start tags and end tags can in certain cases be omitted and are implied by other tags.)

Tags have to be nested such that elements are all completely within each other, without overlapping:

<p>This is <em>very <strong>wrong</em>!</strong></p>
<p>This <em>is <strong>correct</strong>.</em></p>

This specification defines a set of elements that can be used in HTML, along with rules about the ways in which the elements can be nested.

Elements can have attributes, which control how the elements work. In the example below, there is a hyperlink, formed using the a element and its href attribute:

<a href="demo.html">simple</a>

Attributes are placed inside the start tag, and consist of a name and a value, separated by an "=" character. The attribute value can remain unquoted if it doesn't contain ASCII whitespace or any of " ' ` = < or >. Otherwise, it has to be quoted using either single or double quotes. The value, along with the "=" character, can be omitted altogether if the value is the empty string.

<!-- empty attributes -->
<input name=address disabled>
<input name=address disabled="">

<!-- attributes with a value -->
<input name=address maxlength=200>
<input name=address maxlength='200'>
<input name=address maxlength="200">

HTML user agents (e.g., web browsers) then parse this markup, turning it into a DOM (Document Object Model) tree. A DOM tree is an in-memory representation of a document.

DOM trees contain several kinds of nodes, in particular a DocumentType node, Element nodes, Text nodes, Comment nodes, and in some cases ProcessingInstruction nodes.

The markup snippet at the top of this section would be turned into the following DOM tree:

The document element of this tree is the html element, which is the element always found in that position in HTML documents. It contains two elements, head and body, as well as a Text node between them.

There are many more Text nodes in the DOM tree than one would initially expect, because the source contains a number of spaces (represented here by "␣") and line breaks ("⏎") that all end up as Text nodes in the DOM. However, for historical reasons not all of the spaces and line breaks in the original markup appear in the DOM. In particular, all the whitespace before head start tag ends up being dropped silently, and all the whitespace after the body end tag ends up placed at the end of the body.

The head element contains a title element, which itself contains a Text node with the text "Sample page". Similarly, the body element contains an h1 element, a p element, and a comment.


This DOM tree can be manipulated from scripts in the page. Scripts (typically in JavaScript) are small programs that can be embedded using the script element or using event handler content attributes. For example, here is a form with a script that sets the value of the form's output element to say "Hello World":

<form name="main">
 Result: <output name="result"></output>
 <script>
  document.forms.main.elements.result.value = 'Hello World';
 </script>
</form>

Each element in the DOM tree is represented by an object, and these objects have APIs so that they can be manipulated. For instance, a link (e.g. the a element in the tree above) can have its "href" attribute changed in several ways:

var a = document.links[0]; // obtain the first link in the document
a.href = 'sample.html'; // change the destination URL of the link
a.protocol = 'https'; // change just the scheme part of the URL
a.setAttribute('href', 'https://example.com/'); // change the content attribute directly

Since DOM trees are used as the way to represent HTML documents when they are processed and presented by implementations (especially interactive implementations like web browsers), this specification is mostly phrased in terms of DOM trees, instead of the markup described above.


HTML documents represent a media-independent description of interactive content. HTML documents might be rendered to a screen, or through a speech synthesizer, or on a braille display. To influence exactly how such rendering takes place, authors can use a styling language such as CSS.

In the following example, the page has been made yellow-on-blue using CSS.

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>Sample styled page</title>
  <style>
   body { background: navy; color: yellow; }
  </style>
 </head>
 <body>
  <h1>Sample styled page</h1>
  <p>This page is just a demo.</p>
 </body>
</html>

For more details on how to use HTML, authors are encouraged to consult tutorials and guides. Some of the examples included in this specification might also be of use, but the novice author is cautioned that this specification, by necessity, defines the language with a level of detail that might be difficult to understand at first.

1.10.1 Writing secure applications with HTML

This section is non-normative.

When HTML is used to create interactive sites, care needs to be taken to avoid introducing vulnerabilities through which attackers can compromise the integrity of the site itself or of the site's users.

A comprehensive study of this matter is beyond the scope of this document, and authors are strongly encouraged to study the matter in more detail. However, this section attempts to provide a quick introduction to some common pitfalls in HTML application development.

The security model of the web is based on the concept of "origins", and correspondingly many of the potential attacks on the web involve cross-origin actions. [ORIGIN]

Not validating user input
Cross-site scripting (XSS)
SQL injection

When accepting untrusted input, e.g. user-generated content such as text comments, values in URL parameters, messages from third-party sites, etc, it is imperative that the data be validated before use, and properly escaped when displayed. Failing to do this can allow a hostile user to perform a variety of attacks, ranging from the potentially benign, such as providing bogus user information like a negative age, to the serious, such as running scripts every time a user looks at a page that includes the information, potentially propagating the attack in the process, to the catastrophic, such as deleting all data in the server.

When writing filters to validate user input, it is imperative that filters always be safelist-based, allowing known-safe constructs and disallowing all other input. Blocklist-based filters that disallow known-bad inputs and allow everything else are not secure, as not everything that is bad is yet known (for example, because it might be invented in the future).

For example, suppose a page looked at its URL's query string to determine what to display, and the site then redirected the user to that page to display a message, as in:

<ul>
 <li><a href="message.cgi?say=Hello">Say Hello</a>
 <li><a href="message.cgi?say=Welcome">Say Welcome</a>
 <li><a href="message.cgi?say=Kittens">Say Kittens</a>
</ul>

If the message was just displayed to the user without escaping, a hostile attacker could then craft a URL that contained a script element:

https://example.com/message.cgi?say=%3Cscript%3Ealert%28%27Oh%20no%21%27%29%3C/script%3E

If the attacker then convinced a victim user to visit this page, a script of the attacker's choosing would run on the page. Such a script could do any number of hostile actions, limited only by what the site offers: if the site is an e-commerce shop, for instance, such a script could cause the user to unknowingly make arbitrarily many unwanted purchases.

This is called a cross-site scripting attack.

There are many constructs that can be used to try to trick a site into executing code. Here are some that authors are encouraged to consider when writing safelist filters:

Cross-site request forgery (CSRF)

If a site allows a user to make form submissions with user-specific side-effects, for example posting messages on a forum under the user's name, making purchases, or applying for a passport, it is important to verify that the request was made by the user intentionally, rather than by another site tricking the user into making the request unknowingly.

This problem exists because HTML forms can be submitted to other origins.

Sites can prevent such attacks by populating forms with user-specific hidden tokens, or by checking `Origin` headers on all requests.

Clickjacking

A page that provides users with an interface to perform actions that the user might not wish to perform needs to be designed so as to avoid the possibility that users can be tricked into activating the interface.

One way that a user could be so tricked is if a hostile site places the victim site in a small iframe and then convinces the user to click, for instance by having the user play a reaction game. Once the user is playing the game, the hostile site can quickly position the iframe under the mouse cursor just as the user is about to click, thus tricking the user into clicking the victim site's interface.

To avoid this, sites that do not expect to be used in frames are encouraged to only enable their interface if they detect that they are not in a frame (e.g. by comparing the window object to the value of the top attribute).

1.10.2 Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs

This section is non-normative.

Scripts in HTML have "run-to-completion" semantics, meaning that the browser will generally run the script uninterrupted before doing anything else, such as firing further events or continuing to parse the document.

On the other hand, parsing of HTML files happens incrementally, meaning that the parser can pause at any point to let scripts run. This is generally a good thing, but it does mean that authors need to be careful to avoid hooking event handlers after the events could have possibly fired.

There are two techniques for doing this reliably: use event handler content attributes, or create the element and add the event handlers in the same script. The latter is safe because, as mentioned earlier, scripts are run to completion before further events can fire.

One way this could manifest itself is with img elements and the load event. The event could fire as soon as the element has been parsed, especially if the image has already been cached (which is common).

Here, the author uses the onload handler on an img element to catch the load event:

<img src="games.png" alt="Games" onload="gamesLogoHasLoaded(event)">

If the element is being added by script, then so long as the event handlers are added in the same script, the event will still not be missed:

<script>
 var img = new Image();
 img.src = 'games.png';
 img.alt = 'Games';
 img.onload = gamesLogoHasLoaded;
 // img.addEventListener('load', gamesLogoHasLoaded, false); // would work also
</script>

However, if the author first created the img element and then in a separate script added the event listeners, there's a chance that the load event would be fired in between, leading it to be missed:

<!-- Do not use this style, it has a race condition! -->
 <img id="games" src="games.png" alt="Games">
 <!-- the 'load' event might fire here while the parser is taking a
      break, in which case you will not see it! -->
 <script>
  var img = document.getElementById('games');
  img.onload = gamesLogoHasLoaded; // might never fire!
 </script>

1.10.3 How to catch mistakes when writing HTML: validators and conformance checkers

This section is non-normative.

Authors are encouraged to make use of conformance checkers (also known as validators) to catch common mistakes. The WHATWG maintains a list of such tools at: https://whatwg.org/validator/

1.11 Conformance requirements for authors

This section is non-normative.

Unlike previous versions of the HTML specification, this specification defines in some detail the required processing for invalid documents as well as valid documents.

However, even though the processing of invalid content is in most cases well-defined, conformance requirements for documents are still important: in practice, interoperability (the situation in which all implementations process particular content in a reliable and identical or equivalent way) is not the only goal of document conformance requirements. This section details some of the more common reasons for still distinguishing between a conforming document and one with errors.

1.11.1 Presentational markup

This section is non-normative.

The majority of presentational features from previous versions of HTML are no longer allowed. Presentational markup in general has been found to have a number of problems:

The use of presentational elements leads to poorer accessibility

While it is possible to use presentational markup in a way that provides users of assistive technologies (ATs) with an acceptable experience (e.g. using ARIA), doing so is significantly more difficult than doing so when using semantically-appropriate markup. Furthermore, even using such techniques doesn't help make pages accessible for non-AT non-graphical users, such as users of text-mode browsers.

Using media-independent markup, on the other hand, provides an easy way for documents to be authored in such a way that they work for more users (e.g. users of text browsers).

Higher cost of maintenance

It is significantly easier to maintain a site written in such a way that the markup is style-independent. For example, changing the color of a site that uses <font color=""> throughout requires changes across the entire site, whereas a similar change to a site based on CSS can be done by changing a single file.

Larger document sizes

Presentational markup tends to be much more redundant, and thus results in larger document sizes.

For those reasons, presentational markup has been removed from HTML in this version. This change should not come as a surprise; HTML4 deprecated presentational markup many years ago and provided a mode (HTML4 Transitional) to help authors move away from presentational markup; later, XHTML 1.1 went further and obsoleted those features altogether.

The only remaining presentational markup features in HTML are the style attribute and the style element. Use of the style attribute is somewhat discouraged in production environments, but it can be useful for rapid prototyping (where its rules can be directly moved into a separate style sheet later) and for providing specific styles in unusual cases where a separate style sheet would be inconvenient. Similarly, the style element can be useful in syndication or for page-specific styles, but in general an external style sheet is likely to be more convenient when the styles apply to multiple pages.

It is also worth noting that some elements that were previously presentational have been redefined in this specification to be media-independent: b, i, hr, s, small, and u.

1.11.2 Syntax errors

This section is non-normative.

The syntax of HTML is constrained to avoid a wide variety of problems.

Unintuitive error-handling behavior

Certain invalid syntax constructs, when parsed, result in DOM trees that are highly unintuitive.

For example, the following markup fragment results in a DOM with an hr element that is an earlier sibling of the corresponding table element:

<table><hr>...
Errors with optional error recovery

To allow user agents to be used in controlled environments without having to implement the more bizarre and convoluted error handling rules, user agents are permitted to fail whenever encountering a parse error.

Errors where the error-handling behavior is not compatible with streaming user agents

Some error-handling behavior, such as the behavior for the <table><hr>... example mentioned above, are incompatible with streaming user agents (user agents that process HTML files in one pass, without storing state). To avoid interoperability problems with such user agents, any syntax resulting in such behavior is considered invalid.

Errors that can result in infoset coercion

When a user agent based on XML is connected to an HTML parser, it is possible that certain invariants that XML enforces, such as element or attribute names never contain multiple colons, will be violated by an HTML file. Handling this can require that the parser coerce the HTML DOM into an XML-compatible infoset. Most syntax constructs that require such handling are considered invalid. (Comments containing two consecutive hyphens, or ending with a hyphen, are exceptions that are allowed in the HTML syntax.)

Errors that result in disproportionately poor performance

Certain syntax constructs can result in disproportionately poor performance. To discourage the use of such constructs, they are typically made non-conforming.

For example, the following markup results in poor performance, since all the unclosed i elements have to be reconstructed in each paragraph, resulting in progressively more elements in each paragraph:

<p><i>She dreamt.
<p><i>She dreamt that she ate breakfast.
<p><i>Then lunch.
<p><i>And finally dinner.

The resulting DOM for this fragment would be:

Errors involving fragile syntax constructs

There are syntax constructs that, for historical reasons, are relatively fragile. To help reduce the number of users who accidentally run into such problems, they are made non-conforming.

For example, the parsing of certain named character references in attributes happens even with the closing semicolon being omitted. It is safe to include an ampersand followed by letters that do not form a named character reference, but if the letters are changed to a string that does form a named character reference, they will be interpreted as that character instead.

In this fragment, the attribute's value is "?bill&ted":

<a href="?bill&ted">Bill and Ted</a>

In the following fragment, however, the attribute's value is actually "?art©", not the intended "?art&copy", because even without the final semicolon, "&copy" is handled the same as "&copy;" and thus gets interpreted as "©":

<a href="?art&copy">Art and Copy</a>

To avoid this problem, all named character references are required to end with a semicolon, and uses of named character references without a semicolon are flagged as errors.

Thus, the correct way to express the above cases is as follows:

<a href="?bill&ted">Bill and Ted</a> <!-- &ted is ok, since it's not a named character reference -->
<a href="?art&amp;copy">Art and Copy</a> <!-- the & has to be escaped, since &copy is a named character reference -->
Errors involving known interoperability problems in legacy user agents

Certain syntax constructs are known to cause especially subtle or serious problems in legacy user agents, and are therefore marked as non-conforming to help authors avoid them.

For example, this is why the U+0060 GRAVE ACCENT character (`) is not allowed in unquoted attributes. In certain legacy user agents, it is sometimes treated as a quote character.

Another example of this is the DOCTYPE, which is required to trigger no-quirks mode, because the behavior of legacy user agents in quirks mode is often largely undocumented.

Errors that risk exposing authors to security attacks

Certain restrictions exist purely to avoid known security problems.

For example, the restriction on using UTF-7 exists purely to avoid authors falling prey to a known cross-site-scripting attack using UTF-7. [UTF7]

Cases where the author's intent is unclear

Markup where the author's intent is very unclear is often made non-conforming. Correcting these errors early makes later maintenance easier.

For example, it is unclear whether the author intended the following to be an h1 heading or an h2 heading:

<h1>Contact details</h2>
Cases that are likely to be typos

When a user makes a simple typo, it is helpful if the error can be caught early, as this can save the author a lot of debugging time. This specification therefore usually considers it an error to use element names, attribute names, and so forth, that do not match the names defined in this specification.

For example, if the author typed <capton> instead of <caption>, this would be flagged as an error and the author could correct the typo immediately.

Errors that could interfere with new syntax in the future

In order to allow the language syntax to be extended in the future, certain otherwise harmless features are disallowed.

For example, "attributes" in end tags are ignored currently, but they are invalid, in case a future change to the language makes use of that syntax feature without conflicting with already-deployed (and valid!) content.

Some authors find it helpful to be in the practice of always quoting all attributes and always including all optional tags, preferring the consistency derived from such custom over the minor benefits of terseness afforded by making use of the flexibility of the HTML syntax. To aid such authors, conformance checkers can provide modes of operation wherein such conventions are enforced.

1.11.3 Restrictions on content models and on attribute values

This section is non-normative.

Beyond the syntax of the language, this specification also places restrictions on how elements and attributes can be specified. These restrictions are present for similar reasons:

Errors involving content with dubious semantics

To avoid misuse of elements with defined meanings, content models are defined that restrict how elements can be nested when such nestings would be of dubious value.

For example, this specification disallows nesting a section element inside a kbd element, since it is highly unlikely for an author to indicate that an entire section should be keyed in.

Errors that involve a conflict in expressed semantics

Similarly, to draw the author's attention to mistakes in the use of elements, clear contradictions in the semantics expressed are also considered conformance errors.

In the fragments below, for example, the semantics are nonsensical: a separator cannot simultaneously be a cell, nor can a radio button be a progress bar.

<hr role="cell">
<input type=radio role=progressbar>

Another example is the restrictions on the content models of the ul element, which only allows li element children. Lists by definition consist just of zero or more list items, so if a ul element contains something other than an li element, it's not clear what was meant.

Cases where the default styles are likely to lead to confusion

Certain elements have default styles or behaviors that make certain combinations likely to lead to confusion. Where these have equivalent alternatives without this problem, the confusing combinations are disallowed.

For example, div elements are rendered as block boxes, and span elements as inline boxes. Putting a block box in an inline box is unnecessarily confusing; since either nesting just div elements, or nesting just span elements, or nesting span elements inside div elements all serve the same purpose as nesting a div element in a span element, but only the latter involves a block box in an inline box, the latter combination is disallowed.

Another example would be the way interactive content cannot be nested. For example, a button element cannot contain a textarea element. This is because the default behavior of such nesting interactive elements would be highly confusing to users. Instead of nesting these elements, they can be placed side by side.

Errors that indicate a likely misunderstanding of the specification

Sometimes, something is disallowed because allowing it would likely cause author confusion.

For example, setting the disabled attribute to the value "false" is disallowed, because despite the appearance of meaning that the element is enabled, it in fact means that the element is disabled (what matters for implementations is the presence of the attribute, not its value).

Errors involving limits that have been imposed merely to simplify the language

Some conformance errors simplify the language that authors need to learn.

For example, the area element's shape attribute, despite accepting both circ and circle values in practice as synonyms, disallows the use of the circ value, so as to simplify tutorials and other learning aids. There would be no benefit to allowing both, but it would cause extra confusion when teaching the language.

Errors that involve peculiarities of the parser

Certain elements are parsed in somewhat eccentric ways (typically for historical reasons), and their content model restrictions are intended to avoid exposing the author to these issues.

For example, a form element isn't allowed inside phrasing content, because when parsed as HTML, a form element's start tag will imply a p element's end tag. Thus, the following markup results in two paragraphs, not one:

<p>Welcome. <form><label>Name:</label> <input></form>

It is parsed exactly like the following:

<p>Welcome. </p><form><label>Name:</label> <input></form>
Errors that would likely result in scripts failing in hard-to-debug ways

Some errors are intended to help prevent script problems that would be hard to debug.

This is why, for instance, it is non-conforming to have two id attributes with the same value. Duplicate IDs lead to the wrong element being selected, with sometimes disastrous effects whose cause is hard to determine.

Errors that waste authoring time

Some constructs are disallowed because historically they have been the cause of a lot of wasted authoring time, and by encouraging authors to avoid making them, authors can save time in future efforts.

For example, a script element's src attribute causes the element's contents to be ignored. However, this isn't obvious, especially if the element's contents appear to be executable script — which can lead to authors spending a lot of time trying to debug the inline script without realizing that it is not executing. To reduce this problem, this specification makes it non-conforming to have executable script in a script element when the src attribute is present. This means that authors who are validating their documents are less likely to waste time with this kind of mistake.

Errors that involve areas that affect authors migrating between the HTML and XML syntaxes

Some authors like to write files that can be interpreted as both XML and HTML with similar results. Though this practice is discouraged in general due to the myriad of subtle complications involved (especially when involving scripting, styling, or any kind of automated serialization), this specification has a few restrictions intended to at least somewhat mitigate the difficulties. This makes it easier for authors to use this as a transitionary step when migrating between the HTML and XML syntaxes.

For example, there are somewhat complicated rules surrounding the lang and xml:lang attributes intended to keep the two synchronized.

Another example would be the restrictions on the values of xmlns attributes in the HTML serialization, which are intended to ensure that elements in conforming documents end up in the same namespaces whether processed as HTML or XML.

Errors that involve areas reserved for future expansion

As with the restrictions on the syntax intended to allow for new syntax in future revisions of the language, some restrictions on the content models of elements and values of attributes are intended to allow for future expansion of the HTML vocabulary.

For example, limiting the values of the target attribute that start with an U+005F LOW LINE character (_) to only specific predefined values allows new predefined values to be introduced at a future time without conflicting with author-defined values.

Errors that indicate a mis-use of other specifications

Certain restrictions are intended to support the restrictions made by other specifications.

For example, requiring that attributes that take media query lists use only valid media query lists reinforces the importance of following the conformance rules of that specification.

1.12 Suggested reading

This section is non-normative.

The following documents might be of interest to readers of this specification.

Character Model for the World Wide Web 1.0: Fundamentals [CHARMOD]

This Architectural Specification provides authors of specifications, software developers, and content developers with a common reference for interoperable text manipulation on the World Wide Web, building on the Universal Character Set, defined jointly by the Unicode Standard and ISO/IEC 10646. Topics addressed include use of the terms 'character', 'encoding' and 'string', a reference processing model, choice and identification of character encodings, character escaping, and string indexing.

Unicode Security Considerations [UTR36]

Because Unicode contains such a large number of characters and incorporates the varied writing systems of the world, incorrect usage can expose programs or systems to possible security attacks. This is especially important as more and more products are internationalized. This document describes some of the security considerations that programmers, system analysts, standards developers, and users should take into account, and provides specific recommendations to reduce the risk of problems.

Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) [WCAG]

Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) covers a wide range of recommendations for making web content more accessible. Following these guidelines will make content accessible to a wider range of people with disabilities, including blindness and low vision, deafness and hearing loss, learning disabilities, cognitive limitations, limited movement, speech disabilities, photosensitivity and combinations of these. Following these guidelines will also often make your web content more usable to users in general.

Authoring Tool Accessibility Guidelines (ATAG) 2.0 [ATAG]

This specification provides guidelines for designing web content authoring tools that are more accessible for people with disabilities. An authoring tool that conforms to these guidelines will promote accessibility by providing an accessible user interface to authors with disabilities as well as by enabling, supporting, and promoting the production of accessible web content by all authors.

User Agent Accessibility Guidelines (UAAG) 2.0 [UAAG]

This document provides guidelines for designing user agents that lower barriers to web accessibility for people with disabilities. User agents include browsers and other types of software that retrieve and render web content. A user agent that conforms to these guidelines will promote accessibility through its own user interface and through other internal facilities, including its ability to communicate with other technologies (especially assistive technologies). Furthermore, all users, not just users with disabilities, should find conforming user agents to be more usable.

2 Common infrastructure

This specification depends on Infra. [INFRA]

2.1 Terminology

This specification refers to both HTML and XML attributes and IDL attributes, often in the same context. When it is not clear which is being referred to, they are referred to as content attributes for HTML and XML attributes, and IDL attributes for those defined on IDL interfaces. Similarly, the term "properties" is used for both JavaScript object properties and CSS properties. When these are ambiguous they are qualified as object properties and CSS properties respectively.

Generally, when the specification states that a feature applies to the HTML syntax or the XML syntax, it also includes the other. When a feature specifically only applies to one of the two languages, it is called out by explicitly stating that it does not apply to the other format, as in "for HTML, ... (this does not apply to XML)".

This specification uses the term document to refer to any use of HTML, ranging from short static documents to long essays or reports with rich multimedia, as well as to fully-fledged interactive applications. The term is used to refer both to Document objects and their descendant DOM trees, and to serialized byte streams using the HTML syntax or the XML syntax, depending on context.

In the context of the DOM structures, the terms HTML document and XML document are used as defined in DOM, and refer specifically to two different modes that Document objects can find themselves in. [DOM] (Such uses are always hyperlinked to their definition.)

In the context of byte streams, the term HTML document refers to resources labeled as text/html, and the term XML document refers to resources labeled with an XML MIME type.


For simplicity, terms such as shown, displayed, and visible might sometimes be used when referring to the way a document is rendered to the user. These terms are not meant to imply a visual medium; they must be considered to apply to other media in equivalent ways.

2.1.1 Parallelism

To run steps in parallel means those steps are to be run, one after another, at the same time as other logic in the standard (e.g., at the same time as the event loop). This standard does not define the precise mechanism by which this is achieved, be it time-sharing cooperative multitasking, fibers, threads, processes, using different hyperthreads, cores, CPUs, machines, etc. By contrast, an operation that is to run immediately must interrupt the currently running task, run itself, and then resume the previously running task.

For guidance on writing specifications that leverage parallelism, see Dealing with the event loop from other specifications.

To avoid race conditions between different in parallel algorithms that operate on the same data, a parallel queue can be used.

A parallel queue represents a queue of algorithm steps that must be run in series.

A parallel queue has an algorithm queue (a queue), initially empty.

To enqueue steps to a parallel queue, enqueue the algorithm steps to the parallel queue's algorithm queue.

To start a new parallel queue, run the following steps:

  1. Let parallelQueue be a new parallel queue.

  2. Run the following steps in parallel:

    1. While true:

      1. Let steps be the result of dequeueing from parallelQueue's algorithm queue.

      2. If steps is not nothing, then run steps.

      3. Assert: running steps did not throw an exception, as steps running in parallel are not allowed to throw.

      Implementations are not expected to implement this as a continuously running loop. Algorithms in standards are to be easy to understand and are not necessarily great for battery life or performance.

  3. Return parallelQueue.

Steps running in parallel can themselves run other steps in in parallel. E.g., inside a parallel queue it can be useful to run a series of steps in parallel with the queue.

Imagine a standard defined nameList (a list), along with a method to add a name to nameList, unless nameList already contains name, in which case it rejects.

The following solution suffers from race conditions:

  1. Let p be a new promise created in this's relevant realm.

  2. Let global be this's relevant global object.

  3. Run the following steps in parallel:

    1. If nameList contains name, then queue a global task on the DOM manipulation task source given global to reject p with a TypeError, and abort these steps.

    2. Do some potentially lengthy work.

    3. Append name to nameList.

    4. Queue a global task on the DOM manipulation task source given global to resolve p with undefined.

  4. Return p.

Two invocations of the above could run simultaneously, meaning name isn't in nameList during step 2.1, but it might be added before step 2.3 runs, meaning name ends up in nameList twice.

Parallel queues solve this. The standard would let nameListQueue be the result of starting a new parallel queue, then:

  1. Let p be a new promise created in this's relevant realm.

  2. Let global be this's relevant global object.

  3. Enqueue the following steps to nameListQueue:

    1. If nameList contains name, then queue a global task on the DOM manipulation task source given global to reject p with a TypeError, and abort these steps.

    2. Do some potentially lengthy work.

    3. Append name to nameList.

    4. Queue a global task on the DOM manipulation task source given global to resolve p with undefined.

  4. Return p.

The steps would now queue and the race is avoided.

2.1.2 Resources

The specification uses the term supported when referring to whether a user agent has an implementation capable of decoding the semantics of an external resource. A format or type is said to be supported if the implementation can process an external resource of that format or type without critical aspects of the resource being ignored. Whether a specific resource is supported can depend on what features of the resource's format are in use.

For example, a PNG image would be considered to be in a supported format if its pixel data could be decoded and rendered, even if, unbeknownst to the implementation, the image also contained animation data.

An MPEG-4 video file would not be considered to be in a supported format if the compression format used was not supported, even if the implementation could determine the dimensions of the movie from the file's metadata.

What some specifications, in particular the HTTP specifications, refer to as a representation is referred to in this specification as a resource. [HTTP]

A resource's critical subresources are those that the resource needs to have available to be correctly processed. Which resources are considered critical or not is defined by the specification that defines the resource's format.

For CSS style sheets, we tentatively define here that their critical subresources are other style sheets imported via @import rules, including those indirectly imported by other imported style sheets.

This definition is not fully interoperable; furthermore, some user agents seem to count resources like background images or web fonts as critical subresources. Ideally, the CSS Working Group would define this; see w3c/csswg-drafts issue #1088 to track progress on that front.

2.1.3 XML compatibility

To ease migration from HTML to XML, user agents conforming to this specification will place elements in HTML in the http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml namespace, at least for the purposes of the DOM and CSS. The term "HTML elements" refers to any element in that namespace, even in XML documents.

Except where otherwise stated, all elements defined or mentioned in this specification are in the HTML namespace ("http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"), and all attributes defined or mentioned in this specification have no namespace.

The term element type is used to refer to the set of elements that have a given local name and namespace. For example, button elements are elements with the element type button, meaning they have the local name "button" and (implicitly as defined above) the HTML namespace.

Attribute names are said to be XML-compatible if they match the Name production defined in XML and they contain no U+003A COLON characters (:). [XML]

2.1.4 DOM trees

When it is stated that some element or attribute is ignored, or treated as some other value, or handled as if it was something else, this refers only to the processing of the node after it is in the DOM. A user agent must not mutate the DOM in such situations.

A content attribute is said to change value only if its new value is different than its previous value; setting an attribute to a value it already has does not change it.

The term empty, when used for an attribute value, Text node, or string, means that the length of the text is zero (i.e., not even containing controls or U+0020 SPACE).

An HTML element can have specific HTML element insertion steps, HTML element post-connection steps, HTML element removing steps, and HTML element moving steps all defined for the element's local name.

The insertion steps for the HTML Standard, given insertedNode, are defined as the following:

  1. If insertedNode is an element whose namespace is the HTML namespace, and this standard defines HTML element insertion steps for insertedNode's local name, then run the corresponding HTML element insertion steps given insertedNode.

  2. If insertedNode is a form-associated element or the ancestor of a form-associated element, then:

    1. If the form-associated element's parser inserted flag is set, then return.

    2. Reset the form owner of the form-associated element.

  3. If insertedNode is an Element that is not on the stack of open elements of an HTML parser, then process internal resource links given insertedNode's node document.

The post-connection steps for the HTML Standard, given insertedNode, are defined as the following:

  1. If insertedNode is an element whose namespace is the HTML namespace, and this standard defines HTML element post-connection steps for insertedNode's local name, then run the corresponding HTML element post-connection steps given insertedNode.

The removing steps for the HTML Standard, given removedNode and oldParent, are defined as the following:

  1. Let document be removedNode's node document.

  2. If document's focused area is removedNode, then set document's focused area to document's viewport, and set document's relevant global object's navigation API's focus changed during ongoing navigation to false.

    This does not perform the unfocusing steps, focusing steps, or focus update steps, and thus no blur or change events are fired.

  3. If removedNode is an element whose namespace is the HTML namespace, and this standard defines HTML element removing steps for removedNode's local name, then run the corresponding HTML element removing steps given removedNode and oldParent.

  4. If removedNode is a form-associated element or the ancestor of a form-associated element, then:

    1. If the form-associated element has a form owner and the form-associated element and its form owner are no longer in the same tree, then reset the form owner of the form-associated element.

  5. If removedNode's popover attribute is not in the no popover state, then run the hide popover algorithm given removedNode, false, false, and false.

The moving steps for the HTML Standard, given movedNode, are defined as the following:

  1. If movedNode is an element whose namespace is the HTML namespace, and this standard defines HTML element moving steps for movedNode's local name, then run the corresponding HTML element moving steps given movedNode.

  2. If movedNode is a form-associated element or the ancestor of a form-associated element, then:

    1. If the form-associated element has a form owner and the form-associated element and its form owner are no longer in the same tree, then reset the form owner of the form-associated element.

A node is inserted into a document when the insertion steps are invoked with it as the argument and it is now in a document tree. Analogously, a node is removed from a document when the removing steps are invoked with it as the argument and it is now no longer in a document tree.

A node becomes connected when the insertion steps are invoked with it as the argument and it is now connected. Analogously, a node becomes disconnected when the removing steps are invoked with it as the argument and it is now no longer connected.

A node is browsing-context connected when it is connected and its shadow-including root's browsing context is non-null. A node becomes browsing-context connected when the insertion steps are invoked with it as the argument and it is now browsing-context connected. A node becomes browsing-context disconnected either when the removing steps are invoked with it as the argument and it is now no longer browsing-context connected, or when its shadow-including root's browsing context becomes null.

2.1.5 Scripting

The construction "a Foo object", where Foo is actually an interface, is sometimes used instead of the more accurate "an object implementing the interface Foo".

An IDL attribute is said to be getting when its value is being retrieved (e.g. by author script), and is said to be setting when a new value is assigned to it.

If a DOM object is said to be live, then the attributes and methods on that object must operate on the actual underlying data, not a snapshot of the data.

2.1.6 Plugins

The term plugin refers to an implementation-defined set of content handlers used by the user agent that can take part in the user agent's rendering of a Document object, but that neither act as child navigables of the Document nor introduce any Node objects to the Document's DOM.

Typically such content handlers are provided by third parties, though a user agent can also designate built-in content handlers as plugins.

A user agent must not consider the types text/plain and application/octet-stream as having a registered plugin.

One example of a plugin would be a PDF viewer that is instantiated in a navigable when the user navigates to a PDF file. This would count as a plugin regardless of whether the party that implemented the PDF viewer component was the same as that which implemented the user agent itself. However, a PDF viewer application that launches separate from the user agent (as opposed to using the same interface) is not a plugin by this definition.

This specification does not define a mechanism for interacting with plugins, as it is expected to be user-agent- and platform-specific. Some UAs might opt to support a plugin mechanism such as the Netscape Plugin API; others might use remote content converters or have built-in support for certain types. Indeed, this specification doesn't require user agents to support plugins at all. [NPAPI]

Browsers should take extreme care when interacting with external content intended for plugins. When third-party software is run with the same privileges as the user agent itself, vulnerabilities in the third-party software become as dangerous as those in the user agent.

(This is a tracking vector.) Since different users having different sets of plugins provides a tracking vector that increases the chances of users being uniquely identified, user agents are encouraged to support the exact same set of plugins for each user.

2.1.7 Character encodings

A character encoding, or just encoding where that is not ambiguous, is a defined way to convert between byte streams and Unicode strings, as defined in Encoding. An encoding has an encoding name and one or more encoding labels, referred to as the encoding's name and labels in the Encoding standard. [ENCODING]

2.1.8 Conformance classes

This specification describes the conformance criteria for user agents (relevant to implementers) and documents (relevant to authors and authoring tool implementers).

Conforming documents are those that comply with all the conformance criteria for documents. For readability, some of these conformance requirements are phrased as conformance requirements on authors; such requirements are implicitly requirements on documents: by definition, all documents are assumed to have had an author. (In some cases, that author may itself be a user agent — such user agents are subject to additional rules, as explained below.)

For example, if a requirement states that "authors must not use the foobar element", it would imply that documents are not allowed to contain elements named foobar.

There is no implied relationship between document conformance requirements and implementation conformance requirements. User agents are not free to handle non-conformant documents as they please; the processing model described in this specification applies to implementations regardless of the conformity of the input documents.

User agents fall into several (overlapping) categories with different conformance requirements.

Web browsers and other interactive user agents

Web browsers that support the XML syntax must process elements and attributes from the HTML namespace found in XML documents as described in this specification, so that users can interact with them, unless the semantics of those elements have been overridden by other specifications.

A conforming web browser would, upon finding a script element in an XML document, execute the script contained in that element. However, if the element is found within a transformation expressed in XSLT (assuming the user agent also supports XSLT), then the processor would instead treat the script element as an opaque element that forms part of the transform.

Web browsers that support the HTML syntax must process documents labeled with an HTML MIME type as described in this specification, so that users can interact with them.

User agents that support scripting must also be conforming implementations of the IDL fragments in this specification, as described in Web IDL. [WEBIDL]

Unless explicitly stated, specifications that override the semantics of HTML elements do not override the requirements on DOM objects representing those elements. For example, the script element in the example above would still implement the HTMLScriptElement interface.

Non-interactive presentation user agents

User agents that process HTML and XML documents purely to render non-interactive versions of them must comply to the same conformance criteria as web browsers, except that they are exempt from requirements regarding user interaction.

Typical examples of non-interactive presentation user agents are printers (static UAs) and overhead displays (dynamic UAs). It is expected that most static non-interactive presentation user agents will also opt to lack scripting support.

A non-interactive but dynamic presentation UA would still execute scripts, allowing forms to be dynamically submitted, and so forth. However, since the concept of "focus" is irrelevant when the user cannot interact with the document, the UA would not need to support any of the focus-related DOM APIs.

Visual user agents that support the suggested default rendering

User agents, whether interactive or not, may be designated (possibly as a user option) as supporting the suggested default rendering defined by this specification.

This is not required. In particular, even user agents that do implement the suggested default rendering are encouraged to offer settings that override this default to improve the experience for the user, e.g. changing the color contrast, using different focus styles, or otherwise making the experience more accessible and usable to the user.

User agents that are designated as supporting the suggested default rendering must, while so designated, implement the rules the Rendering section defines as the behavior that user agents are expected to implement.

User agents with no scripting support

Implementations that do not support scripting (or which have their scripting features disabled entirely) are exempt from supporting the events and DOM interfaces mentioned in this specification. For the parts of this specification that are defined in terms of an events model or in terms of the DOM, such user agents must still act as if events and the DOM were supported.

Scripting can form an integral part of an application. Web browsers that do not support scripting, or that have scripting disabled, might be unable to fully convey the author's intent.

Conformance checkers

Conformance checkers must verify that a document conforms to the applicable conformance criteria described in this specification. Automated conformance checkers are exempt from detecting errors that require interpretation of the author's intent (for example, while a document is non-conforming if the content of a blockquote element is not a quote, conformance checkers running without the input of human judgement do not have to check that blockquote elements only contain quoted material).

Conformance checkers must check that the input document conforms when parsed without a browsing context (meaning that no scripts are run, and that the parser's scripting flag is disabled), and should also check that the input document conforms when parsed with a browsing context in which scripts execute, and that the scripts never cause non-conforming states to occur other than transiently during script execution itself. (This is only a "SHOULD" and not a "MUST" requirement because it has been proven to be impossible. [COMPUTABLE])

The term "HTML validator" can be used to refer to a conformance checker that itself conforms to the applicable requirements of this specification.

XML DTDs cannot express all the conformance requirements of this specification. Therefore, a validating XML processor and a DTD cannot constitute a conformance checker. Also, since neither of the two authoring formats defined in this specification are applications of SGML, a validating SGML system cannot constitute a conformance checker either.

To put it another way, there are three types of conformance criteria:

  1. Criteria that can be expressed in a DTD.
  2. Criteria that cannot be expressed by a DTD, but can still be checked by a machine.
  3. Criteria that can only be checked by a human.

A conformance checker must check for the first two. A simple DTD-based validator only checks for the first class of errors and is therefore not a conforming conformance checker according to this specification.

Data mining tools

Applications and tools that process HTML and XML documents for reasons other than to either render the documents or check them for conformance should act in accordance with the semantics of the documents that they process.

A tool that generates document outlines but increases the nesting level for each paragraph and does not increase the nesting level for headings would not be conforming.

Authoring tools and markup generators

Authoring tools and markup generators must generate conforming documents. Conformance criteria that apply to authors also apply to authoring tools, where appropriate.

Authoring tools are exempt from the strict requirements of using elements only for their specified purpose, but only to the extent that authoring tools are not yet able to determine author intent. However, authoring tools must not automatically misuse elements or encourage their users to do so.

For example, it is not conforming to use an address element for arbitrary contact information; that element can only be used for marking up contact information for its nearest article or body element ancestor. However, since an authoring tool is likely unable to determine the difference, an authoring tool is exempt from that requirement. This does not mean, though, that authoring tools can use address elements for any block of italics text (for instance); it just means that the authoring tool doesn't have to verify that when the user uses a tool for inserting contact information for an article element, that the user really is doing that and not inserting something else instead.

In terms of conformance checking, an editor has to output documents that conform to the same extent that a conformance checker will verify.

When an authoring tool is used to edit a non-conforming document, it may preserve the conformance errors in sections of the document that were not edited during the editing session (i.e. an editing tool is allowed to round-trip erroneous content). However, an authoring tool must not claim that the output is conformant if errors have been so preserved.

Authoring tools are expected to come in two broad varieties: tools that work from structure or semantic data, and tools that work on a What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get media-specific editing basis (WYSIWYG).

The former is the preferred mechanism for tools that author HTML, since the structure in the source information can be used to make informed choices regarding which HTML elements and attributes are most appropriate.

However, WYSIWYG tools are legitimate. WYSIWYG tools should use elements they know are appropriate, and should not use elements that they do not know to be appropriate. This might in certain extreme cases mean limiting the use of flow elements to just a few elements, like div, b, i, and span and making liberal use of the style attribute.

All authoring tools, whether WYSIWYG or not, should make a best effort attempt at enabling users to create well-structured, semantically rich, media-independent content.

For compatibility with existing content and prior specifications, this specification describes two authoring formats: one based on XML, and one using a custom format inspired by SGML (referred to as the HTML syntax). Implementations must support at least one of these two formats, although supporting both is encouraged.

Some conformance requirements are phrased as requirements on elements, attributes, methods or objects. Such requirements fall into two categories: those describing content model restrictions, and those describing implementation behavior. Those in the former category are requirements on documents and authoring tools. Those in the second category are requirements on user agents. Similarly, some conformance requirements are phrased as requirements on authors; such requirements are to be interpreted as conformance requirements on the documents that authors produce. (In other words, this specification does not distinguish between conformance criteria on authors and conformance criteria on documents.)

2.1.9 Dependencies

This specification relies on several other underlying specifications.

Infra

The following terms are defined in Infra: [INFRA]

Unicode and Encoding

The Unicode character set is used to represent textual data, and Encoding defines requirements around character encodings. [UNICODE]

This specification introduces terminology based on the terms defined in those specifications, as described earlier.

The following terms are used as defined in Encoding: [ENCODING]

  • Getting an encoding
  • Get an output encoding
  • The generic decode algorithm which takes a byte stream and an encoding and returns a character stream
  • The UTF-8 decode algorithm which takes a byte stream and returns a character stream, additionally stripping one leading UTF-8 Byte Order Mark (BOM), if any
  • The UTF-8 decode without BOM algorithm which is identical to UTF-8 decode except that it does not strip one leading UTF-8 Byte Order Mark (BOM)
  • The encode algorithm which takes a character stream and an encoding and returns a byte stream
  • The UTF-8 encode algorithm which takes a character stream and returns a byte stream
  • The BOM sniff algorithm which takes a byte stream and returns an encoding or null.
XML and related specifications

Implementations that support the XML syntax for HTML must support some version of XML, as well as its corresponding namespaces specification, because that syntax uses an XML serialization with namespaces. [XML] [XMLNS]

Data mining tools and other user agents that perform operations on content without running scripts, evaluating CSS or XPath expressions, or otherwise exposing the resulting DOM to arbitrary content, may "support namespaces" by just asserting that their DOM node analogues are in certain namespaces, without actually exposing the namespace strings.

In the HTML syntax, namespace prefixes and namespace declarations do not have the same effect as in XML. For instance, the colon has no special meaning in HTML element names.


The attribute with the name space in the XML namespace is defined by Extensible Markup Language (XML). [XML]

The Name production is defined in XML. [XML]

This specification also references the <?xml-stylesheet?> processing instruction, defined in Associating Style Sheets with XML documents. [XMLSSPI]

This specification also non-normatively mentions the XSLTProcessor interface and its transformToFragment() and transformToDocument() methods. [XSLTP]

URLs

The following terms are defined in URL: [URL]

A number of schemes and protocols are referenced by this specification also:

Media fragment syntax is defined in Media Fragments URI. [MEDIAFRAG]

HTTP and related specifications

The following terms are defined in the HTTP specifications: [HTTP]

The following terms are defined in HTTP State Management Mechanism: [COOKIES]

The following term is defined in Web Linking: [WEBLINK]

The following terms are defined in Structured Field Values for HTTP: [STRUCTURED-FIELDS]

The following terms are defined in MIME Sniffing: [MIMESNIFF]

Fetch

The following terms are defined in Fetch: [FETCH]

The following terms are defined in Referrer Policy: [REFERRERPOLICY]

The following terms are defined in Mixed Content: [MIX]

The following terms are defined in Subresource Integrity: [SRI]

Paint Timing

The following terms are defined in Paint Timing: [PAINTTIMING]

Navigation Timing

The following terms are defined in Navigation Timing: [NAVIGATIONTIMING]

Resource Timing

The following terms are defined in Resource Timing: [RESOURCETIMING]

Performance Timeline

The following terms are defined in Performance Timeline: [PERFORMANCETIMELINE]

Long Animation Frames

The following terms are defined in Long Animation Frames: [LONGANIMATIONFRAMES]

Long Tasks

The following terms are defined in Long Tasks: [LONGTASKS]

Web IDL

The IDL fragments in this specification must be interpreted as required for conforming IDL fragments, as described in Web IDL. [WEBIDL]

The following terms are defined in Web IDL:

Web IDL also defines the following types that are used in Web IDL fragments in this specification:

The term throw in this specification is used as defined in Web IDL. The DOMException type and the following exception names are defined by Web IDL and used by this specification:

When this specification requires a user agent to create a Date object representing a particular time (which could be the special value Not-a-Number), the milliseconds component of that time, if any, must be truncated to an integer, and the time value of the newly created Date object must represent the resulting truncated time.

For instance, given the time 23045 millionths of a second after 01:00 UTC on January 1st 2000, i.e. the time 2000-01-01T00:00:00.023045Z, then the Date object created representing that time would represent the same time as that created representing the time 2000-01-01T00:00:00.023Z, 45 millionths earlier. If the given time is NaN, then the result is a Date object that represents a time value NaN (indicating that the object does not represent a specific instant of time).

JavaScript

Some parts of the language described by this specification only support JavaScript as the underlying scripting language. [JAVASCRIPT]

The term "JavaScript" is used to refer to ECMA-262, rather than the official term ECMAScript, since the term JavaScript is more widely known.

The following terms are defined in the JavaScript specification and used in this specification:

Users agents that support JavaScript must also implement the Dynamic Code Brand Checks proposal. The following terms are defined there, and used in this specification: [JSDYNAMICCODEBRANDCHECKS]

Users agents that support JavaScript must also implement ECMAScript Internationalization API. [JSINTL]

User agents that support JavaScript must also implement the Temporal proposal. The following terms are defined there, and used in this specification: [JSTEMPORAL]

WebAssembly

The following term is defined in WebAssembly JavaScript Interface: [WASMJS]

DOM

The Document Object Model (DOM) is a representation — a model — of a document and its content. The DOM is not just an API; the conformance criteria of HTML implementations are defined, in this specification, in terms of operations on the DOM. [DOM]

Implementations must support DOM and the events defined in UI Events, because this specification is defined in terms of the DOM, and some of the features are defined as extensions to the DOM interfaces. [DOM] [UIEVENTS]

In particular, the following features are defined in DOM: [DOM]

The following features are defined in UI Events: [UIEVENTS]

The following features are defined in Touch Events: [TOUCH]

The following features are defined in Pointer Events: [POINTEREVENTS]

The following events are defined in Clipboard API and events: [CLIPBOARD-APIS]

This specification sometimes uses the term name to refer to the event's type; as in, "an event named click" or "if the event name is keypress". The terms "name" and "type" for events are synonymous.

The following features are defined in DOM Parsing and Serialization: [DOMPARSING]

The following features are defined in Selection API: [SELECTION]

User agents are encouraged to implement the features described in execCommand. [EXECCOMMAND]

The following features are defined in Fullscreen API: [FULLSCREEN]

High Resolution Time provides the following features: [HRT]

File API

This specification uses the following features defined in File API: [FILEAPI]

Indexed Database API

The following terms are defined in Indexed Database API: [INDEXEDDB]

Media Source Extensions

The following terms are defined in Media Source Extensions: [MEDIASOURCE]

Media Capture and Streams

The following terms are defined in Media Capture and Streams: [MEDIASTREAM]

Reporting

The following terms are defined in Reporting: [REPORTING]

XMLHttpRequest

The following features and terms are defined in XMLHttpRequest: [XHR]

Battery Status

The following features are defined in Battery Status API: [BATTERY]

Media Queries

Implementations must support Media Queries. The <media-condition> feature is defined therein. [MQ]

CSS modules

While support for CSS as a whole is not required of implementations of this specification (though it is encouraged, at least for web browsers), some features are defined in terms of specific CSS requirements.

When this specification requires that something be parsed according to a particular CSS grammar, the relevant algorithm in CSS Syntax must be followed, including error handling rules. [CSSSYNTAX]

For example, user agents are required to close all open constructs upon finding the end of a style sheet unexpectedly. Thus, when parsing the string "rgb(0,0,0" (with a missing close-parenthesis) for a color value, the close parenthesis is implied by this error handling rule, and a value is obtained (the color 'black'). However, the similar construct "rgb(0,0," (with both a missing parenthesis and a missing "blue" value) cannot be parsed, as closing the open construct does not result in a viable value.

The following terms and features are defined in Cascading Style Sheets (CSS): [CSS]

The basic version of the 'display' property is defined in CSS, and the property is extended by other CSS modules. [CSS] [CSSRUBY] [CSSTABLE]

The following terms and features are defined in CSS Box Model: [CSSBOX]

The following features are defined in CSS Logical Properties: [CSSLOGICAL]

The following terms and features are defined in CSS Color: [CSSCOLOR]

The following terms are defined in CSS Images: [CSSIMAGES]

The term paint source is used as defined in CSS Images Level 4 to define the interaction of certain HTML elements with the CSS 'element()' function. [CSSIMAGES4]

The following features are defined in CSS Backgrounds and Borders: [CSSBG]

CSS Backgrounds and Borders also defines the following border properties: [CSSBG]

Border properties
Top Bottom Left Right
Width 'border-top-width' 'border-bottom-width' 'border-left-width' 'border-right-width'
Style 'border-top-style' 'border-bottom-style' 'border-left-style' 'border-right-style'
Color 'border-top-color' 'border-bottom-color' 'border-left-color' 'border-right-color'

The following features are defined in CSS Box Alignment: [CSSALIGN]

The following terms and features are defined in CSS Display: [CSSDISPLAY]

The following features are defined in CSS Flexible Box Layout: [CSSFLEXBOX]

The following terms and features are defined in CSS Fonts: [CSSFONTS]

The following features are defined in CSS Grid Layout: [CSSGRID]

The following terms are defined in CSS Inline Layout: [CSSINLINE]

The following terms and features are defined in CSS Box Sizing: [CSSSIZING]

The following features are defined in CSS Lists and Counters. [CSSLISTS]

The following features are defined in CSS Overflow. [CSSOVERFLOW]

The following terms and features are defined in CSS Positioned Layout: [CSSPOSITION]

The following features are defined in CSS Multi-column Layout. [CSSMULTICOL]

The 'ruby-base' value of the 'display' property is defined in CSS Ruby Layout. [CSSRUBY]

The following features are defined in CSS Table: [CSSTABLE]

The following features are defined in CSS Text: [CSSTEXT]

The following features are defined in CSS Writing Modes: [CSSWM]

The following features are defined in CSS Basic User Interface: [CSSUI]

The algorithm to update animations and send events is defined in Web Animations. [WEBANIMATIONS]

Implementations that support scripting must support the CSS Object Model. The following features and terms are defined in the CSSOM specifications: [CSSOM] [CSSOMVIEW]

The following features and terms are defined in CSS Syntax: [CSSSYNTAX]

The following terms are defined in Selectors: [SELECTORS]

The following features are defined in CSS Values and Units: [CSSVALUES]

The following features are defined in CSS View Transitions: [CSSVIEWTRANSITIONS]

The term style attribute is defined in CSS Style Attributes. [CSSATTR]

The following terms are defined in the CSS Cascading and Inheritance: [CSSCASCADE]

The CanvasRenderingContext2D object's use of fonts depends on the features described in the CSS Fonts and Font Loading specifications, including in particular FontFace objects and the font source concept. [CSSFONTS] [CSSFONTLOAD]

The following interfaces and terms are defined in Geometry Interfaces: [GEOMETRY]

The following terms are defined in the CSS Scoping: [CSSSCOPING]

The following terms and features are defined in CSS Color Adjustment: [CSSCOLORADJUST]

The following terms are defined in CSS Pseudo-Elements: [CSSPSEUDO]

The following terms are defined in CSS Containment: [CSSCONTAIN]

The following terms are defined in CSS Anchor Positioning: [CSSANCHOR]

Intersection Observer

The following term is defined in Intersection Observer: [INTERSECTIONOBSERVER]

Resize Observer

The following terms are defined in Resize Observer: [RESIZEOBSERVER]

WebGL

The following interfaces are defined in the WebGL specifications: [WEBGL]

WebGPU

The following interfaces are defined in WebGPU: [WEBGPU]

WebVTT

Implementations may support WebVTT as a text track format for subtitles, captions, metadata, etc., for media resources. [WEBVTT]

The following terms, used in this specification, are defined in WebVTT:

ARIA

The role attribute is defined in Accessible Rich Internet Applications (ARIA), as are the following roles: [ARIA]

In addition, the following aria-* content attributes are defined in ARIA: [ARIA]

Finally, the following terms are defined in ARIA: [ARIA]

Content Security Policy

The following terms are defined in Content Security Policy: [CSP]

Service Workers

The following terms are defined in Service Workers: [SW]

Secure Contexts

The following algorithms are defined in Secure Contexts: [SECURE-CONTEXTS]

Permissions Policy

The following terms are defined in Permissions Policy: [PERMISSIONSPOLICY]

Payment Request API

The following feature is defined in Payment Request API: [PAYMENTREQUEST]

MathML

While support for MathML as a whole is not required by this specification (though it is encouraged, at least for web browsers), certain features depend upon small parts of MathML being implemented. [MATHML]

The following features are defined in Mathematical Markup Language (MathML):

SVG

While support for SVG as a whole is not required by this specification (though it is encouraged, at least for web browsers), certain features depend upon parts of SVG being implemented.

User agents that implement SVG must implement the SVG 2 specification, and not any earlier revisions.

The following features are defined in the SVG 2 specification: [SVG]

Filter Effects

The following features are defined in Filter Effects: [FILTERS]

Compositing

The following features are defined in Compositing and Blending: [COMPOSITE]

Cooperative Scheduling of Background Tasks

The following features are defined in Cooperative Scheduling of Background Tasks: [REQUESTIDLECALLBACK]

Screen Orientation

The following terms are defined in Screen Orientation: [SCREENORIENTATION]

Storage

The following terms are defined in Storage: [STORAGE]

Web App Manifest

The following features are defined in Web App Manifest: [MANIFEST]

WebAssembly JavaScript Interface: ESM Integration

The following terms are defined in WebAssembly JavaScript Interface: ESM Integration: [WASMESM]

WebCodecs

The following features are defined in WebCodecs: [WEBCODECS]

WebDriver

The following terms are defined in WebDriver: [WEBDRIVER]

WebDriver BiDi

The following terms are defined in WebDriver BiDi: [WEBDRIVERBIDI]

Web Cryptography API

The following terms are defined in Web Cryptography API: [WEBCRYPTO]

WebSockets

The following terms are defined in WebSockets: [WEBSOCKETS]

WebTransport

The following terms are defined in WebTransport: [WEBTRANSPORT]

Web Authentication: An API for accessing Public Key Credentials

The following terms are defined in Web Authentication: An API for accessing Public Key Credentials: [WEBAUTHN]

Credential Management

The following terms are defined in Credential Management: [CREDMAN]

Console

The following terms are defined in Console: [CONSOLE]

Web Locks API

The following terms are defined in Web Locks API: [WEBLOCKS]

Trusted Types

This specification uses the following features defined in Trusted Types: [TRUSTED-TYPES]

WebRTC API

The following terms are defined in WebRTC API: [WEBRTC]

Picture-in-Picture API

The following terms are defined in Picture-in-Picture API: [PICTUREINPICTURE]

Idle Detection API

The following terms are defined in Idle Detection API:

Web Speech API

The following terms are defined in Web Speech API:

WebOTP API

The following terms are defined in WebOTP API:

Web Share API

The following terms are defined in Web Share API:

Web Smart Card API

The following terms are defined in Web Smart Card API:

Web Background Synchronization

The following terms are defined in Web Background Synchronization:

Web Periodic Background Synchronization

The following terms are defined in Web Periodic Background Synchronization:

Web Background Fetch

The following terms are defined in Background Fetch:

Keyboard Lock

The following terms are defined in Keyboard Lock:

Web MIDI API

The following terms are defined in Web MIDI API:

Generic Sensor API

The following terms are defined in Generic Sensor API:

WebHID API

The following terms are defined in WebHID API:

WebXR Device API

The following terms are defined in WebXR Device API:


This specification does not require support of any particular network protocol, style sheet language, scripting language, or any of the DOM specifications beyond those required in the list above. However, the language described by this specification is biased towards CSS as the styling language, JavaScript as the scripting language, and HTTP as the network protocol, and several features assume that those languages and protocols are in use.

A user agent that implements the HTTP protocol must implement HTTP State Management Mechanism (Cookies) as well. [HTTP] [COOKIES]

This specification might have certain additional requirements on character encodings, image formats, audio formats, and video formats in the respective sections.

2.1.10 Extensibility

Vendor-specific proprietary user agent extensions to this specification are strongly discouraged. Documents must not use such extensions, as doing so reduces interoperability and fragments the user base, allowing only users of specific user agents to access the content in question.

All extensions must be defined so that the use of extensions neither contradicts nor causes the non-conformance of functionality defined in the specification.

For example, while strongly discouraged from doing so, an implementation could add a new IDL attribute "typeTime" to a control that returned the time it took the user to select the current value of a control (say). On the other hand, defining a new control that appears in a form's elements array would be in violation of the above requirement, as it would violate the definition of elements given in this specification.


When vendor-neutral extensions to this specification are needed, either this specification can be updated accordingly, or an extension specification can be written that overrides the requirements in this specification. When someone applying this specification to their activities decides that they will recognize the requirements of such an extension specification, it becomes an applicable specification for the purposes of conformance requirements in this specification.

Someone could write a specification that defines any arbitrary byte stream as conforming, and then claim that their random junk is conforming. However, that does not mean that their random junk actually is conforming for everyone's purposes: if someone else decides that that specification does not apply to their work, then they can quite legitimately say that the aforementioned random junk is just that, junk, and not conforming at all. As far as conformance goes, what matters in a particular community is what that community agrees is applicable.


User agents must treat elements and attributes that they do not understand as semantically neutral; leaving them in the DOM (for DOM processors), and styling them according to CSS (for CSS processors), but not inferring any meaning from them.

When support for a feature is disabled (e.g. as an emergency measure to mitigate a security problem, or to aid in development, or for performance reasons), user agents must act as if they had no support for the feature whatsoever, and as if the feature was not mentioned in this specification. For example, if a particular feature is accessed via an attribute in a Web IDL interface, the attribute itself would be omitted from the objects that implement that interface — leaving the attribute on the object but making it return null or throw an exception is insufficient.

2.1.11 Interactions with XPath and XSLT

Implementations of XPath 1.0 that operate on HTML documents parsed or created in the manners described in this specification (e.g. as part of the document.evaluate() API) must act as if the following edit was applied to the XPath 1.0 specification.

First, remove this paragraph:

A QName in the node test is expanded into an expanded-name using the namespace declarations from the expression context. This is the same way expansion is done for element type names in start and end-tags except that the default namespace declared with xmlns is not used: if the QName does not have a prefix, then the namespace URI is null (this is the same way attribute names are expanded). It is an error if the QName has a prefix for which there is no namespace declaration in the expression context.

Then, insert in its place the following:

A QName in the node test is expanded into an expanded-name using the namespace declarations from the expression context. If the QName has a prefix, then there must be a namespace declaration for this prefix in the expression context, and the corresponding namespace URI is the one that is associated with this prefix. It is an error if the QName has a prefix for which there is no namespace declaration in the expression context.

If the QName has no prefix and the principal node type of the axis is element, then the default element namespace is used. Otherwise, if the QName has no prefix, the namespace URI is null. The default element namespace is a member of the context for the XPath expression. The value of the default element namespace when executing an XPath expression through the DOM3 XPath API is determined in the following way:

  1. If the context node is from an HTML DOM, the default element namespace is "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml".
  2. Otherwise, the default element namespace URI is null.

This is equivalent to adding the default element namespace feature of XPath 2.0 to XPath 1.0, and using the HTML namespace as the default element namespace for HTML documents. It is motivated by the desire to have implementations be compatible with legacy HTML content while still supporting the changes that this specification introduces to HTML regarding the namespace used for HTML elements, and by the desire to use XPath 1.0 rather than XPath 2.0.

This change is a willful violation of the XPath 1.0 specification, motivated by desire to have implementations be compatible with legacy content while still supporting the changes that this specification introduces to HTML regarding which namespace is used for HTML elements. [XPATH10]


XSLT 1.0 processors outputting to a DOM when the output method is "html" (either explicitly or via the defaulting rule in XSLT 1.0) are affected as follows:

If the transformation program outputs an element in no namespace, the processor must, prior to constructing the corresponding DOM element node, change the namespace of the element to the HTML namespace, ASCII-lowercase the element's local name, and ASCII-lowercase the names of any non-namespaced attributes on the element.

This requirement is a willful violation of the XSLT 1.0 specification, required because this specification changes the namespaces and case-sensitivity rules of HTML in a manner that would otherwise be incompatible with DOM-based XSLT transformations. (Processors that serialize the output are unaffected.) [XSLT10]


This specification does not specify precisely how XSLT processing interacts with the HTML parser infrastructure (for example, whether an XSLT processor acts as if it puts any elements into a stack of open elements). However, XSLT processors must stop parsing if they successfully complete, and must update the current document readiness first to "interactive" and then to "complete" if they are aborted.


This specification does not specify how XSLT interacts with the navigation algorithm, how it fits in with the event loop, nor how error pages are to be handled (e.g. whether XSLT errors are to replace an incremental XSLT output, or are rendered inline, etc.).

There are also additional non-normative comments regarding the interaction of XSLT and HTML in the script element section, and of XSLT, XPath, and HTML in the template element section.

2.2 Policy-controlled features

Headers/Permissions-Policy/document-domain

Support in one engine only.

Firefox🔰 74+SafariNoChrome🔰 88+
Opera?Edge🔰 88+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome AndroidNoWebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

This document defines the following policy-controlled features:

Headers/Feature-Policy/autoplay

Firefox🔰 74+SafariNoChrome64+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Headers/Permissions-Policy/autoplay

Support in one engine only.

Firefox🔰 74+SafariNoChrome88+
Opera?Edge88+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

2.3 Common microsyntaxes

There are various places in HTML that accept particular data types, such as dates or numbers. This section describes what the conformance criteria for content in those formats is, and how to parse them.

Implementers are strongly urged to carefully examine any third-party libraries they might consider using to implement the parsing of syntaxes described below. For example, date libraries are likely to implement error handling behavior that differs from what is required in this specification, since error-handling behavior is often not defined in specifications that describe date syntaxes similar to those used in this specification, and thus implementations tend to vary greatly in how they handle errors.

2.3.1 Common parser idioms

Some of the micro-parsers described below follow the pattern of having an input variable that holds the string being parsed, and having a position variable pointing at the next character to parse in input.

2.3.2 Boolean attributes

A number of attributes are boolean attributes. The presence of a boolean attribute on an element represents the true value, and the absence of the attribute represents the false value.

If the attribute is present, its value must either be the empty string or a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the attribute's canonical name, with no leading or trailing whitespace.

The values "true" and "false" are not allowed on boolean attributes. To represent a false value, the attribute has to be omitted altogether.

Here is an example of a checkbox that is checked and disabled. The checked and disabled attributes are the boolean attributes.

<label><input type=checkbox checked name=cheese disabled> Cheese</label>

This could be equivalently written as this:

<label><input type=checkbox checked=checked name=cheese disabled=disabled> Cheese</label>

You can also mix styles; the following is still equivalent:

<label><input type='checkbox' checked name=cheese disabled=""> Cheese</label>

2.3.3 Keywords and enumerated attributes

Some attributes, called enumerated attributes, take on a finite set of states. The state for such an attribute is derived by combining the attribute's value, a set of keyword/state mappings given in the specification of each attribute, and two possible special states that can also be given in the specification of the attribute. These special states are the invalid value default and the missing value default.

Multiple keywords can map to the same state.

The empty string can be a valid keyword. Note that the missing value default applies only when the attribute is missing, not when it is present with an empty string value.

To determine the state of an attribute, use the following steps:

  1. If the attribute is not specified:

    1. If the attribute has a missing value default state defined, then return that missing value default state.

    2. Otherwise, return no state.

  2. If the attribute's value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the keywords defined for the attribute, then return the state represented by that keyword.

  3. If the attribute has an invalid value default state defined, then return that invalid value default state.

  4. Return no state.

For authoring conformance purposes, if an enumerated attribute is specified, the attribute's value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the conforming keywords for that attribute, with no leading or trailing whitespace.

For reflection purposes, states which have any keywords mapping to them are said to have a canonical keyword. This is determined as follows:

2.3.4 Numbers

2.3.4.1 Signed integers

A string is a valid integer if it consists of one or more ASCII digits, optionally prefixed with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-).

A valid integer without a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) prefix represents the number that is represented in base ten by that string of digits. A valid integer with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) prefix represents the number represented in base ten by the string of digits that follows the U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, subtracted from zero.

The rules for parsing integers are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either an integer or an error.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Let sign have the value "positive".

  4. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  5. If position is past the end of input, return an error.

  6. If the character indicated by position (the first character) is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-):

    1. Let sign be "negative".
    2. Advance position to the next character.
    3. If position is past the end of input, return an error.

    Otherwise, if the character indicated by position (the first character) is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+):

    1. Advance position to the next character. (The "+" is ignored, but it is not conforming.)
    2. If position is past the end of input, return an error.
  7. If the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, then return an error.

  8. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position, and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let value be that integer.

  9. If sign is "positive", return value, otherwise return the result of subtracting value from zero.

2.3.4.2 Non-negative integers

A string is a valid non-negative integer if it consists of one or more ASCII digits.

A valid non-negative integer represents the number that is represented in base ten by that string of digits.

The rules for parsing non-negative integers are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either zero, a positive integer, or an error.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let value be the result of parsing input using the rules for parsing integers.

  3. If value is an error, return an error.

  4. If value is less than zero, return an error.

  5. Return value.

2.3.4.3 Floating-point numbers

A string is a valid floating-point number if it consists of:

  1. Optionally, a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-).

  2. One or both of the following, in the given order:

    1. A series of one or more ASCII digits.

    2. Both of the following, in the given order:

      1. A single U+002E FULL STOP character (.).

      2. A series of one or more ASCII digits.

  3. Optionally:

    1. Either a U+0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E character (e) or a U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E character (E).

    2. Optionally, a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) or U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+).

    3. A series of one or more ASCII digits.

A valid floating-point number represents the number obtained by multiplying the significand by ten raised to the power of the exponent, where the significand is the first number, interpreted as base ten (including the decimal point and the number after the decimal point, if any, and interpreting the significand as a negative number if the whole string starts with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) and the number is not zero), and where the exponent is the number after the E, if any (interpreted as a negative number if there is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) between the E and the number and the number is not zero, or else ignoring a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+) between the E and the number if there is one). If there is no E, then the exponent is treated as zero.

The Infinity and Not-a-Number (NaN) values are not valid floating-point numbers.

The valid floating-point number concept is typically only used to restrict what is allowed for authors, while the user agent requirements use the rules for parsing floating-point number values below (e.g., the max attribute of the progress element). However, in some cases the user agent requirements include checking if a string is a valid floating-point number (e.g., the value sanitization algorithm for the Number state of the input element, or the parse a srcset attribute algorithm).

The best representation of the number n as a floating-point number is the string obtained from running ToString(n). The abstract operation ToString is not uniquely determined. When there are multiple possible strings that could be obtained from ToString for a particular value, the user agent must always return the same string for that value (though it may differ from the value used by other user agents).

The rules for parsing floating-point number values are as given in the following algorithm. This algorithm must be aborted at the first step that returns something. This algorithm will return either a number or an error.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Let value have the value 1.

  4. Let divisor have the value 1.

  5. Let exponent have the value 1.

  6. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  7. If position is past the end of input, return an error.

  8. If the character indicated by position is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-):

    1. Change value and divisor to −1.
    2. Advance position to the next character.
    3. If position is past the end of input, return an error.

    Otherwise, if the character indicated by position (the first character) is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+):

    1. Advance position to the next character. (The "+" is ignored, but it is not conforming.)
    2. If position is past the end of input, return an error.
  9. If the character indicated by position is a U+002E FULL STOP (.), and that is not the last character in input, and the character after the character indicated by position is an ASCII digit, then set value to zero and jump to the step labeled fraction.

  10. If the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, then return an error.

  11. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position, and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Multiply value by that integer.

  12. If position is past the end of input, jump to the step labeled conversion.
  13. Fraction: If the character indicated by position is a U+002E FULL STOP (.), run these substeps:

    1. Advance position to the next character.

    2. If position is past the end of input, or if the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, U+0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E (e), or U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E (E), then jump to the step labeled conversion.

    3. If the character indicated by position is a U+0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E character (e) or a U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E character (E), skip the remainder of these substeps.

    4. Fraction loop: Multiply divisor by ten.

    5. Add the value of the character indicated by position, interpreted as a base-ten digit (0..9) and divided by divisor, to value.
    6. Advance position to the next character.

    7. If position is past the end of input, then jump to the step labeled conversion.

    8. If the character indicated by position is an ASCII digit, jump back to the step labeled fraction loop in these substeps.

  14. If the character indicated by position is U+0065 (e) or a U+0045 (E), then:

    1. Advance position to the next character.

    2. If position is past the end of input, then jump to the step labeled conversion.

    3. If the character indicated by position is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-):

      1. Change exponent to −1.
      2. Advance position to the next character.
      3. If position is past the end of input, then jump to the step labeled conversion.

      Otherwise, if the character indicated by position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+):

      1. Advance position to the next character.
      2. If position is past the end of input, then jump to the step labeled conversion.

    4. If the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, then jump to the step labeled conversion.

    5. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position, and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Multiply exponent by that integer.

    6. Multiply value by ten raised to the exponentth power.

  15. Conversion: Let S be the set of finite IEEE 754 double-precision floating-point values except −0, but with two special values added: 21024 and −21024.

  16. Let rounded-value be the number in S that is closest to value, selecting the number with an even significand if there are two equally close values. (The two special values 21024 and −21024 are considered to have even significands for this purpose.)

  17. If rounded-value is 21024 or −21024, return an error.

  18. Return rounded-value.

2.3.4.4 Percentages and lengths

The rules for parsing dimension values are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either a number greater than or equal to 0.0, or failure; if a number is returned, then it is further categorized as either a percentage or a length.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a position variable for input, initially pointing at the start of input.

  3. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  4. If position is past the end of input or the code point at position within input is not an ASCII digit, then return failure.

  5. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position, and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let value be that number.

  6. If position is past the end of input, then return value as a length.

  7. If the code point at position within input is U+002E (.), then:

    1. Advance position by 1.

    2. If position is past the end of input or the code point at position within input is not an ASCII digit, then return the current dimension value with value, input, and position.

    3. Let divisor have the value 1.

    4. While true:

      1. Multiply divisor by ten.

      2. Add the value of the code point at position within input, interpreted as a base-ten digit (0..9) and divided by divisor, to value.

      3. Advance position by 1.

      4. If position is past the end of input, then return value as a length.

      5. If the code point at position within input is not an ASCII digit, then break.

  8. Return the current dimension value with value, input, and position.

The current dimension value, given value, input, and position, is determined as follows:

  1. If position is past the end of input, then return value as a length.

  2. If the code point at position within input is U+0025 (%), then return value as a percentage.

  3. Return value as a length.

2.3.4.5 Nonzero percentages and lengths

The rules for parsing nonzero dimension values are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either a number greater than 0.0, or an error; if a number is returned, then it is further categorized as either a percentage or a length.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let value be the result of parsing input using the rules for parsing dimension values.

  3. If value is an error, return an error.

  4. If value is zero, return an error.

  5. If value is a percentage, return value as a percentage.

  6. Return value as a length.

2.3.4.6 Lists of floating-point numbers

A valid list of floating-point numbers is a number of valid floating-point numbers separated by U+002C COMMA characters, with no other characters (e.g. no ASCII whitespace). In addition, there might be restrictions on the number of floating-point numbers that can be given, or on the range of values allowed.

The rules for parsing a list of floating-point numbers are as follows:

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Let numbers be an initially empty list of floating-point numbers. This list will be the result of this algorithm.

  4. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII whitespace, U+002C COMMA, or U+003B SEMICOLON characters from input given position. This skips past any leading delimiters.

  5. While position is not past the end of input:

    1. Collect a sequence of code points that are not ASCII whitespace, U+002C COMMA, U+003B SEMICOLON, ASCII digits, U+002E FULL STOP, or U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters from input given position. This skips past leading garbage.

    2. Collect a sequence of code points that are not ASCII whitespace, U+002C COMMA, or U+003B SEMICOLON characters from input given position, and let unparsed number be the result.

    3. Let number be the result of parsing unparsed number using the rules for parsing floating-point number values.

    4. If number is an error, set number to zero.

    5. Append number to numbers.

    6. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII whitespace, U+002C COMMA, or U+003B SEMICOLON characters from input given position. This skips past the delimiter.

  6. Return numbers.

2.3.4.7 Lists of dimensions

The rules for parsing a list of dimensions are as follows. These rules return a list of zero or more pairs consisting of a number and a unit, the unit being one of percentage, relative, and absolute.

  1. Let raw input be the string being parsed.

  2. If the last character in raw input is a U+002C COMMA character (,), then remove that character from raw input.

  3. Split the string raw input on commas. Let raw tokens be the resulting list of tokens.

  4. Let result be an empty list of number/unit pairs.

  5. For each token in raw tokens, run the following substeps:

    1. Let input be the token.

    2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

    3. Let value be the number 0.

    4. Let unit be absolute.

    5. If position is past the end of input, set unit to relative and jump to the last substep.

    6. If the character at position is an ASCII digit, collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position, interpret the resulting sequence as an integer in base ten, and increment value by that integer.

    7. If the character at position is U+002E (.), then:

      1. Collect a sequence of code points consisting of ASCII whitespace and ASCII digits from input given position. Let s be the resulting sequence.

      2. Remove all ASCII whitespace in s.

      3. If s is not the empty string, then:

        1. Let length be the number of characters in s (after the spaces were removed).

        2. Let fraction be the result of interpreting s as a base-ten integer, and then dividing that number by 10length.

        3. Increment value by fraction.

    8. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

    9. If the character at position is a U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%), then set unit to percentage.

      Otherwise, if the character at position is a U+002A ASTERISK character (*), then set unit to relative.

    10. Add an entry to result consisting of the number given by value and the unit given by unit.

  6. Return the list result.

2.3.5 Dates and times

In the algorithms below, the number of days in month month of year year is: 31 if month is 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, or 12; 30 if month is 4, 6, 9, or 11; 29 if month is 2 and year is a number divisible by 400, or if year is a number divisible by 4 but not by 100; and 28 otherwise. This takes into account leap years in the Gregorian calendar. [GREGORIAN]

When ASCII digits are used in the date and time syntaxes defined in this section, they express numbers in base ten.

While the formats described here are intended to be subsets of the corresponding ISO8601 formats, this specification defines parsing rules in much more detail than ISO8601. Implementers are therefore encouraged to carefully examine any date parsing libraries before using them to implement the parsing rules described below; ISO8601 libraries might not parse dates and times in exactly the same manner. [ISO8601]

Where this specification refers to the proleptic Gregorian calendar, it means the modern Gregorian calendar, extrapolated backwards to year 1. A date in the proleptic Gregorian calendar, sometimes explicitly referred to as a proleptic-Gregorian date, is one that is described using that calendar even if that calendar was not in use at the time (or place) in question. [GREGORIAN]

The use of the Gregorian calendar as the wire format in this specification is an arbitrary choice resulting from the cultural biases of those involved in the decision. See also the section discussing date, time, and number formats in forms (for authors), implementation notes regarding localization of form controls, and the time element.

2.3.5.1 Months

A month consists of a specific proleptic-Gregorian date with no time-zone information and no date information beyond a year and a month. [GREGORIAN]

A string is a valid month string representing a year year and month month if it consists of the following components in the given order:

  1. Four or more ASCII digits, representing year, where year > 0
  2. A U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-)
  3. Two ASCII digits, representing the month month, in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12

The rules to parse a month string are as follows. This will return either a year and month, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Parse a month component to obtain year and month. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  5. Return year and month.

The rules to parse a month component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either a year and a month, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not at least four characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the year.

  2. If year is not a number greater than zero, then fail.

  3. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

  4. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the month.

  5. If month is not a number in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12, then fail.

  6. Return year and month.

2.3.5.2 Dates

A date consists of a specific proleptic-Gregorian date with no time-zone information, consisting of a year, a month, and a day. [GREGORIAN]

A string is a valid date string representing a year year, month month, and day day if it consists of the following components in the given order:

  1. A valid month string, representing year and month
  2. A U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-)
  3. Two ASCII digits, representing day, in the range 1 ≤ day ≤ maxday where maxday is the number of days in the month month and year year

The rules to parse a date string are as follows. This will return either a date, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  5. Let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day.

  6. Return date.

The rules to parse a date component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either a year, a month, and a day, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Parse a month component to obtain year and month. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  2. Let maxday be the number of days in month month of year year.

  3. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

  4. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the day.

  5. If day is not a number in the range 1 ≤ day ≤ maxday, then fail.

  6. Return year, month, and day.

2.3.5.3 Yearless dates

A yearless date consists of a Gregorian month and a day within that month, but with no associated year. [GREGORIAN]

A string is a valid yearless date string representing a month month and a day day if it consists of the following components in the given order:

  1. Optionally, two U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-)
  2. Two ASCII digits, representing the month month, in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12
  3. A U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-)
  4. Two ASCII digits, representing day, in the range 1 ≤ day ≤ maxday where maxday is the number of days in the month month and any arbitrary leap year (e.g. 4 or 2000)

In other words, if the month is "02", meaning February, then the day can be 29, as if the year was a leap year.

The rules to parse a yearless date string are as follows. This will return either a month and a day, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Parse a yearless date component to obtain month and day. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  5. Return month and day.

The rules to parse a yearless date component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either a month and a day, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Collect a sequence of code points that are U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-) from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly zero or two characters long, then fail.

  2. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the month.

  3. If month is not a number in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12, then fail.

  4. Let maxday be the number of days in month month of any arbitrary leap year (e.g. 4 or 2000).

  5. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

  6. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the day.

  7. If day is not a number in the range 1 ≤ day ≤ maxday, then fail.

  8. Return month and day.

2.3.5.4 Times

A time consists of a specific time with no time-zone information, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second.

A string is a valid time string representing an hour hour, a minute minute, and a second second if it consists of the following components in the given order:

  1. Two ASCII digits, representing hour, in the range 0 ≤ hour ≤ 23
  2. A U+003A COLON character (:)
  3. Two ASCII digits, representing minute, in the range 0 ≤ minute ≤ 59
  4. If second is nonzero, or optionally if second is zero:
    1. A U+003A COLON character (:)
    2. Two ASCII digits, representing the integer part of second, in the range 0 ≤ s ≤ 59
    3. If second is not an integer, or optionally if second is an integer:
      1. A U+002E FULL STOP character (.)
      2. One, two, or three ASCII digits, representing the fractional part of second

The second component cannot be 60 or 61; leap seconds cannot be represented.

The rules to parse a time string are as follows. This will return either a time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  5. Let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second.

  6. Return time.

The rules to parse a time component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either an hour, a minute, and a second, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the hour.

  2. If hour is not a number in the range 0 ≤ hour ≤ 23, then fail.
  3. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+003A COLON character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

  4. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the minute.

  5. If minute is not a number in the range 0 ≤ minute ≤ 59, then fail.
  6. Let second be 0.

  7. If position is not beyond the end of input and the character at position is U+003A (:), then:

    1. Advance position to the next character in input.

    2. If position is beyond the end of input, or at the last character in input, or if the next two characters in input starting at position are not both ASCII digits, then fail.

    3. Collect a sequence of code points that are either ASCII digits or U+002E FULL STOP characters from input given position. If the collected sequence is three characters long, or if it is longer than three characters long and the third character is not a U+002E FULL STOP character, or if it has more than one U+002E FULL STOP character, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten number (possibly with a fractional part). Set second to that number.

    4. If second is not a number in the range 0 ≤ second < 60, then fail.

  8. Return hour, minute, and second.

2.3.5.5 Local dates and times

A local date and time consists of a specific proleptic-Gregorian date, consisting of a year, a month, and a day, and a time, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second, but expressed without a time zone. [GREGORIAN]

A string is a valid local date and time string representing a date and time if it consists of the following components in the given order:

  1. A valid date string representing the date
  2. A U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) or a U+0020 SPACE character
  3. A valid time string representing the time

A string is a valid normalized local date and time string representing a date and time if it consists of the following components in the given order:

  1. A valid date string representing the date
  2. A U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T)
  3. A valid time string representing the time, expressed as the shortest possible string for the given time (e.g. omitting the seconds component entirely if the given time is zero seconds past the minute)

The rules to parse a local date and time string are as follows. This will return either a date and time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  4. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is neither a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) nor a U+0020 SPACE character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

  5. Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  6. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  7. Let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day.

  8. Let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second.

  9. Return date and time.

2.3.5.6 Time zones

A time-zone offset consists of a signed number of hours and minutes.

A string is a valid time-zone offset string representing a time-zone offset if it consists of either:

This format allows for time-zone offsets from -23:59 to +23:59. Right now, in practice, the range of offsets of actual time zones is -12:00 to +14:00, and the minutes component of offsets of actual time zones is always either 00, 30, or 45. There is no guarantee that this will remain so forever, however, since time zones are used as political footballs and are thus subject to very whimsical policy decisions.

See also the usage notes and examples in the global date and time section below for details on using time-zone offsets with historical times that predate the formation of formal time zones.

The rules to parse a time-zone offset string are as follows. This will return either a time-zone offset, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Parse a time-zone offset component to obtain timezonehours and timezoneminutes. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  5. Return the time-zone offset that is timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes from UTC.

The rules to parse a time-zone offset component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either time-zone hours and time-zone minutes, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. If the character at position is a U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z character (Z), then:

    1. Let timezonehours be 0.

    2. Let timezoneminutes be 0.

    3. Advance position to the next character in input.

    Otherwise, if the character at position is either a U+002B PLUS SIGN (+) or a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-), then:

    1. If the character at position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN (+), let sign be "positive". Otherwise, it's a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-); let sign be "negative".

    2. Advance position to the next character in input.

    3. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. Let s be the collected sequence.

    4. If s is exactly two characters long, then:

      1. Interpret s as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezonehours.

      2. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+003A COLON character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

      3. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezoneminutes.

      If s is exactly four characters long, then:

      1. Interpret the first two characters of s as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezonehours.

      2. Interpret the last two characters of s as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezoneminutes.

      Otherwise, fail.

    5. If timezonehours is not a number in the range 0 ≤ timezonehours ≤ 23, then fail.
    6. If sign is "negative", then negate timezonehours.
    7. If timezoneminutes is not a number in the range 0 ≤ timezoneminutes ≤ 59, then fail.
    8. If sign is "negative", then negate timezoneminutes.

    Otherwise, fail.

  2. Return timezonehours and timezoneminutes.

2.3.5.7 Global dates and times

A global date and time consists of a specific proleptic-Gregorian date, consisting of a year, a month, and a day, and a time, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second, expressed with a time-zone offset, consisting of a signed number of hours and minutes. [GREGORIAN]

A string is a valid global date and time string representing a date, time, and a time-zone offset if it consists of the following components in the given order:

  1. A valid date string representing the date
  2. A U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) or a U+0020 SPACE character
  3. A valid time string representing the time
  4. A valid time-zone offset string representing the time-zone offset

Times in dates before the formation of UTC in the mid-twentieth century must be expressed and interpreted in terms of UT1 (contemporary Earth solar time at the 0° longitude), not UTC (the approximation of UT1 that ticks in SI seconds). Time before the formation of time zones must be expressed and interpreted as UT1 times with explicit time zones that approximate the contemporary difference between the appropriate local time and the time observed at the location of Greenwich, London.

The following are some examples of dates written as valid global date and time strings.

"0037-12-13 00:00Z"
Midnight in areas using London time on the birthday of Nero (the Roman Emperor). See below for further discussion on which date this actually corresponds to.
"1979-10-14T12:00:00.001-04:00"
One millisecond after noon on October 14th 1979, in the time zone in use on the east coast of the USA during daylight saving time.
"8592-01-01T02:09+02:09"
Midnight UTC on the 1st of January, 8592. The time zone associated with that time is two hours and nine minutes ahead of UTC, which is not currently a real time zone, but is nonetheless allowed.

Several things are notable about these dates:

The rules to parse a global date and time string are as follows. This will return either a time in UTC, with associated time-zone offset information for round-tripping or display purposes, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  4. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is neither a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) nor a U+0020 SPACE character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

  5. Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  6. If position is beyond the end of input, then fail.

  7. Parse a time-zone offset component to obtain timezonehours and timezoneminutes. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  8. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  9. Let time be the moment in time at year year, month month, day day, hours hour, minute minute, second second, subtracting timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes. That moment in time is a moment in the UTC time zone.

  10. Let timezone be timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes from UTC.

  11. Return time and timezone.

2.3.5.8 Weeks

A week consists of a week-year number and a week number representing a seven-day period starting on a Monday. Each week-year in this calendaring system has either 52 or 53 such seven-day periods, as defined below. The seven-day period starting on the Gregorian date Monday December 29th 1969 (1969-12-29) is defined as week number 1 in week-year 1970. Consecutive weeks are numbered sequentially. The week before the number 1 week in a week-year is the last week in the previous week-year, and vice versa. [GREGORIAN]

A week-year with a number year has 53 weeks if it corresponds to either a year year in the proleptic Gregorian calendar that has a Thursday as its first day (January 1st), or a year year in the proleptic Gregorian calendar that has a Wednesday as its first day (January 1st) and where year is a number divisible by 400, or a number divisible by 4 but not by 100. All other week-years have 52 weeks.

The week number of the last day of a week-year with 53 weeks is 53; the week number of the last day of a week-year with 52 weeks is 52.

The week-year number of a particular day can be different than the number of the year that contains that day in the proleptic Gregorian calendar. The first week in a week-year y is the week that contains the first Thursday of the Gregorian year y.

For modern purposes, a week as defined here is equivalent to ISO weeks as defined in ISO 8601. [ISO8601]

A string is a valid week string representing a week-year year and week week if it consists of the following components in the given order:

  1. Four or more ASCII digits, representing year, where year > 0
  2. A U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-)
  3. A U+0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W character (W)
  4. Two ASCII digits, representing the week week, in the range 1 ≤ week ≤ maxweek, where maxweek is the week number of the last day of week-year year

The rules to parse a week string are as follows. This will return either a week-year number and week number, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not at least four characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the year.

  4. If year is not a number greater than zero, then fail.

  5. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

  6. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W character (W), then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character.

  7. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the week.

  8. Let maxweek be the week number of the last day of year year.

  9. If week is not a number in the range 1 ≤ week ≤ maxweek, then fail.

  10. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  11. Return the week-year number year and the week number week.

2.3.5.9 Durations

A duration consists of a number of seconds.

Since months and seconds are not comparable (a month is not a precise number of seconds, but is instead a period whose exact length depends on the precise day from which it is measured) a duration as defined in this specification cannot include months (or years, which are equivalent to twelve months). Only durations that describe a specific number of seconds can be described.

A string is a valid duration string representing a duration t if it consists of either of the following:

The rules to parse a duration string are as follows. This will return either a duration or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Let months, seconds, and component count all be zero.

  4. Let M-disambiguator be minutes.

    This flag's other value is months. It is used to disambiguate the "M" unit in ISO8601 durations, which use the same unit for months and minutes. Months are not allowed, but are parsed for future compatibility and to avoid misinterpreting ISO8601 durations that would be valid in other contexts.

  5. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  6. If position is past the end of input, then fail.

  7. If the character in input pointed to by position is a U+0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P character, then advance position to the next character, set M-disambiguator to months, and skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  8. While true:

    1. Let units be undefined. It will be assigned one of the following values: years, months, weeks, days, hours, minutes, and seconds.

    2. Let next character be undefined. It is used to process characters from the input.

    3. If position is past the end of input, then break.

    4. If the character in input pointed to by position is a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character, then advance position to the next character, set M-disambiguator to minutes, skip ASCII whitespace within input given position, and continue.

    5. Set next character to the character in input pointed to by position.

    6. If next character is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.), then let N equal zero. (Do not advance position. That is taken care of below.)

      Otherwise, if next character is an ASCII digit, then collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer, and let N be that number.

      Otherwise, next character is not part of a number; fail.

    7. If position is past the end of input, then fail.

    8. Set next character to the character in input pointed to by position, and this time advance position to the next character. (If next character was a U+002E FULL STOP character (.) before, it will still be that character this time.)

    9. If next character is U+002E (.), then:

      1. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position. Let s be the resulting sequence.

      2. If s is the empty string, then fail.

      3. Let length be the number of characters in s.

      4. Let fraction be the result of interpreting s as a base-ten integer, and then dividing that number by 10length.

      5. Increment N by fraction.

      6. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

      7. If position is past the end of input, then fail.

      8. Set next character to the character in input pointed to by position, and advance position to the next character.

      9. If next character is neither a U+0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S character nor a U+0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S character, then fail.

      10. Set units to seconds.

      Otherwise:

      1. If next character is ASCII whitespace, then skip ASCII whitespace within input given position, set next character to the character in input pointed to by position, and advance position to the next character.

      2. If next character is a U+0059 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y character, or a U+0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y character, set units to years and set M-disambiguator to months.

        If next character is a U+004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M character or a U+006D LATIN SMALL LETTER M character, and M-disambiguator is months, then set units to months.

        If next character is a U+0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W character or a U+0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W character, set units to weeks and set M-disambiguator to minutes.

        If next character is a U+0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D character or a U+0064 LATIN SMALL LETTER D character, set units to days and set M-disambiguator to minutes.

        If next character is a U+0048 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H character or a U+0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H character, set units to hours and set M-disambiguator to minutes.

        If next character is a U+004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M character or a U+006D LATIN SMALL LETTER M character, and M-disambiguator is minutes, then set units to minutes.

        If next character is a U+0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S character or a U+0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S character, set units to seconds and set M-disambiguator to minutes.

        Otherwise, if next character is none of the above characters, then fail.

    10. Increment component count.

    11. Let multiplier be 1.

    12. If units is years, multiply multiplier by 12 and set units to months.

    13. If units is months, add the product of N and multiplier to months.

      Otherwise:

      1. If units is weeks, multiply multiplier by 7 and set units to days.

      2. If units is days, multiply multiplier by 24 and set units to hours.

      3. If units is hours, multiply multiplier by 60 and set units to minutes.

      4. If units is minutes, multiply multiplier by 60 and set units to seconds.

      5. Forcibly, units is now seconds. Add the product of N and multiplier to seconds.

    14. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  9. If component count is zero, fail.

  10. If months is not zero, fail.

  11. Return the duration consisting of seconds seconds.

2.3.5.10 Vaguer moments in time

A string is a valid date string with optional time if it is also one of the following:


The rules to parse a date or time string are as follows. The algorithm will return either a date, a time, a global date and time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing.

  1. Let input be the string being parsed.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Set start position to the same position as position.

  4. Set the date present and time present flags to true.

  5. Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this fails, then set the date present flag to false.

  6. If date present is true, and position is not beyond the end of input, and the character at position is either a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) or a U+0020 SPACE character, then advance position to the next character in input.

    Otherwise, if date present is true, and either position is beyond the end of input or the character at position is neither a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) nor a U+0020 SPACE character, then set time present to false.

    Otherwise, if date present is false, set position back to the same position as start position.

  7. If the time present flag is true, then parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  8. If the date present and time present flags are both true, but position is beyond the end of input, then fail.

  9. If the date present and time present flags are both true, parse a time-zone offset component to obtain timezonehours and timezoneminutes. If this returns nothing, then fail.

  10. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail.

  11. If the date present flag is true and the time present flag is false, then let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day, and return date.

    Otherwise, if the time present flag is true and the date present flag is false, then let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second, and return time.

    Otherwise, let time be the moment in time at year year, month month, day day, hours hour, minute minute, second second, subtracting timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes, that moment in time being a moment in the UTC time zone; let timezone be timezonehours hours and timezoneminutes minutes from UTC; and return time and timezone.

2.3.6 Legacy colors

Some obsolete legacy attributes parse colors using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, given a string input. They will return either a CSS color or failure.

  1. If input is the empty string, then return failure.

  2. Strip leading and trailing ASCII whitespace from input.

  3. If input is an ASCII case-insensitive match for "transparent", then return failure.

  4. If input is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the named colors, then return the CSS color corresponding to that keyword. [CSSCOLOR]

    CSS2 System Colors are not recognized.

  5. If input's code point length is four, and the first character in input is U+0023 (#), and the last three characters of input are all ASCII hex digits, then:

    1. Let result be a CSS color.

    2. Interpret the second character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the red component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17.

    3. Interpret the third character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the green component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17.

    4. Interpret the fourth character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the blue component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17.

    5. Return result.

  6. Replace any code points greater than U+FFFF in input (i.e., any characters that are not in the basic multilingual plane) with "00".

  7. If input's code point length is greater than 128, truncate input, leaving only the first 128 characters.

  8. If the first character in input is U+0023 (#), then remove it.

  9. Replace any character in input that is not an ASCII hex digit with U+0030 (0).

  10. While input's code point length is zero or not a multiple of three, append U+0030 (0) to input.

  11. Split input into three strings of equal code point length, to obtain three components. Let length be the code point length that all of those components have (one third the code point length of input).

  12. If length is greater than 8, then remove the leading length-8 characters in each component, and let length be 8.

  13. While length is greater than two and the first character in each component is U+0030 (0), remove that character and reduce length by one.

  14. If length is still greater than two, truncate each component, leaving only the first two characters in each.

  15. Let result be a CSS color.

  16. Interpret the first component as a hexadecimal number; let the red component of result be the resulting number.

  17. Interpret the second component as a hexadecimal number; let the green component of result be the resulting number.

  18. Interpret the third component as a hexadecimal number; let the blue component of result be the resulting number.

  19. Return result.

2.3.7 Space-separated tokens

A set of space-separated tokens is a string containing zero or more words (known as tokens) separated by one or more ASCII whitespace, where words consist of any string of one or more characters, none of which are ASCII whitespace.

A string containing a set of space-separated tokens may have leading or trailing ASCII whitespace.

An unordered set of unique space-separated tokens is a set of space-separated tokens where none of the tokens are duplicated.

An ordered set of unique space-separated tokens is a set of space-separated tokens where none of the tokens are duplicated but where the order of the tokens is meaningful.

Sets of space-separated tokens sometimes have a defined set of allowed values. When a set of allowed values is defined, the tokens must all be from that list of allowed values; other values are non-conforming. If no such set of allowed values is provided, then all values are conforming.

How tokens in a set of space-separated tokens are to be compared (e.g. case-sensitively or not) is defined on a per-set basis.

2.3.8 Comma-separated tokens

A set of comma-separated tokens is a string containing zero or more tokens each separated from the next by a single U+002C COMMA character (,), where tokens consist of any string of zero or more characters, neither beginning nor ending with ASCII whitespace, nor containing any U+002C COMMA characters (,), and optionally surrounded by ASCII whitespace.

For instance, the string " a ,b,,d d " consists of four tokens: "a", "b", the empty string, and "d d". Leading and trailing whitespace around each token doesn't count as part of the token, and the empty string can be a token.

Sets of comma-separated tokens sometimes have further restrictions on what consists a valid token. When such restrictions are defined, the tokens must all fit within those restrictions; other values are non-conforming. If no such restrictions are specified, then all values are conforming.

2.3.9 References

A valid hash-name reference to an element of type type is a string consisting of a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#) followed by a string which exactly matches the value of the name attribute of an element with type type in the same tree.

The rules for parsing a hash-name reference to an element of type type, given a context node scope, are as follows:

  1. If the string being parsed does not contain a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character, or if the first such character in the string is the last character in the string, then return null.

  2. Let s be the string from the character immediately after the first U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character in the string being parsed up to the end of that string.

  3. Return the first element of type type in scope's tree, in tree order, that has an id or name attribute whose value is s, or null if there is no such element.

    Although id attributes are accounted for when parsing, they are not used in determining whether a value is a valid hash-name reference. That is, a hash-name reference that refers to an element based on id is a conformance error (unless that element also has a name attribute with the same value).

2.3.10 Media queries

A string is a valid media query list if it matches the <media-query-list> production of Media Queries. [MQ]

A string matches the environment of the user if it is the empty string, a string consisting of only ASCII whitespace, or is a media query list that matches the user's environment according to the definitions given in Media Queries. [MQ]

2.3.11 Unique internal values

A unique internal value is a value that is serializable, comparable by value, and never exposed to script.

To create a new unique internal value, return a unique internal value that has never previously been returned by this algorithm.

2.4 URLs

2.4.1 Terminology

A string is a valid non-empty URL if it is a valid URL string but it is not the empty string.

A string is a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces if, after stripping leading and trailing ASCII whitespace from it, it is a valid URL string.

A string is a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces if, after stripping leading and trailing ASCII whitespace from it, it is a valid non-empty URL.

This specification defines the URL about:legacy-compat as a reserved, though unresolvable, about: URL, for use in DOCTYPEs in HTML documents when needed for compatibility with XML tools. [ABOUT]

This specification defines the URL about:html-kind as a reserved, though unresolvable, about: URL, that is used as an identifier for kinds of media tracks. [ABOUT]

This specification defines the URL about:srcdoc as a reserved, though unresolvable, about: URL, that is used as the URL of iframe srcdoc documents. [ABOUT]

The fallback base URL of a Document object document is the URL record obtained by running these steps:

  1. If document is an iframe srcdoc document, then:

    1. Assert: document's about base URL is non-null.

    2. Return document's about base URL.

  2. If document's URL matches about:blank and document's about base URL is non-null, then return document's about base URL.

  3. Return document's URL.

The document base URL of a Document object is the URL record obtained by running these steps:

  1. If there is no base element that has an href attribute in the Document, then return the Document's fallback base URL.

  2. Otherwise, return the frozen base URL of the first base element in the Document that has an href attribute, in tree order.


A URL matches about:blank if its scheme is "about", its path contains a single string "blank", its username and password are the empty string, and its host is null.

Such a URL's query and fragment can be non-null. For example, the URL record created by parsing "about:blank?foo#bar" matches about:blank.

A URL matches about:srcdoc if its scheme is "about", its path contains a single string "srcdoc", its query is null, its username and password are the empty string, and its host is null.

The reason that matches about:srcdoc ensures that the URL's query is null is because it is not possible to create an iframe srcdoc document whose URL has a non-null query, unlike Documents whose URL matches about:blank. In other words, the set of all URLs that match about:srcdoc only vary in their fragment.

2.4.2 Parsing URLs

Parsing a URL is the process of taking a string and obtaining the URL record that it represents. While this process is defined in URL, the HTML standard defines several wrappers to abstract base URLs and encodings. [URL]

Most new APIs are to use parse a URL. Older APIs and HTML elements might have reason to use encoding-parse a URL. When a custom base URL is needed or no base URL is desired, the URL parser can of course be used directly as well.

To parse a URL, given a string url, relative to a Document object or environment settings object environment, run these steps. They return failure or a URL.

  1. Let baseURL be environment's base URL, if environment is a Document object; otherwise environment's API base URL.

  2. Return the result of applying the URL parser to url, with baseURL.

To encoding-parse a URL, given a string url, relative to a Document object or environment settings object environment, run these steps. They return failure or a URL.

  1. Let encoding be UTF-8.

  2. If environment is a Document object, then set encoding to environment's character encoding.

  3. Otherwise, if environment's relevant global object is a Window object, set encoding to environment's relevant global object's associated Document's character encoding.

  4. Let baseURL be environment's base URL, if environment is a Document object; otherwise environment's API base URL.

  5. Return the result of applying the URL parser to url, with baseURL and encoding.

To encoding-parse-and-serialize a URL, given a string url, relative to a Document object or environment settings object environment, run these steps. They return failure or a string.

  1. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given url, relative to environment.

  2. If url is failure, then return failure.

  3. Return the result of applying the URL serializer to url.

2.4.3 Dynamic changes to base URLs

When a document's document base URL changes, all elements in that document are affected by a base URL change.

The following are base URL change steps, which run when an element is affected by a base URL change (as defined by DOM):

If the element creates a hyperlink

If the URL identified by the hyperlink is being shown to the user, or if any data derived from that URL is affecting the display, then the href attribute's value should be reparsed, relative to the element's node document and the UI updated appropriately.

For example, the CSS :link/:visited pseudo-classes might have been affected.

If the hyperlink has a ping attribute and its URL(s) are being shown to the user, then the ping attribute's tokens should be reparsed, relative to the element's node document and the UI updated appropriately.

If the element is a q, blockquote, ins, or del element with a cite attribute

If the URL identified by the cite attribute is being shown to the user, or if any data derived from that URL is affecting the display, then the cite attribute's value should be reparsed, relative to the element's node document and the UI updated appropriately.

Otherwise

The element is not directly affected.

For instance, changing the base URL doesn't affect the image displayed by img elements, although subsequent accesses of the src IDL attribute from script will return a new absolute URL that might no longer correspond to the image being shown.

2.5 Fetching resources

2.5.1 Terminology

A response whose type is "basic", "cors", or "default" is CORS-same-origin. [FETCH]

A response whose type is "opaque" or "opaqueredirect" is CORS-cross-origin.

A response's unsafe response is its internal response if it has one, and the response itself otherwise.

To create a potential-CORS request, given a url, destination, corsAttributeState, and an optional same-origin fallback flag, run these steps:

  1. Let mode be "no-cors" if corsAttributeState is No CORS, and "cors" otherwise.

  2. If same-origin fallback flag is set and mode is "no-cors", set mode to "same-origin".

  3. Let credentialsMode be "include".

  4. If corsAttributeState is Anonymous, set credentialsMode to "same-origin".

  5. Return a new request whose URL is url, destination is destination, mode is mode, credentials mode is credentialsMode, and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.

2.5.2 Determining the type of a resource

The Content-Type metadata of a resource must be obtained and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements of MIME Sniffing. [MIMESNIFF]

The computed MIME type of a resource must be found in a manner consistent with the requirements given in MIME Sniffing. [MIMESNIFF]

The rules for sniffing images specifically, the rules for distinguishing if a resource is text or binary, and the rules for sniffing audio and video specifically are also defined in MIME Sniffing. These rules return a MIME type as their result. [MIMESNIFF]

It is imperative that the rules in MIME Sniffing be followed exactly. When a user agent uses different heuristics for content type detection than the server expects, security problems can occur. For more details, see MIME Sniffing. [MIMESNIFF]

2.5.3 Extracting character encodings from meta elements

The algorithm for extracting a character encoding from a meta element, given a string s, is as follows. It returns either a character encoding or nothing.

  1. Let position be a pointer into s, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  2. Loop: Find the first seven characters in s after position that are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "charset". If no such match is found, return nothing.

  3. Skip any ASCII whitespace that immediately follow the word "charset" (there might not be any).

  4. If the next character is not a U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=), then move position to point just before that next character, and jump back to the step labeled loop.

  5. Skip any ASCII whitespace that immediately follow the equals sign (there might not be any).

  6. Process the next character as follows:

    If it is a U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character (") and there is a later U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character (") in s
    If it is a U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (') and there is a later U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (') in s
    Return the result of getting an encoding from the substring that is between this character and the next earliest occurrence of this character.
    If it is an unmatched U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character (")
    If it is an unmatched U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (')
    If there is no next character
    Return nothing.
    Otherwise
    Return the result of getting an encoding from the substring that consists of this character up to but not including the first ASCII whitespace or U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), or the end of s, whichever comes first.

This algorithm is distinct from those in the HTTP specifications (for example, HTTP doesn't allow the use of single quotes and requires supporting a backslash-escape mechanism that is not supported by this algorithm). While the algorithm is used in contexts that, historically, were related to HTTP, the syntax as supported by implementations diverged some time ago. [HTTP]

2.5.4 CORS settings attributes

Attributes/crossorigin

Support in all current engines.

Firefox8+Safari6+Chrome13+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

A CORS settings attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
anonymous Anonymous Requests for the element will have their mode set to "cors" and their credentials mode set to "same-origin".
(the empty string)
use-credentials Use Credentials Requests for the element will have their mode set to "cors" and their credentials mode set to "include".

The attribute's missing value default is the No CORS state, and its invalid value default is the Anonymous state. For the purposes of reflection, the canonical keyword for the Anonymous state is the anonymous keyword.

The majority of fetches governed by CORS settings attributes will be done via the create a potential-CORS request algorithm.

For more modern features, where the request's mode is always "cors", certain CORS settings attributes have been repurposed to have a slightly different meaning, wherein they only impact the request's credentials mode. To perform this translation, we define the CORS settings attribute credentials mode for a given CORS settings attribute to be determined by switching on the attribute's state:

No CORS
Anonymous
"same-origin"
Use Credentials
"include"

2.5.5 Referrer policy attributes

A referrer policy attribute is an enumerated attribute. Each referrer policy, including the empty string, is a keyword for this attribute, mapping to a state of the same name.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the empty string state.

The impact of these states on the processing model of various fetches is defined in more detail throughout this specification, in Fetch, and in Referrer Policy. [FETCH] [REFERRERPOLICY]

Several signals can contribute to which processing model is used for a given fetch; a referrer policy attribute is only one of them. In general, the order in which these signals are processed are:

  1. First, the presence of a noreferrer link type;

  2. Then, the value of a referrer policy attribute;

  3. Then, the presence of any meta element with name attribute set to referrer.

  4. Finally, the `Referrer-Policy` HTTP header.

2.5.6 Nonce attributes

Global_attributes/nonce

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+SafariYesChromeYes
Opera?EdgeYes
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

A nonce content attribute represents a cryptographic nonce ("number used once") which can be used by Content Security Policy to determine whether or not a given fetch will be allowed to proceed. The value is text. [CSP]

Elements that have a nonce content attribute ensure that the cryptographic nonce is only exposed to script (and not to side-channels like CSS attribute selectors) by taking the value from the content attribute, moving it into an internal slot named [[CryptographicNonce]], exposing it to script via the HTMLOrSVGElement interface mixin, and setting the content attribute to the empty string. Unless otherwise specified, the slot's value is the empty string.

element.nonce

Returns the value set for element's cryptographic nonce. If the setter was not used, this will be the value originally found in the nonce content attribute.

element.nonce = value

Updates element's cryptographic nonce value.

HTMLElement/nonce

Firefox75+Safari🔰 10+Chrome61+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The nonce IDL attribute must, on getting, return the value of this element's [[CryptographicNonce]]; and on setting, set this element's [[CryptographicNonce]] to the given value.

Note how the setter for the nonce IDL attribute does not update the corresponding content attribute. This, as well as the below setting of the nonce content attribute to the empty string when an element becomes browsing-context connected, is meant to prevent exfiltration of the nonce value through mechanisms that can easily read content attributes, such as selectors. Learn more in issue #2369, where this behavior was introduced.

The following attribute change steps are used for the nonce content attribute:

  1. If element does not include HTMLOrSVGElement, then return.

  2. If localName is not nonce or namespace is not null, then return.

  3. If value is null, then set element's [[CryptographicNonce]] to the empty string.

  4. Otherwise, set element's [[CryptographicNonce]] to value.

Whenever an element including HTMLOrSVGElement becomes browsing-context connected, the user agent must execute the following steps on the element:

  1. Let CSP list be element's shadow-including root's policy container's CSP list.

  2. If CSP list contains a header-delivered Content Security Policy, and element has a nonce content attribute whose value is not the empty string, then:

    1. Let nonce be element's [[CryptographicNonce]].

    2. Set an attribute value for element using "nonce" and the empty string.

    3. Set element's [[CryptographicNonce]] to nonce.

    If element's [[CryptographicNonce]] were not restored it would be the empty string at this point.

The cloning steps for elements that include HTMLOrSVGElement given node, copy, and subtree are to set copy's [[CryptographicNonce]] to node's [[CryptographicNonce]].

2.5.7 Lazy loading attributes

Lazy_loading

Support in all current engines.

Firefox75+Safari15.4+Chrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

A lazy loading attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
lazy Lazy Used to defer fetching a resource until some conditions are met.
eager Eager Used to fetch a resource immediately; the default state.

The attribute directs the user agent to fetch a resource immediately or to defer fetching until some conditions associated with the element are met, according to the attribute's current state.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the Eager state.


The will lazy load element steps, given an element element, are as follows:

  1. If scripting is disabled for element, then return false.

    This is an anti-tracking measure, because if a user agent supported lazy loading when scripting is disabled, it would still be possible for a site to track a user's approximate scroll position throughout a session, by strategically placing images in a page's markup such that a server can track how many images are requested and when.

  2. If element's lazy loading attribute is in the Lazy state, then return true.

  3. Return false.

Each img and iframe element has associated lazy load resumption steps, initially null.

For img and iframe elements that will lazy load, these steps are run from the lazy load intersection observer's callback or when their lazy loading attribute is set to the Eager state. This causes the element to continue loading.

Each Document has a lazy load intersection observer, initially set to null but can be set to an IntersectionObserver instance.

To start intersection-observing a lazy loading element element, run these steps:

  1. Let doc be element's node document.

  2. If doc's lazy load intersection observer is null, set it to a new IntersectionObserver instance, initialized as follows:

    The intention is to use the original value of the IntersectionObserver constructor. However, we're forced to use the JavaScript-exposed constructor in this specification, until Intersection Observer exposes low-level hooks for use in specifications. See bug w3c/IntersectionObserver#464 which tracks this. [INTERSECTIONOBSERVER]

  3. Call doc's lazy load intersection observer's observe method with element as the argument.

    The intention is to use the original value of the observe method. See w3c/IntersectionObserver#464. [INTERSECTIONOBSERVER]

To stop intersection-observing a lazy loading element element, run these steps:

  1. Let doc be element's node document.

  2. Assert: doc's lazy load intersection observer is not null.

  3. Call doc's lazy load intersection observer's unobserve method with element as the argument.

    The intention is to use the original value of the unobserve method. See w3c/IntersectionObserver#464. [INTERSECTIONOBSERVER]

(This is a tracking vector.) The lazy load scroll margin is an implementation-defined value, but with the following suggestions to consider:

It is important for privacy that the lazy load scroll margin not leak additional information. For example, the typical scrolling speed on the current device could be imprecise so as to not introduce a new fingerprinting vector.

2.5.8 Blocking attributes

A blocking attribute explicitly indicates that certain operations should be blocked on the fetching of an external resource. The operations that can be blocked are represented by possible blocking tokens, which are strings listed by the following table:

Possible blocking token Description
"render" The element is potentially render-blocking.

In the future, there might be more possible blocking tokens.

A blocking attribute must have a value that is an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens, each of which are possible blocking tokens. The supported tokens of a blocking attribute are the possible blocking tokens. Any element can have at most one blocking attribute.

The blocking tokens set for an element el are the result of the following steps:

  1. Let value be the value of el's blocking attribute, or the empty string if no such attribute exists.

  2. Set value to value, converted to ASCII lowercase.

  3. Let rawTokens be the result of splitting value on ASCII whitespace.

  4. Return a set containing the elements of rawTokens that are possible blocking tokens.

An element is potentially render-blocking if its blocking tokens set contains "render", or if it is implicitly potentially render-blocking, which will be defined at the individual elements. By default, an element is not implicitly potentially render-blocking.

2.5.9 Fetch priority attributes

A fetch priority attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
high high Signals a high-priority fetch relative to other resources with the same destination.
low low Signals a low-priority fetch relative to other resources with the same destination.
auto auto Signals automatic determination of fetch priority relative to other resources with the same destination.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the auto state.

2.6 Common DOM interfaces

2.6.1 Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes

The building blocks for reflecting are as follows:

A reflected IDL attribute can be defined to reflect a reflected content attribute name of a reflected target. In general this means that the IDL attribute getter returns the current value of the content attribute, and the setter changes the value of the content attribute to the given value.

If the reflected target is an element, then the reflected IDL attribute can additionally declare to support ElementInternals. This means that the ElementInternals interface also has a reflected IDL attribute, with the same identifier, and that reflected IDL attribute reflects the same reflected content attribute name.

The fooBar IDL attribute must reflect the foobar content attribute and support ElementInternals.

Reflected targets have these associated algorithms:

For a reflected target that is an element element, these are defined as follows:

get the element
  1. Return element.

get the content attribute
  1. Let attribute be the result of running get an attribute by namespace and local name given null, the reflected content attribute name, and element.

  2. If attribute is null, then return null.

  3. Return attribute's value.

set the content attribute with a string value
  1. Set an attribute value given element, the reflected content attribute name, and value.

delete the content attribute
  1. Remove an attribute by namespace and local name given null, the reflected content attribute name, and element.

For a reflected target that is an ElementInternals object elementInternals, they are defined as follows:

get the element
  1. Return elementInternals's target element.

get the content attribute
  1. If elementInternals's target element's internal content attribute map[the reflected content attribute name] does not exist, then return null.

  2. Return elementInternals's target element's internal content attribute map[the reflected content attribute name].

set the content attribute with a string value
  1. Set elementInternals's target element's internal content attribute map[the reflected content attribute name] to value.

delete the content attribute
  1. Remove elementInternals's target element's internal content attribute map[the reflected content attribute name].

This results in somewhat redundant data structures for ElementInternals objects as their target element's internal content attribute map cannot be directly manipulated and as such reflection is only happening in a single direction. This approach was nevertheless chosen to make it less error-prone to define IDL attributes that are shared between reflected targets and benefit from common API semantics.


IDL attributes of type DOMString or DOMString? that reflect enumerated content attributes can be limited to only known values. Per the processing models below, those will cause the getters for such IDL attributes to only return keywords for those enumerated attributes, or the empty string or null.

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type DOMString:

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type DOMString?:

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type USVString:

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type boolean:

This corresponds to the rules for boolean content attributes.

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type long, optionally limited to only non-negative numbers and optionally with a default value defaultValue:

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type unsigned long, optionally limited to only positive numbers, limited to only positive numbers with fallback, or clamped to the range [clampedMin, clampedMax], and optionally with a default value defaultValue:

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type double, optionally limited to only positive numbers and optionally with a default value defaultValue:

The values Infinity and Not-a-Number (NaN) values throw an exception on setting, as defined in Web IDL. [WEBIDL]

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type DOMTokenList, then its getter steps are to return a DOMTokenList object whose associated element is this and associated attribute's local name is the reflected content attribute name. Specification authors cannot use support ElementInternals for IDL attributes of this type.

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type T?, where T is either Element or an interface that inherits from Element, then with attr being the reflected content attribute name:

Reflected IDL attributes of this type are strongly encouraged to have their identifier end in "Element" for consistency.

If a reflected IDL attribute has the type FrozenArray<T>?, where T is either Element or an interface that inherits from Element, then with attr being the reflected content attribute name:

Reflected IDL attributes of this type are strongly encouraged to have their identifier end in "Elements" for consistency.

2.6.2 Using reflect in specifications

Reflection is primarily about improving web developer ergonomics by giving them typed access to content attributes through reflected IDL attributes. The ultimate source of truth, which the web platform builds upon, is the content attributes themselves. That is, specification authors must not use the reflected IDL attribute getter or setter steps, but instead must use the content attribute presence and value. (Or an abstraction on top, such as the state of an enumerated attribute.)

Two important exceptions to this are reflected IDL attributes whose type is one of the following:

For those, specification authors must use the reflected target's get the attr-associated element and get the attr-associated elements, respectively. The content attribute presence and value must not be used as they cannot be fully synchronized with the reflected IDL attribute.

A reflected target's explicitly set attr-element, explicitly set attr-elements, cached attr-associated elements, and cached attr-associated elements object are to be treated as internal implementation details and not to be built upon.

2.6.3 Collections

The HTMLFormControlsCollection and HTMLOptionsCollection interfaces are collections derived from the HTMLCollection interface. The HTMLAllCollection interface is a collection, but is not so derived.

2.6.3.1 The HTMLAllCollection interface

The HTMLAllCollection interface is used for the legacy document.all attribute. It operates similarly to HTMLCollection; the main differences are that it allows a staggering variety of different (ab)uses of its methods to all end up returning something, and that it can be called as a function as an alternative to property access.

All HTMLAllCollection objects are rooted at a Document and have a filter that matches all elements, so the elements represented by the collection of an HTMLAllCollection object consist of all the descendant elements of the root Document.

Objects that implement the HTMLAllCollection interface are legacy platform objects with an additional [[Call]] internal method described in the section below. They also have an [[IsHTMLDDA]] internal slot.

Objects that implement the HTMLAllCollection interface have several unusual behaviors, due of the fact that they have an [[IsHTMLDDA]] internal slot:

These special behaviors are motivated by a desire for compatibility with two classes of legacy content: one that uses the presence of document.all as a way to detect legacy user agents, and one that only supports those legacy user agents and uses the document.all object without testing for its presence first. [JAVASCRIPT]

[Exposed=Window,
 LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties]
interface HTMLAllCollection {
  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
  getter Element (unsigned long index);
  getter (HTMLCollection or Element)? namedItem(DOMString name);
  (HTMLCollection or Element)? item(optional DOMString nameOrIndex);

  // Note: HTMLAllCollection objects have a custom [[Call]] internal method and an [[IsHTMLDDA]] internal slot.
};

The object's supported property indices are as defined for HTMLCollection objects.

The supported property names consist of the non-empty values of all the id attributes of all the elements represented by the collection, and the non-empty values of all the name attributes of all the "all"-named elements represented by the collection, in tree order, ignoring later duplicates, with the id of an element preceding its name if it contributes both, they differ from each other, and neither is the duplicate of an earlier entry.

The length getter steps are to return the number of nodes represented by the collection.

The indexed property getter must return the result of getting the "all"-indexed element from this given the passed index.

The namedItem(name) method steps are to return the result of getting the "all"-named element(s) from this given name.

The item(nameOrIndex) method steps are:

  1. If nameOrIndex was not provided, return null.

  2. Return the result of getting the "all"-indexed or named element(s) from this, given nameOrIndex.


The following elements are "all"-named elements: a, button, embed, form, frame, frameset, iframe, img, input, map, meta, object, select, and textarea

To get the "all"-indexed element from an HTMLAllCollection collection given an index index, return the indexth element in collection, or null if there is no such indexth element.

To get the "all"-named element(s) from an HTMLAllCollection collection given a name name, perform the following steps:

  1. If name is the empty string, return null.

  2. Let subCollection be an HTMLCollection object rooted at the same Document as collection, whose filter matches only elements that are either:

  3. If there is exactly one element in subCollection, then return that element.

  4. Otherwise, if subCollection is empty, return null.

  5. Otherwise, return subCollection.

To get the "all"-indexed or named element(s) from an HTMLAllCollection collection given nameOrIndex:

  1. If nameOrIndex, converted to a JavaScript String value, is an array index property name, return the result of getting the "all"-indexed element from collection given the number represented by nameOrIndex.

  2. Return the result of getting the "all"-named element(s) from collection given nameOrIndex.

2.6.3.1.1 [[Call]] ( thisArgument, argumentsList )
  1. If argumentsList's size is zero, or if argumentsList[0] is undefined, return null.

  2. Let nameOrIndex be the result of converting argumentsList[0] to a DOMString.

  3. Let result be the result of getting the "all"-indexed or named element(s) from this HTMLAllCollection given nameOrIndex.

  4. Return the result of converting result to an ECMAScript value.

The thisArgument is ignored, and thus code such as Function.prototype.call.call(document.all, null, "x") will still search for elements. (document.all.call does not exist, since document.all does not inherit from Function.prototype.)

2.6.3.2 The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface

The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface is used for collections of listed elements in form elements.

HTMLFormControlsCollection

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

RadioNodeList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox33+Safari7+Chrome21+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLFormControlsCollection : HTMLCollection {
  // inherits length and item()
  getter (RadioNodeList or Element)? namedItem(DOMString name); // shadows inherited namedItem()
};

[Exposed=Window]
interface RadioNodeList : NodeList {
  attribute DOMString value;
};
collection.length

Returns the number of elements in collection.

element = collection.item(index)
element = collection[index]

Returns the item at index index in collection. The items are sorted in tree order.

element = collection.namedItem(name)

HTMLFormControlsCollection/namedItem

Support in all current engines.

Firefox33+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
radioNodeList = collection.namedItem(name)
element = collection[name]
radioNodeList = collection[name]

Returns the item with ID or name name from collection.

If there are multiple matching items, then a RadioNodeList object containing all those elements is returned.

radioNodeList.value

Returns the value of the first checked radio button represented by radioNodeList.

radioNodeList.value = value

Checks the first radio button represented by radioNodeList that has value value.

The object's supported property indices are as defined for HTMLCollection objects.

The supported property names consist of the non-empty values of all the id and name attributes of all the elements represented by the collection, in tree order, ignoring later duplicates, with the id of an element preceding its name if it contributes both, they differ from each other, and neither is the duplicate of an earlier entry.

The namedItem(name) method must act according to the following algorithm:

  1. If name is the empty string, return null and stop the algorithm.
  2. If, at the time the method is called, there is exactly one node in the collection that has either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, then return that node and stop the algorithm.
  3. Otherwise, if there are no nodes in the collection that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, then return null and stop the algorithm.
  4. Otherwise, create a new RadioNodeList object representing a live view of the HTMLFormControlsCollection object, further filtered so that the only nodes in the RadioNodeList object are those that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name. The nodes in the RadioNodeList object must be sorted in tree order.
  5. Return that RadioNodeList object.

Members of the RadioNodeList interface inherited from the NodeList interface must behave as they would on a NodeList object.

RadioNodeList/value

Support in all current engines.

Firefox33+Safari7+Chrome21+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The value IDL attribute on the RadioNodeList object, on getting, must return the value returned by running the following steps:

  1. Let element be the first element in tree order represented by the RadioNodeList object that is an input element whose type attribute is in the Radio Button state and whose checkedness is true. Otherwise, let it be null.

  2. If element is null, return the empty string.

  3. If element is an element with no value attribute, return the string "on".

  4. Otherwise, return the value of element's value attribute.

On setting, the value IDL attribute must run the following steps:

  1. If the new value is the string "on": let element be the first element in tree order represented by the RadioNodeList object that is an input element whose type attribute is in the Radio Button state and whose value content attribute is either absent, or present and equal to the new value, if any. If no such element exists, then instead let element be null.

    Otherwise: let element be the first element in tree order represented by the RadioNodeList object that is an input element whose type attribute is in the Radio Button state and whose value content attribute is present and equal to the new value, if any. If no such element exists, then instead let element be null.

  2. If element is not null, then set its checkedness to true.

2.6.3.3 The HTMLOptionsCollection interface

HTMLOptionsCollection

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The HTMLOptionsCollection interface is used for collections of option elements. It is always rooted on a select element and has attributes and methods that manipulate that element's descendants.

[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLOptionsCollection : HTMLCollection {
  // inherits item(), namedItem()
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long length; // shadows inherited length
  [CEReactions] setter undefined (unsigned long index, HTMLOptionElement? option);
  [CEReactions] undefined add((HTMLOptionElement or HTMLOptGroupElement) element, optional (HTMLElement or long)? before = null);
  [CEReactions] undefined remove(long index);
  attribute long selectedIndex;
};
collection.length

Returns the number of elements in collection.

collection.length = value

When set to a smaller number than the existing length, truncates the number of option elements in the container corresponding to collection.

When set to a greater number than the existing length, if that number is less than or equal to 100000, adds new blank option elements to the container corresponding to collection.

element = collection.item(index)
element = collection[index]

Returns the item at index index in collection. The items are sorted in tree order.

collection[index] = element

When index is a greater number than the number of items in collection, adds new blank option elements in the corresponding container.

When set to null, removes the item at index index from collection.

When set to an option element, adds or replaces it at index index in collection.

element = collection.namedItem(name)
element = collection[name]

Returns the item with ID or name name from collection.

If there are multiple matching items, then the first is returned.

collection.add(element[, before])

Inserts element before the node given by before.

The before argument can be a number, in which case element is inserted before the item with that number, or an element from collection, in which case element is inserted before that element.

If before is omitted, null, or a number out of range, then element will be added at the end of the list.

Throws a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException if element is an ancestor of the element into which it is to be inserted.

collection.remove(index)

Removes the item with index index from collection.

collection.selectedIndex

Returns the index of the first selected item, if any, or −1 if there is no selected item.

collection.selectedIndex = index

Changes the selection to the option element at index index in collection.

The object's supported property indices are as defined for HTMLCollection objects.

The length getter steps are to return the number of nodes represented by the collection.

The length setter steps are:

  1. Let current be the number of nodes represented by the collection.

  2. If the given value is greater than current, then:

    1. If the given value is greater than 100,000, then return.

    2. Let n be valuecurrent.

    3. Append n new option elements with no attributes and no child nodes to the select element on which this is rooted.

  3. If the given value is less than current, then:

    1. Let n be currentvalue.

    2. Remove the last n nodes in the collection from their parent nodes.

Setting length never removes or adds any optgroup elements, and never adds new children to existing optgroup elements (though it can remove children from them).

The supported property names consist of the non-empty values of all the id and name attributes of all the elements represented by the collection, in tree order, ignoring later duplicates, with the id of an element preceding its name if it contributes both, they differ from each other, and neither is the duplicate of an earlier entry.

When the user agent is to set the value of a new indexed property or set the value of an existing indexed property for a given property index index to a new value value, it must run the following algorithm:

  1. If value is null, invoke the steps for the remove method with index as the argument, and return.

  2. Let length be the number of nodes represented by the collection.

  3. Let n be index minus length.

  4. If n is greater than zero, then append a DocumentFragment consisting of n-1 new option elements with no attributes and no child nodes to the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted.

  5. If n is greater than or equal to zero, append value to the select element. Otherwise, replace the indexth element in the collection by value.

The add(element, before) method must act according to the following algorithm:

  1. If element is an ancestor of the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted, then throw a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException.

  2. If before is an element, but that element isn't a descendant of the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted, then throw a "NotFoundError" DOMException.

  3. If element and before are the same element, then return.

  4. If before is a node, then let reference be that node. Otherwise, if before is an integer, and there is a beforeth node in the collection, let reference be that node. Otherwise, let reference be null.

  5. If reference is not null, let parent be the parent node of reference. Otherwise, let parent be the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted.

  6. Pre-insert element into parent node before reference.

The remove(index) method must act according to the following algorithm:

  1. If the number of nodes represented by the collection is zero, return.

  2. If index is not a number greater than or equal to 0 and less than the number of nodes represented by the collection, return.

  3. Let element be the indexth element in the collection.

  4. Remove element from its parent node.

The selectedIndex IDL attribute must act like the identically named attribute on the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted

2.6.4 The DOMStringList interface

DOMStringList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari5.1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The DOMStringList interface is a non-fashionable retro way of representing a list of strings.

[Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
interface DOMStringList {
  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
  getter DOMString? item(unsigned long index);
  boolean contains(DOMString string);
};

New APIs must use sequence<DOMString> or equivalent rather than DOMStringList.

strings.length

Returns the number of strings in strings.

strings[index]
strings.item(index)

Returns the string with index index from strings.

strings.contains(string)

Returns true if strings contains string, and false otherwise.

Each DOMStringList object has an associated list.

The DOMStringList interface supports indexed properties. The supported property indices are the indices of this's associated list.

DOMStringList/length

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari5.1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The length getter steps are to return this's associated list's size.

DOMStringList/item

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari5.1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The item(index) method steps are to return the indexth item in this's associated list, or null if index plus one is greater than this's associated list's size.

DOMStringList/contains

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1.5+Safari5.1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The contains(string) method steps are to return true if this's associated list contains string, and false otherwise.

2.7 Safe passing of structured data

To support passing JavaScript objects, including platform objects, across realm boundaries, this specification defines the following infrastructure for serializing and deserializing objects, including in some cases transferring the underlying data instead of copying it. Collectively this serialization/deserialization process is known as "structured cloning", although most APIs perform separate serialization and deserialization steps. (With the notable exception being the structuredClone() method.)

This section uses the terminology and typographic conventions from the JavaScript specification. [JAVASCRIPT]

2.7.1 Serializable objects

/developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/Serializable_object

Firefox103+SafariNoChrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

/developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/Serializable_object

Firefox103+SafariNoChrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

/developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/Serializable_object

Firefox103+SafariNoChrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

/developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/Serializable_object

Firefox103+SafariNoChrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

/developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/Serializable_object

Firefox103+SafariNoChrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

/developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/Serializable_object

Firefox103+SafariNoChrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

/developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/Serializable_object

Firefox103+SafariNoChrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Serializable objects support being serialized, and later deserialized, in a way that is independent of any given realm. This allows them to be stored on disk and later restored, or cloned across agent and even agent cluster boundaries.

Not all objects are serializable objects, and not all aspects of objects that are serializable objects are necessarily preserved when they are serialized.

Platform objects can be serializable objects if their primary interface is decorated with the [Serializable] IDL extended attribute. Such interfaces must also define the following algorithms:

serialization steps, taking a platform object value, a Record serialized, and a boolean forStorage

A set of steps that serializes the data in value into fields of serialized. The resulting data serialized into serialized must be independent of any realm.

These steps may throw an exception if serialization is not possible.

These steps may perform a sub-serialization to serialize nested data structures. They should not call StructuredSerialize directly, as doing so will omit the important memory argument.

The introduction of these steps should omit mention of the forStorage argument if it is not relevant to the algorithm.

deserialization steps, taking a Record serialized, a platform object value, and a realm targetRealm

A set of steps that deserializes the data in serialized, using it to set up value as appropriate. value will be a newly-created instance of the platform object type in question, with none of its internal data set up; setting that up is the job of these steps.

These steps may throw an exception if deserialization is not possible.

These steps may perform a sub-deserialization to deserialize nested data structures. They should not call StructuredDeserialize directly, as doing so will omit the important targetRealm and memory arguments.

It is up to the definition of individual platform objects to determine what data is serialized and deserialized by these steps. Typically the steps are very symmetric.

The [Serializable] extended attribute must take no arguments, and must only appear on an interface. It must not appear more than once on an interface.

For a given platform object, only the object's primary interface is considered during the (de)serialization process. Thus, if inheritance is involved in defining the interface, each [Serializable]-annotated interface in the inheritance chain needs to define standalone serialization steps and deserialization steps, including taking into account any important data that might come from inherited interfaces.

Let's say we were defining a platform object Person, which had associated with it two pieces of associated data:

We could then define Person instances to be serializable objects by annotating the Person interface with the [Serializable] extended attribute, and defining the following accompanying algorithms:

serialization steps
  1. Set serialized.[[Name]] to value's associated name value.

  2. Let serializedBestFriend be the sub-serialization of value's associated best friend value.

  3. Set serialized.[[BestFriend]] to serializedBestFriend.

deserialization steps
  1. Set value's associated name value to serialized.[[Name]].

  2. Let deserializedBestFriend be the sub-deserialization of serialized.[[BestFriend]].

  3. Set value's associated best friend value to deserializedBestFriend.

Objects defined in the JavaScript specification are handled by the StructuredSerialize abstract operation directly.

Originally, this specification defined the concept of "cloneable objects", which could be cloned from one realm to another. However, to better specify the behavior of certain more complex situations, the model was updated to make the serialization and deserialization explicit.

2.7.2 Transferable objects

Transferable objects support being transferred across agents. Transferring is effectively recreating the object while sharing a reference to the underlying data and then detaching the object being transferred. This is useful to transfer ownership of expensive resources. Not all objects are transferable objects and not all aspects of objects that are transferable objects are necessarily preserved when transferred.

Transferring is an irreversible and non-idempotent operation. Once an object has been transferred, it cannot be transferred, or indeed used, again.

Platform objects can be transferable objects if their primary interface is decorated with the [Transferable] IDL extended attribute. Such interfaces must also define the following algorithms:

transfer steps, taking a platform object value and a Record dataHolder

A set of steps that transfers the data in value into fields of dataHolder. The resulting data held in dataHolder must be independent of any realm.

These steps may throw an exception if transferral is not possible.

transfer-receiving steps, taking a Record dataHolder and a platform object value

A set of steps that receives the data in dataHolder, using it to set up value as appropriate. value will be a newly-created instance of the platform object type in question, with none of its internal data set up; setting that up is the job of these steps.

These steps may throw an exception if it is not possible to receive the transfer.

It is up to the definition of individual platform objects to determine what data is transferred by these steps. Typically the steps are very symmetric.

The [Transferable] extended attribute must take no arguments, and must only appear on an interface. It must not appear more than once on an interface.

For a given platform object, only the object's primary interface is considered during the transferring process. Thus, if inheritance is involved in defining the interface, each [Transferable]-annotated interface in the inheritance chain needs to define standalone transfer steps and transfer-receiving steps, including taking into account any important data that might come from inherited interfaces.

Platform objects that are transferable objects have a [[Detached]] internal slot. This is used to ensure that once a platform object has been transferred, it cannot be transferred again.

Objects defined in the JavaScript specification are handled by the StructuredSerializeWithTransfer abstract operation directly.

2.7.3 StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] )

The StructuredSerializeInternal abstract operation takes as input a JavaScript value value and serializes it to a realm-independent form, represented here as a Record. This serialized form has all the information necessary to later deserialize into a new JavaScript value in a different realm.

This process can throw an exception, for example when trying to serialize un-serializable objects.

  1. If memory was not supplied, let memory be an empty map.

    The purpose of the memory map is to avoid serializing objects twice. This ends up preserving cycles and the identity of duplicate objects in graphs.

  2. If memory[value] exists, then return memory[value].

  3. Let deep be false.

  4. If value is undefined, null, a Boolean, a Number, a BigInt, or a String, then return { [[Type]]: "primitive", [[Value]]: value }.

  5. If value is a Symbol, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

  6. Let serialized be an uninitialized value.

  7. If value has a [[BooleanData]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Boolean", [[BooleanData]]: value.[[BooleanData]] }.

  8. Otherwise, if value has a [[NumberData]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Number", [[NumberData]]: value.[[NumberData]] }.

  9. Otherwise, if value has a [[BigIntData]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "BigInt", [[BigIntData]]: value.[[BigIntData]] }.

  10. Otherwise, if value has a [[StringData]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "String", [[StringData]]: value.[[StringData]] }.

  11. Otherwise, if value has a [[DateValue]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Date", [[DateValue]]: value.[[DateValue]] }.

  12. Otherwise, if value has a [[RegExpMatcher]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "RegExp", [[RegExpMatcher]]: value.[[RegExpMatcher]], [[OriginalSource]]: value.[[OriginalSource]], [[OriginalFlags]]: value.[[OriginalFlags]] }.

  13. Otherwise, if value has an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot, then:

    1. If IsSharedArrayBuffer(value) is true, then:

      1. If the current settings object's cross-origin isolated capability is false, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

        This check is only needed when serializing (and not when deserializing) as the cross-origin isolated capability cannot change over time and a SharedArrayBuffer cannot leave an agent cluster.

      2. If forStorage is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

      3. If value has an [[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "GrowableSharedArrayBuffer", [[ArrayBufferData]]: value.[[ArrayBufferData]], [[ArrayBufferByteLengthData]]: value.[[ArrayBufferByteLengthData]], [[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]]: value.[[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]], [[AgentCluster]]: the surrounding agent's agent cluster }.

      4. Otherwise, set serialized to { [[Type]]: "SharedArrayBuffer", [[ArrayBufferData]]: value.[[ArrayBufferData]], [[ArrayBufferByteLength]]: value.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]], [[AgentCluster]]: the surrounding agent's agent cluster }.

    2. Otherwise:

      1. If IsDetachedBuffer(value) is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

      2. Let size be value.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]].

      3. Let dataCopy be ? CreateByteDataBlock(size).

        This can throw a RangeError exception upon allocation failure.

      4. Perform CopyDataBlockBytes(dataCopy, 0, value.[[ArrayBufferData]], 0, size).

      5. If value has an [[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "ResizableArrayBuffer", [[ArrayBufferData]]: dataCopy, [[ArrayBufferByteLength]]: size, [[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]]: value.[[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]] }.

      6. Otherwise, set serialized to { [[Type]]: "ArrayBuffer", [[ArrayBufferData]]: dataCopy, [[ArrayBufferByteLength]]: size }.

  14. Otherwise, if value has a [[ViewedArrayBuffer]] internal slot, then:

    1. If IsArrayBufferViewOutOfBounds(value) is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    2. Let buffer be the value of value's [[ViewedArrayBuffer]] internal slot.

    3. Let bufferSerialized be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(buffer, forStorage, memory).

    4. Assert: bufferSerialized.[[Type]] is "ArrayBuffer", "ResizableArrayBuffer", "SharedArrayBuffer", or "GrowableSharedArrayBuffer".

    5. If value has a [[DataView]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "ArrayBufferView", [[Constructor]]: "DataView", [[ArrayBufferSerialized]]: bufferSerialized, [[ByteLength]]: value.[[ByteLength]], [[ByteOffset]]: value.[[ByteOffset]] }.

    6. Otherwise:

      1. Assert: value has a [[TypedArrayName]] internal slot.

      2. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "ArrayBufferView", [[Constructor]]: value.[[TypedArrayName]], [[ArrayBufferSerialized]]: bufferSerialized, [[ByteLength]]: value.[[ByteLength]], [[ByteOffset]]: value.[[ByteOffset]], [[ArrayLength]]: value.[[ArrayLength]] }.

  15. Otherwise, if value has [[MapData]] internal slot, then:

    1. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Map", [[MapData]]: a new empty List }.

    2. Set deep to true.

  16. Otherwise, if value has [[SetData]] internal slot, then:

    1. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Set", [[SetData]]: a new empty List }.

    2. Set deep to true.

  17. Otherwise, if value has an [[ErrorData]] internal slot and value is not a platform object, then:

    1. Let name be ? Get(value, "name").

    2. If name is not one of "Error", "EvalError", "RangeError", "ReferenceError", "SyntaxError", "TypeError", or "URIError", then set name to "Error".

    3. Let valueMessageDesc be ? value.[[GetOwnProperty]]("message").

    4. Let message be undefined if IsDataDescriptor(valueMessageDesc) is false, and ? ToString(valueMessageDesc.[[Value]]) otherwise.

    5. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Error", [[Name]]: name, [[Message]]: message }.

    6. User agents should attach a serialized representation of any interesting accompanying data which are not yet specified, notably the stack property, to serialized.

      See the Error Stacks proposal for in-progress work on specifying this data. [JSERRORSTACKS]

  18. Otherwise, if value is an Array exotic object, then:

    1. Let valueLenDescriptor be ? OrdinaryGetOwnProperty(value, "length").

    2. Let valueLen be valueLenDescriptor.[[Value]].

    3. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Array", [[Length]]: valueLen, [[Properties]]: a new empty List }.

    4. Set deep to true.

  19. Otherwise, if value is a platform object that is a serializable object:

    1. If value has a [[Detached]] internal slot whose value is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    2. Let typeString be the identifier of the primary interface of value.

    3. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: typeString }.

    4. Set deep to true.

  20. Otherwise, if value is a platform object, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

  21. Otherwise, if IsCallable(value) is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

  22. Otherwise, if value has any internal slot other than [[Prototype]], [[Extensible]], or [[PrivateElements]], then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    For instance, a [[PromiseState]] or [[WeakMapData]] internal slot.

  23. Otherwise, if value is an exotic object and value is not the %Object.prototype% intrinsic object associated with any realm, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    For instance, a proxy object.

  24. Otherwise:

    1. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Object", [[Properties]]: a new empty List }.

    2. Set deep to true.

    %Object.prototype% will end up being handled via this step and subsequent steps. The end result is that its exoticness is ignored, and after deserialization the result will be an empty object (not an immutable prototype exotic object).

  25. Set memory[value] to serialized.

  26. If deep is true, then:

    1. If value has a [[MapData]] internal slot, then:

      1. Let copiedList be a new empty List.

      2. For each Record { [[Key]], [[Value]] } entry of value.[[MapData]]:

        1. Let copiedEntry be a new Record { [[Key]]: entry.[[Key]], [[Value]]: entry.[[Value]] }.

        2. If copiedEntry.[[Key]] is not the special value empty, append copiedEntry to copiedList.

      3. For each Record { [[Key]], [[Value]] } entry of copiedList:

        1. Let serializedKey be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(entry.[[Key]], forStorage, memory).

        2. Let serializedValue be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(entry.[[Value]], forStorage, memory).

        3. Append { [[Key]]: serializedKey, [[Value]]: serializedValue } to serialized.[[MapData]].

    2. Otherwise, if value has a [[SetData]] internal slot, then:

      1. Let copiedList be a new empty List.

      2. For each entry of value.[[SetData]]:

        1. If entry is not the special value empty, append entry to copiedList.

      3. For each entry of copiedList:

        1. Let serializedEntry be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(entry, forStorage, memory).

        2. Append serializedEntry to serialized.[[SetData]].

    3. Otherwise, if value is a platform object that is a serializable object, then perform the serialization steps for value's primary interface, given value, serialized, and forStorage.

      The serialization steps may need to perform a sub-serialization. This is an operation which takes as input a value subValue, and returns StructuredSerializeInternal(subValue, forStorage, memory). (In other words, a sub-serialization is a specialization of StructuredSerializeInternal to be consistent within this invocation.)

    4. Otherwise, for each key in ! EnumerableOwnProperties(value, key):

      1. If ! HasOwnProperty(value, key) is true, then:

        1. Let inputValue be ? value.[[Get]](key, value).

        2. Let outputValue be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(inputValue, forStorage, memory).

        3. Append { [[Key]]: key, [[Value]]: outputValue } to serialized.[[Properties]].

  27. Return serialized.

It's important to realize that the Records produced by StructuredSerializeInternal might contain "pointers" to other records that create circular references. For example, when we pass the following JavaScript object into StructuredSerializeInternal:

const o = {};
o.myself = o;

it produces the following result:

{
  [[Type]]: "Object",
  [[Properties]]: «
    {
      [[Key]]: "myself",
      [[Value]]: <a pointer to this whole structure>
    }
  »
}

2.7.4 StructuredSerialize ( value )

  1. Return ? StructuredSerializeInternal(value, false).

2.7.5 StructuredSerializeForStorage ( value )

  1. Return ? StructuredSerializeInternal(value, true).

2.7.6 StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] )

The StructuredDeserialize abstract operation takes as input a Record serialized, which was previously produced by StructuredSerialize or StructuredSerializeForStorage, and deserializes it into a new JavaScript value, created in targetRealm.

This process can throw an exception, for example when trying to allocate memory for the new objects (especially ArrayBuffer objects).

  1. If memory was not supplied, let memory be an empty map.

    The purpose of the memory map is to avoid deserializing objects twice. This ends up preserving cycles and the identity of duplicate objects in graphs.

  2. If memory[serialized] exists, then return memory[serialized].

  3. Let deep be false.

  4. Let value be an uninitialized value.

  5. If serialized.[[Type]] is "primitive", then set value to serialized.[[Value]].

  6. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Boolean", then set value to a new Boolean object in targetRealm whose [[BooleanData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[BooleanData]].

  7. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Number", then set value to a new Number object in targetRealm whose [[NumberData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[NumberData]].

  8. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "BigInt", then set value to a new BigInt object in targetRealm whose [[BigIntData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[BigIntData]].

  9. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "String", then set value to a new String object in targetRealm whose [[StringData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[StringData]].

  10. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Date", then set value to a new Date object in targetRealm whose [[DateValue]] internal slot value is serialized.[[DateValue]].

  11. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "RegExp", then set value to a new RegExp object in targetRealm whose [[RegExpMatcher]] internal slot value is serialized.[[RegExpMatcher]], whose [[OriginalSource]] internal slot value is serialized.[[OriginalSource]], and whose [[OriginalFlags]] internal slot value is serialized.[[OriginalFlags]].

  12. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "SharedArrayBuffer", then:

    1. If targetRealm's corresponding agent cluster is not serialized.[[AgentCluster]], then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    2. Otherwise, set value to a new SharedArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferData]] and whose [[ArrayBufferByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]].

  13. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "GrowableSharedArrayBuffer", then:

    1. If targetRealm's corresponding agent cluster is not serialized.[[AgentCluster]], then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    2. Otherwise, set value to a new SharedArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferData]], whose [[ArrayBufferByteLengthData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferByteLengthData]], and whose [[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]].

  14. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "ArrayBuffer", then set value to a new ArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferData]], and whose [[ArrayBufferByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]].

    If this throws an exception, catch it, and then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    This step might throw an exception if there is not enough memory available to create such an ArrayBuffer object.

  15. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "ResizableArrayBuffer", then set value to a new ArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferData]], whose [[ArrayBufferByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]], and whose [[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]].

    If this throws an exception, catch it, and then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    This step might throw an exception if there is not enough memory available to create such an ArrayBuffer object.

  16. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "ArrayBufferView", then:

    1. Let deserializedArrayBuffer be ? StructuredDeserialize(serialized.[[ArrayBufferSerialized]], targetRealm, memory).

    2. If serialized.[[Constructor]] is "DataView", then set value to a new DataView object in targetRealm whose [[ViewedArrayBuffer]] internal slot value is deserializedArrayBuffer, whose [[ByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ByteLength]], and whose [[ByteOffset]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ByteOffset]].

    3. Otherwise, set value to a new typed array object in targetRealm, using the constructor given by serialized.[[Constructor]], whose [[ViewedArrayBuffer]] internal slot value is deserializedArrayBuffer, whose [[TypedArrayName]] internal slot value is serialized.[[Constructor]], whose [[ByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ByteLength]], whose [[ByteOffset]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ByteOffset]], and whose [[ArrayLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayLength]].

  17. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Map", then:

    1. Set value to a new Map object in targetRealm whose [[MapData]] internal slot value is a new empty List.

    2. Set deep to true.

  18. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Set", then:

    1. Set value to a new Set object in targetRealm whose [[SetData]] internal slot value is a new empty List.

    2. Set deep to true.

  19. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Array", then:

    1. Let outputProto be targetRealm.[[Intrinsics]].[[%Array.prototype%]].

    2. Set value to ! ArrayCreate(serialized.[[Length]], outputProto).

    3. Set deep to true.

  20. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Object", then:

    1. Set value to a new Object in targetRealm.

    2. Set deep to true.

  21. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Error", then:

    1. Let prototype be %Error.prototype%.

    2. If serialized.[[Name]] is "EvalError", then set prototype to %EvalError.prototype%.

    3. If serialized.[[Name]] is "RangeError", then set prototype to %RangeError.prototype%.

    4. If serialized.[[Name]] is "ReferenceError", then set prototype to %ReferenceError.prototype%.

    5. If serialized.[[Name]] is "SyntaxError", then set prototype to %SyntaxError.prototype%.

    6. If serialized.[[Name]] is "TypeError", then set prototype to %TypeError.prototype%.

    7. If serialized.[[Name]] is "URIError", then set prototype to %URIError.prototype%.

    8. Let message be serialized.[[Message]].

    9. Set value to OrdinaryObjectCreate(prototype, « [[ErrorData]] »).

    10. Let messageDesc be PropertyDescriptor{ [[Value]]: message, [[Writable]]: true, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }.

    11. If message is not undefined, then perform ! OrdinaryDefineOwnProperty(value, "message", messageDesc).

    12. Any interesting accompanying data attached to serialized should be deserialized and attached to value.

  22. Otherwise:

    1. Let interfaceName be serialized.[[Type]].

    2. If the interface identified by interfaceName is not exposed in targetRealm, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    3. Set value to a new instance of the interface identified by interfaceName, created in targetRealm.

    4. Set deep to true.

  23. Set memory[serialized] to value.

  24. If deep is true, then:

    1. If serialized.[[Type]] is "Map", then:

      1. For each Record { [[Key]], [[Value]] } entry of serialized.[[MapData]]:

        1. Let deserializedKey be ? StructuredDeserialize(entry.[[Key]], targetRealm, memory).

        2. Let deserializedValue be ? StructuredDeserialize(entry.[[Value]], targetRealm, memory).

        3. Append { [[Key]]: deserializedKey, [[Value]]: deserializedValue } to value.[[MapData]].

    2. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Set", then:

      1. For each entry of serialized.[[SetData]]:

        1. Let deserializedEntry be ? StructuredDeserialize(entry, targetRealm, memory).

        2. Append deserializedEntry to value.[[SetData]].

    3. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Array" or "Object", then:

      1. For each Record { [[Key]], [[Value]] } entry of serialized.[[Properties]]:

        1. Let deserializedValue be ? StructuredDeserialize(entry.[[Value]], targetRealm, memory).

        2. Let result be ! CreateDataProperty(value, entry.[[Key]], deserializedValue).

        3. Assert: result is true.

    4. Otherwise:

      1. Perform the appropriate deserialization steps for the interface identified by serialized.[[Type]], given serialized, value, and targetRealm.

        The deserialization steps may need to perform a sub-deserialization. This is an operation which takes as input a previously-serialized Record subSerialized, and returns StructuredDeserialize(subSerialized, targetRealm, memory). (In other words, a sub-deserialization is a specialization of StructuredDeserialize to be consistent within this invocation.)

  25. Return value.

2.7.7 StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList )

  1. Let memory be an empty map.

    In addition to how it is used normally by StructuredSerializeInternal, in this algorithm memory is also used to ensure that StructuredSerializeInternal ignores items in transferList, and let us do our own handling instead.

  2. For each transferable of transferList:

    1. If transferable has neither an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot nor a [[Detached]] internal slot, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    2. If transferable has an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot and IsSharedArrayBuffer(transferable) is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    3. If memory[transferable] exists, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    4. Set memory[transferable] to { [[Type]]: an uninitialized value }.

      transferable is not transferred yet as transferring has side effects and StructuredSerializeInternal needs to be able to throw first.

  3. Let serialized be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(value, false, memory).

  4. Let transferDataHolders be a new empty List.

  5. For each transferable of transferList:

    1. If transferable has an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot and IsDetachedBuffer(transferable) is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    2. If transferable has a [[Detached]] internal slot and transferable.[[Detached]] is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

    3. Let dataHolder be memory[transferable].

    4. If transferable has an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot, then:

      1. If transferable has an [[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]] internal slot, then:

        1. Set dataHolder.[[Type]] to "ResizableArrayBuffer".

        2. Set dataHolder.[[ArrayBufferData]] to transferable.[[ArrayBufferData]].

        3. Set dataHolder.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]] to transferable.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]].

        4. Set dataHolder.[[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]] to transferable.[[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]].

      2. Otherwise:

        1. Set dataHolder.[[Type]] to "ArrayBuffer".

        2. Set dataHolder.[[ArrayBufferData]] to transferable.[[ArrayBufferData]].

        3. Set dataHolder.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]] to transferable.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]].

      3. Perform ? DetachArrayBuffer(transferable).

        Specifications can use the [[ArrayBufferDetachKey]] internal slot to prevent ArrayBuffers from being detached. This is used in WebAssembly JavaScript Interface, for example. [WASMJS]

    5. Otherwise:

      1. Assert: transferable is a platform object that is a transferable object.

      2. Let interfaceName be the identifier of the primary interface of transferable.

      3. Set dataHolder.[[Type]] to interfaceName.

      4. Perform the appropriate transfer steps for the interface identified by interfaceName, given transferable and dataHolder.

      5. Set transferable.[[Detached]] to true.

    6. Append dataHolder to transferDataHolders.

  6. Return { [[Serialized]]: serialized, [[TransferDataHolders]]: transferDataHolders }.

2.7.8 StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer ( serializeWithTransferResult, targetRealm )

  1. Let memory be an empty map.

    Analogous to StructuredSerializeWithTransfer, in addition to how it is used normally by StructuredDeserialize, in this algorithm memory is also used to ensure that StructuredDeserialize ignores items in serializeWithTransferResult.[[TransferDataHolders]], and let us do our own handling instead.

  2. Let transferredValues be a new empty List.

  3. For each transferDataHolder of serializeWithTransferResult.[[TransferDataHolders]]:

    1. Let value be an uninitialized value.

    2. If transferDataHolder.[[Type]] is "ArrayBuffer", then set value to a new ArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is transferDataHolder.[[ArrayBufferData]], and whose [[ArrayBufferByteLength]] internal slot value is transferDataHolder.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]].

      In cases where the original memory occupied by [[ArrayBufferData]] is accessible during the deserialization, this step is unlikely to throw an exception, as no new memory needs to be allocated: the memory occupied by [[ArrayBufferData]] is instead just getting transferred into the new ArrayBuffer. This could be true, for example, when both the source and target realms are in the same process.

    3. Otherwise, if transferDataHolder.[[Type]] is "ResizableArrayBuffer", then set value to a new ArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is transferDataHolder.[[ArrayBufferData]], whose [[ArrayBufferByteLength]] internal slot value is transferDataHolder.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]], and whose [[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]] internal slot value is transferDataHolder.[[ArrayBufferMaxByteLength]].

      For the same reason as the previous step, this step is also unlikely to throw an exception.

    4. Otherwise:

      1. Let interfaceName be transferDataHolder.[[Type]].

      2. If the interface identified by interfaceName is not exposed in targetRealm, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException.

      3. Set value to a new instance of the interface identified by interfaceName, created in targetRealm.

      4. Perform the appropriate transfer-receiving steps for the interface identified by interfaceName given transferDataHolder and value.

    5. Set memory[transferDataHolder] to value.

    6. Append value to transferredValues.

  4. Let deserialized be ? StructuredDeserialize(serializeWithTransferResult.[[Serialized]], targetRealm, memory).

  5. Return { [[Deserialized]]: deserialized, [[TransferredValues]]: transferredValues }.

2.7.9 Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications

Other specifications may use the abstract operations defined here. The following provides some guidance on when each abstract operation is typically useful, with examples.

StructuredSerializeWithTransfer
StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer

Cloning a value to another realm, with a transfer list, but where the target realm is not known ahead of time. In this case the serialization step can be performed immediately, with the deserialization step delayed until the target realm becomes known.

messagePort.postMessage() uses this pair of abstract operations, as the destination realm is not known until the MessagePort has been shipped.

StructuredSerialize
StructuredSerializeForStorage
StructuredDeserialize

Creating a realm-independent snapshot of a given value which can be saved for an indefinite amount of time, and then reified back into a JavaScript value later, possibly multiple times.

StructuredSerializeForStorage can be used for situations where the serialization is anticipated to be stored in a persistent manner, instead of passed between realms. It throws when attempting to serialize SharedArrayBuffer objects, since storing shared memory does not make sense. Similarly, it can throw or possibly have different behavior when given a platform object with custom serialization steps when the forStorage argument is true.

history.pushState() and history.replaceState() use StructuredSerializeForStorage on author-supplied state objects, storing them as serialized state in the appropriate session history entry. Then, StructuredDeserialize is used so that the history.state property can return a clone of the originally-supplied state object.

broadcastChannel.postMessage() uses StructuredSerialize on its input, then uses StructuredDeserialize multiple times on the result to produce a fresh clone for each destination being broadcast to. Note that transferring does not make sense in multi-destination situations.

Any API for persisting JavaScript values to the filesystem would also use StructuredSerializeForStorage on its input and StructuredDeserialize on its output.

In general, call sites may pass in Web IDL values instead of JavaScript values; this is to be understood to perform an implicit conversion to the JavaScript value before invoking these algorithms.


Call sites that are not invoked as a result of author code synchronously calling into a user agent method must take care to properly prepare to run script and prepare to run a callback before invoking StructuredSerialize, StructuredSerializeForStorage, or StructuredSerializeWithTransfer abstract operations, if they are being performed on arbitrary objects. This is necessary because the serialization process can invoke author-defined accessors as part of its final deep-serialization steps, and these accessors could call into operations that rely on the entry and incumbent concepts being properly set up.

window.postMessage() performs StructuredSerializeWithTransfer on its arguments, but is careful to do so immediately, inside the synchronous portion of its algorithm. Thus it is able to use the algorithms without needing to prepare to run script and prepare to run a callback.

In contrast, a hypothetical API that used StructuredSerialize to serialize some author-supplied object periodically, directly from a task on the event loop, would need to ensure it performs the appropriate preparations beforehand. As of this time, we know of no such APIs on the platform; usually it is simpler to perform the serialization ahead of time, as a synchronous consequence of author code.

2.7.10 Structured cloning API

result = self.structuredClone(value[, { transfer }])

Takes the input value and returns a deep copy by performing the structured clone algorithm. Transferable objects listed in the transfer array are transferred, not just cloned, meaning that they are no longer usable in the input value.

Throws a "DataCloneError" DOMException if any part of the input value is not serializable.

structuredClone

Support in all current engines.

Firefox94+Safari15.4+Chrome98+
Opera?Edge98+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The structuredClone(value, options) method steps are:

  1. Let serialized be ? StructuredSerializeWithTransfer(value, options["transfer"]).

  2. Let deserializeRecord be ? StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer(serialized, this's relevant realm).

  3. Return deserializeRecord.[[Deserialized]].

3 Semantics, structure, and APIs of HTML documents

3.1 Documents

Every XML and HTML document in an HTML UA is represented by a Document object. [DOM]

The Document object's URL is defined in DOM. It is initially set when the Document object is created, but can change during the lifetime of the Document object; for example, it changes when the user navigates to a fragment on the page and when the pushState() method is called with a new URL. [DOM]

Interactive user agents typically expose the Document object's URL in their user interface. This is the primary mechanism by which a user can tell if a site is attempting to impersonate another.

The Document object's origin is defined in DOM. It is initially set when the Document object is created, and can change during the lifetime of the Document only upon setting document.domain. A Document's origin can differ from the origin of its URL; for example when a child navigable is created, its active document's origin is inherited from its parent's active document's origin, even though its active document's URL is about:blank. [DOM]

When a Document is created by a script using the createDocument() or createHTMLDocument() methods, the Document is ready for post-load tasks immediately.

The document's referrer is a string (representing a URL) that can be set when the Document is created. If it is not explicitly set, then its value is the empty string.

3.1.1 The Document object

Document

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera3+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

DOM defines a Document interface, which this specification extends significantly.

enum DocumentReadyState { "loading", "interactive", "complete" };
enum DocumentVisibilityState { "visible", "hidden" };
typedef (HTMLScriptElement or SVGScriptElement) HTMLOrSVGScriptElement;

[LegacyOverrideBuiltIns]
partial interface Document {
  static Document parseHTMLUnsafe((TrustedHTML or DOMString) html);

  // resource metadata management
  [PutForwards=href, LegacyUnforgeable] readonly attribute Location? location;
  attribute USVString domain;
  readonly attribute USVString referrer;
  attribute USVString cookie;
  readonly attribute DOMString lastModified;
  readonly attribute DocumentReadyState readyState;

  // DOM tree accessors
  getter object (DOMString name);
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString title;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString dir;
  [CEReactions] attribute HTMLElement? body;
  readonly attribute HTMLHeadElement? head;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection images;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection embeds;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection plugins;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection links;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection forms;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection scripts;
  NodeList getElementsByName(DOMString elementName);
  readonly attribute HTMLOrSVGScriptElement? currentScript; // classic scripts in a document tree only

  // dynamic markup insertion
  [CEReactions] Document open(optional DOMString unused1, optional DOMString unused2); // both arguments are ignored
  WindowProxy? open(USVString url, DOMString name, DOMString features);
  [CEReactions] undefined close();
  [CEReactions] undefined write((TrustedHTML or DOMString)... text);
  [CEReactions] undefined writeln((TrustedHTML or DOMString)... text);

  // user interaction
  readonly attribute WindowProxy? defaultView;
  boolean hasFocus();
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString designMode;
  [CEReactions] boolean execCommand(DOMString commandId, optional boolean showUI = false, optional DOMString value = "");
  boolean queryCommandEnabled(DOMString commandId);
  boolean queryCommandIndeterm(DOMString commandId);
  boolean queryCommandState(DOMString commandId);
  boolean queryCommandSupported(DOMString commandId);
  DOMString queryCommandValue(DOMString commandId);
  readonly attribute boolean hidden;
  readonly attribute DocumentVisibilityState visibilityState;

  // special event handler IDL attributes that only apply to Document objects
  [LegacyLenientThis] attribute EventHandler onreadystatechange;
  attribute EventHandler onvisibilitychange;

  // also has obsolete members
};
Document includes GlobalEventHandlers;

Each Document has a policy container (a policy container), initially a new policy container, which contains policies which apply to the Document.

Each Document has a permissions policy, which is a permissions policy, which is initially empty.

Each Document has a module map, which is a module map, initially empty.

Each Document has an opener policy, which is an opener policy, initially a new opener policy.

Each Document has an is initial about:blank, which is a boolean, initially false.

Each Document has a during-loading navigation ID for WebDriver BiDi, which is a navigation ID or null, initially null.

As the name indicates, this is used for interfacing with the WebDriver BiDi specification, which needs to be informed about certain occurrences during the early parts of the Document's lifecycle, in a way that ties them to the original navigation ID used when the navigation that created this Document was the ongoing navigation. This eventually gets set back to null, after WebDriver BiDi considers the loading process to be finished. [BIDI]

Each Document has an about base URL, which is a URL or null, initially null.

This is only populated for "about:"-schemed Documents.

Each Document has a bfcache blocking details, which is a set of not restored reason details, initially empty.

Each Document has an open dialogs list, which is a list of dialog elements, initially empty.

3.1.2 The DocumentOrShadowRoot interface

DOM defines the DocumentOrShadowRoot mixin, which this specification extends.

partial interface mixin DocumentOrShadowRoot {
  readonly attribute Element? activeElement;
};

3.1.3 Resource metadata management

document.referrer

Document/referrer

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera3+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

Returns the URL of the Document from which the user navigated to this one, unless it was blocked or there was no such document, in which case it returns the empty string.

The noreferrer link type can be used to block the referrer.

The referrer attribute must return the document's referrer.


document.cookie [ = value ]

Returns the HTTP cookies that apply to the Document. If there are no cookies or cookies can't be applied to this resource, the empty string will be returned.

Can be set, to add a new cookie to the element's set of HTTP cookies.

If the contents are sandboxed into an opaque origin (e.g., in an iframe with the sandbox attribute), a "SecurityError" DOMException will be thrown on getting and setting.

Document/cookie

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera3+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

The cookie attribute represents the cookies of the resource identified by the document's URL.

A Document object that falls into one of the following conditions is a cookie-averse Document object:

(This is a tracking vector.) On getting, if the document is a cookie-averse Document object, then the user agent must return the empty string. Otherwise, if the Document's origin is an opaque origin, the user agent must throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. Otherwise, the user agent must return the cookie-string for the document's URL for a "non-HTTP" API, decoded using UTF-8 decode without BOM. [COOKIES]

On setting, if the document is a cookie-averse Document object, then the user agent must do nothing. Otherwise, if the Document's origin is an opaque origin, the user agent must throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. Otherwise, the user agent must act as it would when receiving a set-cookie-string for the document's URL via a "non-HTTP" API, consisting of the new value encoded as UTF-8. [COOKIES] [ENCODING]

Since the cookie attribute is accessible across frames, the path restrictions on cookies are only a tool to help manage which cookies are sent to which parts of the site, and are not in any way a security feature.

The cookie attribute's getter and setter synchronously access shared state. Since there is no locking mechanism, other browsing contexts in a multiprocess user agent can modify cookies while scripts are running. A site could, for instance, try to read a cookie, increment its value, then write it back out, using the new value of the cookie as a unique identifier for the session; if the site does this twice in two different browser windows at the same time, it might end up using the same "unique" identifier for both sessions, with potentially disastrous effects.


document.lastModified

Document/lastModified

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the date of the last modification to the document, as reported by the server, in the form "MM/DD/YYYY hh:mm:ss", in the user's local time zone.

If the last modification date is not known, the current time is returned instead.

The lastModified attribute, on getting, must return the date and time of the Document's source file's last modification, in the user's local time zone, in the following format:

  1. The month component of the date.

  2. A U+002F SOLIDUS character (/).

  3. The day component of the date.

  4. A U+002F SOLIDUS character (/).

  5. The year component of the date.

  6. A U+0020 SPACE character.

  7. The hours component of the time.

  8. A U+003A COLON character (:).

  9. The minutes component of the time.

  10. A U+003A COLON character (:).

  11. The seconds component of the time.

All the numeric components above, other than the year, must be given as two ASCII digits representing the number in base ten, zero-padded if necessary. The year must be given as the shortest possible string of four or more ASCII digits representing the number in base ten, zero-padded if necessary.

The Document's source file's last modification date and time must be derived from relevant features of the networking protocols used, e.g. from the value of the HTTP `Last-Modified` header of the document, or from metadata in the file system for local files. If the last modification date and time are not known, the attribute must return the current date and time in the above format.

3.1.4 Reporting document loading status

document.readyState

Returns "loading" while the Document is loading, "interactive" once it is finished parsing but still loading subresources, and "complete" once it has loaded.

The readystatechange event fires on the Document object when this value changes.

The DOMContentLoaded event fires after the transition to "interactive" but before the transition to "complete", at the point where all subresources apart from async script elements have loaded.

Document/readyState

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.6+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

Each Document has a current document readiness, a string, initially "complete".

For Document objects created via the create and initialize a Document object algorithm, this will be immediately reset to "loading" before any script can observe the value of document.readyState. This default applies to other cases such as initial about:blank Documents or Documents without a browsing context.

The readyState getter steps are to return this's current document readiness.

To update the current document readiness for Document document to readinessValue:

  1. If document's current document readiness equals readinessValue, then return.

  2. Set document's current document readiness to readinessValue.

  3. If document is associated with an HTML parser, then:

    1. Let now be the current high resolution time given document's relevant global object.

    2. If readinessValue is "complete", and document's load timing info's DOM complete time is 0, then set document's load timing info's DOM complete time to now.

    3. Otherwise, if readinessValue is "interactive", and document's load timing info's DOM interactive time is 0, then set document's load timing info's DOM interactive time to now.

  4. Fire an event named readystatechange at document.


A Document is said to have an active parser if it is associated with an HTML parser or an XML parser that has not yet been stopped or aborted.


A Document has a document load timing info load timing info.

A Document has a document unload timing info previous document unload timing.

A Document has a boolean was created via cross-origin redirects, initially false.

The document load timing info struct has the following items:

navigation start time (default 0)
A number
DOM interactive time (default 0)
DOM content loaded event start time (default 0)
DOM content loaded event end time (default 0)
DOM complete time (default 0)
load event start time (default 0)
load event end time (default 0)
DOMHighResTimeStamp values

The document unload timing info struct has the following items:

unload event start time (default 0)
unload event end time (default 0)
DOMHighResTimeStamp values

3.1.5 Render-blocking mechanism

Each Document has a render-blocking element set, a set of elements, initially the empty set.

A Document document allows adding render-blocking elements if document's content type is "text/html" and the body element of document is null.

A Document document is render-blocked if both of the following are true:

An element el is render-blocking if el's node document document is render-blocked, and el is in document's render-blocking element set.

To block rendering on an element el:

  1. Let document be el's node document.

  2. If document allows adding render-blocking elements, then append el to document's render-blocking element set.

To unblock rendering on an element el:

  1. Let document be el's node document.

  2. Remove el from document's render-blocking element set.

Whenever a render-blocking element el becomes browsing-context disconnected, or el's blocking attribute's value is changed so that el is no longer potentially render-blocking, then unblock rendering on el.

3.1.6 DOM tree accessors

The html element of a document is its document element, if it's an html element, and null otherwise.


document.head

Document/head

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome4+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

Returns the head element.

The head element of a document is the first head element that is a child of the html element, if there is one, or null otherwise.

The head attribute, on getting, must return the head element of the document (a head element or null).


document.title [ = value ]

Returns the document's title, as given by the title element for HTML and as given by the SVG title element for SVG.

Can be set, to update the document's title. If there is no appropriate element to update, the new value is ignored.

The title element of a document is the first title element in the document (in tree order), if there is one, or null otherwise.

Document/title

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The title attribute must, on getting, run the following algorithm:

  1. If the document element is an SVG svg element, then let value be the child text content of the first SVG title element that is a child of the document element.

  2. Otherwise, let value be the child text content of the title element, or the empty string if the title element is null.

  3. Strip and collapse ASCII whitespace in value.

  4. Return value.

On setting, the steps corresponding to the first matching condition in the following list must be run:

If the document element is an SVG svg element
  1. If there is an SVG title element that is a child of the document element, let element be the first such element.

  2. Otherwise:

    1. Let element be the result of creating an element given the document element's node document, "title", and the SVG namespace.

    2. Insert element as the first child of the document element.

  3. String replace all with the given value within element.

If the document element is in the HTML namespace
  1. If the title element is null and the head element is null, then return.

  2. If the title element is non-null, let element be the title element.

  3. Otherwise:

    1. Let element be the result of creating an element given the document element's node document, "title", and the HTML namespace.

    2. Append element to the head element.

  4. String replace all with the given value within element.

Otherwise

Do nothing.


document.body [ = value ]

Document/body

Support in all current engines.

Firefox60+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera9.6+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

Returns the body element.

Can be set, to replace the body element.

If the new value is not a body or frameset element, this will throw a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException.

The body element of a document is the first of the html element's children that is either a body element or a frameset element, or null if there is no such element.

The body attribute, on getting, must return the body element of the document (either a body element, a frameset element, or null). On setting, the following algorithm must be run:

  1. If the new value is not a body or frameset element, then throw a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException.
  2. Otherwise, if the new value is the same as the body element, return.
  3. Otherwise, if the body element is not null, then replace the body element with the new value within the body element's parent and return.
  4. Otherwise, if there is no document element, throw a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException.
  5. Otherwise, the body element is null, but there's a document element. Append the new value to the document element.

The value returned by the body getter is not always the one passed to the setter.

In this example, the setter successfully inserts a body element (though this is non-conforming since SVG does not allow a body as child of SVG svg). However the getter will return null because the document element is not html.

<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
 <script>
  document.body = document.createElementNS("http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml", "body");
  console.assert(document.body === null);
 </script>
</svg>

document.images

Document/images

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns an HTMLCollection of the img elements in the Document.

document.embeds

Document/embeds

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari10.1+Chrome64+
Opera51+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android47+
document.plugins

Document/plugins

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari10.1+Chrome64+
Opera51+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS10.3+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android47+

Returns an HTMLCollection of the embed elements in the Document.

document.links

Document/links

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns an HTMLCollection of the a and area elements in the Document that have href attributes.

document.forms

Document/forms

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns an HTMLCollection of the form elements in the Document.

document.scripts

Document/scripts

Support in all current engines.

Firefox9+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns an HTMLCollection of the script elements in the Document.

The images attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only img elements.

The embeds attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only embed elements.

The plugins attribute must return the same object as that returned by the embeds attribute.

The links attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only a elements with href attributes and area elements with href attributes.

The forms attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only form elements.

The scripts attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only script elements.


collection = document.getElementsByName(name)

Document/getElementsByName

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

Returns a NodeList of elements in the Document that have a name attribute with the value name.

The getElementsByName(elementName) method steps are to return a live NodeList containing all the HTML elements in that document that have a name attribute whose value is identical to the elementName argument, in tree order. When the method is invoked on a Document object again with the same argument, the user agent may return the same as the object returned by the earlier call. In other cases, a new NodeList object must be returned.


document.currentScript

Document/currentScript

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari8+Chrome29+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the script element, or the SVG script element, that is currently executing, as long as the element represents a classic script. In the case of reentrant script execution, returns the one that most recently started executing amongst those that have not yet finished executing.

Returns null if the Document is not currently executing a script or SVG script element (e.g., because the running script is an event handler, or a timeout), or if the currently executing script or SVG script element represents a module script.

The currentScript attribute, on getting, must return the value to which it was most recently set. When the Document is created, the currentScript must be initialized to null.

This API has fallen out of favor in the implementer and standards community, as it globally exposes script or SVG script elements. As such, it is not available in newer contexts, such as when running module scripts or when running scripts in a shadow tree. We are looking into creating a new solution for identifying the running script in such contexts, which does not make it globally available: see issue #1013.


The Document interface supports named properties. The supported property names of a Document object document at any moment consist of the following, in tree order according to the element that contributed them, ignoring later duplicates, and with values from id attributes coming before values from name attributes when the same element contributes both:

To determine the value of a named property name for a Document, the user agent must return the value obtained using the following steps:

  1. Let elements be the list of named elements with the name name that are in a document tree with the Document as their root.

    There will be at least one such element, since the algorithm would otherwise not have been invoked by Web IDL.

  2. If elements has only one element, and that element is an iframe element, and that iframe element's content navigable is not null, then return the active WindowProxy of the element's content navigable.

  3. Otherwise, if elements has only one element, return that element.

  4. Otherwise, return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only named elements with the name name.

Named elements with the name name, for the purposes of the above algorithm, are those that are either:

An embed or object element is said to be exposed if it has no exposed object ancestor, and, for object elements, is additionally either not showing its fallback content or has no object or embed descendants.


The dir attribute on the Document interface is defined along with the dir content attribute.

3.2 Elements

3.2.1 Semantics

Elements, attributes, and attribute values in HTML are defined (by this specification) to have certain meanings (semantics). For example, the ol element represents an ordered list, and the lang attribute represents the language of the content.

These definitions allow HTML processors, such as web browsers or search engines, to present and use documents and applications in a wide variety of contexts that the author might not have considered.

As a simple example, consider a web page written by an author who only considered desktop computer web browsers:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>My Page</title>
 </head>
 <body>
  <h1>Welcome to my page</h1>
  <p>I like cars and lorries and have a big Jeep!</p>
  <h2>Where I live</h2>
  <p>I live in a small hut on a mountain!</p>
 </body>
</html>

Because HTML conveys meaning, rather than presentation, the same page can also be used by a small browser on a mobile phone, without any change to the page. Instead of headings being in large letters as on the desktop, for example, the browser on the mobile phone might use the same size text for the whole page, but with the headings in bold.

But it goes further than just differences in screen size: the same page could equally be used by a blind user using a browser based around speech synthesis, which instead of displaying the page on a screen, reads the page to the user, e.g. using headphones. Instead of large text for the headings, the speech browser might use a different volume or a slower voice.

That's not all, either. Since the browsers know which parts of the page are the headings, they can create a document outline that the user can use to quickly navigate around the document, using keys for "jump to next heading" or "jump to previous heading". Such features are especially common with speech browsers, where users would otherwise find quickly navigating a page quite difficult.

Even beyond browsers, software can make use of this information. Search engines can use the headings to more effectively index a page, or to provide quick links to subsections of the page from their results. Tools can use the headings to create a table of contents (that is in fact how this very specification's table of contents is generated).

This example has focused on headings, but the same principle applies to all of the semantics in HTML.

Authors must not use elements, attributes, or attribute values for purposes other than their appropriate intended semantic purpose, as doing so prevents software from correctly processing the page.

For example, the following snippet, intended to represent the heading of a corporate site, is non-conforming because the second line is not intended to be a heading of a subsection, but merely a subheading or subtitle (a subordinate heading for the same section).

<body>
 <h1>ACME Corporation</h1>
 <h2>The leaders in arbitrary fast delivery since 1920</h2>
 ...

The hgroup element can be used for these kinds of situations:

<body>
 <hgroup>
  <h1>ACME Corporation</h1>
  <p>The leaders in arbitrary fast delivery since 1920</p>
 </hgroup>
 ...

The document in this next example is similarly non-conforming, despite being syntactically correct, because the data placed in the cells is clearly not tabular data, and the cite element mis-used:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en-GB">
 <head> <title> Demonstration </title> </head>
 <body>
  <table>
   <tr> <td> My favourite animal is the cat. </td> </tr>
   <tr>
    <td><a href="https://example.org/~ernest/"><cite>Ernest</cite></a>,
     in an essay from 1992
    </td>
   </tr>
  </table>
 </body>
</html>

This would make software that relies on these semantics fail: for example, a speech browser that allowed a blind user to navigate tables in the document would report the quote above as a table, confusing the user; similarly, a tool that extracted titles of works from pages would extract "Ernest" as the title of a work, even though it's actually a person's name, not a title.

A corrected version of this document might be:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en-GB">
 <head> <title> Demonstration </title> </head>
 <body>
  <blockquote>
   <p> My favourite animal is the cat. </p>
  </blockquote>
  <p><a href="https://example.org/~ernest/">Ernest</a>,
   in an essay from 1992
  </p>
 </body>
</html>

Authors must not use elements, attributes, or attribute values that are not permitted by this specification or other applicable specifications, as doing so makes it significantly harder for the language to be extended in the future.

In the next example, there is a non-conforming attribute value ("carpet") and a non-conforming attribute ("texture"), which is not permitted by this specification:

<label>Carpet: <input type="carpet" name="c" texture="deep pile"></label>

Here would be an alternative and correct way to mark this up:

<label>Carpet: <input type="text" class="carpet" name="c" data-texture="deep pile"></label>

DOM nodes whose node document's browsing context is null are exempt from all document conformance requirements other than the HTML syntax requirements and XML syntax requirements.

In particular, the template element's template contents's node document's browsing context is null. For example, the content model requirements and attribute value microsyntax requirements do not apply to a template element's template contents. In this example an img element has attribute values that are placeholders that would be invalid outside a template element.

<template>
 <article>
  <img src="{{src}}" alt="{{alt}}">
  <h1></h1>
 </article>
</template>

However, if the above markup were to omit the </h1> end tag, that would be a violation of the HTML syntax, and would thus be flagged as an error by conformance checkers.

Through scripting and using other mechanisms, the values of attributes, text, and indeed the entire structure of the document may change dynamically while a user agent is processing it. The semantics of a document at an instant in time are those represented by the state of the document at that instant in time, and the semantics of a document can therefore change over time. User agents must update their presentation of the document as this occurs.

HTML has a progress element that describes a progress bar. If its "value" attribute is dynamically updated by a script, the UA would update the rendering to show the progress changing.

3.2.2 Elements in the DOM

The nodes representing HTML elements in the DOM must implement, and expose to scripts, the interfaces listed for them in the relevant sections of this specification. This includes HTML elements in XML documents, even when those documents are in another context (e.g. inside an XSLT transform).

Elements in the DOM represent things; that is, they have intrinsic meaning, also known as semantics.

For example, an ol element represents an ordered list.

Elements can be referenced (referred to) in some way, either explicitly or implicitly. One way that an element in the DOM can be explicitly referenced is by giving an id attribute to the element, and then creating a hyperlink with that id attribute's value as the fragment for the hyperlink's href attribute value. Hyperlinks are not necessary for a reference, however; any manner of referring to the element in question will suffice.

Consider the following figure element, which is given an id attribute:

<figure id="module-script-graph">
  <img src="module-script-graph.svg"
       alt="Module A depends on module B, which depends
            on modules C and D.">
  <figcaption>Figure 27: a simple module graph</figcaption>
</figure>

A hyperlink-based reference could be created using the a element, like so:

As we can see in <a href="#module-script-graph">figure 27</a>, ...

However, there are many other ways of referencing the figure element, such as:

The basic interface, from which all the HTML elements' interfaces inherit, and which must be used by elements that have no additional requirements, is the HTMLElement interface.

HTMLElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera8+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android1+Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

HTMLUnknownElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari6+Chrome15+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLElement : Element {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // metadata attributes
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString title;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString lang;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean translate;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString dir;

  // user interaction
  [CEReactions] attribute (boolean or unrestricted double or DOMString)? hidden;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean inert;
  undefined click();
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString accessKey;
  readonly attribute DOMString accessKeyLabel;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean draggable;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean spellcheck;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString writingSuggestions;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString autocapitalize;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean autocorrect;

  [CEReactions] attribute [LegacyNullToEmptyString] DOMString innerText;
  [CEReactions] attribute [LegacyNullToEmptyString] DOMString outerText;

  ElementInternals attachInternals();

  // The popover API
  undefined showPopover(optional ShowPopoverOptions options = {});
  undefined hidePopover();
  boolean togglePopover(optional (TogglePopoverOptions or boolean) options = {});
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString? popover;
};

dictionary ShowPopoverOptions {
  HTMLElement source;
};

dictionary TogglePopoverOptions : ShowPopoverOptions {
  boolean force;
};

HTMLElement includes GlobalEventHandlers;
HTMLElement includes ElementContentEditable;
HTMLElement includes HTMLOrSVGElement;

[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLUnknownElement : HTMLElement {
  // Note: intentionally no [HTMLConstructor]
};

The HTMLElement interface holds methods and attributes related to a number of disparate features, and the members of this interface are therefore described in various different sections of this specification.


The element interface for an element with name name in the HTML namespace is determined as follows:

  1. If name is applet, bgsound, blink, isindex, keygen, multicol, nextid, or spacer, then return HTMLUnknownElement.

  2. If name is acronym, basefont, big, center, nobr, noembed, noframes, plaintext, rb, rtc, strike, or tt, then return HTMLElement.

  3. If name is listing or xmp, then return HTMLPreElement.

  4. Otherwise, if this specification defines an interface appropriate for the element type corresponding to the local name name, then return that interface.

  5. If other applicable specifications define an appropriate interface for name, then return the interface they define.

  6. If name is a valid custom element name, then return HTMLElement.

  7. Return HTMLUnknownElement.

The use of HTMLElement instead of HTMLUnknownElement in the case of valid custom element names is done to ensure that any potential future upgrades only cause a linear transition of the element's prototype chain, from HTMLElement to a subclass, instead of a lateral one, from HTMLUnknownElement to an unrelated subclass.

Features shared between HTML and SVG elements use the HTMLOrSVGElement interface mixin: [SVG]

interface mixin HTMLOrSVGElement {
  [SameObject] readonly attribute DOMStringMap dataset;
  attribute DOMString nonce; // intentionally no [CEReactions]

  [CEReactions] attribute boolean autofocus;
  [CEReactions] attribute long tabIndex;
  undefined focus(optional FocusOptions options = {});
  undefined blur();
};

An example of an element that is neither an HTML nor SVG element is one created as follows:

const el = document.createElementNS("some namespace", "example");
console.assert(el.constructor === Element);

3.2.3 HTML element constructors

To support the custom elements feature, all HTML elements have special constructor behavior. This is indicated via the [HTMLConstructor] IDL extended attribute. It indicates that the interface object for the given interface will have a specific behavior when called, as defined in detail below.

The [HTMLConstructor] extended attribute must take no arguments, and must only appear on constructor operations. It must appear only once on a constructor operation, and the interface must contain only the single, annotated constructor operation, and no others. The annotated constructor operation must be declared to take no arguments.

Interfaces declared with constructor operations that are annotated with the [HTMLConstructor] extended attribute have the following overridden constructor steps:

  1. Let registry be current global object's custom element registry.

  2. If NewTarget is equal to the active function object, then throw a TypeError.

    This can occur when a custom element is defined using an element interface as its constructor:

    customElements.define("bad-1", HTMLButtonElement);
    new HTMLButtonElement();          // (1)
    document.createElement("bad-1");  // (2)

    In this case, during the execution of HTMLButtonElement (either explicitly, as in (1), or implicitly, as in (2)), both the active function object and NewTarget are HTMLButtonElement. If this check was not present, it would be possible to create an instance of HTMLButtonElement whose local name was bad-1.

  3. Let definition be the item in registry's custom element definition set with constructor equal to NewTarget. If there is no such item, then throw a TypeError.

    Since there can be no item in registry's custom element definition set with a constructor of undefined, this step also prevents HTML element constructors from being called as functions (since in that case NewTarget will be undefined).

  4. Let isValue be null.

  5. If definition's local name is equal to definition's name (i.e., definition is for an autonomous custom element):

    1. If the active function object is not HTMLElement, then throw a TypeError.

      This can occur when a custom element is defined to not extend any local names, but inherits from a non-HTMLElement class:

      customElements.define("bad-2", class Bad2 extends HTMLParagraphElement {});

      In this case, during the (implicit) super() call that occurs when constructing an instance of Bad2, the active function object is HTMLParagraphElement, not HTMLElement.

  6. Otherwise (i.e., if definition is for a customized built-in element):

    1. Let valid local names be the list of local names for elements defined in this specification or in other applicable specifications that use the active function object as their element interface.

    2. If valid local names does not contain definition's local name, then throw a TypeError.

      This can occur when a custom element is defined to extend a given local name but inherits from the wrong class:

      customElements.define("bad-3", class Bad3 extends HTMLQuoteElement {}, { extends: "p" });

      In this case, during the (implicit) super() call that occurs when constructing an instance of Bad3, valid local names is the list containing q and blockquote, but definition's local name is p, which is not in that list.

    3. Set isValue to definition's name.

  7. If definition's construction stack is empty:

    1. Let element be the result of internally creating a new object implementing the interface to which the active function object corresponds, given the current realm and NewTarget.

    2. Set element's node document to the current global object's associated Document.

    3. Set element's namespace to the HTML namespace.

    4. Set element's namespace prefix to null.

    5. Set element's local name to definition's local name.

    6. Set element's custom element state to "custom".

    7. Set element's custom element definition to definition.

    8. Set element's is value to isValue.

    9. Return element.

    This occurs when author script constructs a new custom element directly, e.g. via new MyCustomElement().

  8. Let prototype be ? Get(NewTarget, "prototype").

  9. If prototype is not an Object, then:

    1. Let realm be ? GetFunctionRealm(NewTarget).

    2. Set prototype to the interface prototype object of realm whose interface is the same as the interface of the active function object.

    The realm of the active function object might not be realm, so we are using the more general concept of "the same interface" across realms; we are not looking for equality of interface objects. This fallback behavior, including using the realm of NewTarget and looking up the appropriate prototype there, is designed to match analogous behavior for the JavaScript built-ins and Web IDL's internally create a new object implementing the interface algorithm.

  10. Let element be the last entry in definition's construction stack.

  11. If element is an already constructed marker, then throw a TypeError.

    This can occur when the author code inside the custom element constructor non-conformantly creates another instance of the class being constructed, before calling super():

    let doSillyThing = true;
    
    class DontDoThis extends HTMLElement {
      constructor() {
        if (doSillyThing) {
          doSillyThing = false;
          new DontDoThis();
          // Now the construction stack will contain an already constructed marker.
        }
    
        // This will then fail with a TypeError:
        super();
      }
    }

    This can also occur when author code inside the custom element constructor non-conformantly calls super() twice, since per the JavaScript specification, this actually executes the superclass constructor (i.e. this algorithm) twice, before throwing an error:

    class DontDoThisEither extends HTMLElement {
      constructor() {
        super();
    
        // This will throw, but not until it has already called into the HTMLElement constructor
        super();
      }
    }
  12. Perform ? element.[[SetPrototypeOf]](prototype).

  13. Replace the last entry in definition's construction stack with an already constructed marker.

  14. Return element.

    This step is normally reached when upgrading a custom element; the existing element is returned, so that the super() call inside the custom element constructor assigns that existing element to this.


In addition to the constructor behavior implied by [HTMLConstructor], some elements also have named constructors (which are really factory functions with a modified prototype property).

Named constructors for HTML elements can also be used in an extends clause when defining a custom element constructor:

class AutoEmbiggenedImage extends Image {
  constructor(width, height) {
    super(width * 10, height * 10);
  }
}

customElements.define("auto-embiggened", AutoEmbiggenedImage, { extends: "img" });

const image = new AutoEmbiggenedImage(15, 20);
console.assert(image.width === 150);
console.assert(image.height === 200);

3.2.4 Element definitions

Each element in this specification has a definition that includes the following information:

Categories

A list of categories to which the element belongs. These are used when defining the content models for each element.

Contexts in which this element can be used

A non-normative description of where the element can be used. This information is redundant with the content models of elements that allow this one as a child, and is provided only as a convenience.

For simplicity, only the most specific expectations are listed.

For example, all phrasing content is flow content. Thus, elements that are phrasing content will only be listed as "where phrasing content is expected", since this is the more-specific expectation. Anywhere that expects flow content also expects phrasing content, and thus also meets this expectation.

Content model

A normative description of what content must be included as children and descendants of the element.

Tag omission in text/html

A non-normative description of whether, in the text/html syntax, the start and end tags can be omitted. This information is redundant with the normative requirements given in the optional tags section, and is provided in the element definitions only as a convenience.

Content attributes

A normative list of attributes that may be specified on the element (except where otherwise disallowed), along with non-normative descriptions of those attributes. (The content to the left of the dash is normative, the content to the right of the dash is not.)

Accessibility considerations

For authors: Conformance requirements for use of ARIA role and aria-* attributes are defined in ARIA in HTML. [ARIA] [ARIAHTML]

For implementers: User agent requirements for implementing accessibility API semantics are defined in HTML Accessibility API Mappings. [HTMLAAM]

DOM interface

A normative definition of a DOM interface that such elements must implement.

This is then followed by a description of what the element represents, along with any additional normative conformance criteria that may apply to authors and implementations. Examples are sometimes also included.

3.2.4.1 Attributes

An attribute value is a string. Except where otherwise specified, attribute values on HTML elements may be any string value, including the empty string, and there is no restriction on what text can be specified in such attribute values.

3.2.5 Content models

Each element defined in this specification has a content model: a description of the element's expected contents. An HTML element must have contents that match the requirements described in the element's content model. The contents of an element are its children in the DOM.

ASCII whitespace is always allowed between elements. User agents represent these characters between elements in the source markup as Text nodes in the DOM. Empty Text nodes and Text nodes consisting of just sequences of those characters are considered inter-element whitespace.

Inter-element whitespace, comment nodes, and processing instruction nodes must be ignored when establishing whether an element's contents match the element's content model or not, and must be ignored when following algorithms that define document and element semantics.

Thus, an element A is said to be preceded or followed by a second element B if A and B have the same parent node and there are no other element nodes or Text nodes (other than inter-element whitespace) between them. Similarly, a node is the only child of an element if that element contains no other nodes other than inter-element whitespace, comment nodes, and processing instruction nodes.

Authors must not use HTML elements anywhere except where they are explicitly allowed, as defined for each element, or as explicitly required by other specifications. For XML compound documents, these contexts could be inside elements from other namespaces, if those elements are defined as providing the relevant contexts.

The Atom Syndication Format defines a content element. When its type attribute has the value xhtml, The Atom Syndication Format requires that it contain a single HTML div element. Thus, a div element is allowed in that context, even though this is not explicitly normatively stated by this specification. [ATOM]

In addition, HTML elements may be orphan nodes (i.e. without a parent node).

For example, creating a td element and storing it in a global variable in a script is conforming, even though td elements are otherwise only supposed to be used inside tr elements.

var data = {
  name: "Banana",
  cell: document.createElement('td'),
};
3.2.5.1 The "nothing" content model

When an element's content model is nothing, the element must contain no Text nodes (other than inter-element whitespace) and no element nodes.

Most HTML elements whose content model is "nothing" are also, for convenience, void elements (elements that have no end tag in the HTML syntax). However, these are entirely separate concepts.

3.2.5.2 Kinds of content

Each element in HTML falls into zero or more categories that group elements with similar characteristics together. The following broad categories are used in this specification:

Some elements also fall into other categories, which are defined in other parts of this specification.

These categories are related as follows:

Sectioning content, heading content, phrasing content, embedded content, and interactive content are all types of flow content. Metadata is sometimes flow content. Metadata and interactive content are sometimes phrasing content. Embedded content is also a type of phrasing content, and sometimes is interactive content.

Other categories are also used for specific purposes, e.g. form controls are specified using a number of categories to define common requirements. Some elements have unique requirements and do not fit into any particular category.

3.2.5.2.1 Metadata content

Metadata content is content that sets up the presentation or behavior of the rest of the content, or that sets up the relationship of the document with other documents, or that conveys other "out of band" information.

Elements from other namespaces whose semantics are primarily metadata-related (e.g. RDF) are also metadata content.

Thus, in the XML serialization, one can use RDF, like this:

<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
      xmlns:r="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xml:lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>Hedral's Home Page</title>
  <r:RDF>
   <Person xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/10/swap/pim/contact#"
           r:about="https://hedral.example.com/#">
    <fullName>Cat Hedral</fullName>
    <mailbox r:resource="mailto:hedral@damowmow.com"/>
    <personalTitle>Sir</personalTitle>
   </Person>
  </r:RDF>
 </head>
 <body>
  <h1>My home page</h1>
  <p>I like playing with string, I guess. Sister says squirrels are fun
  too so sometimes I follow her to play with them.</p>
 </body>
</html>

This isn't possible in the HTML serialization, however.

3.2.5.2.2 Flow content

Most elements that are used in the body of documents and applications are categorized as flow content.

3.2.5.2.3 Sectioning content

Sectioning content is content that defines the scope of header and footer elements.

3.2.5.2.4 Heading content

Heading content defines the heading of a section (whether explicitly marked up using sectioning content elements, or implied by the heading content itself).

3.2.5.2.5 Phrasing content

Phrasing content is the text of the document, as well as elements that mark up that text at the intra-paragraph level. Runs of phrasing content form paragraphs.

Most elements that are categorized as phrasing content can only contain elements that are themselves categorized as phrasing content, not any flow content.

Text, in the context of content models, means either nothing, or Text nodes. Text is sometimes used as a content model on its own, but is also phrasing content, and can be inter-element whitespace (if the Text nodes are empty or contain just ASCII whitespace).

Text nodes and attribute values must consist of scalar values, excluding noncharacters, and controls other than ASCII whitespace. This specification includes extra constraints on the exact value of Text nodes and attribute values depending on their precise context.

3.2.5.2.6 Embedded content

Embedded content is content that imports another resource into the document, or content from another vocabulary that is inserted into the document.

Elements that are from namespaces other than the HTML namespace and that convey content but not metadata, are embedded content for the purposes of the content models defined in this specification. (For example, MathML or SVG.)

Some embedded content elements can have fallback content: content that is to be used when the external resource cannot be used (e.g. because it is of an unsupported format). The element definitions state what the fallback is, if any.

3.2.5.2.7 Interactive content

Interactive content is content that is specifically intended for user interaction.

3.2.5.2.8 Palpable content

As a general rule, elements whose content model allows any flow content or phrasing content should have at least one node in its contents that is palpable content and that does not have the hidden attribute specified.

Palpable content makes an element non-empty by providing either some descendant non-empty text, or else something users can hear (audio elements) or view (video, img, or canvas elements) or otherwise interact with (for example, interactive form controls).

This requirement is not a hard requirement, however, as there are many cases where an element can be empty legitimately, for example when it is used as a placeholder which will later be filled in by a script, or when the element is part of a template and would on most pages be filled in but on some pages is not relevant.

Conformance checkers are encouraged to provide a mechanism for authors to find elements that fail to fulfill this requirement, as an authoring aid.

The following elements are palpable content:

3.2.5.2.9 Script-supporting elements

Script-supporting elements are those that do not represent anything themselves (i.e. they are not rendered), but are used to support scripts, e.g. to provide functionality for the user.

The following elements are script-supporting elements:

3.2.5.3 Transparent content models

Some elements are described as transparent; they have "transparent" in the description of their content model. The content model of a transparent element is derived from the content model of its parent element: the elements required in the part of the content model that is "transparent" are the same elements as required in the part of the content model of the parent of the transparent element in which the transparent element finds itself.

For instance, an ins element inside a ruby element cannot contain an rt element, because the part of the ruby element's content model that allows ins elements is the part that allows phrasing content, and the rt element is not phrasing content.

In some cases, where transparent elements are nested in each other, the process has to be applied iteratively.

Consider the following markup fragment:

<p><object><ins><map><a href="/">Apples</a></map></ins></object></p>

To check whether "Apples" is allowed inside the a element, the content models are examined. The a element's content model is transparent, as is the map element's, as is the ins element's, as is the object element's. The object element is found in the p element, whose content model is phrasing content. Thus, "Apples" is allowed, as text is phrasing content.

When a transparent element has no parent, then the part of its content model that is "transparent" must instead be treated as accepting any flow content.

3.2.5.4 Paragraphs

The term paragraph as defined in this section is used for more than just the definition of the p element. The paragraph concept defined here is used to describe how to interpret documents. The p element is merely one of several ways of marking up a paragraph.

A paragraph is typically a run of phrasing content that forms a block of text with one or more sentences that discuss a particular topic, as in typography, but can also be used for more general thematic grouping. For instance, an address is also a paragraph, as is a part of a form, a byline, or a stanza in a poem.

In the following example, there are two paragraphs in a section. There is also a heading, which contains phrasing content that is not a paragraph. Note how the comments and inter-element whitespace do not form paragraphs.

<section>
  <h2>Example of paragraphs</h2>
  This is the <em>first</em> paragraph in this example.
  <p>This is the second.</p>
  <!-- This is not a paragraph. -->
</section>

Paragraphs in flow content are defined relative to what the document looks like without the a, ins, del, and map elements complicating matters, since those elements, with their hybrid content models, can straddle paragraph boundaries, as shown in the first two examples below.

Generally, having elements straddle paragraph boundaries is best avoided. Maintaining such markup can be difficult.

The following example takes the markup from the earlier example and puts ins and del elements around some of the markup to show that the text was changed (though in this case, the changes admittedly don't make much sense). Notice how this example has exactly the same paragraphs as the previous one, despite the ins and del elements — the ins element straddles the heading and the first paragraph, and the del element straddles the boundary between the two paragraphs.

<section>
  <ins><h2>Example of paragraphs</h2>
  This is the <em>first</em> paragraph in</ins> this example<del>.
  <p>This is the second.</p></del>
  <!-- This is not a paragraph. -->
</section>

Let view be a view of the DOM that replaces all a, ins, del, and map elements in the document with their contents. Then, in view, for each run of sibling phrasing content nodes uninterrupted by other types of content, in an element that accepts content other than phrasing content as well as phrasing content, let first be the first node of the run, and let last be the last node of the run. For each such run that consists of at least one node that is neither embedded content nor inter-element whitespace, a paragraph exists in the original DOM from immediately before first to immediately after last. (Paragraphs can thus span across a, ins, del, and map elements.)

Conformance checkers may warn authors of cases where they have paragraphs that overlap each other (this can happen with object, video, audio, and canvas elements, and indirectly through elements in other namespaces that allow HTML to be further embedded therein, like SVG svg or MathML math).

A paragraph is also formed explicitly by p elements.

The p element can be used to wrap individual paragraphs when there would otherwise not be any content other than phrasing content to separate the paragraphs from each other.

In the following example, the link spans half of the first paragraph, all of the heading separating the two paragraphs, and half of the second paragraph. It straddles the paragraphs and the heading.

<header>
 Welcome!
 <a href="about.html">
  This is home of...
  <h1>The Falcons!</h1>
  The Lockheed Martin multirole jet fighter aircraft!
 </a>
 This page discusses the F-16 Fighting Falcon's innermost secrets.
</header>

Here is another way of marking this up, this time showing the paragraphs explicitly, and splitting the one link element into three:

<header>
 <p>Welcome! <a href="about.html">This is home of...</a></p>
 <h1><a href="about.html">The Falcons!</a></h1>
 <p><a href="about.html">The Lockheed Martin multirole jet
 fighter aircraft!</a> This page discusses the F-16 Fighting
 Falcon's innermost secrets.</p>
</header>

It is possible for paragraphs to overlap when using certain elements that define fallback content. For example, in the following section:

<section>
 <h2>My Cats</h2>
 You can play with my cat simulator.
 <object data="cats.sim">
  To see the cat simulator, use one of the following links:
  <ul>
   <li><a href="cats.sim">Download simulator file</a>
   <li><a href="https://sims.example.com/watch?v=LYds5xY4INU">Use online simulator</a>
  </ul>
  Alternatively, upgrade to the Mellblom Browser.
 </object>
 I'm quite proud of it.
</section>

There are five paragraphs:

  1. The paragraph that says "You can play with my cat simulator. object I'm quite proud of it.", where object is the object element.
  2. The paragraph that says "To see the cat simulator, use one of the following links:".
  3. The paragraph that says "Download simulator file".
  4. The paragraph that says "Use online simulator".
  5. The paragraph that says "Alternatively, upgrade to the Mellblom Browser.".

The first paragraph is overlapped by the other four. A user agent that supports the "cats.sim" resource will only show the first one, but a user agent that shows the fallback will confusingly show the first sentence of the first paragraph as if it was in the same paragraph as the second one, and will show the last paragraph as if it was at the start of the second sentence of the first paragraph.

To avoid this confusion, explicit p elements can be used. For example:

<section>
 <h2>My Cats</h2>
 <p>You can play with my cat simulator.</p>
 <object data="cats.sim">
  <p>To see the cat simulator, use one of the following links:</p>
  <ul>
   <li><a href="cats.sim">Download simulator file</a>
   <li><a href="https://sims.example.com/watch?v=LYds5xY4INU">Use online simulator</a>
  </ul>
  <p>Alternatively, upgrade to the Mellblom Browser.</p>
 </object>
 <p>I'm quite proud of it.</p>
</section>

3.2.6 Global attributes

Global_attributes

The following attributes are common to and may be specified on all HTML elements (even those not defined in this specification):

These attributes are only defined by this specification as attributes for HTML elements. When this specification refers to elements having these attributes, elements from namespaces that are not defined as having these attributes must not be considered as being elements with these attributes.

For example, in the following XML fragment, the "bogus" element does not have a dir attribute as defined in this specification, despite having an attribute with the literal name "dir". Thus, the directionality of the inner-most span element is 'rtl', inherited from the div element indirectly through the "bogus" element.

<div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" dir="rtl">
 <bogus xmlns="https://example.net/ns" dir="ltr">
  <span xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
  </span>
 </bogus>
</div>

Global_attributes/slot

Support in all current engines.

Firefox63+Safari10+Chrome53+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer?
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

DOM defines the user agent requirements for the class, id, and slot attributes for any element in any namespace. [DOM]

The class, id, and slot attributes may be specified on all HTML elements.

When specified on HTML elements, the class attribute must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various classes that the element belongs to.

Assigning classes to an element affects class matching in selectors in CSS, the getElementsByClassName() method in the DOM, and other such features.

There are no additional restrictions on the tokens authors can use in the class attribute, but authors are encouraged to use values that describe the nature of the content, rather than values that describe the desired presentation of the content.

When specified on HTML elements, the id attribute value must be unique amongst all the IDs in the element's tree and must contain at least one character. The value must not contain any ASCII whitespace.

The id attribute specifies its element's unique identifier (ID).

There are no other restrictions on what form an ID can take; in particular, IDs can consist of just digits, start with a digit, start with an underscore, consist of just punctuation, etc.

An element's unique identifier can be used for a variety of purposes, most notably as a way to link to specific parts of a document using fragments, as a way to target an element when scripting, and as a way to style a specific element from CSS.

Identifiers are opaque strings. Particular meanings should not be derived from the value of the id attribute.

There are no conformance requirements for the slot attribute specific to HTML elements.

The slot attribute is used to assign a slot to an element: an element with a slot attribute is assigned to the slot created by the slot element whose name attribute's value matches that slot attribute's value — but only if that slot element finds itself in the shadow tree whose root's host has the corresponding slot attribute value.


To enable assistive technology products to expose a more fine-grained interface than is otherwise possible with HTML elements and attributes, a set of annotations for assistive technology products can be specified (the ARIA role and aria-* attributes). [ARIA]


The following event handler content attributes may be specified on any HTML element:

The attributes marked with an asterisk have a different meaning when specified on body elements as those elements expose event handlers of the Window object with the same names.

While these attributes apply to all elements, they are not useful on all elements. For example, only media elements will ever receive a volumechange event fired by the user agent.


Custom data attributes (e.g. data-foldername or data-msgid) can be specified on any HTML element, to store custom data, state, annotations, and similar, specific to the page.


In HTML documents, elements in the HTML namespace may have an xmlns attribute specified, if, and only if, it has the exact value "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml". This does not apply to XML documents.

In HTML, the xmlns attribute has absolutely no effect. It is basically a talisman. It is allowed merely to make migration to and from XML mildly easier. When parsed by an HTML parser, the attribute ends up in no namespace, not the "http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/" namespace like namespace declaration attributes in XML do.

In XML, an xmlns attribute is part of the namespace declaration mechanism, and an element cannot actually have an xmlns attribute in no namespace specified.


XML also allows the use of the xml:space attribute in the XML namespace on any element in an XML document. This attribute has no effect on HTML elements, as the default behavior in HTML is to preserve whitespace. [XML]

There is no way to serialize the xml:space attribute on HTML elements in the text/html syntax.

3.2.6.1 The title attribute

Global_attributes/title

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The title attribute represents advisory information for the element, such as would be appropriate for a tooltip. On a link, this could be the title or a description of the target resource; on an image, it could be the image credit or a description of the image; on a paragraph, it could be a footnote or commentary on the text; on a citation, it could be further information about the source; on interactive content, it could be a label for, or instructions for, use of the element; and so forth. The value is text.

Relying on the title attribute is currently discouraged as many user agents do not expose the attribute in an accessible manner as required by this specification (e.g., requiring a pointing device such as a mouse to cause a tooltip to appear, which excludes keyboard-only users and touch-only users, such as anyone with a modern phone or tablet).

If this attribute is omitted from an element, then it implies that the title attribute of the nearest ancestor HTML element with a title attribute set is also relevant to this element. Setting the attribute overrides this, explicitly stating that the advisory information of any ancestors is not relevant to this element. Setting the attribute to the empty string indicates that the element has no advisory information.

If the title attribute's value contains U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters, the content is split into multiple lines. Each U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character represents a line break.

Caution is advised with respect to the use of newlines in title attributes.

For instance, the following snippet actually defines an abbreviation's expansion with a line break in it:

<p>My logs show that there was some interest in <abbr title="Hypertext
Transport Protocol">HTTP</abbr> today.</p>

Some elements, such as link, abbr, and input, define additional semantics for the title attribute beyond the semantics described above.

The advisory information of an element is the value that the following algorithm returns, with the algorithm being aborted once a value is returned. When the algorithm returns the empty string, then there is no advisory information.

  1. If the element has a title attribute, then return the result of running normalize newlines on its value.

  2. If the element has a parent element, then return the parent element's advisory information.

  3. Return the empty string.

User agents should inform the user when elements have advisory information, otherwise the information would not be discoverable.


HTMLElement/title

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The title IDL attribute must reflect the title content attribute.

3.2.6.2 The lang and xml:lang attributes

Global_attributes/lang

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The lang attribute (in no namespace) specifies the primary language for the element's contents and for any of the element's attributes that contain text. Its value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag, or the empty string. Setting the attribute to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. [BCP47]

The lang attribute in the XML namespace is defined in XML. [XML]

If these attributes are omitted from an element, then the language of this element is the same as the language of its parent element, if any (except for slot elements in a shadow tree).

The lang attribute in no namespace may be used on any HTML element.

The lang attribute in the XML namespace may be used on HTML elements in XML documents, as well as elements in other namespaces if the relevant specifications allow it (in particular, MathML and SVG allow lang attributes in the XML namespace to be specified on their elements). If both the lang attribute in no namespace and the lang attribute in the XML namespace are specified on the same element, they must have exactly the same value when compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner.

Authors must not use the lang attribute in the XML namespace on HTML elements in HTML documents. To ease migration to and from XML, authors may specify an attribute in no namespace with no prefix and with the literal localname "xml:lang" on HTML elements in HTML documents, but such attributes must only be specified if a lang attribute in no namespace is also specified, and both attributes must have the same value when compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner.

The attribute in no namespace with no prefix and with the literal localname "xml:lang" has no effect on language processing.


To determine the language of a node, user agents must use the first appropriate step in the following list:

If the node is an element that has a lang attribute in the XML namespace set

Use the value of that attribute.

If the node is an HTML element or an element in the SVG namespace, and it has a lang in no namespace attribute set

Use the value of that attribute.

If the node's parent is a shadow root

Use the language of that shadow root's host.

If the node's parent element is not null

Use the language of that parent element.

Otherwise

If there is a pragma-set default language set, then that is the language of the node. If there is no pragma-set default language set, then language information from a higher-level protocol (such as HTTP), if any, must be used as the final fallback language instead. In the absence of any such language information, and in cases where the higher-level protocol reports multiple languages, the language of the node is unknown, and the corresponding language tag is the empty string.

If the resulting value is not a recognized language tag, then it must be treated as an unknown language having the given language tag, distinct from all other languages. For the purposes of round-tripping or communicating with other services that expect language tags, user agents should pass unknown language tags through unmodified, and tagged as being BCP 47 language tags, so that subsequent services do not interpret the data as another type of language description. [BCP47]

Thus, for instance, an element with lang="xyzzy" would be matched by the selector :lang(xyzzy) (e.g. in CSS), but it would not be matched by :lang(abcde), even though both are equally invalid. Similarly, if a web browser and screen reader working in unison communicated about the language of the element, the browser would tell the screen reader that the language was "xyzzy", even if it knew it was invalid, just in case the screen reader actually supported a language with that tag after all. Even if the screen reader supported both BCP 47 and another syntax for encoding language names, and in that other syntax the string "xyzzy" was a way to denote the Belarusian language, it would be incorrect for the screen reader to then start treating text as Belarusian, because "xyzzy" is not how Belarusian is described in BCP 47 codes (BCP 47 uses the code "be" for Belarusian).

If the resulting value is the empty string, then it must be interpreted as meaning that the language of the node is explicitly unknown.


User agents may use the element's language to determine proper processing or rendering (e.g. in the selection of appropriate fonts or pronunciations, for dictionary selection, or for the user interfaces of form controls such as date pickers).


HTMLElement/lang

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The lang IDL attribute must reflect the lang content attribute in no namespace.

3.2.6.3 The translate attribute

Global_attributes/translate

Support in all current engines.

Firefox111+Safari6+Chrome19+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The translate attribute is used to specify whether an element's attribute values and the values of its Text node children are to be translated when the page is localized, or whether to leave them unchanged. It is an attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
yes yes Sets translation mode to translate-enabled.
(the empty string)
no no Sets translation mode to no-translate.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the inherit state.

Each element (even non-HTML elements) has a translation mode, which is in either the translate-enabled state or the no-translate state. If an HTML element's translate attribute is in the yes state, then the element's translation mode is in the translate-enabled state; otherwise, if the element's translate attribute is in the no state, then the element's translation mode is in the no-translate state. Otherwise, either the element's translate attribute is in the inherit state, or the element is not an HTML element and thus does not have a translate attribute; in either case, the element's translation mode is in the same state as its parent element's, if any, or in the translate-enabled state, if the element's parent element is null.

When an element is in the translate-enabled state, the element's translatable attributes and the values of its Text node children are to be translated when the page is localized.

When an element is in the no-translate state, the element's attribute values and the values of its Text node children are to be left as-is when the page is localized, e.g. because the element contains a person's name or a name of a computer program.

The following attributes are translatable attributes:

Other specifications may define other attributes that are also translatable attributes. For example, ARIA would define the aria-label attribute as translatable.


The translate IDL attribute must, on getting, return true if the element's translation mode is translate-enabled, and false otherwise. On setting, it must set the content attribute's value to "yes" if the new value is true, and set the content attribute's value to "no" otherwise.

In this example, everything in the document is to be translated when the page is localized, except the sample keyboard input and sample program output:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang=en> <!-- default on the document element is translate=yes -->
 <head>
  <title>The Bee Game</title> <!-- implied translate=yes inherited from ancestors -->
 </head>
 <body>
  <p>The Bee Game is a text adventure game in English.</p>
  <p>When the game launches, the first thing you should do is type
  <kbd translate=no>eat honey</kbd>. The game will respond with:</p>
  <pre><samp translate=no>Yum yum! That was some good honey!</samp></pre>
 </body>
</html>
3.2.6.4 The dir attribute

Global_attributes/dir

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The dir attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
ltr ltr The contents of the element are explicitly directionally isolated left-to-right text.
rtl rtl The contents of the element are explicitly directionally isolated right-to-left text.
auto auto The contents of the element are explicitly directionally isolated text, but the direction is to be determined programmatically using the contents of the element (as described below).

The heuristic used by the auto state is very crude (it just looks at the first character with a strong directionality, in a manner analogous to the Paragraph Level determination in the bidirectional algorithm). Authors are urged to only use this value as a last resort when the direction of the text is truly unknown and no better server-side heuristic can be applied. [BIDI]

For textarea and pre elements, the heuristic is applied on a per-paragraph level.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the undefined state.


The directionality of an element (any element, not just an HTML element) is either 'ltr' or 'rtl'. To compute the directionality given an element element, switch on element's dir attribute state:

ltr

Return 'ltr'.

rtl

Return 'rtl'.

auto
  1. Let result be the auto directionality of element.

  2. If result is null, then return 'ltr'.

  3. Return result.

undefined
If element is a bdi element
  1. Let result be the auto directionality of element.

  2. If result is null, then return 'ltr'.

  3. Return result.

If element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Telephone state

Return 'ltr'.

Otherwise

Return the parent directionality of element.

Since the dir attribute is only defined for HTML elements, it cannot be present on elements from other namespaces. Thus, elements from other namespaces always end up using the parent directionality.

The auto-directionality form-associated elements are:

To compute the auto directionality given an element element:

  1. If element is an auto-directionality form-associated element:

    1. If element's value contains a character of bidirectional character type AL or R, and there is no character of bidirectional character type L anywhere before it in the element's value, then return 'rtl'. [BIDI]

    2. If element's value is not the empty string, then return 'ltr'.

    3. Return null.

  2. If element is a slot element whose root is a shadow root and element's assigned nodes are not empty:

    1. For each node child of element's assigned nodes:

      1. Let childDirection be null.

      2. If child is a Text node, then set childDirection to the text node directionality of child.

      3. Otherwise:

        1. Assert: child is an Element node.

        2. Set childDirection to the contained text auto directionality of child with canExcludeRoot set to true.

      4. If childDirection is not null, then return childDirection.

    2. Return null.

  3. Return the contained text auto directionality of element with canExcludeRoot set to false.

To compute the contained text auto directionality of an element element with a boolean canExcludeRoot:

  1. For each node descendant of element's descendants, in tree order:

    1. If any of

      • descendant
      • any ancestor element of descendant that is a descendant of element
      • if canExcludeRoot is true, element

      is one of

      then continue.

    2. If descendant is a slot element whose root is a shadow root, then return the directionality of that shadow root's host.

    3. If descendant is not a Text node, then continue.

    4. Let result be the text node directionality of descendant.

    5. If result is not null, then return result.

  2. Return null.

To compute the text node directionality given a Text node text:

  1. If text's data does not contain a code point whose bidirectional character type is L, AL, or R, then return null. [BIDI]

  2. Let codePoint be the first code point in text's data whose bidirectional character type is L, AL, or R.

  3. If codePoint is of bidirectional character type AL or R, then return 'rtl'.

  4. If codePoint is of bidirectional character type L, then return 'ltr'.

To compute the parent directionality given an element element:

  1. Let parentNode be element's parent node.

  2. If parentNode is a shadow root, then return the directionality of parentNode's host.

  3. If parentNode is an element, then return the directionality of parentNode.

  4. Return 'ltr'.

This attribute has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm.


The directionality of an attribute of an HTML element, which is used when the text of that attribute is to be included in the rendering in some manner, is determined as per the first appropriate set of steps from the following list:

If the attribute is a directionality-capable attribute and the element's dir attribute is in the auto state

Find the first character (in logical order) of the attribute's value that is of bidirectional character type L, AL, or R. [BIDI]

If such a character is found and it is of bidirectional character type AL or R, the directionality of the attribute is 'rtl'.

Otherwise, the directionality of the attribute is 'ltr'.

Otherwise
The directionality of the attribute is the same as the element's directionality.

The following attributes are directionality-capable attributes:


document.dir [ = value ]

Returns the html element's dir attribute's value, if any.

Can be set, to either "ltr", "rtl", or "auto" to replace the html element's dir attribute's value.

If there is no html element, returns the empty string and ignores new values.

HTMLElement/dir

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The dir IDL attribute on an element must reflect the dir content attribute of that element, limited to only known values.

Document/dir

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari10.1+Chrome64+
Opera51+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android47+

The dir IDL attribute on Document objects must reflect the dir content attribute of the html element, if any, limited to only known values. If there is no such element, then the attribute must return the empty string and do nothing on setting.

Authors are strongly encouraged to use the dir attribute to indicate text direction rather than using CSS, since that way their documents will continue to render correctly even in the absence of CSS (e.g. as interpreted by search engines).

This markup fragment is of an IM conversation.

<p dir=auto class="u1"><b><bdi>Student</bdi>:</b> How do you write "What's your name?" in Arabic?</p>
<p dir=auto class="u2"><b><bdi>Teacher</bdi>:</b> ما اسمك؟</p>
<p dir=auto class="u1"><b><bdi>Student</bdi>:</b> Thanks.</p>
<p dir=auto class="u2"><b><bdi>Teacher</bdi>:</b> That's written "شكرًا".</p>
<p dir=auto class="u2"><b><bdi>Teacher</bdi>:</b> Do you know how to write "Please"?</p>
<p dir=auto class="u1"><b><bdi>Student</bdi>:</b> "من فضلك", right?</p>

Given a suitable style sheet and the default alignment styles for the p element, namely to align the text to the start edge of the paragraph, the resulting rendering could be as follows:

Each paragraph rendered as a separate block, with the paragraphs left-aligned except the second paragraph and the last one, which would be right aligned, with the usernames ('Student' and 'Teacher' in this example) flush right, with a colon to their left, and the text first to the left of that.

As noted earlier, the auto value is not a panacea. The final paragraph in this example is misinterpreted as being right-to-left text, since it begins with an Arabic character, which causes the "right?" to be to the left of the Arabic text.

3.2.6.5 The style attribute

Global_attributes/style

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

All HTML elements may have the style content attribute set. This is a style attribute as defined by CSS Style Attributes. [CSSATTR]

In user agents that support CSS, the attribute's value must be parsed when the attribute is added or has its value changed, according to the rules given for style attributes. [CSSATTR]

However, if the Should element's inline behavior be blocked by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed upon the attribute's element, "style attribute", and the attribute's value, then the style rules defined in the attribute's value must not be applied to the element. [CSP]

Documents that use style attributes on any of their elements must still be comprehensible and usable if those attributes were removed.

In particular, using the style attribute to hide and show content, or to convey meaning that is otherwise not included in the document, is non-conforming. (To hide and show content, use the hidden attribute.)


element.style

Returns a CSSStyleDeclaration object for the element's style attribute.

The style IDL attribute is defined in CSS Object Model. [CSSOM]

In the following example, the words that refer to colors are marked up using the span element and the style attribute to make those words show up in the relevant colors in visual media.

<p>My sweat suit is <span style="color: green; background:
transparent">green</span> and my eyes are <span style="color: blue;
background: transparent">blue</span>.</p>
3.2.6.6 Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes

Global_attributes/data-*

Support in all current engines.

Firefox6+Safari5.1+Chrome7+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

A custom data attribute is an attribute in no namespace whose name starts with the string "data-", has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no ASCII upper alphas.

All attribute names on HTML elements in HTML documents get ASCII-lowercased automatically, so the restriction on ASCII uppercase letters doesn't affect such documents.

Custom data attributes are intended to store custom data, state, annotations, and similar, private to the page or application, for which there are no more appropriate attributes or elements.

These attributes are not intended for use by software that is not known to the administrators of the site that uses the attributes. For generic extensions that are to be used by multiple independent tools, either this specification should be extended to provide the feature explicitly, or a technology like microdata should be used (with a standardized vocabulary).

For instance, a site about music could annotate list items representing tracks in an album with custom data attributes containing the length of each track. This information could then be used by the site itself to allow the user to sort the list by track length, or to filter the list for tracks of certain lengths.

<ol>
 <li data-length="2m11s">Beyond The Sea</li>
 ...
</ol>

It would be inappropriate, however, for the user to use generic software not associated with that music site to search for tracks of a certain length by looking at this data.

This is because these attributes are intended for use by the site's own scripts, and are not a generic extension mechanism for publicly-usable metadata.

Similarly, a page author could write markup that provides information for a translation tool that they are intending to use:

<p>The third <span data-mytrans-de="Anspruch">claim</span> covers the case of <span
translate="no">HTML</span> markup.</p>

In this example, the "data-mytrans-de" attribute gives specific text for the MyTrans product to use when translating the phrase "claim" to German. However, the standard translate attribute is used to tell it that in all languages, "HTML" is to remain unchanged. When a standard attribute is available, there is no need for a custom data attribute to be used.

In this example, custom data attributes are used to store the result of a feature detection for PaymentRequest, which could be used in CSS to style a checkout page differently.

<script>
 if ('PaymentRequest' in window) {
   document.documentElement.dataset.hasPaymentRequest = '';
 }
</script>

Here, the data-has-payment-request attribute is effectively being used as a boolean attribute; it is enough to check the presence of the attribute. However, if the author so wishes, it could later be populated with some value, maybe to indicate limited functionality of the feature.

Every HTML element may have any number of custom data attributes specified, with any value.

Authors should carefully design such extensions so that when the attributes are ignored and any associated CSS dropped, the page is still usable.

User agents must not derive any implementation behavior from these attributes or values. Specifications intended for user agents must not define these attributes to have any meaningful values.

JavaScript libraries may use the custom data attributes, as they are considered to be part of the page on which they are used. Authors of libraries that are reused by many authors are encouraged to include their name in the attribute names, to reduce the risk of clashes. Where it makes sense, library authors are also encouraged to make the exact name used in the attribute names customizable, so that libraries whose authors unknowingly picked the same name can be used on the same page, and so that multiple versions of a particular library can be used on the same page even when those versions are not mutually compatible.

For example, a library called "DoQuery" could use attribute names like data-doquery-range, and a library called "jJo" could use attributes names like data-jjo-range. The jJo library could also provide an API to set which prefix to use (e.g. J.setDataPrefix('j2'), making the attributes have names like data-j2-range).


element.dataset

HTMLElement/dataset

Support in all current engines.

Firefox6+Safari5.1+Chrome7+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

SVGElement/dataset

Support in all current engines.

Firefox51+Safari5.1+Chrome55+
Opera41+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android41+

Returns a DOMStringMap object for the element's data-* attributes.

Hyphenated names become camel-cased. For example, data-foo-bar="" becomes element.dataset.fooBar.

The dataset IDL attribute provides convenient accessors for all the data-* attributes on an element. On getting, the dataset IDL attribute must return a DOMStringMap whose associated element is this element.

The DOMStringMap interface is used for the dataset attribute. Each DOMStringMap has an associated element.

[Exposed=Window,
 LegacyOverrideBuiltIns]
interface DOMStringMap {
  getter DOMString (DOMString name);
  [CEReactions] setter undefined (DOMString name, DOMString value);
  [CEReactions] deleter undefined (DOMString name);
};

To get a DOMStringMap's name-value pairs, run the following algorithm:

  1. Let list be an empty list of name-value pairs.

  2. For each content attribute on the DOMStringMap's associated element whose first five characters are the string "data-" and whose remaining characters (if any) do not include any ASCII upper alphas, in the order that those attributes are listed in the element's attribute list, add a name-value pair to list whose name is the attribute's name with the first five characters removed and whose value is the attribute's value.

  3. For each name in list, for each U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) in the name that is followed by an ASCII lower alpha, remove the U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) and replace the character that followed it by the same character converted to ASCII uppercase.

  4. Return list.

The supported property names on a DOMStringMap object at any instant are the names of each pair returned from getting the DOMStringMap's name-value pairs at that instant, in the order returned.

To determine the value of a named property name for a DOMStringMap, return the value component of the name-value pair whose name component is name in the list returned from getting the DOMStringMap's name-value pairs.

To set the value of a new named property or set the value of an existing named property for a DOMStringMap, given a property name name and a new value value, run the following steps:

  1. If name contains a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) followed by an ASCII lower alpha, then throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException.

  2. For each ASCII upper alpha in name, insert a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) before the character and replace the character with the same character converted to ASCII lowercase.

  3. Insert the string data- at the front of name.

  4. If name does not match the XML Name production, throw an "InvalidCharacterError" DOMException.

  5. Set an attribute value for the DOMStringMap's associated element using name and value.

To delete an existing named property name for a DOMStringMap, run the following steps:

  1. For each ASCII upper alpha in name, insert a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) before the character and replace the character with the same character converted to ASCII lowercase.

  2. Insert the string data- at the front of name.

  3. Remove an attribute by name given name and the DOMStringMap's associated element.

This algorithm will only get invoked by Web IDL for names that are given by the earlier algorithm for getting the DOMStringMap's name-value pairs. [WEBIDL]

If a web page wanted an element to represent a space ship, e.g. as part of a game, it would have to use the class attribute along with data-* attributes:

<div class="spaceship" data-ship-id="92432"
     data-weapons="laser 2" data-shields="50%"
     data-x="30" data-y="10" data-z="90">
 <button class="fire"
         onclick="spaceships[this.parentNode.dataset.shipId].fire()">
  Fire
 </button>
</div>

Notice how the hyphenated attribute name becomes camel-cased in the API.

Given the following fragment and elements with similar constructions:

<img class="tower" id="tower5" data-x="12" data-y="5"
     data-ai="robotarget" data-hp="46" data-ability="flames"
     src="towers/rocket.png" alt="Rocket Tower">

...one could imagine a function splashDamage() that takes some arguments, the first of which is the element to process:

function splashDamage(node, x, y, damage) {
  if (node.classList.contains('tower') && // checking the 'class' attribute
      node.dataset.x == x && // reading the 'data-x' attribute
      node.dataset.y == y) { // reading the 'data-y' attribute
    var hp = parseInt(node.dataset.hp); // reading the 'data-hp' attribute
    hp = hp - damage;
    if (hp < 0) {
      hp = 0;
      node.dataset.ai = 'dead'; // setting the 'data-ai' attribute
      delete node.dataset.ability; // removing the 'data-ability' attribute
    }
    node.dataset.hp = hp; // setting the 'data-hp' attribute
  }
}

3.2.7 The innerText and outerText properties

HTMLElement/innerText

Support in all current engines.

Firefox45+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera9.6+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android1+Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+
element.innerText [ = value ]

Returns the element's text content "as rendered".

Can be set, to replace the element's children with the given value, but with line breaks converted to br elements.

element.outerText [ = value ]

Returns the element's text content "as rendered".

Can be set, to replace the element with the given value, but with line breaks converted to br elements.

The get the text steps, given an HTMLElement element, are:

  1. If element is not being rendered or if the user agent is a non-CSS user agent, then return element's descendant text content.

    This step can produce surprising results, as when the innerText getter is invoked on an element not being rendered, its text contents are returned, but when accessed on an element that is being rendered, all of its children that are not being rendered have their text contents ignored.

  2. Let results be a new empty list.

  3. For each child node node of element:

    1. Let current be the list resulting in running the rendered text collection steps with node. Each item in results will either be a string or a positive integer (a required line break count).

      Intuitively, a required line break count item means that a certain number of line breaks appear at that point, but they can be collapsed with the line breaks induced by adjacent required line break count items, reminiscent to CSS margin-collapsing.

    2. For each item item in current, append item to results.

  4. Remove any items from results that are the empty string.

  5. Remove any runs of consecutive required line break count items at the start or end of results.

  6. Replace each remaining run of consecutive required line break count items with a string consisting of as many U+000A LF code points as the maximum of the values in the required line break count items.

  7. Return the concatenation of the string items in results.

HTMLElement/outerText

Support in all current engines.

Firefox98+Safari1.3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android1+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The innerText and outerText getter steps are to return the result of running get the text steps with this.

The rendered text collection steps, given a node node, are as follows:

  1. Let items be the result of running the rendered text collection steps with each child node of node in tree order, and then concatenating the results to a single list.

  2. If node's computed value of 'visibility' is not 'visible', then return items.

  3. If node is not being rendered, then return items. For the purpose of this step, the following elements must act as described if the computed value of the 'display' property is not 'none':

    items can be non-empty due to 'display:contents'.

  4. If node is a Text node, then for each CSS text box produced by node, in content order, compute the text of the box after application of the CSS 'white-space' processing rules and 'text-transform' rules, set items to the list of the resulting strings, and return items. The CSS 'white-space' processing rules are slightly modified: collapsible spaces at the end of lines are always collapsed, but they are only removed if the line is the last line of the block, or it ends with a br element. Soft hyphens should be preserved. [CSSTEXT]

  5. If node is a br element, then append a string containing a single U+000A LF code point to items.

  6. If node's computed value of 'display' is 'table-cell', and node's CSS box is not the last 'table-cell' box of its enclosing 'table-row' box, then append a string containing a single U+0009 TAB code point to items.

  7. If node's computed value of 'display' is 'table-row', and node's CSS box is not the last 'table-row' box of the nearest ancestor 'table' box, then append a string containing a single U+000A LF code point to items.

  8. If node is a p element, then append 2 (a required line break count) at the beginning and end of items.

  9. If node's used value of 'display' is block-level or 'table-caption', then append 1 (a required line break count) at the beginning and end of items. [CSSDISPLAY]

    Floats and absolutely-positioned elements fall into this category.

  10. Return items.

Note that descendant nodes of most replaced elements (e.g., textarea, input, and video — but not button) are not rendered by CSS, strictly speaking, and therefore have no CSS boxes for the purposes of this algorithm.

This algorithm is amenable to being generalized to work on ranges. Then we can use it as the basis for Selection's stringifier and maybe expose it directly on ranges. See Bugzilla bug 10583.


The set the inner text steps, given an HTMLElement element, and a string value are:

  1. Let fragment be the rendered text fragment for value given element's node document.

  2. Replace all with fragment within element.

The innerText setter steps are to run set the inner text steps.

The outerText setter steps are:

  1. If this's parent is null, then throw a "NoModificationAllowedError" DOMException.

  2. Let next be this's next sibling.

  3. Let previous be this's previous sibling.

  4. Let fragment be the rendered text fragment for the given value given this's node document.

  5. If fragment has no children, then append a new Text node whose data is the empty string and node document is this's node document to fragment.

  6. Replace this with fragment within this's parent.

  7. If next is non-null and next's previous sibling is a Text node, then merge with the next text node given next's previous sibling.

  8. If previous is a Text node, then merge with the next text node given previous.

The rendered text fragment for a string input given a Document document is the result of running the following steps:

  1. Let fragment be a new DocumentFragment whose node document is document.

  2. Let position be a position variable for input, initially pointing at the start of input.

  3. Let text be the empty string.

  4. While position is not past the end of input:

    1. Collect a sequence of code points that are not U+000A LF or U+000D CR from input given position, and set text to the result.

    2. If text is not the empty string, then append a new Text node whose data is text and node document is document to fragment.

    3. While position is not past the end of input, and the code point at position is either U+000A LF or U+000D CR:

      1. If the code point at position is U+000D CR and the next code point is U+000A LF, then advance position to the next code point in input.

      2. Advance position to the next code point in input.

      3. Append the result of creating an element given document, "br", and the HTML namespace to fragment.

  5. Return fragment.

To merge with the next text node given a Text node node:

  1. Let next be node's next sibling.

  2. If next is not a Text node, then return.

  3. Replace data with node, node's data's length, 0, and next's data.

  4. Remove next.

3.2.8 Requirements relating to the bidirectional algorithm

3.2.8.1 Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters

Text content in HTML elements with Text nodes in their contents, and text in attributes of HTML elements that allow free-form text, may contain characters in the ranges U+202A to U+202E and U+2066 to U+2069 (the bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters). [BIDI]

Authors are encouraged to use the dir attribute, the bdo element, and the bdi element, rather than maintaining the bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters manually. The bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters interact poorly with CSS.

3.2.8.2 User agent conformance criteria

User agents must implement the Unicode bidirectional algorithm to determine the proper ordering of characters when rendering documents and parts of documents. [BIDI]

The mapping of HTML to the Unicode bidirectional algorithm must be done in one of three ways. Either the user agent must implement CSS, including in particular the CSS 'unicode-bidi', 'direction', and 'content' properties, and must have, in its user agent style sheet, the rules using those properties given in this specification's rendering section, or, alternatively, the user agent must act as if it implemented just the aforementioned properties and had a user agent style sheet that included all the aforementioned rules, but without letting style sheets specified in documents override them, or, alternatively, the user agent must implement another styling language with equivalent semantics. [CSSGC]

The following elements and attributes have requirements defined by the rendering section that, due to the requirements in this section, are requirements on all user agents (not just those that support the suggested default rendering):

3.2.9 Requirements related to ARIA and to platform accessibility APIs

User agent requirements for implementing Accessibility API semantics on HTML elements are defined in HTML Accessibility API Mappings. In addition to the rules there, for a custom element element, the default ARIA role semantics are determined as follows: [HTMLAAM]

  1. Let map be element's internal content attribute map.

  2. If map["role"] exists, then return it.

  3. Return no role.

Similarly, for a custom element element, the default ARIA state and property semantics, for a state or property named stateOrProperty, are determined as follows:

  1. If element's attached internals is non-null:

    1. If element's attached internals's get the stateOrProperty-associated element exists, then return the result of running it.

    2. If element's attached internals's get the stateOrProperty-associated elements exists, then return the result of running it.

  2. If element's internal content attribute map[stateOrProperty] exists, then return it.

  3. Return the default value for stateOrProperty.

The "default semantics" referred to here are sometimes also called "native", "implicit", or "host language" semantics in ARIA. [ARIA]

One implication of these definitions is that the default semantics can change over time. This allows custom elements the same expressivity as built-in elements; e.g., compare to how the default ARIA role semantics of an a element change as the href attribute is added or removed.

For an example of this in action, see the custom elements section.


Conformance checker requirements for checking use of ARIA role and aria-* attributes on HTML elements are defined in ARIA in HTML. [ARIAHTML]

4 The elements of HTML

4.1 The document element

4.1.1 The html element

Element/html

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLHtmlElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As document's document element.
Wherever a subdocument fragment is allowed in a compound document.
Content model:
A head element followed by a body element.
Tag omission in text/html:
An html element's start tag can be omitted if the first thing inside the html element is not a comment.
An html element's end tag can be omitted if the html element is not immediately followed by a comment.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLHtmlElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The html element represents the root of an HTML document.

Authors are encouraged to specify a lang attribute on the root html element, giving the document's language. This aids speech synthesis tools to determine what pronunciations to use, translation tools to determine what rules to use, and so forth.

The html element in the following example declares that the document's language is English.

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<title>Swapping Songs</title>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Swapping Songs</h1>
<p>Tonight I swapped some of the songs I wrote with some friends, who
gave me some of the songs they wrote. I love sharing my music.</p>
</body>
</html>

4.2 Document metadata

4.2.1 The head element

Element/head

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLHeadElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As the first element in an html element.
Content model:
If the document is an iframe srcdoc document or if title information is available from a higher-level protocol: Zero or more elements of metadata content, of which no more than one is a title element and no more than one is a base element.
Otherwise: One or more elements of metadata content, of which exactly one is a title element and no more than one is a base element.
Tag omission in text/html:
A head element's start tag can be omitted if the element is empty, or if the first thing inside the head element is an element.
A head element's end tag can be omitted if the head element is not immediately followed by ASCII whitespace or a comment.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLHeadElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();
};

The head element represents a collection of metadata for the Document.

The collection of metadata in a head element can be large or small. Here is an example of a very short one:

<!doctype html>
<html lang=en>
 <head>
  <title>A document with a short head</title>
 </head>
 <body>
 ...

Here is an example of a longer one:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<HTML LANG="EN">
 <HEAD>
  <META CHARSET="UTF-8">
  <BASE HREF="https://www.example.com/">
  <TITLE>An application with a long head</TITLE>
  <LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="default.css">
  <LINK REL="STYLESHEET ALTERNATE" HREF="big.css" TITLE="Big Text">
  <SCRIPT SRC="support.js"></SCRIPT>
  <META NAME="APPLICATION-NAME" CONTENT="Long headed application">
 </HEAD>
 <BODY>
 ...

The title element is a required child in most situations, but when a higher-level protocol provides title information, e.g., in the subject line of an email when HTML is used as an email authoring format, the title element can be omitted.

4.2.2 The title element

Element/title

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer1+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLTitleElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Metadata content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
In a head element containing no other title elements.
Content model:
Text that is not inter-element whitespace.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTitleElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString text;
};

The title element represents the document's title or name. Authors should use titles that identify their documents even when they are used out of context, for example in a user's history or bookmarks, or in search results. The document's title is often different from its first heading, since the first heading does not have to stand alone when taken out of context.

There must be no more than one title element per document.

If it's reasonable for the Document to have no title, then the title element is probably not required. See the head element's content model for a description of when the element is required.

title.text [ = value ]

Returns the child text content of the element.

Can be set, to replace the element's children with the given value.

The text attribute's getter must return this title element's child text content.

The text attribute's setter must string replace all with the given value within this title element.

Here are some examples of appropriate titles, contrasted with the top-level headings that might be used on those same pages.

  <title>Introduction to The Mating Rituals of Bees</title>
    ...
  <h1>Introduction</h1>
  <p>This companion guide to the highly successful
  <cite>Introduction to Medieval Bee-Keeping</cite> book is...

The next page might be a part of the same site. Note how the title describes the subject matter unambiguously, while the first heading assumes the reader knows what the context is and therefore won't wonder if the dances are Salsa or Waltz:

  <title>Dances used during bee mating rituals</title>
    ...
  <h1>The Dances</h1>

The string to use as the document's title is given by the document.title IDL attribute.

User agents should use the document's title when referring to the document in their user interface. When the contents of a title element are used in this way, the directionality of that title element should be used to set the directionality of the document's title in the user interface.

4.2.3 The base element

Element/base

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLBaseElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Metadata content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
In a head element containing no other base elements.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
hrefDocument base URL
target — Default navigable for hyperlink navigation and form submission
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLBaseElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute USVString href;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString target;
};

The base element allows authors to specify the document base URL for the purposes of parsing URLs, and the name of the default navigable for the purposes of following hyperlinks. The element does not represent any content beyond this information.

There must be no more than one base element per document.

A base element must have either an href attribute, a target attribute, or both.

The href content attribute, if specified, must contain a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces.

A base element, if it has an href attribute, must come before any other elements in the tree that have attributes defined as taking URLs.

If there are multiple base elements with href attributes, all but the first are ignored.

The target attribute, if specified, must contain a valid navigable target name or keyword, which specifies which navigable is to be used as the default when hyperlinks and forms in the Document cause navigation.

A base element, if it has a target attribute, must come before any elements in the tree that represent hyperlinks.

If there are multiple base elements with target attributes, all but the first are ignored.

To get an element's target, given an a, area, or form element element, and an optional string-or-null target (default null), run these steps:

  1. If target is null, then:

    1. If element has a target attribute, then set target to that attribute's value.

    2. Otherwise, if element's node document contains a base element with a target attribute, set target to the value of the target attribute of the first such base element.

  2. If target is not null, and contains an ASCII tab or newline and a U+003C (<), then set target to "_blank".

  3. Return target.


A base element that is the first base element with an href content attribute in a document tree has a frozen base URL. The frozen base URL must be immediately set for an element whenever any of the following situations occur:

To set the frozen base URL for an element element:

  1. Let document be element's node document.

  2. Let urlRecord be the result of parsing the value of element's href content attribute with document's fallback base URL, and document's character encoding. (Thus, the base element isn't affected by itself.)

  3. If any of the following are true:

    then set element's frozen base URL to document's fallback base URL and return.

  4. Set element's frozen base URL to urlRecord.

The href IDL attribute, on getting, must return the result of running the following algorithm:

  1. Let document be element's node document.

  2. Let url be the value of the href attribute of this element, if it has one, and the empty string otherwise.

  3. Let urlRecord be the result of parsing url with document's fallback base URL, and document's character encoding. (Thus, the base element isn't affected by other base elements or itself.)

  4. If urlRecord is failure, return url.

  5. Return the serialization of urlRecord.

The href IDL attribute, on setting, must set the href content attribute to the given new value.

The target IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

In this example, a base element is used to set the document base URL:

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
    <head>
        <title>This is an example for the &lt;base&gt; element</title>
        <base href="https://www.example.com/news/index.html">
    </head>
    <body>
        <p>Visit the <a href="archives.html">archives</a>.</p>
    </body>
</html>

The link in the above example would be a link to "https://www.example.com/news/archives.html".

Element/link

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLLinkElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Metadata content.
If the element is allowed in the body: flow content.
If the element is allowed in the body: phrasing content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where metadata content is expected.
In a noscript element that is a child of a head element.
If the element is allowed in the body: where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
href — Address of the hyperlink
crossorigin — How the element handles crossorigin requests
rel — Relationship between the document containing the hyperlink and the destination resource
media — Applicable media
integrity — Integrity metadata used in Subresource Integrity checks [SRI]
hreflang — Language of the linked resource
type — Hint for the type of the referenced resource
referrerpolicyReferrer policy for fetches initiated by the element
sizes — Sizes of the icons (for rel="icon")
imagesrcset — Images to use in different situations, e.g., high-resolution displays, small monitors, etc. (for rel="preload")
imagesizes — Image sizes for different page layouts (for rel="preload")
asPotential destination for a preload request (for rel="preload" and rel="modulepreload")
blocking — Whether the element is potentially render-blocking
color — Color to use when customizing a site's icon (for rel="mask-icon")
disabled — Whether the link is disabled
fetchpriority — Sets the priority for fetches initiated by the element
Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element: Title of the link; CSS style sheet set name
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLLinkElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute USVString href;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rel;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString as;
  [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString media;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString integrity;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString hreflang;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
  [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sizes;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString imageSrcset;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString imageSizes;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
  [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList blocking;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean disabled;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString fetchPriority;

  // also has obsolete members
};
HTMLLinkElement includes LinkStyle;

The link element allows authors to link their document to other resources.

The address of the link(s) is given by the href attribute. If the href attribute is present, then its value must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. One or both of the href or imagesrcset attributes must be present.

If both the href and imagesrcset attributes are absent, then the element does not define a link.

The types of link indicated (the relationships) are given by the value of the rel attribute, which, if present, must have a value that is a unordered set of unique space-separated tokens. The allowed keywords and their meanings are defined in a later section. If the rel attribute is absent, has no keywords, or if none of the keywords used are allowed according to the definitions in this specification, then the element does not create any links.

rel's supported tokens are the keywords defined in HTML link types which are allowed on link elements, impact the processing model, and are supported by the user agent. The possible supported tokens are alternate, dns-prefetch, expect, icon, manifest, modulepreload, next, pingback, preconnect, prefetch, preload, search, and stylesheet. rel's supported tokens must only include the tokens from this list that the user agent implements the processing model for.

Theoretically a user agent could support the processing model for the canonical keyword — if it were a search engine that executed JavaScript. But in practice that's quite unlikely. So in most cases, canonical ought not be included in rel's supported tokens.

A link element must have either a rel attribute or an itemprop attribute, but not both.

If a link element has an itemprop attribute, or has a rel attribute that contains only keywords that are body-ok, then the element is said to be allowed in the body. This means that the element can be used where phrasing content is expected.

If the rel attribute is used, the element can only sometimes be used in the body of the page. When used with the itemprop attribute, the element can be used both in the head element and in the body of the page, subject to the constraints of the microdata model.


Two categories of links can be created using the link element: links to external resources and hyperlinks. The link types section defines whether a particular link type is an external resource or a hyperlink. One link element can create multiple links (of which some might be external resource links and some might be hyperlinks); exactly which and how many links are created depends on the keywords given in the rel attribute. User agents must process the links on a per-link basis, not a per-element basis.

Each link created for a link element is handled separately. For instance, if there are two link elements with rel="stylesheet", they each count as a separate external resource, and each is affected by its own attributes independently. Similarly, if a single link element has a rel attribute with the value next stylesheet, it creates both a hyperlink (for the next keyword) and an external resource link (for the stylesheet keyword), and they are affected by other attributes (such as media or title) differently.

For example, the following link element creates two hyperlinks (to the same page):

<link rel="author license" href="/about">

The two links created by this element are one whose semantic is that the target page has information about the current page's author, and one whose semantic is that the target page has information regarding the license under which the current page is provided.

Hyperlinks created with the link element and its rel attribute apply to the whole document. This contrasts with the rel attribute of a and area elements, which indicates the type of a link whose context is given by the link's location within the document.

Unlike those created by a and area elements, hyperlinks created by link elements are not displayed as part of the document by default, in user agents that support the suggested default rendering. And even if they are force-displayed using CSS, they have no activation behavior. Instead, they primarily provide semantic information which might be used by the page or by other software that consumes the page's contents. Additionally, the user agent can provide its own UI for following such hyperlinks.

The exact behavior for links to external resources depends on the exact relationship, as defined for the relevant link type.


The crossorigin attribute is a CORS settings attribute. It is intended for use with external resource links.

The media attribute says which media the resource applies to. The value must be a valid media query list.

Subresource_Integrity

Support in all current engines.

Firefox43+Safari11.1+Chrome45+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The integrity attribute represents the integrity metadata for requests which this element is responsible for. The value is text. The attribute must only be specified on link elements that have a rel attribute that contains the stylesheet, preload, or modulepreload keyword. [SRI]

The hreflang attribute on the link element has the same semantics as the hreflang attribute on the a element.

The type attribute gives the MIME type of the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid MIME type string.

For external resource links, the type attribute is used as a hint to user agents so that they can avoid fetching resources they do not support.

The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. It is intended for use with external resource links, where it helps set the referrer policy used when fetching and processing the linked resource. [REFERRERPOLICY]

The title attribute gives the title of the link. With one exception, it is purely advisory. The value is text. The exception is for style sheet links that are in a document tree, for which the title attribute defines CSS style sheet sets.

The title attribute on link elements differs from the global title attribute of most other elements in that a link without a title does not inherit the title of the parent element: it merely has no title.


The imagesrcset attribute may be present, and is a srcset attribute.

The imagesrcset and href attributes (if width descriptors are not used) together contribute the image sources to the source set.

If the imagesrcset attribute is present and has any image candidate strings using a width descriptor, the imagesizes attribute must also be present, and is a sizes attribute. The imagesizes attribute contributes the source size to the source set.

The imagesrcset and imagesizes attributes must only be specified on link elements that have both a rel attribute that specifies the preload keyword, as well as an as attribute in the "image" state.

These attributes allow preloading the appropriate resource that is later used by an img element that has the corresponding values for its srcset and sizes attributes:

<link rel="preload" as="image"
      imagesrcset="wolf_400px.jpg 400w, wolf_800px.jpg 800w, wolf_1600px.jpg 1600w"
      imagesizes="50vw">

<!-- ... later, or perhaps inserted dynamically ... -->
<img src="wolf.jpg" alt="A rad wolf"
     srcset="wolf_400px.jpg 400w, wolf_800px.jpg 800w, wolf_1600px.jpg 1600w"
     sizes="50vw">

Note how we omit the href attribute, as it would only be relevant for browsers that do not support imagesrcset, and in those cases it would likely cause the incorrect image to be preloaded.

The imagesrcset attribute can be combined with the media attribute to preload the appropriate resource selected from a picture element's sources, for art direction:

<link rel="preload" as="image"
      imagesrcset="dog-cropped-1x.jpg, dog-cropped-2x.jpg 2x"
      media="(max-width: 800px)">
<link rel="preload" as="image"
      imagesrcset="dog-wide-1x.jpg, dog-wide-2x.jpg 2x"
      media="(min-width: 801px)">

<!-- ... later, or perhaps inserted dynamically ... -->
<picture>
  <source srcset="dog-cropped-1x.jpg, dog-cropped-2x.jpg 2x"
          media="(max-width: 800px)">
  <img src="dog-wide-1x.jpg" srcset="dog-wide-2x.jpg 2x"
       alt="An awesome dog">
</picture>

The sizes attribute gives the sizes of icons for visual media. Its value, if present, is merely advisory. User agents may use the value to decide which icon(s) to use if multiple icons are available. If specified, the attribute must have a value that is an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens which are ASCII case-insensitive. Each value must be either an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "any", or a value that consists of two valid non-negative integers that do not have a leading U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character and that are separated by a single U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X or U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X character. The attribute must only be specified on link elements that have a rel attribute that specifies the icon keyword or the apple-touch-icon keyword.

The apple-touch-icon keyword is a registered extension to the predefined set of link types, but user agents are not required to support it in any way.


The as attribute specifies the potential destination for a preload request for the resource given by the href attribute. It is an enumerated attribute. Each potential destination is a keyword for this attribute, mapping to a state of the same name. The attribute must be specified on link elements that have a rel attribute that contains the preload keyword. It may be specified on link elements that have a rel attribute that contains the modulepreload keyword; in such cases it must have a value which is a script-like destination. For other link elements, it must not be specified.

The processing model for how the as attribute is used is given in an individual link type's fetch and process the linked resource algorithm.

The attribute does not have a missing value default or invalid value default, meaning that invalid or missing values for the attribute map to no state. This is accounted for in the processing model. For preload links, both conditions are an error; for modulepreload links, a missing value will be treated as "script".


The blocking attribute is a blocking attribute. It is used by link types stylesheet and expect, and it must only be specified on link elements that have a rel attribute containing those keywords.


The color attribute is used with the mask-icon link type. The attribute must only be specified on link elements that have a rel attribute that contains the mask-icon keyword. The value must be a string that matches the CSS <color> production, defining a suggested color that user agents can use to customize the display of the icon that the user sees when they pin your site.

This specification does not have any user agent requirements for the color attribute.

The mask-icon keyword is a registered extension to the predefined set of link types, but user agents are not required to support it in any way.


link elements have an associated explicitly enabled boolean. It is initially false.

The disabled attribute is a boolean attribute that is used with the stylesheet link type. The attribute must only be specified on link elements that have a rel attribute that contains the stylesheet keyword.

Whenever the disabled attribute is removed, set the link element's explicitly enabled attribute to true.

Removing the disabled attribute dynamically, e.g., using document.querySelector("link").removeAttribute("disabled"), will fetch and apply the style sheet:

<link disabled rel="alternate stylesheet" href="css/pooh">

HTMLLinkElement/fetchPriority

FirefoxNoSafari🔰 preview+Chrome102+
Opera?Edge102+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The fetchpriority attribute is a fetch priority attribute that is intended for use with external resource links, where it is used to set the priority used when fetching and processing the linked resource.


HTMLLinkElement/rel

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The IDL attributes href, hreflang, integrity, media, rel, sizes, type, blocking, and disabled each must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

There is no reflecting IDL attribute for the color attribute, but this might be added later.

HTMLLinkElement/as

Support in all current engines.

Firefox56+Safari10+Chrome50+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The as IDL attribute must reflect the as content attribute, limited to only known values.

The crossOrigin IDL attribute must reflect the crossorigin content attribute, limited to only known values.

HTMLLinkElement/referrerPolicy

Support in all current engines.

Firefox50+Safari14.1+Chrome58+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The referrerPolicy IDL attribute must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values.

The fetchPriority IDL attribute must reflect the fetchpriority content attribute, limited to only known values.

The imageSrcset IDL attribute must reflect the imagesrcset content attribute.

The imageSizes IDL attribute must reflect the imagesizes content attribute.

HTMLLinkElement/relList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox30+Safari9+Chrome50+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The relList IDL attribute must reflect the rel content attribute.

The relList attribute can be used for feature detection, by calling its supports() method to check which types of links are supported.

4.2.4.1 Processing the media attribute

If the link is a hyperlink then the media attribute is purely advisory, and describes for which media the document in question was designed.

However, if the link is an external resource link, then the media attribute is prescriptive. The user agent must apply the external resource when the media attribute's value matches the environment and the other relevant conditions apply, and must not apply it otherwise.

The default, if the media attribute is omitted, is "all", meaning that by default links apply to all media.

The external resource might have further restrictions defined within that limit its applicability. For example, a CSS style sheet might have some @media blocks. This specification does not override such further restrictions or requirements.

4.2.4.2 Processing the type attribute

If the type attribute is present, then the user agent must assume that the resource is of the given type (even if that is not a valid MIME type string, e.g. the empty string). If the attribute is omitted, but the external resource link type has a default type defined, then the user agent must assume that the resource is of that type. If the UA does not support the given MIME type for the given link relationship, then the UA should not fetch and process the linked resource; if the UA does support the given MIME type for the given link relationship, then the UA should fetch and process the linked resource at the appropriate time as specified for the external resource link's particular type. If the attribute is omitted, and the external resource link type does not have a default type defined, but the user agent would fetch and process the linked resource if the type was known and supported, then the user agent should fetch and process the linked resource under the assumption that it will be supported.

User agents must not consider the type attribute authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user agents must not use the type attribute to determine its actual type. Only the actual type (as defined in the next paragraph) is used to determine whether to apply the resource, not the aforementioned assumed type.

The stylesheet link type defines rules for processing the resource's Content-Type metadata.

Once the user agent has established the type of the resource, the user agent must apply the resource if it is of a supported type and the other relevant conditions apply, and must ignore the resource otherwise.

If a document contains style sheet links labeled as follows:

<link rel="stylesheet" href="A" type="text/plain">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="B" type="text/css">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="C">

...then a compliant UA that supported only CSS style sheets would fetch the B and C files, and skip the A file (since text/plain is not the MIME type for CSS style sheets).

For files B and C, it would then check the actual types returned by the server. For those that are sent as text/css, it would apply the styles, but for those labeled as text/plain, or any other type, it would not.

If one of the two files was returned without a Content-Type metadata, or with a syntactically incorrect type like Content-Type: "null", then the default type for stylesheet links would kick in. Since that default type is text/css, the style sheet would nonetheless be applied.

The default fetch and process the linked resource, given a link element el, is as follows:

  1. Let options be the result of creating link options from el.

  2. Let request be the result of creating a link request given options.

  3. If request is null, then return.

  4. Set request's synchronous flag.

  5. Run the linked resource fetch setup steps, given el and request. If the result is false, then return.

  6. Set request's initiator type to "css" if el's rel attribute contains the keyword stylesheet; "link" otherwise.

  7. Fetch request with processResponseConsumeBody set to the following steps given response response and null, failure, or a byte sequence bodyBytes:

    1. Let success be true.

    2. If any of the following are true:

      then set success to false.

      Note that content-specific errors, e.g., CSS parse errors or PNG decoding errors, do not affect success.

    3. Otherwise, wait for the link resource's critical subresources to finish loading.

      The specification that defines a link type's critical subresources (e.g., CSS) is expected to describe how these subresources are fetched and processed. However, since this is not currently explicit, this specification describes waiting for a link resource's critical subresources to be fetched and processed, with the expectation that this will be done correctly.

    4. Process the linked resource given el, success, response, and bodyBytes.

To create a link request given a link processing options options:

  1. Assert: options's href is not the empty string.

  2. If options's destination is null, then return null.

  3. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given options's href, relative to options's base URL.

    Passing the base URL instead of a document or environment is tracked by issue #9715.

  4. If url is failure, then return null.

  5. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given url, options's destination, and options's crossorigin.

  6. Set request's policy container to options's policy container.

  7. Set request's integrity metadata to options's integrity.

  8. Set request's cryptographic nonce metadata to options's cryptographic nonce metadata.

  9. Set request's referrer policy to options's referrer policy.

  10. Set request's client to options's environment.

  11. Set request's priority to options's fetch priority.

  12. Return request.

User agents may opt to only try to fetch and process such resources when they are needed, instead of pro-actively fetching all the external resources that are not applied.

Similar to the fetch and process the linked resource algorithm, all external resource links have a process the linked resource algorithm which takes a link element el, boolean success, a response response, and a byte sequence bodyBytes. Individual link types may provide their own process the linked resource algorithm, but unless explicitly stated, that algorithm does nothing.

Unless otherwise specified for a given rel keyword, the element must delay the load event of the element's node document until all the attempts to fetch and process the linked resource and its critical subresources are complete. (Resources that the user agent has not yet attempted to fetch and process, e.g., because it is waiting for the resource to be needed, do not delay the load event.)

All link types that can be external resource links define a process a link header algorithm, which takes a link processing options. This algorithm defines whether and how they react to appearing in an HTTP `Link` response header.

For most link types, this algorithm does nothing. The summary table is a good reference to quickly know whether a link type has defined process a link header steps.

A link processing options is a struct. It has the following items:

href (default the empty string)
destination (default the empty string)
initiator (default "link")
integrity (default the empty string)
type (default the empty string)
cryptographic nonce metadata (default the empty string)
A string
crossorigin (default No CORS)
A CORS settings attribute state
referrer policy (default the empty string)
A referrer policy
source set (default null)
Null or a source set
base URL
A URL
origin
An origin
environment
An environment
policy container
A policy container
document (default null)
Null or a Document
on document ready (default null)
Null or an algorithm accepting a Document
fetch priority (default auto)
A fetch priority attribute state

A link processing options has a base URL and an href rather than a parsed URL because the URL could be a result of the options's source set.

To create link options from element given a link element el:

  1. Let document be el's node document.

  2. Let options be a new link processing options with

    destination
    the result of translating the state of el's as attribute.
    crossorigin
    the state of el's crossorigin content attribute
    referrer policy
    the state of el's referrerpolicy content attribute
    source set
    el's source set
    base URL
    document's document base URL
    origin
    document's origin
    environment
    document's relevant settings object
    policy container
    document's policy container
    document
    document
    cryptographic nonce metadata
    The current value of el's [[CryptographicNonce]] internal slot
    fetch priority
    the state of el's fetchpriority content attribute
  3. If el has an href attribute, then set options's href to the value of el's href attribute.

  4. If el has an integrity attribute, then set options's integrity to the value of el's integrity content attribute.

  5. If el has a type attribute, then set options's type to the value of el's type attribute.

  6. Assert: options's href is not the empty string, or options's source set is not null.

    A link element with neither an href or an imagesrcset does not represent a link.

  7. Return options.

To extract links from headers given a header list headers:

  1. Let links be a new list.

  2. Let rawLinkHeaders be the result of getting, decoding, and splitting `Link` from headers.

  3. For each linkHeader of rawLinkHeaders:

    1. Let linkObject be the result of parsing linkHeader. [WEBLINK]

    2. If linkObject["target_uri"] does not exist, then continue.

    3. Append linkObject to links.

  4. Return links.

To process link headers given a Document doc, a response response, and a "pre-media" or "media" phase:

  1. Let links be the result of extracting links from response's header list.

  2. For each linkObject in links:

    1. Let rel be linkObject["relation_type"].

    2. Let attribs be linkObject["target_attributes"].

    3. Let expectedPhase be "media" if either "srcset", "imagesrcset", or "media" exist in attribs; otherwise "pre-media".

    4. If expectedPhase is not phase, then continue.

    5. If attribs["media"] exists and attribs["media"] does not match the environment, then continue.

    6. Let options be a new link processing options with

      href
      linkObject["target_uri"]
      base URL
      doc's document base URL
      origin
      doc's origin
      environment
      doc's relevant settings object
      policy container
      doc's policy container
      document
      doc
    7. Apply link options from parsed header attributes to options given attribs.

    8. If attribs["imagesrcset"] exists and attribs["imagesizes"] exists, then set options's source set to the result of creating a source set given linkObject["target_uri"], attribs["imagesrcset"], attribs["imagesizes"], and null.

    9. Run the process a link header steps for rel given options.

To apply link options from parsed header attributes to a link processing options options given attribs:

  1. If attribs["as"] exists, then set options's destination to the result of translating attribs["as"].

  2. If attribs["crossorigin"] exists and is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the CORS settings attribute keywords, then set options's crossorigin to the CORS settings attribute state corresponding to that keyword.

  3. If attribs["integrity"] exists, then set options's integrity to attribs["integrity"].

  4. If attribs["referrerpolicy"] exists and is an ASCII case-insensitive match for some referrer policy, then set options's referrer policy to that referrer policy.

  5. If attribs["nonce"] exists, then set options's nonce to attribs["nonce"].

  6. If attribs["type"] exists, then set options's type to attribs["type"].

  7. If attribs["fetchpriority"] exists and is an ASCII case-insensitive match for a fetch priority attribute keyword, then set options's fetch priority to that fetch priority attribute keyword.

4.2.4.5 Early hints

Status/103

Firefoxpreview+SafariNoChrome103+
OperaNoEdge103+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Early hints allow user-agents to perform some operations, such as to speculatively load resources that are likely to be used by the document, before the navigation request is fully handled by the server and a response code is served. Servers can indicate early hints by serving a response with a 103 status code before serving the final response.[RFC8297]

For compatibility reasons early hints are typically delivered over HTTP/2 or above, but for readability we use HTTP/1.1-style notation below.

For example, given the following sequence of responses:

103 Early Hint
Link: </image.png>; rel=preload; as=image
200 OK
Content-Type: text/html

<!DOCTYPE html>
...
<img src="/image.png">

the image will start loading before the HTML content arrives.

Only the first early hint response served during the navigation is handled, and it is discarded if it is succeeded by a cross-origin redirect.

In addition to the `Link` headers, it is possible that the 103 response contains a Content Security Policy header, which is enforced when processing the early hint.

For example, given the following sequence of responses:

103 Early Hint
Content-Security-Policy: style-src: self;
Link: </style.css>; rel=preload; as=style
103 Early Hint
Link: </image.png>; rel=preload; as=image
302 Redirect
Location: /alternate.html
200 OK
Content-Security-Policy: style-src: none;
Link: </font.ttf>; rel=preload; as=font

The font and style would be loaded, and the image will be discarded, as only the first early hint response in the final redirect chain is respected. The late Content Security Policy header comes after the request to fetch the style has already been performed, but the style will not be accessible to the document.

To process early hint headers given a response response and an environment reservedEnvironment:

Early-hint `Link` headers are always processed before `Link` headers from the final response, followed by link elements. This is equivalent to prepending the contents of the early and final `Link` headers to the Document's head element, in respective order.

  1. Let earlyPolicyContainer be the result of creating a policy container from a fetch response given response and reservedEnvironment.

    This allows the early hint response to include a Content Security Policy which would be enforced when fetching the early hint request.

  2. Let links be the result of extracting links from response's header list.

  3. Let earlyHints be an empty list.

  4. For each linkObject in links:

    The moment we receive the early hint link header, we begin fetching earlyRequest. If it comes back before the Document is created, we set earlyResponse to the response of that fetch and once the Document is created we commit it (by making it available in the map of preloaded resources as if it was a link element). If the Document is created first, the response is committed as soon as it becomes available.

    1. Let rel be linkObject["relation_type"].

    2. Let options be a new link processing options with

      href
      linkObject["target_uri"]
      initiator
      "early-hint"
      base URL
      response's URL
      origin
      response's URL's origin
      environment
      reservedEnvironment
      policy container
      earlyPolicyContainer
    3. Let attribs be linkObject["target_attributes"].

      Only the as, crossorigin, integrity, and type attributes are handled as part of early hint processing. The other ones, in particular blocking, imagesrcset, imagesizes, and media are only applicable once a Document is created.

    4. Apply link options from parsed header attributes to options given attribs.

    5. Run the process a link header steps for rel given options.

    6. Append options to earlyHints.

  5. Return the following substeps given Document doc: for each options in earlyHints:

    1. If options's on document ready is null, then set options's document to doc.

    2. Otherwise, call options's on document ready with doc.

Interactive user agents may provide users with a means to follow the hyperlinks created using the link element, somewhere within their user interface. Such invocations of the follow the hyperlink algorithm must set the userInvolvement argument to "browser UI". The exact interface is not defined by this specification, but it could include the following information (obtained from the element's attributes, again as defined below), in some form or another (possibly simplified), for each hyperlink created with each link element in the document:

User agents could also include other information, such as the type of the resource (as given by the type attribute).

4.2.5 The meta element

Element/meta

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLMetaElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Metadata content.
If the itemprop attribute is present: flow content.
If the itemprop attribute is present: phrasing content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
If the charset attribute is present, or if the element's http-equiv attribute is in the Encoding declaration state: in a head element.
If the http-equiv attribute is present but not in the Encoding declaration state: in a head element.
If the http-equiv attribute is present but not in the Encoding declaration state: in a noscript element that is a child of a head element.
If the name attribute is present: where metadata content is expected.
If the itemprop attribute is present: where metadata content is expected.
If the itemprop attribute is present: where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
name — Metadata name
http-equiv — Pragma directive
content — Value of the element
charsetCharacter encoding declaration
media — Applicable media
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLMetaElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString httpEquiv;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString content;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString media;

  // also has obsolete members
};

The meta element represents various kinds of metadata that cannot be expressed using the title, base, link, style, and script elements.

The meta element can represent document-level metadata with the name attribute, pragma directives with the http-equiv attribute, and the file's character encoding declaration when an HTML document is serialized to string form (e.g. for transmission over the network or for disk storage) with the charset attribute.

Exactly one of the name, http-equiv, charset, and itemprop attributes must be specified.

If either name, http-equiv, or itemprop is specified, then the content attribute must also be specified. Otherwise, it must be omitted.

The charset attribute specifies the character encoding used by the document. This is a character encoding declaration. If the attribute is present, its value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "utf-8".

The charset attribute on the meta element has no effect in XML documents, but is allowed in XML documents in order to facilitate migration to and from XML.

There must not be more than one meta element with a charset attribute per document.

The content attribute gives the value of the document metadata or pragma directive when the element is used for those purposes. The allowed values depend on the exact context, as described in subsequent sections of this specification.

If a meta element has a name attribute, it sets document metadata. Document metadata is expressed in terms of name-value pairs, the name attribute on the meta element giving the name, and the content attribute on the same element giving the value. The name specifies what aspect of metadata is being set; valid names and the meaning of their values are described in the following sections. If a meta element has no content attribute, then the value part of the metadata name-value pair is the empty string.

The media attribute says which media the metadata applies to. The value must be a valid media query list. Unless the name is theme-color, the media attribute has no effect on the processing model and must not be used by authors.

The name, content, and media IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The IDL attribute httpEquiv must reflect the content attribute http-equiv.

4.2.5.1 Standard metadata names

Element/meta/name

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

This specification defines a few names for the name attribute of the meta element.

Names are case-insensitive, and must be compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner.

application-name

The value must be a short free-form string giving the name of the web application that the page represents. If the page is not a web application, the application-name metadata name must not be used. Translations of the web application's name may be given, using the lang attribute to specify the language of each name.

There must not be more than one meta element with a given language and where the name attribute value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for application-name per document.

User agents may use the application name in UI in preference to the page's title, since the title might include status messages and the like relevant to the status of the page at a particular moment in time instead of just being the name of the application.

To find the application name to use given an ordered list of languages (e.g. British English, American English, and English), user agents must run the following steps:

  1. Let languages be the list of languages.

  2. Let default language be the language of the Document's document element, if any, and if that language is not unknown.

  3. If there is a default language, and if it is not the same language as any of the languages in languages, append it to languages.

  4. Let winning language be the first language in languages for which there is a meta element in the Document where the name attribute value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for application-name and whose language is the language in question.

    If none of the languages have such a meta element, then return; there's no given application name.

  5. Return the value of the content attribute of the first meta element in the Document in tree order where the name attribute value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for application-name and whose language is winning language.

This algorithm would be used by a browser when it needs a name for the page, for instance, to label a bookmark. The languages it would provide to the algorithm would be the user's preferred languages.

author

The value must be a free-form string giving the name of one of the page's authors.

description

The value must be a free-form string that describes the page. The value must be appropriate for use in a directory of pages, e.g. in a search engine. There must not be more than one meta element where the name attribute value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for description per document.

generator

The value must be a free-form string that identifies one of the software packages used to generate the document. This value must not be used on pages whose markup is not generated by software, e.g. pages whose markup was written by a user in a text editor.

Here is what a tool called "Frontweaver" could include in its output, in the page's head element, to identify itself as the tool used to generate the page:

<meta name=generator content="Frontweaver 8.2">
keywords

The value must be a set of comma-separated tokens, each of which is a keyword relevant to the page.

This page about typefaces on British motorways uses a meta element to specify some keywords that users might use to look for the page:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en-GB">
 <head>
  <title>Typefaces on UK motorways</title>
  <meta name="keywords" content="british,type face,font,fonts,highway,highways">
 </head>
 <body>
  ...

Many search engines do not consider such keywords, because this feature has historically been used unreliably and even misleadingly as a way to spam search engine results in a way that is not helpful for users.

To obtain the list of keywords that the author has specified as applicable to the page, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. Let keywords be an empty list.

  2. For each meta element with a name attribute and a content attribute and where the name attribute value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for keywords:

    1. Split the value of the element's content attribute on commas.

    2. Add the resulting tokens, if any, to keywords.

  3. Remove any duplicates from keywords.

  4. Return keywords. This is the list of keywords that the author has specified as applicable to the page.

User agents should not use this information when there is insufficient confidence in the reliability of the value.

For instance, it would be reasonable for a content management system to use the keyword information of pages within the system to populate the index of a site-specific search engine, but a large-scale content aggregator that used this information would likely find that certain users would try to game its ranking mechanism through the use of inappropriate keywords.

referrer

The value must be a referrer policy, which defines the default referrer policy for the Document. [REFERRERPOLICY]

If any meta element element is inserted into the document, or has its name or content attributes changed, user agents must run the following algorithm:

  1. If element is not in a document tree, then return.

  2. If element does not have a name attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for "referrer", then return.

  3. If element does not have a content attribute, or that attribute's value is the empty string, then return.

  4. Let value be the value of element's content attribute, converted to ASCII lowercase.

  5. If value is one of the values given in the first column of the following table, then set value to the value given in the second column:

    Legacy value Referrer policy
    never no-referrer
    default the default referrer policy
    always unsafe-url
    origin-when-crossorigin origin-when-cross-origin
  6. If value is a referrer policy, then set element's node document's policy container's referrer policy to policy.

For historical reasons, unlike other standard metadata names, the processing model for referrer is not responsive to element removals, and does not use tree order. Only the most-recently-inserted or most-recently-modified meta element in this state has an effect.

theme-color

Element/meta/name/theme-color

FirefoxNoSafari15+Chrome🔰 73+
OperaNoEdge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android80+WebView AndroidNoSamsung Internet6.2+Opera AndroidNo

The value must be a string that matches the CSS <color> production, defining a suggested color that user agents should use to customize the display of the page or of the surrounding user interface. For example, a browser might color the page's title bar with the specified value, or use it as a color highlight in a tab bar or task switcher.

Within an HTML document, the media attribute value must be unique amongst all the meta elements with their name attribute value set to an ASCII case-insensitive match for theme-color.

This standard itself uses "WHATWG green" as its theme color:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<title>HTML Standard</title>
<meta name="theme-color" content="#3c790a">
...

The media attribute may be used to describe the context in which the provided color should be used.

If we only wanted to use "WHATWG green" as this standard's theme color in dark mode, we could use the prefers-color-scheme media feature:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<title>HTML Standard</title>
<meta name="theme-color" content="#3c790a" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
...

To obtain a page's theme color, user agents must run the following steps:

  1. Let candidate elements be the list of all meta elements that meet the following criteria, in tree order:

  2. For each element in candidate elements:

    1. If element has a media attribute and the value of element's media attribute does not match the environment, then continue.

    2. Let value be the result of stripping leading and trailing ASCII whitespace from the value of element's content attribute.

    3. Let color be the result of parsing value.

    4. If color is not failure, then return color.

  3. Return nothing (the page has no theme color).

If any meta elements are inserted into the document or removed from the document, or existing meta elements have their name, content, or media attributes changed, or if the environment changes such that any meta element's media attribute's value may now or may no longer match the environment, user agents must re-run the above algorithm and apply the result to any affected UI.

When using the theme color in UI, user agents may adjust it in implementation-specific ways to make it more suitable for the UI in question. For example, if a user agent intends to use the theme color as a background and display white text over it, it might use a darker variant of the theme color in that part of the UI, to ensure adequate contrast.

color-scheme

To aid user agents in rendering the page background with the desired color scheme immediately (rather than waiting for all CSS in the page to load), a 'color-scheme' value can be provided in a meta element.

The value must be a string that matches the syntax for the CSS 'color-scheme' property value. It determines the page's supported color-schemes.

There must not be more than one meta element with its name attribute value set to an ASCII case-insensitive match for color-scheme per document.

The following declaration indicates that the page is aware of and can handle a color scheme with dark background colors and light foreground colors:

<meta name="color-scheme" content="dark">

To obtain a page's supported color-schemes, user agents must run the following steps:

  1. Let candidate elements be the list of all meta elements that meet the following criteria, in tree order:

  2. For each element in candidate elements:

    1. Let parsed be the result of parsing a list of component values given the value of element's content attribute.
    2. If parsed is a valid CSS 'color-scheme' property value, then return parsed.
  3. Return null.

If any meta elements are inserted into the document or removed from the document, or existing meta elements have their name or content attributes changed, user agents must re-run the above algorithm.

Because these rules check successive elements until they find a match, an author can provide multiple such values to handle fallback for legacy user agents. Opposite to how CSS fallback works for properties, the multiple meta elements needs to be arranged with the legacy values after the newer values.

4.2.5.2 Other metadata names

Anyone can create and use their own extensions to the predefined set of metadata names. There is no requirement to register such extensions.

However, a new metadata name should not be created in any of the following cases:

Also, before creating and using a new metadata name, consulting the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page is encouraged — to avoid choosing a metadata name that's already in use, and to avoid duplicating the purpose of any metadata names that are already in use, and to avoid new standardized names clashing with your chosen name. [WHATWGWIKI]

Anyone is free to edit the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page at any time to add a metadata name. New metadata names can be specified with the following information:

Keyword

The actual name being defined. The name should not be confusingly similar to any other defined name (e.g. differing only in case).

Brief description

A short non-normative description of what the metadata name's meaning is, including the format the value is required to be in.

Specification
A link to a more detailed description of the metadata name's semantics and requirements. It could be another page on the wiki, or a link to an external page.
Synonyms

A list of other names that have exactly the same processing requirements. Authors should not use the names defined to be synonyms (they are only intended to allow user agents to support legacy content). Anyone may remove synonyms that are not used in practice; only names that need to be processed as synonyms for compatibility with legacy content are to be registered in this way.

Status

One of the following:

Proposed
The name has not received wide peer review and approval. Someone has proposed it and is, or soon will be, using it.
Ratified
The name has received wide peer review and approval. It has a specification that unambiguously defines how to handle pages that use the name, including when they use it in incorrect ways.
Discontinued
The metadata name has received wide peer review and it has been found wanting. Existing pages are using this metadata name, but new pages should avoid it. The "brief description" and "specification" entries will give details of what authors should use instead, if anything.

If a metadata name is found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value.

If a metadata name is added in the "proposed" state for a period of a month or more without being used or specified, then it may be removed from the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page.

If a metadata name is added with the "proposed" status and found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value. If a metadata name is added with the "proposed" status and found to be harmful, then it should be changed to "discontinued" status.

Anyone can change the status at any time, but should only do so in accordance with the definitions above.

4.2.5.3 Pragma directives

When the http-equiv attribute is specified on a meta element, the element is a pragma directive.

The http-equiv attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword Conforming State Brief description
content-language No Content language Sets the pragma-set default language.
content-type Encoding declaration An alternative form of setting the charset.
default-style Default style Sets the name of the default CSS style sheet set.
refresh Refresh Acts as a timed redirect.
set-cookie No Set-Cookie Has no effect.
x-ua-compatible X-UA-Compatible In practice, encourages Internet Explorer to more closely follow the specifications.
content-security-policy Content security policy Enforces a Content Security Policy on a Document.

When a meta element is inserted into the document, if its http-equiv attribute is present and represents one of the above states, then the user agent must run the algorithm appropriate for that state, as described in the following list:

Content language state (http-equiv="content-language")

This feature is non-conforming. Authors are encouraged to use the lang attribute instead.

This pragma sets the pragma-set default language. Until such a pragma is successfully processed, there is no pragma-set default language.

  1. If the meta element has no content attribute, then return.

  2. If the element's content attribute contains a U+002C COMMA character (,) then return.

  3. Let input be the value of the element's content attribute.

  4. Let position point at the first character of input.

  5. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  6. Collect a sequence of code points that are not ASCII whitespace from input given position.

  7. Let candidate be the string that resulted from the previous step.

  8. If candidate is the empty string, return.

  9. Set the pragma-set default language to candidate.

    If the value consists of multiple space-separated tokens, tokens after the first are ignored.

This pragma is almost, but not quite, entirely unlike the HTTP `Content-Language` header of the same name. [HTTP]

Encoding declaration state (http-equiv="content-type")

The Encoding declaration state is just an alternative form of setting the charset attribute: it is a character encoding declaration. This state's user agent requirements are all handled by the parsing section of the specification.

For meta elements with an http-equiv attribute in the Encoding declaration state, the content attribute must have a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for a string that consists of: "text/html;", optionally followed by any number of ASCII whitespace, followed by "charset=utf-8".

A document must not contain both a meta element with an http-equiv attribute in the Encoding declaration state and a meta element with the charset attribute present.

The Encoding declaration state may be used in HTML documents, but elements with an http-equiv attribute in that state must not be used in XML documents.

Default style state (http-equiv="default-style")

Alternative_style_sheets

Support in one engine only.

Firefox3+Safari?Chrome1–48
OperaYesEdgeNo
Edge (Legacy)?Internet Explorer8+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

This pragma sets the name of the default CSS style sheet set.

  1. If the meta element has no content attribute, or if that attribute's value is the empty string, then return.

  2. Change the preferred CSS style sheet set name with the name being the value of the element's content attribute. [CSSOM]

Refresh state (http-equiv="refresh")

This pragma acts as a timed redirect.

A Document object has an associated will declaratively refresh (a boolean). It is initially false.

  1. If the meta element has no content attribute, or if that attribute's value is the empty string, then return.

  2. Let input be the value of the element's content attribute.

  3. Run the shared declarative refresh steps with the meta element's node document, input, and the meta element.

The shared declarative refresh steps, given a Document object document, string input, and optionally a meta element meta, are as follows:

  1. If document's will declaratively refresh is true, then return.

  2. Let position point at the first code point of input.

  3. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  4. Let time be 0.

  5. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits from input given position, and let the result be timeString.

  6. If timeString is the empty string, then:

    1. If the code point in input pointed to by position is not U+002E (.), then return.

  7. Otherwise, set time to the result of parsing timeString using the rules for parsing non-negative integers.

  8. Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII digits and U+002E FULL STOP characters (.) from input given position. Ignore any collected characters.

  9. Let urlRecord be document's URL.

  10. If position is not past the end of input, then:

    1. If the code point in input pointed to by position is not U+003B (;), U+002C (,), or ASCII whitespace, then return.

    2. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

    3. If the code point in input pointed to by position is U+003B (;) or U+002C (,), then advance position to the next code point.

    4. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

  11. If position is not past the end of input, then:

    1. Let urlString be the substring of input from the code point at position to the end of the string.

    2. If the code point in input pointed to by position is U+0055 (U) or U+0075 (u), then advance position to the next code point. Otherwise, jump to the step labeled skip quotes.

    3. If the code point in input pointed to by position is U+0052 (R) or U+0072 (r), then advance position to the next code point. Otherwise, jump to the step labeled parse.

    4. If the code point in input pointed to by position is U+004C (L) or U+006C (l), then advance position to the next code point. Otherwise, jump to the step labeled parse.

    5. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

    6. If the code point in input pointed to by position is U+003D (=), then advance position to the next code point. Otherwise, jump to the step labeled parse.

    7. Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

    8. Skip quotes: If the code point in input pointed to by position is U+0027 (') or U+0022 ("), then let quote be that code point, and advance position to the next code point. Otherwise, let quote be the empty string.

    9. Set urlString to the substring of input from the code point at position to the end of the string.

    10. If quote is not the empty string, and there is a code point in urlString equal to quote, then truncate urlString at that code point, so that it and all subsequent code points are removed.

    11. Parse: Set urlRecord to the result of encoding-parsing a URL given urlString, relative to document.

    12. If urlRecord is failure, then return.

  12. Set document's will declaratively refresh to true.

  13. Perform one or more of the following steps:

    • After the refresh has come due (as defined below), if the user has not canceled the redirect and, if meta is given, document's active sandboxing flag set does not have the sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag set, then navigate document's node navigable to urlRecord using document, with historyHandling set to "replace".

      For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a refresh is said to have come due as soon as the later of the following two conditions occurs:

      • At least time seconds have elapsed since document's completely loaded time, adjusted to take into account user or user agent preferences.
      • If meta is given, at least time seconds have elapsed since meta was inserted into the document document, adjusted to take into account user or user agent preferences.

      It is important to use document here, and not meta's node document, as that might have changed between the initial set of steps and the refresh coming due and meta is not always given (in case of the HTTP `Refresh` header).

    • Provide the user with an interface that, when selected, navigates document's node navigable to urlRecord using document.

    • Do nothing.

    In addition, the user agent may, as with anything, inform the user of any and all aspects of its operation, including the state of any timers, the destinations of any timed redirects, and so forth.

For meta elements with an http-equiv attribute in the Refresh state, the content attribute must have a value consisting either of:

In the former case, the integer represents a number of seconds before the page is to be reloaded; in the latter case the integer represents a number of seconds before the page is to be replaced by the page at the given URL.

A news organization's front page could include the following markup in the page's head element, to ensure that the page automatically reloads from the server every five minutes:

<meta http-equiv="Refresh" content="300">

A sequence of pages could be used as an automated slide show by making each page refresh to the next page in the sequence, using markup such as the following:

<meta http-equiv="Refresh" content="20; URL=page4.html">
Set-Cookie state (http-equiv="set-cookie")

This pragma is non-conforming and has no effect.

User agents are required to ignore this pragma.

X-UA-Compatible state (http-equiv="x-ua-compatible")

In practice, this pragma encourages Internet Explorer to more closely follow the specifications.

For meta elements with an http-equiv attribute in the X-UA-Compatible state, the content attribute must have a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "IE=edge".

User agents are required to ignore this pragma.

Content security policy state (http-equiv="content-security-policy")

This pragma enforces a Content Security Policy on a Document. [CSP]

  1. If the meta element is not a child of a head element, return.

  2. If the meta element has no content attribute, or if that attribute's value is the empty string, then return.

  3. Let policy be the result of executing Content Security Policy's parse a serialized Content Security Policy algorithm on the meta element's content attribute's value, with a source of "meta", and a disposition of "enforce".

  4. Remove all occurrences of the report-uri, frame-ancestors, and sandbox directives from policy.

  5. Enforce the policy policy.

For meta elements with an http-equiv attribute in the Content security policy state, the content attribute must have a value consisting of a valid Content Security Policy, but must not contain any report-uri, frame-ancestors, or sandbox directives. The Content Security Policy given in the content attribute will be enforced upon the current document. [CSP]

At the time of inserting the meta element to the document, it is possible that some resources have already been fetched. For example, images might be stored in the list of available images prior to dynamically inserting a meta element with an http-equiv attribute in the Content security policy state. Resources that have already been fetched are not guaranteed to be blocked by a Content Security Policy that's enforced late.

A page might choose to mitigate the risk of cross-site scripting attacks by preventing the execution of inline JavaScript, as well as blocking all plugin content, using a policy such as the following:

<meta http-equiv="Content-Security-Policy" content="script-src 'self'; object-src 'none'">

There must not be more than one meta element with any particular state in the document at a time.

4.2.5.4 Specifying the document's character encoding

A character encoding declaration is a mechanism by which the character encoding used to store or transmit a document is specified.

The Encoding standard requires use of the UTF-8 character encoding and requires use of the "utf-8" encoding label to identify it. Those requirements necessitate that the document's character encoding declaration, if it exists, specifies an encoding label using an ASCII case-insensitive match for "utf-8". Regardless of whether a character encoding declaration is present or not, the actual character encoding used to encode the document must be UTF-8. [ENCODING]

To enforce the above rules, authoring tools must default to using UTF-8 for newly-created documents.

The following restrictions also apply:

In addition, due to a number of restrictions on meta elements, there can only be one meta-based character encoding declaration per document.

If an HTML document does not start with a BOM, and its encoding is not explicitly given by Content-Type metadata, and the document is not an iframe srcdoc document, then the encoding must be specified using a meta element with a charset attribute or a meta element with an http-equiv attribute in the Encoding declaration state.

A character encoding declaration is required (either in the Content-Type metadata or explicitly in the file) even when all characters are in the ASCII range, because a character encoding is needed to process non-ASCII characters entered by the user in forms, in URLs generated by scripts, and so forth.

Using non-UTF-8 encodings can have unexpected results on form submission and URL encodings, which use the document's character encoding by default.

If the document is an iframe srcdoc document, the document must not have a character encoding declaration. (In this case, the source is already decoded, since it is part of the document that contained the iframe.)

In XML, the XML declaration should be used for inline character encoding information, if necessary.

In HTML, to declare that the character encoding is UTF-8, the author could include the following markup near the top of the document (in the head element):

<meta charset="utf-8">

In XML, the XML declaration would be used instead, at the very top of the markup:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>

4.2.6 The style element

Element/style

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera3.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer3+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

HTMLStyleElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Metadata content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where metadata content is expected.
In a noscript element that is a child of a head element.
Content model:
Text that gives a conformant style sheet.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
media — Applicable media
blocking — Whether the element is potentially render-blocking
Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element: CSS style sheet set name
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLStyleElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  attribute boolean disabled;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString media;
  [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList blocking;

  // also has obsolete members
};
HTMLStyleElement includes LinkStyle;

The style element allows authors to embed CSS style sheets in their documents. The style element is one of several inputs to the styling processing model. The element does not represent content for the user.

HTMLStyleElement/disabled

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The disabled getter steps are:

  1. If this does not have an associated CSS style sheet, return false.

  2. If this's associated CSS style sheet's disabled flag is set, return true.

  3. Return false.

The disabled setter steps are:

  1. If this does not have an associated CSS style sheet, return.

  2. If the given value is true, set this's associated CSS style sheet's disabled flag. Otherwise, unset this's associated CSS style sheet's disabled flag.

Importantly, disabled attribute assignments only take effect when the style element has an associated CSS style sheet:

const style = document.createElement('style');
style.disabled = true;
style.textContent = 'body { background-color: red; }';
document.body.append(style);
console.log(style.disabled); // false

The media attribute says which media the styles apply to. The value must be a valid media query list. The user agent must apply the styles when the media attribute's value matches the environment and the other relevant conditions apply, and must not apply them otherwise.

The styles might be further limited in scope, e.g. in CSS with the use of @media blocks. This specification does not override such further restrictions or requirements.

The default, if the media attribute is omitted, is "all", meaning that by default styles apply to all media.

The blocking attribute is a blocking attribute.

Alternative_style_sheets

Support in one engine only.

Firefox3+Safari?Chrome1–48
OperaYesEdgeNo
Edge (Legacy)?Internet Explorer8+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The title attribute on style elements defines CSS style sheet sets. If the style element has no title attribute, then it has no title; the title attribute of ancestors does not apply to the style element. If the style element is not in a document tree, then the title attribute is ignored. [CSSOM]

The title attribute on style elements, like the title attribute on link elements, differs from the global title attribute in that a style block without a title does not inherit the title of the parent element: it merely has no title.

The child text content of a style element must be that of a conformant style sheet.

A style element is implicitly potentially render-blocking if the element was created by its node document's parser.


The user agent must run the update a style block algorithm whenever any of the following conditions occur:

The update a style block algorithm is as follows:

  1. Let element be the style element.

  2. If element has an associated CSS style sheet, remove the CSS style sheet in question.

  3. If element is not connected, then return.

  4. If element's type attribute is present and its value is neither the empty string nor an ASCII case-insensitive match for "text/css", then return.

    In particular, a type value with parameters, such as "text/css; charset=utf-8", will cause this algorithm to return early.

  5. If the Should element's inline behavior be blocked by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed upon the style element, "style", and the style element's child text content, then return. [CSP]

  6. Create a CSS style sheet with the following properties:

    type

    text/css

    owner node

    element

    media

    The media attribute of element.

    This is a reference to the (possibly absent at this time) attribute, rather than a copy of the attribute's current value. CSSOM defines what happens when the attribute is dynamically set, changed, or removed.

    title

    The title attribute of element, if element is in a document tree, or the empty string otherwise.

    Again, this is a reference to the attribute.

    alternate flag

    Unset.

    origin-clean flag

    Set.

    location
    parent CSS style sheet
    owner CSS rule

    null

    disabled flag

    Left at its default value.

    CSS rules

    Left uninitialized.

    This doesn't seem right. Presumably we should be using the element's child text content? Tracked as issue #2997.

  7. If element contributes a script-blocking style sheet, append element to its node document's script-blocking style sheet set.

  8. If element's media attribute's value matches the environment and element is potentially render-blocking, then block rendering on element.

Once the attempts to obtain the style sheet's critical subresources, if any, are complete, or, if the style sheet has no critical subresources, once the style sheet has been parsed and processed, the user agent must run these steps:

Fetching the critical subresources is not well-defined; probably issue #968 is the best resolution for that. In the meantime, any critical subresource request should have its render-blocking set to whether or not the style element is currently render-blocking.

  1. Let element be the style element associated with the style sheet in question.

  2. Let success be true.

  3. If the attempts to obtain any of the style sheet's critical subresources failed for any reason (e.g., DNS error, HTTP 404 response, a connection being prematurely closed, unsupported Content-Type), set success to false.

    Note that content-specific errors, e.g., CSS parse errors or PNG decoding errors, do not affect success.

  4. Queue an element task on the networking task source given element and the following steps:

    1. If success is true, fire an event named load at element.

    2. Otherwise, fire an event named error at element.

    3. If element contributes a script-blocking style sheet:

      1. Assert: element's node document's script-blocking style sheet set contains element.

      2. Remove element from its node document's script-blocking style sheet set.

    4. Unblock rendering on element.

The element must delay the load event of the element's node document until all the attempts to obtain the style sheet's critical subresources, if any, are complete.

This specification does not specify a style system, but CSS is expected to be supported by most web browsers. [CSS]

HTMLStyleElement/media

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The media and blocking IDL attributes must each reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

The LinkStyle interface is also implemented by this element. [CSSOM]

The following document has its stress emphasis styled as bright red text rather than italics text, while leaving titles of works and Latin words in their default italics. It shows how using appropriate elements enables easier restyling of documents.

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en-US">
 <head>
  <title>My favorite book</title>
  <style>
   body { color: black; background: white; }
   em { font-style: normal; color: red; }
  </style>
 </head>
 <body>
  <p>My <em>favorite</em> book of all time has <em>got</em> to be
  <cite>A Cat's Life</cite>. It is a book by P. Rahmel that talks
  about the <i lang="la">Felis catus</i> in modern human society.</p>
 </body>
</html>

4.2.7 Interactions of styling and scripting

If the style sheet referenced no other resources (e.g., it was an internal style sheet given by a style element with no @import rules), then the style rules must be immediately made available to script; otherwise, the style rules must only be made available to script once the event loop reaches its update the rendering step.

An element el in the context of a Document of an HTML parser or XML parser contributes a script-blocking style sheet if all of the following are true:

It is expected that counterparts to the above rules also apply to <?xml-stylesheet?> PIs. However, this has not yet been thoroughly investigated.

A Document has a script-blocking style sheet set, which is an ordered set, initially empty.

A Document document has a style sheet that is blocking scripts if the following steps return true:

  1. If document's script-blocking style sheet set is not empty, then return true.

  2. If document's node navigable is null, then return false.

  3. Let containerDocument be document's node navigable's container document.

  4. If containerDocument is non-null and containerDocument's script-blocking style sheet set is not empty, then return true.

  5. Return false.

A Document has no style sheet that is blocking scripts if it does not have a style sheet that is blocking scripts.

4.3 Sections

Introduction_to_HTML/Document_and_website_structure#HTML_for_structuring_content

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+

4.3.1 The body element

Element/body

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLBodyElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer4+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As the second element in an html element.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
A body element's start tag can be omitted if the element is empty, or if the first thing inside the body element is not ASCII whitespace or a comment, except if the first thing inside the body element is a meta, noscript, link, script, style, or template element.
A body element's end tag can be omitted if the body element is not immediately followed by a comment.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
onafterprint
onbeforeprint
onbeforeunload
onhashchange
onlanguagechange
onmessage
onmessageerror
onoffline
ononline
onpageswap
onpagehide
onpagereveal
onpageshow
onpopstate
onrejectionhandled
onstorage
onunhandledrejection
onunload
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLBodyElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

HTMLBodyElement includes WindowEventHandlers;

The body element represents the contents of the document.

In conforming documents, there is only one body element. The document.body IDL attribute provides scripts with easy access to a document's body element.

Some DOM operations (for example, parts of the drag and drop model) are defined in terms of "the body element". This refers to a particular element in the DOM, as per the definition of the term, and not any arbitrary body element.

The body element exposes as event handler content attributes a number of the event handlers of the Window object. It also mirrors their event handler IDL attributes.

The event handlers of the Window object named by the Window-reflecting body element event handler set, exposed on the body element, replace the generic event handlers with the same names normally supported by HTML elements.

Thus, for example, a bubbling error event dispatched on a child of the body element of a Document would first trigger the onerror event handler content attributes of that element, then that of the root html element, and only then would it trigger the onerror event handler content attribute on the body element. This is because the event would bubble from the target, to the body, to the html, to the Document, to the Window, and the event handler on the body is watching the Window not the body. A regular event listener attached to the body using addEventListener(), however, would be run when the event bubbled through the body and not when it reaches the Window object.

This page updates an indicator to show whether or not the user is online:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>Online or offline?</title>
  <script>
   function update(online) {
     document.getElementById('status').textContent =
       online ? 'Online' : 'Offline';
   }
  </script>
 </head>
 <body ononline="update(true)"
       onoffline="update(false)"
       onload="update(navigator.onLine)">
  <p>You are: <span id="status">(Unknown)</span></p>
 </body>
</html>

4.3.2 The article element

Element/article

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Sectioning content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where sectioning content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The article element represents a complete, or self-contained, composition in a document, page, application, or site and that is, in principle, independently distributable or reusable, e.g. in syndication. This could be a forum post, a magazine or newspaper article, a blog entry, a user-submitted comment, an interactive widget or gadget, or any other independent item of content.

When article elements are nested, the inner article elements represent articles that are in principle related to the contents of the outer article. For instance, a blog entry on a site that accepts user-submitted comments could represent the comments as article elements nested within the article element for the blog entry.

Author information associated with an article element (q.v. the address element) does not apply to nested article elements.

When used specifically with content to be redistributed in syndication, the article element is similar in purpose to the entry element in Atom. [ATOM]

The schema.org microdata vocabulary can be used to provide the publication date for an article element, using one of the CreativeWork subtypes.

When the main content of the page (i.e. excluding footers, headers, navigation blocks, and sidebars) is all one single self-contained composition, that content may be marked with an article, but it is technically redundant in that case (since it's self-evident that the page is a single composition, as it is a single document).

This example shows a blog post using the article element, with some schema.org annotations:

<article itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/BlogPosting">
 <header>
  <h2 itemprop="headline">The Very First Rule of Life</h2>
  <p><time itemprop="datePublished" datetime="2009-10-09">3 days ago</time></p>
  <link itemprop="url" href="?comments=0">
 </header>
 <p>If there's a microphone anywhere near you, assume it's hot and
 sending whatever you're saying to the world. Seriously.</p>
 <p>...</p>
 <footer>
  <a itemprop="discussionUrl" href="?comments=1">Show comments...</a>
 </footer>
</article>

Here is that same blog post, but showing some of the comments:

<article itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/BlogPosting">
 <header>
  <h2 itemprop="headline">The Very First Rule of Life</h2>
  <p><time itemprop="datePublished" datetime="2009-10-09">3 days ago</time></p>
  <link itemprop="url" href="?comments=0">
 </header>
 <p>If there's a microphone anywhere near you, assume it's hot and
 sending whatever you're saying to the world. Seriously.</p>
 <p>...</p>
 <section>
  <h1>Comments</h1>
  <article itemprop="comment" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Comment" id="c1">
   <link itemprop="url" href="#c1">
   <footer>
    <p>Posted by: <span itemprop="creator" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Person">
     <span itemprop="name">George Washington</span>
    </span></p>
    <p><time itemprop="dateCreated" datetime="2009-10-10">15 minutes ago</time></p>
   </footer>
   <p>Yeah! Especially when talking about your lobbyist friends!</p>
  </article>
  <article itemprop="comment" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Comment" id="c2">
   <link itemprop="url" href="#c2">
   <footer>
    <p>Posted by: <span itemprop="creator" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Person">
     <span itemprop="name">George Hammond</span>
    </span></p>
    <p><time itemprop="dateCreated" datetime="2009-10-10">5 minutes ago</time></p>
   </footer>
   <p>Hey, you have the same first name as me.</p>
  </article>
 </section>
</article>

Notice the use of footer to give the information for each comment (such as who wrote it and when): the footer element can appear at the start of its section when appropriate, such as in this case. (Using header in this case wouldn't be wrong either; it's mostly a matter of authoring preference.)

In this example, article elements are used to host widgets on a portal page. The widgets are implemented as customized built-in elements in order to get specific styling and scripted behavior.

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang=en>
<title>eHome Portal</title>
<script src="/scripts/widgets.js"></script>
<link rel=stylesheet href="/styles/main.css">
<article is="stock-widget">
 <h2>Stocks</h2>
 <table>
  <thead> <tr> <th> Stock <th> Value <th> Delta
  <tbody> <template> <tr> <td> <td> <td> </template>
 </table>
 <p> <input type=button value="Refresh" onclick="this.parentElement.refresh()">
</article>
<article is="news-widget">
 <h2>News</h2>
 <ul>
  <template>
   <li>
    <p><img> <strong></strong>
    <p>
  </template>
 </ul>
 <p> <input type=button value="Refresh" onclick="this.parentElement.refresh()">
</article>

4.3.3 The section element

Element/section

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Sectioning content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where sectioning content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The section element represents a generic section of a document or application. A section, in this context, is a thematic grouping of content, typically with a heading.

Examples of sections would be chapters, the various tabbed pages in a tabbed dialog box, or the numbered sections of a thesis. A web site's home page could be split into sections for an introduction, news items, and contact information.

Authors are encouraged to use the article element instead of the section element when it would make sense to syndicate the contents of the element.

The section element is not a generic container element. When an element is needed only for styling purposes or as a convenience for scripting, authors are encouraged to use the div element instead. A general rule is that the section element is appropriate only if the element's contents would be listed explicitly in the document's outline.

In the following example, we see an article (part of a larger web page) about apples, containing two short sections.

<article>
 <hgroup>
  <h2>Apples</h2>
  <p>Tasty, delicious fruit!</p>
 </hgroup>
 <p>The apple is the pomaceous fruit of the apple tree.</p>
 <section>
  <h3>Red Delicious</h3>
  <p>These bright red apples are the most common found in many
  supermarkets.</p>
 </section>
 <section>
  <h3>Granny Smith</h3>
  <p>These juicy, green apples make a great filling for
  apple pies.</p>
 </section>
</article>

Here is a graduation programme with two sections, one for the list of people graduating, and one for the description of the ceremony. (The markup in this example features an uncommon style sometimes used to minimize the amount of inter-element whitespace.)

<!DOCTYPE Html>
<Html Lang=En
 ><Head
   ><Title
     >Graduation Ceremony Summer 2022</Title
   ></Head
 ><Body
   ><H1
     >Graduation</H1
   ><Section
     ><H2
       >Ceremony</H2
     ><P
       >Opening Procession</P
     ><P
       >Speech by Valedictorian</P
     ><P
       >Speech by Class President</P
     ><P
       >Presentation of Diplomas</P
     ><P
       >Closing Speech by Headmaster</P
   ></Section
   ><Section
     ><H2
       >Graduates</H2
     ><Ul
       ><Li
         >Molly Carpenter</Li
       ><Li
         >Anastasia Luccio</Li
       ><Li
         >Ebenezar McCoy</Li
       ><Li
         >Karrin Murphy</Li
       ><Li
         >Thomas Raith</Li
       ><Li
         >Susan Rodriguez</Li
     ></Ul
   ></Section
 ></Body
></Html>

In this example, a book author has marked up some sections as chapters and some as appendices, and uses CSS to style the headers in these two classes of section differently.

<style>
 section { border: double medium; margin: 2em; }
 section.chapter h2 { font: 2em Roboto, Helvetica Neue, sans-serif; }
 section.appendix h2 { font: small-caps 2em Roboto, Helvetica Neue, sans-serif; }
</style>
<header>
 <hgroup>
  <h1>My Book</h1>
  <p>A sample with not much content</p>
 </hgroup>
 <p><small>Published by Dummy Publicorp Ltd.</small></p>
</header>
<section class="chapter">
 <h2>My First Chapter</h2>
 <p>This is the first of my chapters. It doesn't say much.</p>
 <p>But it has two paragraphs!</p>
</section>
<section class="chapter">
 <h2>It Continues: The Second Chapter</h2>
 <p>Bla dee bla, dee bla dee bla. Boom.</p>
</section>
<section class="chapter">
 <h2>Chapter Three: A Further Example</h2>
 <p>It's not like a battle between brightness and earthtones would go
 unnoticed.</p>
 <p>But it might ruin my story.</p>
</section>
<section class="appendix">
 <h2>Appendix A: Overview of Examples</h2>
 <p>These are demonstrations.</p>
</section>
<section class="appendix">
 <h2>Appendix B: Some Closing Remarks</h2>
 <p>Hopefully this long example shows that you <em>can</em> style
 sections, so long as they are used to indicate actual sections.</p>
</section>

4.3.4 The nav element

Element/nav

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Sectioning content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where sectioning content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The nav element represents a section of a page that links to other pages or to parts within the page: a section with navigation links.

Not all groups of links on a page need to be in a nav element — the element is primarily intended for sections that consist of major navigation blocks. In particular, it is common for footers to have a short list of links to various pages of a site, such as the terms of service, the home page, and a copyright page. The footer element alone is sufficient for such cases; while a nav element can be used in such cases, it is usually unnecessary.

User agents (such as screen readers) that are targeted at users who can benefit from navigation information being omitted in the initial rendering, or who can benefit from navigation information being immediately available, can use this element as a way to determine what content on the page to initially skip or provide on request (or both).

In the following example, there are two nav elements, one for primary navigation around the site, and one for secondary navigation around the page itself.

<body>
 <h1>The Wiki Center Of Exampland</h1>
 <nav>
  <ul>
   <li><a href="/">Home</a></li>
   <li><a href="/events">Current Events</a></li>
   ...more...
  </ul>
 </nav>
 <article>
  <header>
   <h2>Demos in Exampland</h2>
   <p>Written by A. N. Other.</p>
  </header>
  <nav>
   <ul>
    <li><a href="#public">Public demonstrations</a></li>
    <li><a href="#destroy">Demolitions</a></li>
    ...more...
   </ul>
  </nav>
  <div>
   <section id="public">
    <h2>Public demonstrations</h2>
    <p>...more...</p>
   </section>
   <section id="destroy">
    <h2>Demolitions</h2>
    <p>...more...</p>
   </section>
   ...more...
  </div>
  <footer>
   <p><a href="?edit">Edit</a> | <a href="?delete">Delete</a> | <a href="?Rename">Rename</a></p>
  </footer>
 </article>
 <footer>
  <p><small>© copyright 1998 Exampland Emperor</small></p>
 </footer>
</body>

In the following example, the page has several places where links are present, but only one of those places is considered a navigation section.

<body itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Blog">
 <header>
  <h1>Wake up sheeple!</h1>
  <p><a href="news.html">News</a> -
     <a href="blog.html">Blog</a> -
     <a href="forums.html">Forums</a></p>
  <p>Last Modified: <span itemprop="dateModified">2009-04-01</span></p>
  <nav>
   <h2>Navigation</h2>
   <ul>
    <li><a href="articles.html">Index of all articles</a></li>
    <li><a href="today.html">Things sheeple need to wake up for today</a></li>
    <li><a href="successes.html">Sheeple we have managed to wake</a></li>
   </ul>
  </nav>
 </header>
 <main>
  <article itemprop="blogPosts" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/BlogPosting">
   <header>
    <h2 itemprop="headline">My Day at the Beach</h2>
   </header>
   <div itemprop="articleBody">
    <p>Today I went to the beach and had a lot of fun.</p>
    ...more content...
   </div>
   <footer>
    <p>Posted <time itemprop="datePublished" datetime="2009-10-10">Thursday</time>.</p>
   </footer>
  </article>
  ...more blog posts...
 </main>
 <footer>
  <p>Copyright ©
   <span itemprop="copyrightYear">2010</span>
   <span itemprop="copyrightHolder">The Example Company</span>
  </p>
  <p><a href="about.html">About</a> -
     <a href="policy.html">Privacy Policy</a> -
     <a href="contact.html">Contact Us</a></p>
 </footer>
</body>

You can also see microdata annotations in the above example that use the schema.org vocabulary to provide the publication date and other metadata about the blog post.

A nav element doesn't have to contain a list, it can contain other kinds of content as well. In this navigation block, links are provided in prose:

<nav>
 <h1>Navigation</h1>
 <p>You are on my home page. To the north lies <a href="/blog">my
 blog</a>, from whence the sounds of battle can be heard. To the east
 you can see a large mountain, upon which many <a
 href="/school">school papers</a> are littered. Far up thus mountain
 you can spy a little figure who appears to be me, desperately
 scribbling a <a href="/school/thesis">thesis</a>.</p>
 <p>To the west are several exits. One fun-looking exit is labeled <a
 href="https://games.example.com/">"games"</a>. Another more
 boring-looking exit is labeled <a
 href="https://isp.example.net/">ISP™</a>.</p>
 <p>To the south lies a dark and dank <a href="/about">contacts
 page</a>. Cobwebs cover its disused entrance, and at one point you
 see a rat run quickly out of the page.</p>
</nav>

In this example, nav is used in an email application, to let the user switch folders:

<p><input type=button value="Compose" onclick="compose()"></p>
<nav>
 <h1>Folders</h1>
 <ul>
  <li> <a href="/inbox" onclick="return openFolder(this.href)">Inbox</a> <span class=count></span>
  <li> <a href="/sent" onclick="return openFolder(this.href)">Sent</a>
  <li> <a href="/drafts" onclick="return openFolder(this.href)">Drafts</a>
  <li> <a href="/trash" onclick="return openFolder(this.href)">Trash</a>
  <li> <a href="/customers" onclick="return openFolder(this.href)">Customers</a>
 </ul>
</nav>

4.3.5 The aside element

Element/aside

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Sectioning content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where sectioning content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The aside element represents a section of a page that consists of content that is tangentially related to the content around the aside element, and which could be considered separate from that content. Such sections are often represented as sidebars in printed typography.

The element can be used for typographical effects like pull quotes or sidebars, for advertising, for groups of nav elements, and for other content that is considered separate from the main content of the page.

It's not appropriate to use the aside element just for parentheticals, since those are part of the main flow of the document.

The following example shows how an aside is used to mark up background material on Switzerland in a much longer news story on Europe.

<aside>
 <h2>Switzerland</h2>
 <p>Switzerland, a land-locked country in the middle of geographic
 Europe, has not joined the geopolitical European Union, though it is
 a signatory to a number of European treaties.</p>
</aside>

The following example shows how an aside is used to mark up a pull quote in a longer article.

...

<p>He later joined a large company, continuing on the same work.
<q>I love my job. People ask me what I do for fun when I'm not at
work. But I'm paid to do my hobby, so I never know what to
answer. Some people wonder what they would do if they didn't have to
work... but I know what I would do, because I was unemployed for a
year, and I filled that time doing exactly what I do now.</q></p>

<aside>
 <q>People ask me what I do for fun when I'm not at work. But I'm
 paid to do my hobby, so I never know what to answer.</q>
</aside>

<p>Of course his work — or should that be hobby? —
isn't his only passion. He also enjoys other pleasures.</p>

...

The following extract shows how aside can be used for blogrolls and other side content on a blog:

<body>
 <header>
  <h1>My wonderful blog</h1>
  <p>My tagline</p>
 </header>
 <aside>
  <!-- this aside contains two sections that are tangentially related
  to the page, namely, links to other blogs, and links to blog posts
  from this blog -->
  <nav>
   <h2>My blogroll</h2>
   <ul>
    <li><a href="https://blog.example.com/">Example Blog</a>
   </ul>
  </nav>
  <nav>
   <h2>Archives</h2>
   <ol reversed>
    <li><a href="/last-post">My last post</a>
    <li><a href="/first-post">My first post</a>
   </ol>
  </nav>
 </aside>
 <aside>
  <!-- this aside is tangentially related to the page also, it
  contains twitter messages from the blog author -->
  <h1>Twitter Feed</h1>
  <blockquote cite="https://twitter.example.net/t31351234">
   I'm on vacation, writing my blog.
  </blockquote>
  <blockquote cite="https://twitter.example.net/t31219752">
   I'm going to go on vacation soon.
  </blockquote>
 </aside>
 <article>
  <!-- this is a blog post -->
  <h2>My last post</h2>
  <p>This is my last post.</p>
  <footer>
   <p><a href="/last-post" rel=bookmark>Permalink</a>
  </footer>
 </article>
 <article>
  <!-- this is also a blog post -->
  <h2>My first post</h2>
  <p>This is my first post.</p>
  <aside>
   <!-- this aside is about the blog post, since it's inside the
   <article> element; it would be wrong, for instance, to put the
   blogroll here, since the blogroll isn't really related to this post
   specifically, only to the page as a whole -->
   <h2>Posting</h2>
   <p>While I'm thinking about it, I wanted to say something about
   posting. Posting is fun!</p>
  </aside>
  <footer>
   <p><a href="/first-post" rel=bookmark>Permalink</a>
  </footer>
 </article>
 <footer>
  <p><a href="/archives">Archives</a> -
   <a href="/about">About me</a> -
   <a href="/copyright">Copyright</a></p>
 </footer>
</body>

4.3.6 The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements

Element/Heading_Elements

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Element/Heading_Elements

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Element/Heading_Elements

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Element/Heading_Elements

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Element/Heading_Elements

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Element/Heading_Elements

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLHeadingElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Heading content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of an hgroup element.
Where heading content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

These elements represent headings for their sections.

The semantics and meaning of these elements are defined in the section on headings and outlines.

These elements have a heading level given by the number in their name. The heading level corresponds to the levels of nested sections. The h1 element is for a top-level section, h2 for a subsection, h3 for a sub-subsection, and so on.

As far as their respective document outlines (their heading and section structures) are concerned, these two snippets are semantically equivalent:

<body>
<h1>Let's call it a draw(ing surface)</h1>
<h2>Diving in</h2>
<h2>Simple shapes</h2>
<h2>Canvas coordinates</h2>
<h3>Canvas coordinates diagram</h3>
<h2>Paths</h2>
</body>
<body>
 <h1>Let's call it a draw(ing surface)</h1>
 <section>
  <h2>Diving in</h2>
 </section>
 <section>
  <h2>Simple shapes</h2>
 </section>
 <section>
  <h2>Canvas coordinates</h2>
  <section>
   <h3>Canvas coordinates diagram</h3>
  </section>
 </section>
 <section>
  <h2>Paths</h2>
 </section>
</body>

Authors might prefer the former style for its terseness, or the latter style for its additional styling hooks. Which is best is purely an issue of preferred authoring style.

4.3.7 The hgroup element

Element/hgroup

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android2.2+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Heading content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where heading content is expected.
Content model:
Zero or more p elements, followed by one h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, or h6 element, followed by zero or more p elements, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The hgroup element represents a heading and related content. The element may be used to group an h1h6 element with one or more p elements containing content representing a subheading, alternative title, or tagline.

Here are some examples of valid headings contained within an hgroup element.

<hgroup>
 <h1>The reality dysfunction</h1>
 <p>Space is not the only void</p>
</hgroup>
<hgroup>
 <h1>Dr. Strangelove</h1>
 <p>Or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb</p>
</hgroup>

4.3.8 The header element

Element/header

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content, but with no header or footer element descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
If there is an ancestor sectioning content element: for authors; for implementers.
Otherwise: for authors; for implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The header element represents a group of introductory or navigational aids.

A header element is intended to usually contain a heading (an h1h6 element or an hgroup element), but this is not required. The header element can also be used to wrap a section's table of contents, a search form, or any relevant logos.

Here are some sample headers. This first one is for a game:

<header>
 <p>Welcome to...</p>
 <h1>Voidwars!</h1>
</header>

The following snippet shows how the element can be used to mark up a specification's header:

<header>
 <hgroup>
  <h1>Fullscreen API</h1>
  <p>Living Standard — Last Updated 19 October 2015<p>
 </hgroup>
 <dl>
  <dt>Participate:</dt>
  <dd><a href="https://github.com/whatwg/fullscreen">GitHub whatwg/fullscreen</a></dd>
  <dt>Commits:</dt>
  <dd><a href="https://github.com/whatwg/fullscreen/commits">GitHub whatwg/fullscreen/commits</a></dd>
 </dl>
</header>

The header element is not sectioning content; it doesn't introduce a new section.

In this example, the page has a page heading given by the h1 element, and two subsections whose headings are given by h2 elements. The content after the header element is still part of the last subsection started in the header element, because the header element doesn't take part in the outline algorithm.

<body>
 <header>
  <h1>Little Green Guys With Guns</h1>
  <nav>
   <ul>
    <li><a href="/games">Games</a>
    <li><a href="/forum">Forum</a>
    <li><a href="/download">Download</a>
   </ul>
  </nav>
  <h2>Important News</h2> <!-- this starts a second subsection -->
  <!-- this is part of the subsection entitled "Important News" -->
  <p>To play today's games you will need to update your client.</p>
  <h2>Games</h2> <!-- this starts a third subsection -->
 </header>
 <p>You have three active games:</p>
 <!-- this is still part of the subsection entitled "Games" -->
 ...

Element/footer

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content, but with no header or footer element descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
If there is an ancestor sectioning content element: for authors; for implementers.
Otherwise: for authors; for implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The footer element represents a footer for its nearest ancestor sectioning content element, or for the body element if there is no such ancestor. A footer typically contains information about its section such as who wrote it, links to related documents, copyright data, and the like.

When the footer element contains entire sections, they represent appendices, indices, long colophons, verbose license agreements, and other such content.

Contact information for the author or editor of a section belongs in an address element, possibly itself inside a footer. Bylines and other information that could be suitable for both a header or a footer can be placed in either (or neither). The primary purpose of these elements is merely to help the author write self-explanatory markup that is easy to maintain and style; they are not intended to impose specific structures on authors.

Footers don't necessarily have to appear at the end of a section, though they usually do.

When there is no ancestor sectioning content element, then it applies to the whole page.

The footer element is not itself sectioning content; it doesn't introduce a new section.

Here is a page with two footers, one at the top and one at the bottom, with the same content:

<body>
 <footer><a href="../">Back to index...</a></footer>
 <hgroup>
  <h1>Lorem ipsum</h1>
  <p>The ipsum of all lorems</p>
 </hgroup>
 <p>A dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod
 tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim
 veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex
 ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in
 voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla
 pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in
 culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.</p>
 <footer><a href="../">Back to index...</a></footer>
</body>

Here is an example which shows the footer element being used both for a site-wide footer and for a section footer.

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<HTML LANG="en"><HEAD>
<TITLE>The Ramblings of a Scientist</TITLE>
<BODY>
<H1>The Ramblings of a Scientist</H1>
<ARTICLE>
 <H1>Episode 15</H1>
 <VIDEO SRC="/fm/015.ogv" CONTROLS PRELOAD>
  <P><A HREF="/fm/015.ogv">Download video</A>.</P>
 </VIDEO>
 <FOOTER> <!-- footer for article -->
  <P>Published <TIME DATETIME="2009-10-21T18:26-07:00">on 2009/10/21 at 6:26pm</TIME></P>
 </FOOTER>
</ARTICLE>
<ARTICLE>
 <H1>My Favorite Trains</H1>
 <P>I love my trains. My favorite train of all time is a Köf.</P>
 <P>It is fun to see them pull some coal cars because they look so
 dwarfed in comparison.</P>
 <FOOTER> <!-- footer for article -->
  <P>Published <TIME DATETIME="2009-09-15T14:54-07:00">on 2009/09/15 at 2:54pm</TIME></P>
 </FOOTER>
</ARTICLE>
<FOOTER> <!-- site wide footer -->
 <NAV>
  <P><A HREF="/credits.html">Credits</A><A HREF="/tos.html">Terms of Service</A><A HREF="/index.html">Blog Index</A></P>
 </NAV>
 <P>Copyright © 2009 Gordon Freeman</P>
</FOOTER>
</BODY>
</HTML>

Some site designs have what is sometimes referred to as "fat footers" — footers that contain a lot of material, including images, links to other articles, links to pages for sending feedback, special offers... in some ways, a whole "front page" in the footer.

This fragment shows the bottom of a page on a site with a "fat footer":

...
 <footer>
  <nav>
   <section>
    <h1>Articles</h1>
    <p><img src="images/somersaults.jpeg" alt=""> Go to the gym with
    our somersaults class! Our teacher Jim takes you through the paces
    in this two-part article. <a href="articles/somersaults/1">Part
    1</a> · <a href="articles/somersaults/2">Part 2</a></p>
    <p><img src="images/kindplus.jpeg"> Tired of walking on the edge of
    a clif<!-- sic -->? Our guest writer Lara shows you how to bumble
    your way through the bars. <a href="articles/kindplus/1">Read
    more...</a></p>
    <p><img src="images/crisps.jpeg"> The chips are down, now all
    that's left is a potato. What can you do with it? <a
    href="articles/crisps/1">Read more...</a></p>
   </section>
   <ul>
    <li> <a href="/about">About us...</a>
    <li> <a href="/feedback">Send feedback!</a>
    <li> <a href="/sitemap">Sitemap</a>
   </ul>
  </nav>
  <p><small>Copyright © 2015 The Snacker —
  <a href="/tos">Terms of Service</a></small></p>
 </footer>
</body>

4.3.10 The address element

Element/address

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content, but with no heading content descendants, no sectioning content descendants, and no header, footer, or address element descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The address element represents the contact information for its nearest article or body element ancestor. If that is the body element, then the contact information applies to the document as a whole.

For example, a page at the W3C web site related to HTML might include the following contact information:

<ADDRESS>
 <A href="../People/Raggett/">Dave Raggett</A>,
 <A href="../People/Arnaud/">Arnaud Le Hors</A>,
 contact persons for the <A href="Activity">W3C HTML Activity</A>
</ADDRESS>

The address element must not be used to represent arbitrary addresses (e.g. postal addresses), unless those addresses are in fact the relevant contact information. (The p element is the appropriate element for marking up postal addresses in general.)

The address element must not contain information other than contact information.

For example, the following is non-conforming use of the address element:

<ADDRESS>Last Modified: 1999/12/24 23:37:50</ADDRESS>

Typically, the address element would be included along with other information in a footer element.

The contact information for a node node is a collection of address elements defined by the first applicable entry from the following list:

If node is an article element
If node is a body element

The contact information consists of all the address elements that have node as an ancestor and do not have another body or article element ancestor that is a descendant of node.

If node has an ancestor element that is an article element
If node has an ancestor element that is a body element

The contact information of node is the same as the contact information of the nearest article or body element ancestor, whichever is nearest.

If node's node document has a body element

The contact information of node is the same as the contact information of the body element of the Document.

Otherwise

There is no contact information for node.

User agents may expose the contact information of a node to the user, or use it for other purposes, such as indexing sections based on the sections' contact information.

In this example the footer contains contact information and a copyright notice.

<footer>
 <address>
  For more details, contact
  <a href="mailto:js@example.com">John Smith</a>.
 </address>
 <p><small>© copyright 2038 Example Corp.</small></p>
</footer>

4.3.11 Headings and outlines

h1h6 elements have a heading level, which is given by the number in the element's name.

These elements represent headings. The lower a heading's heading level is, the fewer ancestor sections the heading has.

The outline is all headings in a document, in tree order.

The outline should be used for generating document outlines, for example when generating tables of contents. When creating an interactive table of contents, entries should jump the user to the relevant heading.

If a document has one or more headings, at least a single heading within the outline should have a heading level of 1.

Each heading following another heading lead in the outline must have a heading level that is less than, equal to, or 1 greater than lead's heading level.

The following example is non-conforming:

<body>
 <h1>Apples</h1>
 <p>Apples are fruit.</p>
 <section>
  <h3>Taste</h3>
  <p>They taste lovely.</p>
 </section>
</body>

It could be written as follows and then it would be conforming:

<body>
 <h1>Apples</h1>
 <p>Apples are fruit.</p>
 <section>
  <h2>Taste</h2>
  <p>They taste lovely.</p>
 </section>
</body>
4.3.11.1 Sample outlines

The following markup fragment:

<body>
  <hgroup id="document-title">
    <h1>HTML: Living Standard</h1>
    <p>Last Updated 12 August 2016</p>
  </hgroup>
  <p>Some intro to the document.</p>
  <h2>Table of contents</h2>
  <ol id=toc>...</ol>
  <h2>First section</h2>
  <p>Some intro to the first section.</p>
</body>

...results in 3 document headings:

  1. <h1>HTML: Living Standard</h1>

  2. <h2>Table of contents</h2>.

  3. <h2>First section</h2>.

A rendered view of the outline might look like:

Top-level section with the heading "HTML: Living Standard" and two subsections; "Table of contents" and "First section".

First, here is a document, which is a book with very short chapters and subsections:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang=en>
<title>The Tax Book (all in one page)</title>
<h1>The Tax Book</h1>
<h2>Earning money</h2>
<p>Earning money is good.</p>
<h3>Getting a job</h3>
<p>To earn money you typically need a job.</p>
<h2>Spending money</h2>
<p>Spending is what money is mainly used for.</p>
<h3>Cheap things</h3>
<p>Buying cheap things often not cost-effective.</p>
<h3>Expensive things</h3>
<p>The most expensive thing is often not the most cost-effective either.</p>
<h2>Investing money</h2>
<p>You can lend your money to other people.</p>
<h2>Losing money</h2>
<p>If you spend money or invest money, sooner or later you will lose money.
<h3>Poor judgement</h3>
<p>Usually if you lose money it's because you made a mistake.</p>

Its outline could be presented as follows:

  1. The Tax Book
    1. Earning money
      1. Getting a job
    2. Spending money
      1. Cheap things
      2. Expensive things
    3. Investing money
    4. Losing money
      1. Poor judgement

Notice that the title element is not a heading.

A document can contain multiple top-level headings:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang=en>
<title>Alphabetic Fruit</title>
<h1>Apples</h1>
<p>Pomaceous.</p>
<h1>Bananas</h1>
<p>Edible.</p>
<h1>Carambola</h1>
<p>Star.</p>

The document's outline could be presented as follows:

  1. Apples
  2. Bananas
  3. Carambola

header elements do not influence the outline of a document:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
<title>We're adopting a child! — Ray's blog</title>
<h1>Ray's blog</h1>
<article>
 <header>
  <nav>
   <a href="?t=-1d">Yesterday</a>;
   <a href="?t=-7d">Last week</a>;
   <a href="?t=-1m">Last month</a>
  </nav>
  <h2>We're adopting a child!</h2>
 </header>
 <p>As of today, Janine and I have signed the papers to become
 the proud parents of baby Diane! We've been looking forward to
 this day for weeks.</p>
</article>
</html>

The document's outline could be presented as follows:

  1. Ray's blog
    1. We're adopting a child!

The following example is conforming, but not encouraged as it has no heading whose heading level is 1:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang=en>
<title>Alphabetic Fruit</title>
<section>
 <h2>Apples</h2>
 <p>Pomaceous.</p>
</section>
<section>
 <h2>Bananas</h2>
 <p>Edible.</p>
</section>
<section>
 <h2>Carambola</h2>
 <p>Star.</p>
</section>

The document's outline could be presented as follows:

    1. Apples
    2. Bananas
    3. Carambola

The following example is conforming, but not encouraged as the first heading's heading level is not 1:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang=en>
<title>Feathers on The Site of Encyclopedic Knowledge</title>
 <h2>A plea from our caretakers</h2>
 <p>Please, we beg of you, send help! We're stuck in the server room!</p>
<h1>Feathers</h1>
<p>Epidermal growths.</p>

The document's outline could be presented as follows:

    1. A plea from our caretakers
  1. Feathers
4.3.11.2 Exposing outlines to users

User agents are encouraged to expose page outlines to users to aid in navigation. This is especially true for non-visual media, e.g. screen readers.

For instance, a user agent could map the arrow keys as follows:

Shift + ← Left
Go to previous heading
Shift + → Right
Go to next heading
Shift + ↑ Up
Go to next heading whose level is one less than the current heading's level
Shift + ↓ Down
Go to next heading whose level is the same as the current heading's level

4.3.12 Usage summary

This section is non-normative.

Element Purpose
Example
body The contents of the document.
<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
 <head> <title>Steve Hill's Home Page</title> </head>
 <body> <p>Hard Trance is My Life.</p> </body>
</html>
article A complete, or self-contained, composition in a document, page, application, or site and that is, in principle, independently distributable or reusable, e.g. in syndication. This could be a forum post, a magazine or newspaper article, a blog entry, a user-submitted comment, an interactive widget or gadget, or any other independent item of content.
<article>
 <img src="/tumblr_masqy2s5yn1rzfqbpo1_500.jpg" alt="Yellow smiley face with the caption 'masif'">
 <p>My fave Masif tee so far!</p>
 <footer>Posted 2 days ago</footer>
</article>
<article>
 <img src="/tumblr_m9tf6wSr6W1rzfqbpo1_500.jpg" alt="">
 <p>Happy 2nd birthday Masif Saturdays!!!</p>
 <footer>Posted 3 weeks ago</footer>
</article>
section A generic section of a document or application. A section, in this context, is a thematic grouping of content, typically with a heading.
<h1>Biography</h1>
<section>
 <h1>The facts</h1>
 <p>1500+ shows, 14+ countries</p>
</section>
<section>
 <h1>2010/2011 figures per year</h1>
 <p>100+ shows, 8+ countries</p>
</section>
nav A section of a page that links to other pages or to parts within the page: a section with navigation links.
<nav>
 <p><a href="/">Home</a>
 <p><a href="/biog.html">Bio</a>
 <p><a href="/discog.html">Discog</a>
</nav>
aside A section of a page that consists of content that is tangentially related to the content around the aside element, and which could be considered separate from that content. Such sections are often represented as sidebars in printed typography.
<h1>Music</h1>
<p>As any burner can tell you, the event has a lot of trance.</p>
<aside>You can buy the music we played at our <a href="buy.html">playlist page</a>.</aside>
<p>This year we played a kind of trance that originated in Belgium, Germany, and the Netherlands in the mid-90s.</p>
h1h6 A heading
<h1>The Guide To Music On The Playa</h1>
<h2>The Main Stage</h2>
<p>If you want to play on a stage, you should bring one.</p>
<h2>Amplified Music</h2>
<p>Amplifiers up to 300W or 90dB are welcome.</p>
hgroup A heading and related content. The element may be used to group an h1h6 element with one or more p elements containing content representing a subheading, alternative title, or tagline.
<hgroup>
 <h1>Burning Music</h1>
 <p>The Guide To Music On The Playa</p>
</hgroup>
<section>
 <hgroup>
  <h1>Main Stage</h1>
  <p>The Fiction Of A Music Festival</p>
 </hgroup>
 <p>If you want to play on a stage, you should bring one.</p>
</section>
<section>
 <hgroup>
  <h1>Loudness!</h1>
  <p>Questions About Amplified Music</p>
 </hgroup>
 <p>Amplifiers up to 300W or 90dB are welcome.</p>
</section>
header A group of introductory or navigational aids.
<article>
 <header>
  <h1>Hard Trance is My Life</h1>
  <p>By DJ Steve Hill and Technikal</p>
 </header>
 <p>The album with the amusing punctuation has red artwork.</p>
</article>
footer A footer for its nearest ancestor sectioning content element, or for the body element if there is no such ancestor. A footer typically contains information about its section such as who wrote it, links to related documents, copyright data, and the like.
<article>
 <h1>Hard Trance is My Life</h1>
 <p>The album with the amusing punctuation has red artwork.</p>
 <footer>
  <p>Artists: DJ Steve Hill and Technikal</p>
 </footer>
</article>
4.3.12.1 Article or section?

This section is non-normative.

A section forms part of something else. An article is its own thing. But how does one know which is which? Mostly the real answer is "it depends on author intent".

For example, one could imagine a book with a "Granny Smith" chapter that just said "These juicy, green apples make a great filling for apple pies."; that would be a section because there'd be lots of other chapters on (maybe) other kinds of apples.

On the other hand, one could imagine a tweet or reddit comment or tumblr post or newspaper classified ad that just said "Granny Smith. These juicy, green apples make a great filling for apple pies."; it would then be articles because that was the whole thing.

A comment on an article is not part of the article on which it is commenting, therefore it is its own article.

4.4 Grouping content

4.4.1 The p element

Element/p

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLParagraphElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
A p element's end tag can be omitted if the p element is immediately followed by an address, article, aside, blockquote, details, dialog, div, dl, fieldset, figcaption, figure, footer, form, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, header, hgroup, hr, main, menu, nav, ol, p, pre, search, section, table, or ul element, or if there is no more content in the parent element and the parent element is an HTML element that is not an a, audio, del, ins, map, noscript, or video element, or an autonomous custom element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLParagraphElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The p element represents a paragraph.

While paragraphs are usually represented in visual media by blocks of text that are physically separated from adjacent blocks through blank lines, a style sheet or user agent would be equally justified in presenting paragraph breaks in a different manner, for instance using inline pilcrows (¶).

The following examples are conforming HTML fragments:

<p>The little kitten gently seated herself on a piece of
carpet. Later in her life, this would be referred to as the time the
cat sat on the mat.</p>
<fieldset>
 <legend>Personal information</legend>
 <p>
   <label>Name: <input name="n"></label>
   <label><input name="anon" type="checkbox"> Hide from other users</label>
 </p>
 <p><label>Address: <textarea name="a"></textarea></label></p>
</fieldset>
<p>There was once an example from Femley,<br>
Whose markup was of dubious quality.<br>
The validator complained,<br>
So the author was pained,<br>
To move the error from the markup to the rhyming.</p>

The p element should not be used when a more specific element is more appropriate.

The following example is technically correct:

<section>
 <!-- ... -->
 <p>Last modified: 2001-04-23</p>
 <p>Author: fred@example.com</p>
</section>

However, it would be better marked-up as:

<section>
 <!-- ... -->
 <footer>Last modified: 2001-04-23</footer>
 <address>Author: fred@example.com</address>
</section>

Or:

<section>
 <!-- ... -->
 <footer>
  <p>Last modified: 2001-04-23</p>
  <address>Author: fred@example.com</address>
 </footer>
</section>

List elements (in particular, ol and ul elements) cannot be children of p elements. When a sentence contains a bulleted list, therefore, one might wonder how it should be marked up.

For instance, this fantastic sentence has bullets relating to

and is further discussed below.

The solution is to realize that a paragraph, in HTML terms, is not a logical concept, but a structural one. In the fantastic example above, there are actually five paragraphs as defined by this specification: one before the list, one for each bullet, and one after the list.

The markup for the above example could therefore be:

<p>For instance, this fantastic sentence has bullets relating to</p>
<ul>
 <li>wizards,
 <li>faster-than-light travel, and
 <li>telepathy,
</ul>
<p>and is further discussed below.</p>

Authors wishing to conveniently style such "logical" paragraphs consisting of multiple "structural" paragraphs can use the div element instead of the p element.

Thus for instance the above example could become the following:

<div>For instance, this fantastic sentence has bullets relating to
<ul>
 <li>wizards,
 <li>faster-than-light travel, and
 <li>telepathy,
</ul>
and is further discussed below.</div>

This example still has five structural paragraphs, but now the author can style just the div instead of having to consider each part of the example separately.

4.4.2 The hr element

Element/hr

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLHRElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
As a child of a select element.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLHRElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The hr element represents a paragraph-level thematic break, e.g., a scene change in a story, or a transition to another topic within a section of a reference book; alternatively, it represents a separator between a set of options of a select element.

The following fictional extract from a project manual shows two sections that use the hr element to separate topics within the section.

<section>
 <h1>Communication</h1>
 <p>There are various methods of communication. This section
 covers a few of the important ones used by the project.</p>
 <hr>
 <p>Communication stones seem to come in pairs and have mysterious
 properties:</p>
 <ul>
  <li>They can transfer thoughts in two directions once activated
  if used alone.</li>
  <li>If used with another device, they can transfer one's
  consciousness to another body.</li>
  <li>If both stones are used with another device, the
  consciousnesses switch bodies.</li>
 </ul>
 <hr>
 <p>Radios use the electromagnetic spectrum in the meter range and
 longer.</p>
 <hr>
 <p>Signal flares use the electromagnetic spectrum in the
 nanometer range.</p>
</section>
<section>
 <h1>Food</h1>
 <p>All food at the project is rationed:</p>
 <dl>
  <dt>Potatoes</dt>
  <dd>Two per day</dd>
  <dt>Soup</dt>
  <dd>One bowl per day</dd>
 </dl>
 <hr>
 <p>Cooking is done by the chefs on a set rotation.</p>
</section>

There is no need for an hr element between the sections themselves, since the section elements and the h1 elements imply thematic changes themselves.

The following extract from Pandora's Star by Peter F. Hamilton shows two paragraphs that precede a scene change and the paragraph that follows it. The scene change, represented in the printed book by a gap containing a solitary centered star between the second and third paragraphs, is here represented using the hr element.

<p>Dudley was ninety-two, in his second life, and fast approaching
time for another rejuvenation. Despite his body having the physical
age of a standard fifty-year-old, the prospect of a long degrading
campaign within academia was one he regarded with dread. For a
supposedly advanced civilization, the Intersolar Commonwealth could be
appallingly backward at times, not to mention cruel.</p>
<p><i>Maybe it won't be that bad</i>, he told himself. The lie was
comforting enough to get him through the rest of the night's
shift.</p>
<hr>
<p>The Carlton AllLander drove Dudley home just after dawn. Like the
astronomer, the vehicle was old and worn, but perfectly capable of
doing its job. It had a cheap diesel engine, common enough on a
semi-frontier world like Gralmond, although its drive array was a
thoroughly modern photoneural processor. With its high suspension and
deep-tread tyres it could plough along the dirt track to the
observatory in all weather and seasons, including the metre-deep snow
of Gralmond's winters.</p>

The hr element does not affect the document's outline.

4.4.3 The pre element

Element/pre

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLPreElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLPreElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The pre element represents a block of preformatted text, in which structure is represented by typographic conventions rather than by elements.

In the HTML syntax, a leading newline character immediately following the pre element start tag is stripped.

Some examples of cases where the pre element could be used:

Authors are encouraged to consider how preformatted text will be experienced when the formatting is lost, as will be the case for users of speech synthesizers, braille displays, and the like. For cases like ASCII art, it is likely that an alternative presentation, such as a textual description, would be more universally accessible to the readers of the document.

To represent a block of computer code, the pre element can be used with a code element; to represent a block of computer output the pre element can be used with a samp element. Similarly, the kbd element can be used within a pre element to indicate text that the user is to enter.

This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm.

In the following snippet, a sample of computer code is presented.

<p>This is the <code>Panel</code> constructor:</p>
<pre><code>function Panel(element, canClose, closeHandler) {
  this.element = element;
  this.canClose = canClose;
  this.closeHandler = function () { if (closeHandler) closeHandler() };
}</code></pre>

In the following snippet, samp and kbd elements are mixed in the contents of a pre element to show a session of Zork I.

<pre><samp>You are in an open field west of a big white house with a boarded
front door.
There is a small mailbox here.

></samp> <kbd>open mailbox</kbd>

<samp>Opening the mailbox reveals:
A leaflet.

></samp></pre>

The following shows a contemporary poem that uses the pre element to preserve its unusual formatting, which forms an intrinsic part of the poem itself.

<pre>                maxling

it is with a          heart
               heavy

that i admit loss of a feline
        so           loved

a friend lost to the
        unknown
                                (night)

~cdr 11dec07</pre>

4.4.4 The blockquote element

Element/blockquote

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLQuoteElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
cite — Link to the source of the quotation or more information about the edit
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute USVString cite;
};

The HTMLQuoteElement interface is also used by the q element.

The blockquote element represents a section that is quoted from another source.

Content inside a blockquote must be quoted from another source, whose address, if it has one, may be cited in the cite attribute.

If the cite attribute is present, it must be a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be parsed relative to the element's node document. User agents may allow users to follow such citation links, but they are primarily intended for private use (e.g., by server-side scripts collecting statistics about a site's use of quotations), not for readers.

The content of a blockquote may be abbreviated or may have context added in the conventional manner for the text's language.

For example, in English this is traditionally done using square brackets. Consider a page with the sentence "Jane ate the cracker. She then said she liked apples and fish."; it could be quoted as follows:

<blockquote>
 <p>[Jane] then said she liked [...] fish.</p>
</blockquote>

Attribution for the quotation, if any, must be placed outside the blockquote element.

For example, here the attribution is given in a paragraph after the quote:

<blockquote>
 <p>I contend that we are both atheists. I just believe in one fewer
 god than you do. When you understand why you dismiss all the other
 possible gods, you will understand why I dismiss yours.</p>
</blockquote>
<p>— Stephen Roberts</p>

The other examples below show other ways of showing attribution.

The cite IDL attribute must reflect the element's cite content attribute.

Here a blockquote element is used in conjunction with a figure element and its figcaption to clearly relate a quote to its attribution (which is not part of the quote and therefore doesn't belong inside the blockquote itself):

<figure>
 <blockquote>
  <p>The truth may be puzzling. It may take some work to grapple with.
  It may be counterintuitive. It may contradict deeply held
  prejudices. It may not be consonant with what we desperately want to
  be true. But our preferences do not determine what's true. We have a
  method, and that method helps us to reach not absolute truth, only
  asymptotic approaches to the truth — never there, just closer
  and closer, always finding vast new oceans of undiscovered
  possibilities. Cleverly designed experiments are the key.</p>
 </blockquote>
 <figcaption>Carl Sagan, in "<cite>Wonder and Skepticism</cite>", from
 the <cite>Skeptical Inquirer</cite> Volume 19, Issue 1 (January-February
 1995)</figcaption>
</figure>

This next example shows the use of cite alongside blockquote:

<p>His next piece was the aptly named <cite>Sonnet 130</cite>:</p>
<blockquote cite="https://quotes.example.org/s/sonnet130.html">
  <p>My mistress' eyes are nothing like the sun,<br>
  Coral is far more red, than her lips red,<br>
  ...

This example shows how a forum post could use blockquote to show what post a user is replying to. The article element is used for each post, to mark up the threading.

<article>
 <h1><a href="https://bacon.example.com/?blog=109431">Bacon on a crowbar</a></h1>
 <article>
  <header><strong>t3yw</strong> 12 points 1 hour ago</header>
  <p>I bet a narwhal would love that.</p>
  <footer><a href="?pid=29578">permalink</a></footer>
  <article>
   <header><strong>greg</strong> 8 points 1 hour ago</header>
   <blockquote><p>I bet a narwhal would love that.</p></blockquote>
   <p>Dude narwhals don't eat bacon.</p>
   <footer><a href="?pid=29579">permalink</a></footer>
   <article>
    <header><strong>t3yw</strong> 15 points 1 hour ago</header>
    <blockquote>
     <blockquote><p>I bet a narwhal would love that.</p></blockquote>
     <p>Dude narwhals don't eat bacon.</p>
    </blockquote>
    <p>Next thing you'll be saying they don't get capes and wizard
    hats either!</p>
    <footer><a href="?pid=29580">permalink</a></footer>
    <article>
     <article>
      <header><strong>boing</strong> -5 points 1 hour ago</header>
      <p>narwhals are worse than ceiling cat</p>
      <footer><a href="?pid=29581">permalink</a></footer>
     </article>
    </article>
   </article>
  </article>
  <article>
   <header><strong>fred</strong> 1 points 23 minutes ago</header>
   <blockquote><p>I bet a narwhal would love that.</p></blockquote>
   <p>I bet they'd love to peel a banana too.</p>
   <footer><a href="?pid=29582">permalink</a></footer>
  </article>
 </article>
</article>

This example shows the use of a blockquote for short snippets, demonstrating that one does not have to use p elements inside blockquote elements:

<p>He began his list of "lessons" with the following:</p>
<blockquote>One should never assume that his side of
the issue will be recognized, let alone that it will
be conceded to have merits.</blockquote>
<p>He continued with a number of similar points, ending with:</p>
<blockquote>Finally, one should be prepared for the threat
of breakdown in negotiations at any given moment and not
be cowed by the possibility.</blockquote>
<p>We shall now discuss these points...

Examples of how to represent a conversation are shown in a later section; it is not appropriate to use the cite and blockquote elements for this purpose.

4.4.5 The ol element

Element/ol

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLOListElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
If the element's children include at least one li element: Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Zero or more li and script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
reversed — Number the list backwards
startStarting value of the list
type — Kind of list marker
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLOListElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute boolean reversed;
  [CEReactions] attribute long start;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;

  // also has obsolete members
};

The ol element represents a list of items, where the items have been intentionally ordered, such that changing the order would change the meaning of the document.

The items of the list are the li element child nodes of the ol element, in tree order.

Element/ol#attr-reversed

Support in all current engines.

Firefox18+Safari6+Chrome18+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)≤79+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The reversed attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it indicates that the list is a descending list (..., 3, 2, 1). If the attribute is omitted, the list is an ascending list (1, 2, 3, ...).

The start attribute, if present, must be a valid integer. It is used to determine the starting value of the list.

An ol element has a starting value, which is an integer determined as follows:

  1. If the ol element has a start attribute, then:

    1. Let parsed be the result of parsing the value of the attribute as an integer.

    2. If parsed is not an error, then return parsed.

  2. If the ol element has a reversed attribute, then return the number of owned li elements.

  3. Return 1.

The type attribute can be used to specify the kind of marker to use in the list, in the cases where that matters (e.g. because items are to be referenced by their number/letter). The attribute, if specified, must have a value that is identical to one of the characters given in the first cell of one of the rows of the following table. The type attribute represents the state given in the cell in the second column of the row whose first cell matches the attribute's value; if none of the cells match, or if the attribute is omitted, then the attribute represents the decimal state.

Keyword State Description Examples for values 1-3 and 3999-4001
1 (U+0031) decimal Decimal numbers 1. 2. 3. ... 3999. 4000. 4001. ...
a (U+0061) lower-alpha Lowercase latin alphabet a. b. c. ... ewu. ewv. eww. ...
A (U+0041) upper-alpha Uppercase latin alphabet A. B. C. ... EWU. EWV. EWW. ...
i (U+0069) lower-roman Lowercase roman numerals i. ii. iii. ... mmmcmxcix. i̅v̅. i̅v̅i. ...
I (U+0049) upper-roman Uppercase roman numerals I. II. III. ... MMMCMXCIX. I̅V̅. I̅V̅I. ...

User agents should render the items of the list in a manner consistent with the state of the type attribute of the ol element. Numbers less than or equal to zero should always use the decimal system regardless of the type attribute.

For CSS user agents, a mapping for this attribute to the 'list-style-type' CSS property is given in the Rendering section (the mapping is straightforward: the states above have the same names as their corresponding CSS values).

It is possible to redefine the default CSS list styles used to implement this attribute in CSS user agents; doing so will affect how list items are rendered.

The reversed and type IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

The start IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, with a default value of 1.

This means that the start IDL attribute does not necessarily match the list's starting value, in cases where the start content attribute is omitted and the reversed content attribute is specified.

The following markup shows a list where the order matters, and where the ol element is therefore appropriate. Compare this list to the equivalent list in the ul section to see an example of the same items using the ul element.

<p>I have lived in the following countries (given in the order of when
I first lived there):</p>
<ol>
 <li>Switzerland
 <li>United Kingdom
 <li>United States
 <li>Norway
</ol>

Note how changing the order of the list changes the meaning of the document. In the following example, changing the relative order of the first two items has changed the birthplace of the author:

<p>I have lived in the following countries (given in the order of when
I first lived there):</p>
<ol>
 <li>United Kingdom
 <li>Switzerland
 <li>United States
 <li>Norway
</ol>

4.4.6 The ul element

Element/ul

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLUListElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
If the element's children include at least one li element: Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Zero or more li and script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLUListElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The ul element represents a list of items, where the order of the items is not important — that is, where changing the order would not materially change the meaning of the document.

The items of the list are the li element child nodes of the ul element.

The following markup shows a list where the order does not matter, and where the ul element is therefore appropriate. Compare this list to the equivalent list in the ol section to see an example of the same items using the ol element.

<p>I have lived in the following countries:</p>
<ul>
 <li>Norway
 <li>Switzerland
 <li>United Kingdom
 <li>United States
</ul>

Note that changing the order of the list does not change the meaning of the document. The items in the snippet above are given in alphabetical order, but in the snippet below they are given in order of the size of their current account balance in 2007, without changing the meaning of the document whatsoever:

<p>I have lived in the following countries:</p>
<ul>
 <li>Switzerland
 <li>Norway
 <li>United Kingdom
 <li>United States
</ul>

4.4.7 The menu element

Element/menu

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLMenuElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
If the element's children include at least one li element: Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Zero or more li and script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLMenuElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The menu element represents a toolbar consisting of its contents, in the form of an unordered list of items (represented by li elements), each of which represents a command that the user can perform or activate.

The menu element is simply a semantic alternative to ul to express an unordered list of commands (a "toolbar").

In this example, a text-editing application uses a menu element to provide a series of editing commands:

<menu>
 <li><button onclick="copy()"><img src="copy.svg" alt="Copy"></button></li>
 <li><button onclick="cut()"><img src="cut.svg" alt="Cut"></button></li>
 <li><button onclick="paste()"><img src="paste.svg" alt="Paste"></button></li>
</menu>

Note that the styling to make this look like a conventional toolbar menu is up to the application.

4.4.8 The li element

Element/li

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLLIElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Inside ol elements.
Inside ul elements.
Inside menu elements.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
An li element's end tag can be omitted if the li element is immediately followed by another li element or if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
If the element is not a child of an ul or menu element: valueOrdinal value of the list item
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLLIElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute long value;

  // also has obsolete members
};

The li element represents a list item. If its parent element is an ol, ul, or menu element, then the element is an item of the parent element's list, as defined for those elements. Otherwise, the list item has no defined list-related relationship to any other li element.

The value attribute, if present, must be a valid integer. It is used to determine the ordinal value of the list item, when the li's list owner is an ol element.


Any element whose computed value of 'display' is 'list-item' has a list owner, which is determined as follows:

  1. If the element is not being rendered, return null; the element has no list owner.

  2. Let ancestor be the element's parent.

  3. If the element has an ol, ul, or menu ancestor, set ancestor to the closest such ancestor element.

  4. Return the closest inclusive ancestor of ancestor that produces a CSS box.

    Such an element will always exist, as at the very least the document element will always produce a CSS box.

To determine the ordinal value of each element owned by a given list owner owner, perform the following steps:

  1. Let i be 1.

  2. If owner is an ol element, let numbering be owner's starting value. Otherwise, let numbering be 1.

  3. Loop: If i is greater than the number of list items that owner owns, then return; all of owner's owned list items have been assigned ordinal values.

  4. Let item be the ith of owner's owned list items, in tree order.

  5. If item is an li element that has a value attribute, then:

    1. Let parsed be the result of parsing the value of the attribute as an integer.

    2. If parsed is not an error, then set numbering to parsed.

  6. The ordinal value of item is numbering.

  7. If owner is an ol element, and owner has a reversed attribute, decrement numbering by 1; otherwise, increment numbering by 1.

  8. Increment i by 1.

  9. Go to the step labeled loop.


The value IDL attribute must reflect the value of the value content attribute.

The element's value IDL attribute does not directly correspond to its ordinal value; it simply reflects the content attribute. For example, given this list:

<ol>
 <li>Item 1
 <li value="3">Item 3
 <li>Item 4
</ol>

The ordinal values are 1, 3, and 4, whereas the value IDL attributes return 0, 3, 0 on getting.

The following example, the top ten movies are listed (in reverse order). Note the way the list is given a title by using a figure element and its figcaption element.

<figure>
 <figcaption>The top 10 movies of all time</figcaption>
 <ol>
  <li value="10"><cite>Josie and the Pussycats</cite>, 2001</li>
  <li value="9"><cite lang="sh">Црна мачка, бели мачор</cite>, 1998</li>
  <li value="8"><cite>A Bug's Life</cite>, 1998</li>
  <li value="7"><cite>Toy Story</cite>, 1995</li>
  <li value="6"><cite>Monsters, Inc</cite>, 2001</li>
  <li value="5"><cite>Cars</cite>, 2006</li>
  <li value="4"><cite>Toy Story 2</cite>, 1999</li>
  <li value="3"><cite>Finding Nemo</cite>, 2003</li>
  <li value="2"><cite>The Incredibles</cite>, 2004</li>
  <li value="1"><cite>Ratatouille</cite>, 2007</li>
 </ol>
</figure>

The markup could also be written as follows, using the reversed attribute on the ol element:

<figure>
 <figcaption>The top 10 movies of all time</figcaption>
 <ol reversed>
  <li><cite>Josie and the Pussycats</cite>, 2001</li>
  <li><cite lang="sh">Црна мачка, бели мачор</cite>, 1998</li>
  <li><cite>A Bug's Life</cite>, 1998</li>
  <li><cite>Toy Story</cite>, 1995</li>
  <li><cite>Monsters, Inc</cite>, 2001</li>
  <li><cite>Cars</cite>, 2006</li>
  <li><cite>Toy Story 2</cite>, 1999</li>
  <li><cite>Finding Nemo</cite>, 2003</li>
  <li><cite>The Incredibles</cite>, 2004</li>
  <li><cite>Ratatouille</cite>, 2007</li>
 </ol>
</figure>

While it is conforming to include heading elements (e.g. h1) inside li elements, it likely does not convey the semantics that the author intended. A heading starts a new section, so a heading in a list implicitly splits the list into spanning multiple sections.

4.4.9 The dl element

Element/dl

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLDListElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
If the element's children include at least one name-value group: Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Either: Zero or more groups each consisting of one or more dt elements followed by one or more dd elements, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements.
Or: One or more div elements, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLDListElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The dl element represents an association list consisting of zero or more name-value groups (a description list). A name-value group consists of one or more names (dt elements, possibly as children of a div element child) followed by one or more values (dd elements, possibly as children of a div element child), ignoring any nodes other than dt and dd element children, and dt and dd elements that are children of div element children. Within a single dl element, there should not be more than one dt element for each name.

Name-value groups may be terms and definitions, metadata topics and values, questions and answers, or any other groups of name-value data.

The values within a group are alternatives; multiple paragraphs forming part of the same value must all be given within the same dd element.

The order of the list of groups, and of the names and values within each group, may be significant.

In order to annotate groups with microdata attributes, or other global attributes that apply to whole groups, or just for styling purposes, each group in a dl element can be wrapped in a div element. This does not change the semantics of the dl element.

The name-value groups of a dl element dl are determined using the following algorithm. A name-value group has a name (a list of dt elements, initially empty) and a value (a list of dd elements, initially empty).

  1. Let groups be an empty list of name-value groups.

  2. Let current be a new name-value group.

  3. Let seenDd be false.

  4. Let child be dl's first child.

  5. Let grandchild be null.

  6. While child is not null:

    1. If child is a div element, then:

      1. Let grandchild be child's first child.

      2. While grandchild is not null:

        1. Process dt or dd for grandchild.

        2. Set grandchild to grandchild's next sibling.

    2. Otherwise, process dt or dd for child.

    3. Set child to child's next sibling.

  7. If current is not empty, then append current to groups.

  8. Return groups.

To process dt or dd for a node node means to follow these steps:

  1. Let groups, current, and seenDd be the same variables as those of the same name in the algorithm that invoked these steps.

  2. If node is a dt element, then:

    1. If seenDd is true, then append current to groups, set current to a new name-value group, and set seenDd to false.

    2. Append node to current's name.

  3. Otherwise, if node is a dd element, then append node to current's value and set seenDd to true.

When a name-value group has an empty list as name or value, it is often due to accidentally using dd elements in the place of dt elements and vice versa. Conformance checkers can spot such mistakes and might be able to advise authors how to correctly use the markup.

In the following example, one entry ("Authors") is linked to two values ("John" and "Luke").

<dl>
 <dt> Authors
 <dd> John
 <dd> Luke
 <dt> Editor
 <dd> Frank
</dl>

In the following example, one definition is linked to two terms.

<dl>
 <dt lang="en-US"> <dfn>color</dfn> </dt>
 <dt lang="en-GB"> <dfn>colour</dfn> </dt>
 <dd> A sensation which (in humans) derives from the ability of
 the fine structure of the eye to distinguish three differently
 filtered analyses of a view. </dd>
</dl>

The following example illustrates the use of the dl element to mark up metadata of sorts. At the end of the example, one group has two metadata labels ("Authors" and "Editors") and two values ("Robert Rothman" and "Daniel Jackson"). This example also uses the div element around the groups of dt and dd element, to aid with styling.

<dl>
 <div>
  <dt> Last modified time </dt>
  <dd> 2004-12-23T23:33Z </dd>
 </div>
 <div>
  <dt> Recommended update interval </dt>
  <dd> 60s </dd>
 </div>
 <div>
  <dt> Authors </dt>
  <dt> Editors </dt>
  <dd> Robert Rothman </dd>
  <dd> Daniel Jackson </dd>
 </div>
</dl>

The following example shows the dl element used to give a set of instructions. The order of the instructions here is important (in the other examples, the order of the blocks was not important).

<p>Determine the victory points as follows (use the
first matching case):</p>
<dl>
 <dt> If you have exactly five gold coins </dt>
 <dd> You get five victory points </dd>
 <dt> If you have one or more gold coins, and you have one or more silver coins </dt>
 <dd> You get two victory points </dd>
 <dt> If you have one or more silver coins </dt>
 <dd> You get one victory point </dd>
 <dt> Otherwise </dt>
 <dd> You get no victory points </dd>
</dl>

The following snippet shows a dl element being used as a glossary. Note the use of dfn to indicate the word being defined.

<dl>
 <dt><dfn>Apartment</dfn>, n.</dt>
 <dd>An execution context grouping one or more threads with one or
 more COM objects.</dd>
 <dt><dfn>Flat</dfn>, n.</dt>
 <dd>A deflated tire.</dd>
 <dt><dfn>Home</dfn>, n.</dt>
 <dd>The user's login directory.</dd>
</dl>

This example uses microdata attributes in a dl element, together with the div element, to annotate the ice cream desserts at a French restaurant.

<dl>
 <div itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Product">
  <dt itemprop="name">Café ou Chocolat Liégeois
  <dd itemprop="offers" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Offer">
   <span itemprop="price">3.50</span>
   <data itemprop="priceCurrency" value="EUR"></data>
  <dd itemprop="description">
   2 boules Café ou Chocolat, 1 boule Vanille, sauce café ou chocolat, chantilly
 </div>

 <div itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Product">
  <dt itemprop="name">Américaine
  <dd itemprop="offers" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Offer">
   <span itemprop="price">3.50</span>
   <data itemprop="priceCurrency" value="EUR"></data>
  <dd itemprop="description">
   1 boule Crème brûlée, 1 boule Vanille, 1 boule Caramel, chantilly
 </div>
</dl>

Without the div element the markup would need to use the itemref attribute to link the data in the dd elements with the item, as follows.

<dl>
 <dt itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Product" itemref="1-offer 1-description">
  <span itemprop="name">Café ou Chocolat Liégeois</span>
 <dd id="1-offer" itemprop="offers" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Offer">
  <span itemprop="price">3.50</span>
  <data itemprop="priceCurrency" value="EUR"></data>
 <dd id="1-description" itemprop="description">
  2 boules Café ou Chocolat, 1 boule Vanille, sauce café ou chocolat, chantilly

 <dt itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Product" itemref="2-offer 2-description">
  <span itemprop="name">Américaine</span>
 <dd id="2-offer" itemprop="offers" itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/Offer">
  <span itemprop="price">3.50</span>
  <data itemprop="priceCurrency" value="EUR"></data>
 <dd id="2-description" itemprop="description">
  1 boule Crème brûlée, 1 boule Vanille, 1 boule Caramel, chantilly
</dl>

The dl element is inappropriate for marking up dialogue. See some examples of how to mark up dialogue.

4.4.10 The dt element

Element/dt

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Before dd or dt elements inside dl elements.
Before dd or dt elements inside div elements that are children of a dl element.
Content model:
Flow content, but with no header, footer, sectioning content, or heading content descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
A dt element's end tag can be omitted if the dt element is immediately followed by another dt element or a dd element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The dt element represents the term, or name, part of a term-description group in a description list (dl element).

The dt element itself, when used in a dl element, does not indicate that its contents are a term being defined, but this can be indicated using the dfn element.

This example shows a list of frequently asked questions (a FAQ) marked up using the dt element for questions and the dd element for answers.

<article>
 <h1>FAQ</h1>
 <dl>
  <dt>What do we want?</dt>
  <dd>Our data.</dd>
  <dt>When do we want it?</dt>
  <dd>Now.</dd>
  <dt>Where is it?</dt>
  <dd>We are not sure.</dd>
 </dl>
</article>

4.4.11 The dd element

Element/dd

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
After dt or dd elements inside dl elements.
After dt or dd elements inside div elements that are children of a dl element.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
A dd element's end tag can be omitted if the dd element is immediately followed by another dd element or a dt element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The dd element represents the description, definition, or value, part of a term-description group in a description list (dl element).

A dl can be used to define a vocabulary list, like in a dictionary. In the following example, each entry, given by a dt with a dfn, has several dds, showing the various parts of the definition.

<dl>
 <dt><dfn>happiness</dfn></dt>
 <dd class="pronunciation">/ˈhæpinəs/</dd>
 <dd class="part-of-speech"><i><abbr>n.</abbr></i></dd>
 <dd>The state of being happy.</dd>
 <dd>Good fortune; success. <q>Oh <b>happiness</b>! It worked!</q></dd>
 <dt><dfn>rejoice</dfn></dt>
 <dd class="pronunciation">/rɪˈdʒɔɪs/</dd>
 <dd><i class="part-of-speech"><abbr>v.intr.</abbr></i> To be delighted oneself.</dd>
 <dd><i class="part-of-speech"><abbr>v.tr.</abbr></i> To cause one to be delighted.</dd>
</dl>

4.4.12 The figure element

Element/figure

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5.1+Chrome8+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Either: one figcaption element followed by flow content.
Or: flow content followed by one figcaption element.
Or: flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The figure element represents some flow content, optionally with a caption, that is self-contained (like a complete sentence) and is typically referenced as a single unit from the main flow of the document.

"Self-contained" in this context does not necessarily mean independent. For example, each sentence in a paragraph is self-contained; an image that is part of a sentence would be inappropriate for figure, but an entire sentence made of images would be fitting.

The element can thus be used to annotate illustrations, diagrams, photos, code listings, etc.

When a figure is referred to from the main content of the document by identifying it by its caption (e.g., by figure number), it enables such content to be easily moved away from that primary content, e.g., to the side of the page, to dedicated pages, or to an appendix, without affecting the flow of the document.

If a figure element is referenced by its relative position, e.g., "in the photograph above" or "as the next figure shows", then moving the figure would disrupt the page's meaning. Authors are encouraged to consider using labels to refer to figures, rather than using such relative references, so that the page can easily be restyled without affecting the page's meaning.

The first figcaption element child of the element, if any, represents the caption of the figure element's contents. If there is no child figcaption element, then there is no caption.

A figure element's contents are part of the surrounding flow. If the purpose of the page is to display the figure, for example a photograph on an image sharing site, the figure and figcaption elements can be used to explicitly provide a caption for that figure. For content that is only tangentially related, or that serves a separate purpose than the surrounding flow, the aside element should be used (and can itself wrap a figure). For example, a pull quote that repeats content from an article would be more appropriate in an aside than in a figure, because it isn't part of the content, it's a repetition of the content for the purposes of enticing readers or highlighting key topics.

This example shows the figure element to mark up a code listing.

<p>In <a href="#l4">listing 4</a> we see the primary core interface
API declaration.</p>
<figure id="l4">
 <figcaption>Listing 4. The primary core interface API declaration.</figcaption>
 <pre><code>interface PrimaryCore {
 boolean verifyDataLine();
 undefined sendData(sequence&lt;byte> data);
 undefined initSelfDestruct();
}</code></pre>
</figure>
<p>The API is designed to use UTF-8.</p>

Here we see a figure element to mark up a photo that is the main content of the page (as in a gallery).

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
<title>Bubbles at work — My Gallery™</title>
<figure>
 <img src="bubbles-work.jpeg"
      alt="Bubbles, sitting in his office chair, works on his
           latest project intently.">
 <figcaption>Bubbles at work</figcaption>
</figure>
<nav><a href="19414.html">Prev</a><a href="19416.html">Next</a></nav>

In this example, we see an image that is not a figure, as well as an image and a video that are. The first image is literally part of the example's second sentence, so it's not a self-contained unit, and thus figure would be inappropriate.

<h2>Malinko's comics</h2>

<p>This case centered on some sort of "intellectual property"
infringement related to a comic (see Exhibit A). The suit started
after a trailer ending with these words:

<blockquote>
 <img src="promblem-packed-action.png" alt="ROUGH COPY! Promblem-Packed Action!">
</blockquote>

<p>...was aired. A lawyer, armed with a Bigger Notebook, launched a
preemptive strike using snowballs. A complete copy of the trailer is
included with Exhibit B.

<figure>
 <img src="ex-a.png" alt="Two squiggles on a dirty piece of paper.">
 <figcaption>Exhibit A. The alleged <cite>rough copy</cite> comic.</figcaption>
</figure>

<figure>
 <video src="ex-b.mov"></video>
 <figcaption>Exhibit B. The <cite>Rough Copy</cite> trailer.</figcaption>
</figure>

<p>The case was resolved out of court.

Here, a part of a poem is marked up using figure.

<figure>
 <p>'Twas brillig, and the slithy toves<br>
 Did gyre and gimble in the wabe;<br>
 All mimsy were the borogoves,<br>
 And the mome raths outgrabe.</p>
 <figcaption><cite>Jabberwocky</cite> (first verse). Lewis Carroll, 1832-98</figcaption>
</figure>

In this example, which could be part of a much larger work discussing a castle, nested figure elements are used to provide both a group caption and individual captions for each figure in the group:

<figure>
 <figcaption>The castle through the ages: 1423, 1858, and 1999 respectively.</figcaption>
 <figure>
  <figcaption>Etching. Anonymous, ca. 1423.</figcaption>
  <img src="castle1423.jpeg" alt="The castle has one tower, and a tall wall around it.">
 </figure>
 <figure>
  <figcaption>Oil-based paint on canvas. Maria Towle, 1858.</figcaption>
  <img src="castle1858.jpeg" alt="The castle now has two towers and two walls.">
 </figure>
 <figure>
  <figcaption>Film photograph. Peter Jankle, 1999.</figcaption>
  <img src="castle1999.jpeg" alt="The castle lies in ruins, the original tower all that remains in one piece.">
 </figure>
</figure>

The previous example could also be more succinctly written as follows (using title attributes in place of the nested figure/figcaption pairs):

<figure>
 <img src="castle1423.jpeg" title="Etching. Anonymous, ca. 1423."
      alt="The castle has one tower, and a tall wall around it.">
 <img src="castle1858.jpeg" title="Oil-based paint on canvas. Maria Towle, 1858."
      alt="The castle now has two towers and two walls.">
 <img src="castle1999.jpeg" title="Film photograph. Peter Jankle, 1999."
      alt="The castle lies in ruins, the original tower all that remains in one piece.">
 <figcaption>The castle through the ages: 1423, 1858, and 1999 respectively.</figcaption>
</figure>

The figure is sometimes referenced only implicitly from the content:

<article>
 <h1>Fiscal negotiations stumble in Congress as deadline nears</h1>
 <figure>
  <img src="obama-reid.jpeg" alt="Obama and Reid sit together smiling in the Oval Office.">
  <figcaption>Barack Obama and Harry Reid. White House press photograph.</figcaption>
 </figure>
 <p>Negotiations in Congress to end the fiscal impasse sputtered on Tuesday, leaving both chambers
 grasping for a way to reopen the government and raise the country's borrowing authority with a
 Thursday deadline drawing near.</p>
 ...
</article>

4.4.13 The figcaption element

Element/figcaption

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5.1+Chrome8+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As the first or last child of a figure element.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The figcaption element represents a caption or legend for the rest of the contents of the figcaption element's parent figure element, if any.

The element can contain additional information about the source:

<figcaption>
 <p>A duck.</p>
 <p><small>Photograph courtesy of 🌟 News.</small></p>
</figcaption>
<figcaption>
 <p>Average rent for 3-room apartments, excluding non-profit apartments</p>
 <p>Zürich’s Statistics Office — <time datetime=2017-11-14>14 November 2017</time></p>
</figcaption>

4.4.14 The main element

Element/main

Support in all current engines.

Firefox21+Safari7+Chrome26+
Opera16+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected, but only if it is a hierarchically correct main element.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The main element represents the dominant contents of the document.

A document must not have more than one main element that does not have the hidden attribute specified.

A hierarchically correct main element is one whose ancestor elements are limited to html, body, div, form without an accessible name, and autonomous custom elements. Each main element must be a hierarchically correct main element.

In this example, the author has used a presentation where each component of the page is rendered in a box. To wrap the main content of the page (as opposed to the header, the footer, the navigation bar, and a sidebar), the main element is used.

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<title>RPG System 17</title>
<style>
 header, nav, aside, main, footer {
   margin: 0.5em; border: thin solid; padding: 0.5em;
   background: #EFF; color: black; box-shadow: 0 0 0.25em #033;
 }
 h1, h2, p { margin: 0; }
 nav, main { float: left; }
 aside { float: right; }
 footer { clear: both; }
</style>
<header>
 <h1>System Eighteen</h1>
</header>
<nav>
 <a href="../16/">← System 17</a>
 <a href="../18/">RPXIX →</a>
</nav>
<aside>
 <p>This system has no HP mechanic, so there's no healing.
</aside>
<main>
 <h2>Character creation</h2>
 <p>Attributes (magic, strength, agility) are purchased at the cost of one point per level.</p>
 <h2>Rolls</h2>
 <p>Each encounter, roll the dice for all your skills. If you roll more than the opponent, you win.</p>
</main>
<footer>
 <p>Copyright © 2013
</footer>
</html>

In the following example, multiple main elements are used and script is used to make navigation work without a server roundtrip and to set the hidden attribute on those that are not current:

<!doctype html>
<html lang=en-CA>
<meta charset=utf-8>
<title></title>
<link rel=stylesheet href=spa.css>
<script src=spa.js async></script>
<nav>
 <a href=/>Home</a>
 <a href=/about>About</a>
 <a href=/contact>Contact</a>
</nav>
<main>
 <h1>Home</h1></main>
<main hidden>
 <h1>About</h1></main>
<main hidden>
 <h1>Contact</h1></main>
<footer>Made with ❤️ by <a href=https://example.com/>Example 👻</a>.</footer>

4.4.15 The search element

Element/search

No support in current engines.

FirefoxNoSafariNoChromeNo
OperaNoEdgeNo
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome AndroidNoWebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The search element represents a part of a document or application that contains a set of form controls or other content related to performing a search or filtering operation. This could be a search of the web site or application; a way of searching or filtering search results on the current web page; or a global or Internet-wide search function.

It's not appropriate to use the search element just for presenting search results, though suggestions and links as part of "quick search" results can be included as part of a search feature. Rather, a returned web page of search results would instead be expected to be presented as part of the main content of that web page.

In the following example, the author is including a search form within the header of the web page:

<header>
  <h1><a href="/">My fancy blog</a></h1>
  ...
  <search>
    <form action="search.php">
      <label for="query">Find an article</label>
      <input id="query" name="q" type="search">
      <button type="submit">Go!</button>
    </form>
  </search>
</header>

In this example, the author has implemented their web application's search functionality entirely with JavaScript. There is no use of the form element to perform server-side submission, but the containing search element semantically identifies the purpose of the descendant content as representing search capabilities.

<search>
  <label>
    Find and filter your query
    <input type="search" id="query">
  </label>
  <label>
    <input type="checkbox" id="exact-only">
    Exact matches only
  </label>

  <section>
    <h3>Results found:</h3>
    <ul id="results">
      <li>
        <p><a href="services/consulting">Consulting services</a></p>
        <p>
          Find out how can we help you improve your business with our integrated consultants, Bob and Bob.
        </p>
      </li>
      ...
    </ul>
    <!--
      when a query returns or filters out all results
      render the no results message here
    -->
    <output id="no-results"></output>
  </section>
</search>

In the following example, the page has two search features. The first is located in the web page's header and serves as a global mechanism to search the web site's content. Its purpose is indicated by its specified title attribute. The second is included as part of the main content of the page, as it represents a mechanism to search and filter the content of the current page. It contains a heading to indicate its purpose.

<body>
  <header>
    ...
    <search title="Website">
      ...
    </search>
  </header>
  <main>
    <h1>Hotels near your location</h1>
     <search>
       <h2>Filter results</h2>
       ...
     </search>
     <article>
      <!-- search result content -->
    </article>
  </main>
</body>

4.4.16 The div element

Element/div

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLDivElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
As a child of a dl element.
Content model:
If the element is a child of a dl element: one or more dt elements followed by one or more dd elements, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements.
If the element is not a child of a dl element: flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLDivElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The div element has no special meaning at all. It represents its children. It can be used with the class, lang, and title attributes to mark up semantics common to a group of consecutive elements. It can also be used in a dl element, wrapping groups of dt and dd elements.

Authors are strongly encouraged to view the div element as an element of last resort, for when no other element is suitable. Use of more appropriate elements instead of the div element leads to better accessibility for readers and easier maintainability for authors.

For example, a blog post would be marked up using article, a chapter using section, a page's navigation aids using nav, and a group of form controls using fieldset.

On the other hand, div elements can be useful for stylistic purposes or to wrap multiple paragraphs within a section that are all to be annotated in a similar way. In the following example, we see div elements used as a way to set the language of two paragraphs at once, instead of setting the language on the two paragraph elements separately:

<article lang="en-US">
 <h1>My use of language and my cats</h1>
 <p>My cat's behavior hasn't changed much since her absence, except
 that she plays her new physique to the neighbors regularly, in an
 attempt to get pets.</p>
 <div lang="en-GB">
  <p>My other cat, coloured black and white, is a sweetie. He followed
  us to the pool today, walking down the pavement with us. Yesterday
  he apparently visited our neighbours. I wonder if he recognises that
  their flat is a mirror image of ours.</p>
  <p>Hm, I just noticed that in the last paragraph I used British
  English. But I'm supposed to write in American English. So I
  shouldn't say "pavement" or "flat" or "colour"...</p>
 </div>
 <p>I should say "sidewalk" and "apartment" and "color"!</p>
</article>

4.5 Text-level semantics

4.5.1 The a element

Element/a

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAnchorElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
If the element has an href attribute: Interactive content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Transparent, but there must be no interactive content descendant, a element descendant, or descendant with the tabindex attribute specified.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
href — Address of the hyperlink
targetNavigable for hyperlink navigation
download — Whether to download the resource instead of navigating to it, and its filename if so
pingURLs to ping
rel — Relationship between the location in the document containing the hyperlink and the destination resource
hreflang — Language of the linked resource
type — Hint for the type of the referenced resource
referrerpolicyReferrer policy for fetches initiated by the element
Accessibility considerations:
If the element has an href attribute: for authors; for implementers.
Otherwise: for authors; for implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLAnchorElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString target;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString download;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString ping;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rel;
  [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString hreflang;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString text;

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;

  // also has obsolete members
};
HTMLAnchorElement includes HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils;

If the a element has an href attribute, then it represents a hyperlink (a hypertext anchor) labeled by its contents.

If the a element has no href attribute, then the element represents a placeholder for where a link might otherwise have been placed, if it had been relevant, consisting of just the element's contents.

The target, download, ping, rel, hreflang, type, and referrerpolicy attributes must be omitted if the href attribute is not present.

If the itemprop attribute is specified on an a element, then the href attribute must also be specified.

If a site uses a consistent navigation toolbar on every page, then the link that would normally link to the page itself could be marked up using an a element:

<nav>
 <ul>
  <li> <a href="/">Home</a> </li>
  <li> <a href="/news">News</a> </li>
  <li> <a>Examples</a> </li>
  <li> <a href="/legal">Legal</a> </li>
 </ul>
</nav>

The href, target, download, ping, and referrerpolicy attributes affect what happens when users follow hyperlinks or download hyperlinks created using the a element. The rel, hreflang, and type attributes may be used to indicate to the user the likely nature of the target resource before the user follows the link.

a.text

Same as textContent.

HTMLAnchorElement/download

Support in all current engines.

Firefox20+Safari10.1+Chrome15+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAnchorElement/rel

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The IDL attributes download, ping, target, rel, hreflang, and type, must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

HTMLAnchorElement/relList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox30+Safari9+Chrome65+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The IDL attribute relList must reflect the rel content attribute.

HTMLAnchorElement/referrerPolicy

Support in all current engines.

Firefox50+Safari14+Chrome52+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The IDL attribute referrerPolicy must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values.

The text attribute's getter must return this element's descendant text content.

The text attribute's setter must string replace all with the given value within this element.

The a element can be wrapped around entire paragraphs, lists, tables, and so forth, even entire sections, so long as there is no interactive content within (e.g., buttons or other links). This example shows how this can be used to make an entire advertising block into a link:

<aside class="advertising">
 <h1>Advertising</h1>
 <a href="https://ad.example.com/?adid=1929&amp;pubid=1422">
  <section>
   <h1>Mellblomatic 9000!</h1>
   <p>Turn all your widgets into mellbloms!</p>
   <p>Only $9.99 plus shipping and handling.</p>
  </section>
 </a>
 <a href="https://ad.example.com/?adid=375&amp;pubid=1422">
  <section>
   <h1>The Mellblom Browser</h1>
   <p>Web browsing at the speed of light.</p>
   <p>No other browser goes faster!</p>
  </section>
 </a>
</aside>

The following example shows how a bit of script can be used to effectively make an entire row in a job listing table a hyperlink:

<table>
 <tr>
  <th>Position
  <th>Team
  <th>Location
 <tr>
  <td><a href="/jobs/manager">Manager</a>
  <td>Remotees
  <td>Remote
 <tr>
  <td><a href="/jobs/director">Director</a>
  <td>Remotees
  <td>Remote
 <tr>
  <td><a href="/jobs/astronaut">Astronaut</a>
  <td>Architecture
  <td>Remote
</table>
<script>
document.querySelector("table").onclick = ({ target }) => {
  if (target.parentElement.localName === "tr") {
    const link = target.parentElement.querySelector("a");
    if (link) {
      link.click();
    }
  }
}
</script>

4.5.2 The em element

Element/em

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The em element represents stress emphasis of its contents.

The level of stress that a particular piece of content has is given by its number of ancestor em elements.

The placement of stress emphasis changes the meaning of the sentence. The element thus forms an integral part of the content. The precise way in which stress is used in this way depends on the language.

These examples show how changing the stress emphasis changes the meaning. First, a general statement of fact, with no stress:

<p>Cats are cute animals.</p>

By emphasizing the first word, the statement implies that the kind of animal under discussion is in question (maybe someone is asserting that dogs are cute):

<p><em>Cats</em> are cute animals.</p>

Moving the stress to the verb, one highlights that the truth of the entire sentence is in question (maybe someone is saying cats are not cute):

<p>Cats <em>are</em> cute animals.</p>

By moving it to the adjective, the exact nature of the cats is reasserted (maybe someone suggested cats were mean animals):

<p>Cats are <em>cute</em> animals.</p>

Similarly, if someone asserted that cats were vegetables, someone correcting this might emphasize the last word:

<p>Cats are cute <em>animals</em>.</p>

By emphasizing the entire sentence, it becomes clear that the speaker is fighting hard to get the point across. This kind of stress emphasis also typically affects the punctuation, hence the exclamation mark here.

<p><em>Cats are cute animals!</em></p>

Anger mixed with emphasizing the cuteness could lead to markup such as:

<p><em>Cats are <em>cute</em> animals!</em></p>

The em element isn't a generic "italics" element. Sometimes, text is intended to stand out from the rest of the paragraph, as if it was in a different mood or voice. For this, the i element is more appropriate.

The em element also isn't intended to convey importance; for that purpose, the strong element is more appropriate.

4.5.3 The strong element

Element/strong

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The strong element represents strong importance, seriousness, or urgency for its contents.

Importance: the strong element can be used in a heading, caption, or paragraph to distinguish the part that really matters from other parts that might be more detailed, more jovial, or merely boilerplate. (This is distinct from marking up subheadings, for which the hgroup element is appropriate.)

For example, the first word of the previous paragraph is marked up with strong to distinguish it from the more detailed text in the rest of the paragraph.

Seriousness: the strong element can be used to mark up a warning or caution notice.

Urgency: the strong element can be used to denote contents that the user needs to see sooner than other parts of the document.

The relative level of importance of a piece of content is given by its number of ancestor strong elements; each strong element increases the importance of its contents.

Changing the importance of a piece of text with the strong element does not change the meaning of the sentence.

Here, the word "chapter" and the actual chapter number are mere boilerplate, and the actual name of the chapter is marked up with strong:

<h1>Chapter 1: <strong>The Praxis</strong></h1>

In the following example, the name of the diagram in the caption is marked up with strong, to distinguish it from boilerplate text (before) and the description (after):

<figcaption>Figure 1. <strong>Ant colony dynamics</strong>. The ants in this colony are
affected by the heat source (upper left) and the food source (lower right).</figcaption>

In this example, the heading is really "Flowers, Bees, and Honey", but the author has added a light-hearted addition to the heading. The strong element is thus used to mark up the first part to distinguish it from the latter part.

<h1><strong>Flowers, Bees, and Honey</strong> and other things I don't understand</h1>

Here is an example of a warning notice in a game, with the various parts marked up according to how important they are:

<p><strong>Warning.</strong> This dungeon is dangerous.
<strong>Avoid the ducks.</strong> Take any gold you find.
<strong><strong>Do not take any of the diamonds</strong>,
they are explosive and <strong>will destroy anything within
ten meters.</strong></strong> You have been warned.</p>

In this example, the strong element is used to denote the part of the text that the user is intended to read first.

<p>Welcome to Remy, the reminder system.</p>
<p>Your tasks for today:</p>
<ul>
 <li><p><strong>Turn off the oven.</strong></p></li>
 <li><p>Put out the trash.</p></li>
 <li><p>Do the laundry.</p></li>
</ul>

4.5.4 The small element

Element/small

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The small element represents side comments such as small print.

Small print typically features disclaimers, caveats, legal restrictions, or copyrights. Small print is also sometimes used for attribution, or for satisfying licensing requirements.

The small element does not "de-emphasize" or lower the importance of text emphasized by the em element or marked as important with the strong element. To mark text as not emphasized or important, simply do not mark it up with the em or strong elements respectively.

The small element should not be used for extended spans of text, such as multiple paragraphs, lists, or sections of text. It is only intended for short runs of text. The text of a page listing terms of use, for instance, would not be a suitable candidate for the small element: in such a case, the text is not a side comment, it is the main content of the page.

The small element must not be used for subheadings; for that purpose, use the hgroup element.

In this example, the small element is used to indicate that value-added tax is not included in a price of a hotel room:

<dl>
 <dt>Single room
 <dd>199 € <small>breakfast included, VAT not included</small>
 <dt>Double room
 <dd>239 € <small>breakfast included, VAT not included</small>
</dl>

In this second example, the small element is used for a side comment in an article.

<p>Example Corp today announced record profits for the
second quarter <small>(Full Disclosure: Foo News is a subsidiary of
Example Corp)</small>, leading to speculation about a third quarter
merger with Demo Group.</p>

This is distinct from a sidebar, which might be multiple paragraphs long and is removed from the main flow of text. In the following example, we see a sidebar from the same article. This sidebar also has small print, indicating the source of the information in the sidebar.

<aside>
 <h1>Example Corp</h1>
 <p>This company mostly creates small software and Web
 sites.</p>
 <p>The Example Corp company mission is "To provide entertainment
 and news on a sample basis".</p>
 <p><small>Information obtained from <a
 href="https://example.com/about.html">example.com</a> home
 page.</small></p>
</aside>

In this last example, the small element is marked as being important small print.

<p><strong><small>Continued use of this service will result in a kiss.</small></strong></p>

4.5.5 The s element

Element/s

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The s element represents contents that are no longer accurate or no longer relevant.

The s element is not appropriate when indicating document edits; to mark a span of text as having been removed from a document, use the del element.

In this example a recommended retail price has been marked as no longer relevant as the product in question has a new sale price.

<p>Buy our Iced Tea and Lemonade!</p>
<p><s>Recommended retail price: $3.99 per bottle</s></p>
<p><strong>Now selling for just $2.99 a bottle!</strong></p>

4.5.6 The cite element

Element/cite

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The cite element represents the title of a work (e.g. a book, a paper, an essay, a poem, a score, a song, a script, a film, a TV show, a game, a sculpture, a painting, a theatre production, a play, an opera, a musical, an exhibition, a legal case report, a computer program, etc.). This can be a work that is being quoted or referenced in detail (i.e., a citation), or it can just be a work that is mentioned in passing.

A person's name is not the title of a work — even if people call that person a piece of work — and the element must therefore not be used to mark up people's names. (In some cases, the b element might be appropriate for names; e.g. in a gossip article where the names of famous people are keywords rendered with a different style to draw attention to them. In other cases, if an element is really needed, the span element can be used.)

This next example shows a typical use of the cite element:

<p>My favorite book is <cite>The Reality Dysfunction</cite> by
Peter F. Hamilton. My favorite comic is <cite>Pearls Before
Swine</cite> by Stephan Pastis. My favorite track is <cite>Jive
Samba</cite> by the Cannonball Adderley Sextet.</p>

This is correct usage:

<p>According to the Wikipedia article <cite>HTML</cite>, as it
stood in mid-February 2008, leaving attribute values unquoted is
unsafe. This is obviously an over-simplification.</p>

The following, however, is incorrect usage, as the cite element here is containing far more than the title of the work:

<!-- do not copy this example, it is an example of bad usage! -->
<p>According to <cite>the Wikipedia article on HTML</cite>, as it
stood in mid-February 2008, leaving attribute values unquoted is
unsafe. This is obviously an over-simplification.</p>

The cite element is a key part of any citation in a bibliography, but it is only used to mark the title:

<p><cite>Universal Declaration of Human Rights</cite>, United Nations,
December 1948. Adopted by General Assembly resolution 217 A (III).</p>

A citation is not a quote (for which the q element is appropriate).

This is incorrect usage, because cite is not for quotes:

<p><cite>This is wrong!</cite>, said Ian.</p>

This is also incorrect usage, because a person is not a work:

<p><q>This is still wrong!</q>, said <cite>Ian</cite>.</p>

The correct usage does not use a cite element:

<p><q>This is correct</q>, said Ian.</p>

As mentioned above, the b element might be relevant for marking names as being keywords in certain kinds of documents:

<p>And then <b>Ian</b> said <q>this might be right, in a
gossip column, maybe!</q>.</p>

4.5.7 The q element

Element/q

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
cite — Link to the source of the quotation or more information about the edit
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLQuoteElement.

The q element represents some phrasing content quoted from another source.

Quotation punctuation (such as quotation marks) that is quoting the contents of the element must not appear immediately before, after, or inside q elements; they will be inserted into the rendering by the user agent.

Content inside a q element must be quoted from another source, whose address, if it has one, may be cited in the cite attribute. The source may be fictional, as when quoting characters in a novel or screenplay.

If the cite attribute is present, it must be a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be parsed relative to the element's node document. User agents may allow users to follow such citation links, but they are primarily intended for private use (e.g., by server-side scripts collecting statistics about a site's use of quotations), not for readers.

The q element must not be used in place of quotation marks that do not represent quotes; for example, it is inappropriate to use the q element for marking up sarcastic statements.

The use of q elements to mark up quotations is entirely optional; using explicit quotation punctuation without q elements is just as correct.

Here is a simple example of the use of the q element:

<p>The man said <q>Things that are impossible just take
longer</q>. I disagreed with him.</p>

Here is an example with both an explicit citation link in the q element, and an explicit citation outside:

<p>The W3C page <cite>About W3C</cite> says the W3C's
mission is <q cite="https://www.w3.org/Consortium/">To lead the
World Wide Web to its full potential by developing protocols and
guidelines that ensure long-term growth for the Web</q>. I
disagree with this mission.</p>

In the following example, the quotation itself contains a quotation:

<p>In <cite>Example One</cite>, he writes <q>The man
said <q>Things that are impossible just take longer</q>. I
disagreed with him</q>. Well, I disagree even more!</p>

In the following example, quotation marks are used instead of the q element:

<p>His best argument was ❝I disagree❞, which
I thought was laughable.</p>

In the following example, there is no quote — the quotation marks are used to name a word. Use of the q element in this case would be inappropriate.

<p>The word "ineffable" could have been used to describe the disaster
resulting from the campaign's mismanagement.</p>

4.5.8 The dfn element

Element/dfn

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari6+Chrome15+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content, but there must be no dfn element descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element: Full term or expansion of abbreviation
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The dfn element represents the defining instance of a term. The paragraph, description list group, or section that is the nearest ancestor of the dfn element must also contain the definition(s) for the term given by the dfn element.

Defining term: if the dfn element has a title attribute, then the exact value of that attribute is the term being defined. Otherwise, if it contains exactly one element child node and no child Text nodes, and that child element is an abbr element with a title attribute, then the exact value of that attribute is the term being defined. Otherwise, it is the descendant text content of the dfn element that gives the term being defined.

If the title attribute of the dfn element is present, then it must contain only the term being defined.

The title attribute of ancestor elements does not affect dfn elements.

An a element that links to a dfn element represents an instance of the term defined by the dfn element.

In the following fragment, the term "Garage Door Opener" is first defined in the first paragraph, then used in the second. In both cases, its abbreviation is what is actually displayed.

<p>The <dfn><abbr title="Garage Door Opener">GDO</abbr></dfn>
is a device that allows off-world teams to open the iris.</p>
<!-- ... later in the document: -->
<p>Teal'c activated his <abbr title="Garage Door Opener">GDO</abbr>
and so Hammond ordered the iris to be opened.</p>

With the addition of an a element, the reference can be made explicit:

<p>The <dfn id=gdo><abbr title="Garage Door Opener">GDO</abbr></dfn>
is a device that allows off-world teams to open the iris.</p>
<!-- ... later in the document: -->
<p>Teal'c activated his <a href=#gdo><abbr title="Garage Door Opener">GDO</abbr></a>
and so Hammond ordered the iris to be opened.</p>

4.5.9 The abbr element

Element/abbr

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome2+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer7+
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element: Full term or expansion of abbreviation
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The abbr element represents an abbreviation or acronym, optionally with its expansion. The title attribute may be used to provide an expansion of the abbreviation. The attribute, if specified, must contain an expansion of the abbreviation, and nothing else.

The paragraph below contains an abbreviation marked up with the abbr element. This paragraph defines the term "Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group".

<p>The <dfn id=whatwg><abbr
title="Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group">WHATWG</abbr></dfn>
is a loose unofficial collaboration of web browser manufacturers and
interested parties who wish to develop new technologies designed to
allow authors to write and deploy Applications over the World Wide
Web.</p>

An alternative way to write this would be:

<p>The <dfn id=whatwg>Web Hypertext Application Technology
Working Group</dfn> (<abbr
title="Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group">WHATWG</abbr>)
is a loose unofficial collaboration of web browser manufacturers and
interested parties who wish to develop new technologies designed to
allow authors to write and deploy Applications over the World Wide
Web.</p>

This paragraph has two abbreviations. Notice how only one is defined; the other, with no expansion associated with it, does not use the abbr element.

<p>The
<abbr title="Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group">WHATWG</abbr>
started working on HTML5 in 2004.</p>

This paragraph links an abbreviation to its definition.

<p>The <a href="#whatwg"><abbr
title="Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group">WHATWG</abbr></a>
community does not have much representation from Asia.</p>

This paragraph marks up an abbreviation without giving an expansion, possibly as a hook to apply styles for abbreviations (e.g. smallcaps).

<p>Philip` and Dashiva both denied that they were going to
get the issue counts from past revisions of the specification to
backfill the <abbr>WHATWG</abbr> issue graph.</p>

If an abbreviation is pluralized, the expansion's grammatical number (plural vs singular) must match the grammatical number of the contents of the element.

Here the plural is outside the element, so the expansion is in the singular:

<p>Two <abbr title="Working Group">WG</abbr>s worked on
this specification: the <abbr>WHATWG</abbr> and the
<abbr>HTMLWG</abbr>.</p>

Here the plural is inside the element, so the expansion is in the plural:

<p>Two <abbr title="Working Groups">WGs</abbr> worked on
this specification: the <abbr>WHATWG</abbr> and the
<abbr>HTMLWG</abbr>.</p>

Abbreviations do not have to be marked up using this element. It is expected to be useful in the following cases:

Providing an expansion in a title attribute once will not necessarily cause other abbr elements in the same document with the same contents but without a title attribute to behave as if they had the same expansion. Every abbr element is independent.

4.5.10 The ruby element

Element/ruby

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
See prose.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The ruby element allows one or more spans of phrasing content to be marked with ruby annotations. Ruby annotations are short runs of text presented alongside base text, primarily used in East Asian typography as a guide for pronunciation or to include other annotations. In Japanese, this form of typography is also known as furigana.

The content model of ruby elements consists of one or more of the following sequences:

  1. One or the other of the following:

  2. One or the other of the following:

The ruby and rt elements can be used for a variety of kinds of annotations, including in particular (though by no means limited to) those described below. For more details on Japanese Ruby in particular, and how to render Ruby for Japanese, see Requirements for Japanese Text Layout. [JLREQ]

At the time of writing, CSS does not yet provide a way to fully control the rendering of the HTML ruby element. It is hoped that CSS will be extended to support the styles described below in due course.

Mono-ruby for individual base characters in Japanese

One or more hiragana or katakana characters (the ruby annotation) are placed with each ideographic character (the base text). This is used to provide readings of kanji characters.

<ruby>B<rt>annotation</ruby>

In this example, notice how each annotation corresponds to a single base character.

<ruby><rt>くん</ruby><ruby><rt></ruby><ruby><rt></ruby>して<ruby><rt>どう</ruby>ぜず。

くんしてどうぜず。

This example can also be written as follows, using one ruby element with two segments of base text and two annotations (one for each) rather than two back-to-back ruby elements each with one base text segment and annotation (as in the markup above):

<ruby><rt>くん</rt><rt></ruby><ruby><rt></ruby>して<ruby><rt>どう</ruby>ぜず。
Mono-ruby for compound words (jukugo)

This is similar to the previous case: each ideographic character in the compound word (the base text) has its reading given in hiragana or katakana characters (the ruby annotation). The difference is that the base text segments form a compound word rather than being separate from each other.

<ruby>B<rt>annotation</rt>B<rt>annotation</ruby>

In this example, notice again how each annotation corresponds to a single base character. In this example, each compound word (jukugo) corresponds to a single ruby element.

The rendering here is expected to be that each annotation be placed over (or next to, in vertical text) the corresponding base character, with the annotations not overhanging any of the adjacent characters.

<ruby><rt></rt><rt>もん</rt></ruby><ruby><rt>ほう</rt><rt>がく</rt></ruby><ruby><rt>ぎょう</rt><rt></rt></ruby>する

もんほうがくぎょうする

Jukugo-ruby

This is semantically identical to the previous case (each individual ideographic character in the base compound word has its reading given in an annotation in hiragana or katakana characters), but the rendering is the more complicated Jukugo Ruby rendering.

This is the same example as above for mono-ruby for compound words. The different rendering is expected to be achieved using different styling (e.g. in CSS), and is not shown here.

<ruby><rt></rt><rt>もん</rt></ruby><ruby><rt>ほう</rt><rt>がく</rt></ruby><ruby><rt>ぎょう</rt><rt></rt></ruby>する

For more details on Jukugo Ruby rendering, see Appendix F in the Requirements for Japanese Text Layout. [JLREQ]

Group ruby for describing meanings

The annotation describes the meaning of the base text, rather than (or in addition to) the pronunciation. As such, both the base text and the annotation can be multiple characters long.

<ruby>BASE<rt>annotation</ruby>

Here a compound ideographic word has its corresponding katakana given as an annotation.

<ruby>境界面<rt>インターフェース</ruby>

境界面インターフェース

Here a compound ideographic word has its translation in English provided as an annotation.

<ruby lang="ja">編集者<rt lang="en">editor</ruby>

編集者editor

Group ruby for Jukuji readings

A phonetic reading that corresponds to multiple base characters, because a one-to-one mapping would be difficult. (In English, the words "Colonel" and "Lieutenant" are examples of words where a direct mapping of pronunciation to individual letters is, in some dialects, rather unclear.)

In this example, the name of a species of flowers has a phonetic reading provided using group ruby:

<ruby>紫陽花<rt>あじさい</ruby>

紫陽花あじさい

Text with both phonetic and semantic annotations (double-sided ruby)

Sometimes, ruby styles described above are combined.

If this results in two annotations covering the same single base segment, then the annotations can just be placed back to back.

<ruby>BASE<rt>annotation 1<rt>annotation 2</ruby>
<ruby>B<rt>a<rt>a</ruby><ruby>A<rt>a<rt>a</ruby><ruby>S<rt>a<rt>a</ruby><ruby>E<rt>a<rt>a</ruby>

In this contrived example, some symbols are given names in English and French.

<ruby><rt> Heart <rt lang=fr> Cœur </rt><rt> Shamrock <rt lang=fr> Trèfle </rt><rt> Star <rt lang=fr> Étoile </rt>
</ruby>

In more complicated situations such as the following examples, a nested ruby element is used to give the inner annotations, and then that whole ruby is then given an annotation at the "outer" level.

<ruby><ruby>B<rt>a</rt>A<rt>n</rt>S<rt>t</rt>E<rt>n</rt></ruby><rt>annotation</ruby>

Here both a phonetic reading and the meaning are given in ruby annotations. The annotation on the nested ruby element gives a mono-ruby phonetic annotation for each base character, while the annotation in the rt element that is a child of the outer ruby element gives the meaning using hiragana.

<ruby><ruby><rt>とう</rt><rt>なん</rt></ruby><rt>たつみ</rt></ruby>の方角

とうなんたつみの方角

This is the same example, but the meaning is given in English instead of Japanese:

<ruby><ruby><rt>とう</rt><rt>なん</rt></ruby><rt lang=en>Southeast</rt></ruby>の方角

とうなんSoutheastの方角


Within a ruby element that does not have a ruby element ancestor, content is segmented and segments are placed into three categories: base text segments, annotation segments, and ignored segments. Ignored segments do not form part of the document's semantics (they consist of some inter-element whitespace and rp elements, the latter of which are used for legacy user agents that do not support ruby at all). Base text segments can overlap (with a limit of two segments overlapping any one position in the DOM, and with any segment having an earlier start point than an overlapping segment also having an equal or later end point, and any segment have a later end point than an overlapping segment also having an equal or earlier start point). Annotation segments correspond to rt elements. Each annotation segment can be associated with a base text segment, and each base text segment can have annotation segments associated with it. (In a conforming document, each base text segment is associated with at least one annotation segment, and each annotation segment is associated with one base text segment.) A ruby element represents the union of the segments of base text it contains, along with the mapping from those base text segments to annotation segments. Segments are described in terms of DOM ranges; annotation segment ranges always consist of exactly one element. [DOM]

At any particular time, the segmentation and categorization of content of a ruby element is the result that would be obtained from running the following algorithm:

  1. Let base text segments be an empty list of base text segments, each potentially with a list of base text subsegments.

  2. Let annotation segments be an empty list of annotation segments, each potentially being associated with a base text segment or subsegment.

  3. Let root be the ruby element for which the algorithm is being run.

  4. If root has a ruby element ancestor, then jump to the step labeled end.

  5. Let current parent be root.

  6. Let index be 0.

  7. Let start index be null.

  8. Let saved start index be null.

  9. Let current base text be null.

  10. Start mode: If index is greater than or equal to the number of child nodes in current parent, then jump to the step labeled end mode.

  11. If the indexth node in current parent is an rt or rp element, jump to the step labeled annotation mode.

  12. Set start index to the value of index.

  13. Base mode: If the indexth node in current parent is a ruby element, and if current parent is the same element as root, then push a ruby level and then jump to the step labeled start mode.

  14. If the indexth node in current parent is an rt or rp element, then set the current base text and then jump to the step labeled annotation mode.

  15. Increment index by one.

  16. Base mode post-increment: If index is greater than or equal to the number of child nodes in current parent, then jump to the step labeled end mode.

  17. Jump back to the step labeled base mode.

  18. Annotation mode: If the indexth node in current parent is an rt element, then push a ruby annotation and jump to the step labeled annotation mode increment.

  19. If the indexth node in current parent is an rp element, jump to the step labeled annotation mode increment.

  20. If the indexth node in current parent is not a Text node, or is a Text node that is not inter-element whitespace, then jump to the step labeled base mode.

  21. Annotation mode increment: Let lookahead index be index plus one.

  22. Annotation mode white-space skipper: If lookahead index is equal to the number of child nodes in current parent then jump to the step labeled end mode.

  23. If the lookahead indexth node in current parent is an rt element or an rp element, then set index to lookahead index and jump to the step labeled annotation mode.

  24. If the lookahead indexth node in current parent is not a Text node, or is a Text node that is not inter-element whitespace, then jump to the step labeled base mode (without further incrementing index, so the inter-element whitespace seen so far becomes part of the next base text segment).

  25. Increment lookahead index by one.

  26. Jump to the step labeled annotation mode white-space skipper.

  27. End mode: If current parent is not the same element as root, then pop a ruby level and jump to the step labeled base mode post-increment.

  28. End: Return base text segments and annotation segments. Any content of the ruby element not described by segments in either of those lists is implicitly in an ignored segment.

When the steps above say to set the current base text, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm:

  1. Let text range be a DOM range whose start is the boundary point (current parent, start index) and whose end is the boundary point (current parent, index).

  2. Let new text segment be a base text segment described by the range text range.

  3. Add new text segment to base text segments.

  4. Let current base text be new text segment.

  5. Let start index be null.

When the steps above say to push a ruby level, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm:

  1. Let current parent be the indexth node in current parent.

  2. Let index be 0.

  3. Set saved start index to the value of start index.

  4. Let start index be null.

When the steps above say to pop a ruby level, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm:

  1. Let index be the position of current parent in root.

  2. Let current parent be root.

  3. Increment index by one.

  4. Set start index to the value of saved start index.

  5. Let saved start index be null.

When the steps above say to push a ruby annotation, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm:

  1. Let rt be the rt element that is the indexth node of current parent.

  2. Let annotation range be a DOM range whose start is the boundary point (current parent, index) and whose end is the boundary point (current parent, index plus one) (i.e. that contains only rt).

  3. Let new annotation segment be an annotation segment described by the range annotation range.

  4. If current base text is not null, associate new annotation segment with current base text.

  5. Add new annotation segment to annotation segments.

In this example, each ideograph in the Japanese text 漢字 is annotated with its reading in hiragana.

...
<ruby><rt>かん</rt><rt></rt></ruby>
...

This might be rendered as:

The two main ideographs, each with its annotation in hiragana rendered in a smaller font above it.

In this example, each ideograph in the traditional Chinese text 漢字 is annotated with its bopomofo reading.

<ruby><rt>ㄏㄢˋ</rt><rt>ㄗˋ</rt></ruby>

This might be rendered as:

The two main ideographs, each with its bopomofo annotation rendered in a smaller font next to it.

In this example, each ideograph in the simplified Chinese text 汉字 is annotated with its pinyin reading.

...<ruby><rt>hàn</rt><rt></rt></ruby>...

This might be rendered as:

The two main ideographs, each with its pinyin annotation rendered in a smaller font above it.

In this more contrived example, the acronym "HTML" has four annotations: one for the whole acronym, briefly describing what it is, one for the letters "HT" expanding them to "Hypertext", one for the letter "M" expanding it to "Markup", and one for the letter "L" expanding it to "Language".

<ruby>
 <ruby>HT<rt>Hypertext</rt>M<rt>Markup</rt>L<rt>Language</rt></ruby>
 <rt>An abstract language for describing documents and applications
</ruby>

4.5.11 The rt element

Element/rt

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet Explorer5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a ruby element.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
An rt element's end tag can be omitted if the rt element is immediately followed by an rt or rp element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The rt element marks the ruby text component of a ruby annotation. When it is the child of a ruby element, it doesn't represent anything itself, but the ruby element uses it as part of determining what it represents.

An rt element that is not a child of a ruby element represents the same thing as its children.

4.5.12 The rp element

Element/rp

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet Explorer5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a ruby element, either immediately before or immediately after an rt element.
Content model:
Text.
Tag omission in text/html:
An rp element's end tag can be omitted if the rp element is immediately followed by an rt or rp element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The rp element can be used to provide parentheses or other content around a ruby text component of a ruby annotation, to be shown by user agents that don't support ruby annotations.

An rp element that is a child of a ruby element represents nothing. An rp element whose parent element is not a ruby element represents its children.

The example above, in which each ideograph in the text 漢字 is annotated with its phonetic reading, could be expanded to use rp so that in legacy user agents the readings are in parentheses:

...
<ruby><rp></rp><rt>かん</rt><rp></rp><rp></rp><rt></rt><rp></rp></ruby>
...

In conforming user agents the rendering would be as above, but in user agents that do not support ruby, the rendering would be:

... 漢(かん)字(じ)...

When there are multiple annotations for a segment, rp elements can also be placed between the annotations. Here is another copy of an earlier contrived example showing some symbols with names given in English and French, but this time with rp elements as well:

<ruby><rp>: </rp><rt>Heart</rt><rp>, </rp><rt lang=fr>Cœur</rt><rp>.</rp><rp>: </rp><rt>Shamrock</rt><rp>, </rp><rt lang=fr>Trèfle</rt><rp>.</rp><rp>: </rp><rt>Star</rt><rp>, </rp><rt lang=fr>Étoile</rt><rp>.</rp>
</ruby>

This would make the example render as follows in non-ruby-capable user agents:

♥: Heart, Cœur. ☘: Shamrock, Trèfle. ✶: Star, Étoile.

4.5.13 The data element

Element/data

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari10+Chrome62+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLDataElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari10+Chrome62+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)14+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
value — Machine-readable value
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLDataElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString value;
};

The data element represents its contents, along with a machine-readable form of those contents in the value attribute.

The value attribute must be present. Its value must be a representation of the element's contents in a machine-readable format.

When the value is date- or time-related, the more specific time element can be used instead.

The element can be used for several purposes.

When combined with microformats or the microdata attributes defined in this specification, the element serves to provide both a machine-readable value for the purposes of data processors, and a human-readable value for the purposes of rendering in a web browser. In this case, the format to be used in the value attribute is determined by the microformats or microdata vocabulary in use.

The element can also, however, be used in conjunction with scripts in the page, for when a script has a literal value to store alongside a human-readable value. In such cases, the format to be used depends only on the needs of the script. (The data-* attributes can also be useful in such situations.)

HTMLDataElement/value

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari10+Chrome62+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)14+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The value IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

Here, a short table has its numeric values encoded using the data element so that the table sorting JavaScript library can provide a sorting mechanism on each column despite the numbers being presented in textual form in one column and in a decomposed form in another.

<script src="sortable.js"></script>
<table class="sortable">
 <thead> <tr> <th> Game <th> Corporations <th> Map Size
 <tbody>
  <tr> <td> 1830 <td> <data value="8">Eight</data> <td> <data value="93">19+74 hexes (93 total)</data>
  <tr> <td> 1856 <td> <data value="11">Eleven</data> <td> <data value="99">12+87 hexes (99 total)</data>
  <tr> <td> 1870 <td> <data value="10">Ten</data> <td> <data value="149">4+145 hexes (149 total)</data>
</table>

4.5.14 The time element

Element/time

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari7+Chrome62+
Opera49+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android46+

HTMLTimeElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari10+Chrome62+
Opera49+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)14+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android46+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
If the element has a datetime attribute: Phrasing content.
Otherwise: Text, but must match requirements described in prose below.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
datetime — Machine-readable value
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTimeElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString dateTime;
};

The time element represents its contents, along with a machine-readable form of those contents in the datetime attribute. The kind of content is limited to various kinds of dates, times, time-zone offsets, and durations, as described below.

The datetime attribute may be present. If present, its value must be a representation of the element's contents in a machine-readable format.

A time element that does not have a datetime content attribute must not have any element descendants.

The datetime value of a time element is the value of the element's datetime content attribute, if it has one, otherwise the child text content of the time element.

The datetime value of a time element must match one of the following syntaxes.

A valid month string
<time>2011-11</time>
A valid date string
<time>2011-11-18</time>
A valid yearless date string
<time>11-18</time>
A valid time string
<time>14:54</time>
<time>14:54:39</time>
<time>14:54:39.929</time>
A valid local date and time string
<time>2011-11-18T14:54</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54:39</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54:39.929</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54:39</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54:39.929</time>

Times with dates but without a time zone offset are useful for specifying events that are observed at the same specific time in each time zone, throughout a day. For example, the 2020 new year is celebrated at 2020-01-01 00:00 in each time zone, not at the same precise moment across all time zones. For events that occur at the same time across all time zones, for example a videoconference meeting, a valid global date and time string is likely more useful.

A valid time-zone offset string
<time>Z</time>
<time>+0000</time>
<time>+00:00</time>
<time>-0800</time>
<time>-08:00</time>

For times without dates (or times referring to events that recur on multiple dates), specifying the geographic location that controls the time is usually more useful than specifying a time zone offset, because geographic locations change time zone offsets with daylight saving time. In some cases, geographic locations even change time zone, e.g. when the boundaries of those time zones are redrawn, as happened with Samoa at the end of 2011. There exists a time zone database that describes the boundaries of time zones and what rules apply within each such zone, known as the time zone database. [TZDATABASE]

A valid global date and time string
<time>2011-11-18T14:54Z</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54:39Z</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54:39.929Z</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54+0000</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54:39+0000</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54:39.929+0000</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54+00:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54:39+00:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18T14:54:39.929+00:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18T06:54-0800</time>
<time>2011-11-18T06:54:39-0800</time>
<time>2011-11-18T06:54:39.929-0800</time>
<time>2011-11-18T06:54-08:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18T06:54:39-08:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18T06:54:39.929-08:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54Z</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54:39Z</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54:39.929Z</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54+0000</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54:39+0000</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54:39.929+0000</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54+00:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54:39+00:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18 14:54:39.929+00:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18 06:54-0800</time>
<time>2011-11-18 06:54:39-0800</time>
<time>2011-11-18 06:54:39.929-0800</time>
<time>2011-11-18 06:54-08:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18 06:54:39-08:00</time>
<time>2011-11-18 06:54:39.929-08:00</time>

Times with dates and a time zone offset are useful for specifying specific events, or recurring virtual events where the time is not anchored to a specific geographic location. For example, the precise time of an asteroid impact, or a particular meeting in a series of meetings held at 1400 UTC every day, regardless of whether any particular part of the world is observing daylight saving time or not. For events where the precise time varies by the local time zone offset of a specific geographic location, a valid local date and time string combined with that geographic location is likely more useful.

A valid week string
<time>2011-W47</time>
Four or more ASCII digits, at least one of which is not U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0)
<time>2011</time>
<time>0001</time>
A valid duration string
<time>PT4H18M3S</time>
<time>4h 18m 3s</time>

The machine-readable equivalent of the element's contents must be obtained from the element's datetime value by using the following algorithm:

  1. If parsing a month string from the element's datetime value returns a month, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  2. If parsing a date string from the element's datetime value returns a date, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  3. If parsing a yearless date string from the element's datetime value returns a yearless date, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  4. If parsing a time string from the element's datetime value returns a time, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  5. If parsing a local date and time string from the element's datetime value returns a local date and time, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  6. If parsing a time-zone offset string from the element's datetime value returns a time-zone offset, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  7. If parsing a global date and time string from the element's datetime value returns a global date and time, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  8. If parsing a week string from the element's datetime value returns a week, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  9. If the element's datetime value consists of only ASCII digits, at least one of which is not U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0), then the machine-readable equivalent is the base-ten interpretation of those digits, representing a year; return.

  10. If parsing a duration string from the element's datetime value returns a duration, that is the machine-readable equivalent; return.

  11. There is no machine-readable equivalent.

The algorithms referenced above are intended to be designed such that for any arbitrary string s, only one of the algorithms returns a value. A more efficient approach might be to create a single algorithm that parses all these data types in one pass; developing such an algorithm is left as an exercise to the reader.

HTMLTimeElement/dateTime

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari10+Chrome62+
Opera49+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)14+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android46+

The dateTime IDL attribute must reflect the element's datetime content attribute.

The time element can be used to encode dates, for example in microformats. The following shows a hypothetical way of encoding an event using a variant on hCalendar that uses the time element:

<div class="vevent">
 <a class="url" href="http://www.web2con.com/">http://www.web2con.com/</a>
 <span class="summary">Web 2.0 Conference</span>:
 <time class="dtstart" datetime="2005-10-05">October 5</time> -
 <time class="dtend" datetime="2005-10-07">7</time>,
 at the <span class="location">Argent Hotel, San Francisco, CA</span>
</div>

Here, a fictional microdata vocabulary based on the Atom vocabulary is used with the time element to mark up a blog post's publication date.

<article itemscope itemtype="https://n.example.org/rfc4287">
 <h1 itemprop="title">Big tasks</h1>
 <footer>Published <time itemprop="published" datetime="2009-08-29">two days ago</time>.</footer>
 <p itemprop="content">Today, I went out and bought a bike for my kid.</p>
</article>

In this example, another article's publication date is marked up using time, this time using the schema.org microdata vocabulary:

<article itemscope itemtype="http://schema.org/BlogPosting">
 <h1 itemprop="headline">Small tasks</h1>
 <footer>Published <time itemprop="datePublished" datetime="2009-08-30">yesterday</time>.</footer>
 <p itemprop="articleBody">I put a bike bell on her bike.</p>
</article>

In the following snippet, the time element is used to encode a date in the ISO8601 format, for later processing by a script:

<p>Our first date was <time datetime="2006-09-23">a Saturday</time>.</p>

In this second snippet, the value includes a time:

<p>We stopped talking at <time datetime="2006-09-24T05:00-07:00">5am the next morning</time>.</p>

A script loaded by the page (and thus privy to the page's internal convention of marking up dates and times using the time element) could scan through the page and look at all the time elements therein to create an index of dates and times.

For example, this element conveys the string "Friday" with the additional semantic that the 18th of November 2011 is the meaning that corresponds to "Friday":

Today is <time datetime="2011-11-18">Friday</time>.

In this example, a specific time in the Pacific Standard Time timezone is specified:

Your next meeting is at <time datetime="2011-11-18T15:00-08:00">3pm</time>.

4.5.15 The code element

Element/code

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The code element represents a fragment of computer code. This could be an XML element name, a filename, a computer program, or any other string that a computer would recognize.

There is no formal way to indicate the language of computer code being marked up. Authors who wish to mark code elements with the language used, e.g. so that syntax highlighting scripts can use the right rules, can use the class attribute, e.g. by adding a class prefixed with "language-" to the element.

The following example shows how the element can be used in a paragraph to mark up element names and computer code, including punctuation.

<p>The <code>code</code> element represents a fragment of computer
code.</p>

<p>When you call the <code>activate()</code> method on the
<code>robotSnowman</code> object, the eyes glow.</p>

<p>The example below uses the <code>begin</code> keyword to indicate
the start of a statement block. It is paired with an <code>end</code>
keyword, which is followed by the <code>.</code> punctuation character
(full stop) to indicate the end of the program.</p>

The following example shows how a block of code could be marked up using the pre and code elements.

<pre><code class="language-pascal">var i: Integer;
begin
   i := 1;
end.</code></pre>

A class is used in that example to indicate the language used.

See the pre element for more details.

4.5.16 The var element

Element/var

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The var element represents a variable. This could be an actual variable in a mathematical expression or programming context, an identifier representing a constant, a symbol identifying a physical quantity, a function parameter, or just be a term used as a placeholder in prose.

In the paragraph below, the letter "n" is being used as a variable in prose:

<p>If there are <var>n</var> pipes leading to the ice
cream factory then I expect at <em>least</em> <var>n</var>
flavors of ice cream to be available for purchase!</p>

For mathematics, in particular for anything beyond the simplest of expressions, MathML is more appropriate. However, the var element can still be used to refer to specific variables that are then mentioned in MathML expressions.

In this example, an equation is shown, with a legend that references the variables in the equation. The expression itself is marked up with MathML, but the variables are mentioned in the figure's legend using var.

<figure>
 <math>
  <mi>a</mi>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <msqrt>
   <msup><mi>b</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
   <mi>+</mi>
   <msup><mi>c</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
  </msqrt>
 </math>
 <figcaption>
  Using Pythagoras' theorem to solve for the hypotenuse <var>a</var> of
  a triangle with sides <var>b</var> and <var>c</var>
 </figcaption>
</figure>

Here, the equation describing mass-energy equivalence is used in a sentence, and the var element is used to mark the variables and constants in that equation:

<p>Then she turned to the blackboard and picked up the chalk. After a few moment's
thought, she wrote <var>E</var> = <var>m</var> <var>c</var><sup>2</sup>. The teacher
looked pleased.</p>

4.5.17 The samp element

Element/samp

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The samp element represents sample or quoted output from another program or computing system.

See the pre and kbd elements for more details.

This element can be contrasted with the output element, which can be used to provide immediate output in a web application.

This example shows the samp element being used inline:

<p>The computer said <samp>Too much cheese in tray
two</samp> but I didn't know what that meant.</p>

This second example shows a block of sample output from a console program. Nested samp and kbd elements allow for the styling of specific elements of the sample output using a style sheet. There's also a few parts of the samp that are annotated with even more detailed markup, to enable very precise styling. To achieve this, span elements are used.

<pre><samp><span class="prompt">jdoe@mowmow:~$</span> <kbd>ssh demo.example.com</kbd>
Last login: Tue Apr 12 09:10:17 2005 from mowmow.example.com on pts/1
Linux demo 2.6.10-grsec+gg3+e+fhs6b+nfs+gr0501+++p3+c4a+gr2b-reslog-v6.189 #1 SMP Tue Feb 1 11:22:36 PST 2005 i686 unknown

<span class="prompt">jdoe@demo:~$</span> <span class="cursor">_</span></samp></pre>

This third example shows a block of input and its respective output. The example uses both code and samp elements.

<pre>
<code class="language-javascript">console.log(2.3 + 2.4)</code>
<samp>4.699999999999999</samp>
</pre>

4.5.18 The kbd element

Element/kbd

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The kbd element represents user input (typically keyboard input, although it may also be used to represent other input, such as voice commands).

When the kbd element is nested inside a samp element, it represents the input as it was echoed by the system.

When the kbd element contains a samp element, it represents input based on system output, for example invoking a menu item.

When the kbd element is nested inside another kbd element, it represents an actual key or other single unit of input as appropriate for the input mechanism.

Here the kbd element is used to indicate keys to press:

<p>To make George eat an apple, press <kbd><kbd>Shift</kbd> + <kbd>F3</kbd></kbd></p>

In this second example, the user is told to pick a particular menu item. The outer kbd element marks up a block of input, with the inner kbd elements representing each individual step of the input, and the samp elements inside them indicating that the steps are input based on something being displayed by the system, in this case menu labels:

<p>To make George eat an apple, select
    <kbd><kbd><samp>File</samp></kbd>|<kbd><samp>Eat Apple...</samp></kbd></kbd>
</p>

Such precision isn't necessary; the following is equally fine:

<p>To make George eat an apple, select <kbd>File | Eat Apple...</kbd></p>

4.5.19 The sub and sup elements

Element/sub

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Element/sup

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
The sub element: for authors; for implementers.
The sup element: for authors; for implementers.
DOM interface:
Use HTMLElement.

The sup element represents a superscript and the sub element represents a subscript.

These elements must be used only to mark up typographical conventions with specific meanings, not for typographical presentation for presentation's sake. For example, it would be inappropriate for the sub and sup elements to be used in the name of the LaTeX document preparation system. In general, authors should use these elements only if the absence of those elements would change the meaning of the content.

In certain languages, superscripts are part of the typographical conventions for some abbreviations.

<p>Their names are
<span lang="fr"><abbr>M<sup>lle</sup></abbr> Gwendoline</span> and
<span lang="fr"><abbr>M<sup>me</sup></abbr> Denise</span>.</p>

The sub element can be used inside a var element, for variables that have subscripts.

Here, the sub element is used to represent the subscript that identifies the variable in a family of variables:

<p>The coordinate of the <var>i</var>th point is
(<var>x<sub><var>i</var></sub></var>, <var>y<sub><var>i</var></sub></var>).
For example, the 10th point has coordinate
(<var>x<sub>10</sub></var>, <var>y<sub>10</sub></var>).</p>

Mathematical expressions often use subscripts and superscripts. Authors are encouraged to use MathML for marking up mathematics, but authors may opt to use sub and sup if detailed mathematical markup is not desired. [MATHML]

<var>E</var>=<var>m</var><var>c</var><sup>2</sup>
f(<var>x</var>, <var>n</var>) = log<sub>4</sub><var>x</var><sup><var>n</var></sup>

4.5.20 The i element

Element/i

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The i element represents a span of text in an alternate voice or mood, or otherwise offset from the normal prose in a manner indicating a different quality of text, such as a taxonomic designation, a technical term, an idiomatic phrase from another language, transliteration, a thought, or a ship name in Western texts.

Terms in languages different from the main text should be annotated with lang attributes (or, in XML, lang attributes in the XML namespace).

The examples below show uses of the i element:

<p>The <i class="taxonomy">Felis silvestris catus</i> is cute.</p>
<p>The term <i>prose content</i> is defined above.</p>
<p>There is a certain <i lang="fr">je ne sais quoi</i> in the air.</p>

In the following example, a dream sequence is marked up using i elements.

<p>Raymond tried to sleep.</p>
<p><i>The ship sailed away on Thursday</i>, he
dreamt. <i>The ship had many people aboard, including a beautiful
princess called Carey. He watched her, day-in, day-out, hoping she
would notice him, but she never did.</i></p>
<p><i>Finally one night he picked up the courage to speak with
her—</i></p>
<p>Raymond woke with a start as the fire alarm rang out.</p>

Authors can use the class attribute on the i element to identify why the element is being used, so that if the style of a particular use (e.g. dream sequences as opposed to taxonomic terms) is to be changed at a later date, the author doesn't have to go through the entire document (or series of related documents) annotating each use.

Authors are encouraged to consider whether other elements might be more applicable than the i element, for instance the em element for marking up stress emphasis, or the dfn element to mark up the defining instance of a term.

Style sheets can be used to format i elements, just like any other element can be restyled. Thus, it is not the case that content in i elements will necessarily be italicized.

4.5.21 The b element

Element/b

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The b element represents a span of text to which attention is being drawn for utilitarian purposes without conveying any extra importance and with no implication of an alternate voice or mood, such as key words in a document abstract, product names in a review, actionable words in interactive text-driven software, or an article lede.

The following example shows a use of the b element to highlight key words without marking them up as important:

<p>The <b>frobonitor</b> and <b>barbinator</b> components are fried.</p>

In the following example, objects in a text adventure are highlighted as being special by use of the b element.

<p>You enter a small room. Your <b>sword</b> glows
brighter. A <b>rat</b> scurries past the corner wall.</p>

Another case where the b element is appropriate is in marking up the lede (or lead) sentence or paragraph. The following example shows how a BBC article about kittens adopting a rabbit as their own could be marked up:

<article>
 <h2>Kittens 'adopted' by pet rabbit</h2>
 <p><b class="lede">Six abandoned kittens have found an
 unexpected new mother figure — a pet rabbit.</b></p>
 <p>Veterinary nurse Melanie Humble took the three-week-old
 kittens to her Aberdeen home.</p>
[...]

As with the i element, authors can use the class attribute on the b element to identify why the element is being used, so that if the style of a particular use is to be changed at a later date, the author doesn't have to go through annotating each use.

The b element should be used as a last resort when no other element is more appropriate. In particular, headings should use the h1 to h6 elements, stress emphasis should use the em element, importance should be denoted with the strong element, and text marked or highlighted should use the mark element.

The following would be incorrect usage:

<p><b>WARNING!</b> Do not frob the barbinator!</p>

In the previous example, the correct element to use would have been strong, not b.

Style sheets can be used to format b elements, just like any other element can be restyled. Thus, it is not the case that content in b elements will necessarily be boldened.

4.5.22 The u element

Element/u

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The u element represents a span of text with an unarticulated, though explicitly rendered, non-textual annotation, such as labeling the text as being a proper name in Chinese text (a Chinese proper name mark), or labeling the text as being misspelt.

In most cases, another element is likely to be more appropriate: for marking stress emphasis, the em element should be used; for marking key words or phrases either the b element or the mark element should be used, depending on the context; for marking book titles, the cite element should be used; for labeling text with explicit textual annotations, the ruby element should be used; for technical terms, taxonomic designation, transliteration, a thought, or for labeling ship names in Western texts, the i element should be used.

The default rendering of the u element in visual presentations clashes with the conventional rendering of hyperlinks (underlining). Authors are encouraged to avoid using the u element where it could be confused for a hyperlink.

In this example, a u element is used to mark a word as misspelt:

<p>The <u>see</u> is full of fish.</p>

4.5.23 The mark element

Element/mark

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5.1+Chrome7+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The mark element represents a run of text in one document marked or highlighted for reference purposes, due to its relevance in another context. When used in a quotation or other block of text referred to from the prose, it indicates a highlight that was not originally present but which has been added to bring the reader's attention to a part of the text that might not have been considered important by the original author when the block was originally written, but which is now under previously unexpected scrutiny. When used in the main prose of a document, it indicates a part of the document that has been highlighted due to its likely relevance to the user's current activity.

This example shows how the mark element can be used to bring attention to a particular part of a quotation:

<p lang="en-US">Consider the following quote:</p>
<blockquote lang="en-GB">
 <p>Look around and you will find, no-one's really
 <mark>colour</mark> blind.</p>
</blockquote>
<p lang="en-US">As we can tell from the <em>spelling</em> of the word,
the person writing this quote is clearly not American.</p>

(If the goal was to mark the element as misspelt, however, the u element, possibly with a class, would be more appropriate.)

Another example of the mark element is highlighting parts of a document that are matching some search string. If someone looked at a document, and the server knew that the user was searching for the word "kitten", then the server might return the document with one paragraph modified as follows:

<p>I also have some <mark>kitten</mark>s who are visiting me
these days. They're really cute. I think they like my garden! Maybe I
should adopt a <mark>kitten</mark>.</p>

In the following snippet, a paragraph of text refers to a specific part of a code fragment.

<p>The highlighted part below is where the error lies:</p>
<pre><code>var i: Integer;
begin
   i := <mark>1.1</mark>;
end.</code></pre>

This is separate from syntax highlighting, for which span is more appropriate. Combining both, one would get:

<p>The highlighted part below is where the error lies:</p>
<pre><code><span class=keyword>var</span> <span class=ident>i</span>: <span class=type>Integer</span>;
<span class=keyword>begin</span>
   <span class=ident>i</span> := <span class=literal><mark>1.1</mark></span>;
<span class=keyword>end</span>.</code></pre>

This is another example showing the use of mark to highlight a part of quoted text that was originally not emphasized. In this example, common typographic conventions have led the author to explicitly style mark elements in quotes to render in italics.

<style>
 blockquote mark, q mark {
   font: inherit; font-style: italic;
   text-decoration: none;
   background: transparent; color: inherit;
 }
 .bubble em {
   font: inherit; font-size: larger;
   text-decoration: underline;
 }
</style>
<article>
 <h1>She knew</h1>
 <p>Did you notice the subtle joke in the joke on panel 4?</p>
 <blockquote>
  <p class="bubble">I didn't <em>want</em> to believe. <mark>Of course
  on some level I realized it was a known-plaintext attack.</mark> But I
  couldn't admit it until I saw for myself.</p>
 </blockquote>
 <p>(Emphasis mine.) I thought that was great. It's so pedantic, yet it
 explains everything neatly.</p>
</article>

Note, incidentally, the distinction between the em element in this example, which is part of the original text being quoted, and the mark element, which is highlighting a part for comment.

The following example shows the difference between denoting the importance of a span of text (strong) as opposed to denoting the relevance of a span of text (mark). It is an extract from a textbook, where the extract has had the parts relevant to the exam highlighted. The safety warnings, important though they may be, are apparently not relevant to the exam.

<h3>Wormhole Physics Introduction</h3>

<p><mark>A wormhole in normal conditions can be held open for a
maximum of just under 39 minutes.</mark> Conditions that can increase
the time include a powerful energy source coupled to one or both of
the gates connecting the wormhole, and a large gravity well (such as a
black hole).</p>

<p><mark>Momentum is preserved across the wormhole. Electromagnetic
radiation can travel in both directions through a wormhole,
but matter cannot.</mark></p>

<p>When a wormhole is created, a vortex normally forms.
<strong>Warning: The vortex caused by the wormhole opening will
annihilate anything in its path.</strong> Vortexes can be avoided when
using sufficiently advanced dialing technology.</p>

<p><mark>An obstruction in a gate will prevent it from accepting a
wormhole connection.</mark></p>

4.5.24 The bdi element

Element/bdi

Support in all current engines.

Firefox10+Safari6+Chrome16+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Also, the dir global attribute has special semantics on this element.
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The bdi element represents a span of text that is to be isolated from its surroundings for the purposes of bidirectional text formatting. [BIDI]

The dir global attribute defaults to auto on this element (it never inherits from the parent element like with other elements).

This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm.

This element is especially useful when embedding user-generated content with an unknown directionality.

In this example, usernames are shown along with the number of posts that the user has submitted. If the bdi element were not used, the username of the Arabic user would end up confusing the text (the bidirectional algorithm would put the colon and the number "3" next to the word "User" rather than next to the word "posts").

<ul>
 <li>User <bdi>jcranmer</bdi>: 12 posts.
 <li>User <bdi>hober</bdi>: 5 posts.
 <li>User <bdi>إيان</bdi>: 3 posts.
</ul>
When using the bdi element, the username acts as expected.
If the bdi element were to be replaced by a b element, the username would confuse the bidirectional algorithm and the third bullet would end up saying "User 3 :", followed by the Arabic name (right-to-left), followed by "posts" and a period.

4.5.25 The bdo element

Element/bdo

Support in all current engines.

Firefox10+Safari4+Chrome15+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Also, the dir global attribute has special semantics on this element.
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The bdo element represents explicit text directionality formatting control for its children. It allows authors to override the Unicode bidirectional algorithm by explicitly specifying a direction override. [BIDI]

Authors must specify the dir attribute on this element, with the value ltr to specify a left-to-right override and with the value rtl to specify a right-to-left override. The auto value must not be specified.

This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm.

4.5.26 The span element

Element/span

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLSpanElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari6+Chrome15+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLSpanElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();
};

The span element doesn't mean anything on its own, but can be useful when used together with the global attributes, e.g. class, lang, or dir. It represents its children.

In this example, a code fragment is marked up using span elements and class attributes so that its keywords and identifiers can be color-coded from CSS:

<pre><code class="lang-c"><span class="keyword">for</span> (<span class="ident">j</span> = 0; <span class="ident">j</span> &lt; 256; <span class="ident">j</span>++) {
  <span class="ident">i_t3</span> = (<span class="ident">i_t3</span> & 0x1ffff) | (<span class="ident">j</span> &lt;&lt; 17);
  <span class="ident">i_t6</span> = (((((((<span class="ident">i_t3</span> >> 3) ^ <span class="ident">i_t3</span>) >> 1) ^ <span class="ident">i_t3</span>) >> 8) ^ <span class="ident">i_t3</span>) >> 5) & 0xff;
  <span class="keyword">if</span> (<span class="ident">i_t6</span> == <span class="ident">i_t1</span>)
    <span class="keyword">break</span>;
}</code></pre>

4.5.27 The br element

Element/br

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLBRElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLBRElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The br element represents a line break.

While line breaks are usually represented in visual media by physically moving subsequent text to a new line, a style sheet or user agent would be equally justified in causing line breaks to be rendered in a different manner, for instance as green dots, or as extra spacing.

br elements must be used only for line breaks that are actually part of the content, as in poems or addresses.

The following example is correct usage of the br element:

<p>P. Sherman<br>
42 Wallaby Way<br>
Sydney</p>

br elements must not be used for separating thematic groups in a paragraph.

The following examples are non-conforming, as they abuse the br element:

<p><a ...>34 comments.</a><br>
<a ...>Add a comment.</a></p>
<p><label>Name: <input name="name"></label><br>
<label>Address: <input name="address"></label></p>

Here are alternatives to the above, which are correct:

<p><a ...>34 comments.</a></p>
<p><a ...>Add a comment.</a></p>
<p><label>Name: <input name="name"></label></p>
<p><label>Address: <input name="address"></label></p>

If a paragraph consists of nothing but a single br element, it represents a placeholder blank line (e.g. as in a template). Such blank lines must not be used for presentation purposes.

Any content inside br elements must not be considered part of the surrounding text.

This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm.

4.5.28 The wbr element

Element/wbr

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera11.6+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet Explorer5.5–7
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLElement.

The wbr element represents a line break opportunity.

In the following example, someone is quoted as saying something which, for effect, is written as one long word. However, to ensure that the text can be wrapped in a readable fashion, the individual words in the quote are separated using a wbr element.

<p>So then she pointed at the tiger and screamed
"there<wbr>is<wbr>no<wbr>way<wbr>you<wbr>are<wbr>ever<wbr>going<wbr>to<wbr>catch<wbr>me"!</p>

Any content inside wbr elements must not be considered part of the surrounding text.

var wbr = document.createElement("wbr");
wbr.textContent = "This is wrong";
document.body.appendChild(wbr);

This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm.

4.5.29 Usage summary

This section is non-normative.

Element Purpose Example
a Hyperlinks
Visit my <a href="drinks.html">drinks</a> page.
em Stress emphasis
I must say I <em>adore</em> lemonade.
strong Importance
This tea is <strong>very hot</strong>.
small Side comments
These grapes are made into wine. <small>Alcohol is addictive.</small>
s Inaccurate text
Price: <s>£4.50</s> £2.00!
cite Titles of works
The case <cite>Hugo v. Danielle</cite> is relevant here.
q Quotations
The judge said <q>You can drink water from the fish tank</q> but advised against it.
dfn Defining instance
The term <dfn>organic food</dfn> refers to food produced without synthetic chemicals.
abbr Abbreviations
Organic food in Ireland is certified by the <abbr title="Irish Organic Farmers and Growers Association">IOFGA</abbr>.
ruby, rt, rp Ruby annotations
<ruby> OJ <rp>(<rt>Orange Juice<rp>)</ruby>
data Machine-readable equivalent
Available starting today! <data value="UPC:022014640201">North Coast Organic Apple Cider</data>
time Machine-readable equivalent of date- or time-related data
Available starting on <time datetime="2011-11-18">November 18th</time>!
code Computer code
The <code>fruitdb</code> program can be used for tracking fruit production.
var Variables
If there are <var>n</var> fruit in the bowl, at least <var>n</var>÷2 will be ripe.
samp Computer output
The computer said <samp>Unknown error -3</samp>.
kbd User input
Hit <kbd>F1</kbd> to continue.
sub Subscripts
Water is H<sub>2</sub>O.
sup Superscripts
The Hydrogen in heavy water is usually <sup>2</sup>H.
i Alternative voice
Lemonade consists primarily of <i>Citrus limon</i>.
b Keywords
Take a <b>lemon</b> and squeeze it with a <b>juicer</b>.
u Annotations
The mixture of apple juice and <u class="spelling">eldeflower</u> juice is very pleasant.
mark Highlight
Elderflower cordial, with one <mark>part</mark> cordial to ten <mark>part</mark>s water, stands a<mark>part</mark> from the rest.
bdi Text directionality isolation
The recommended restaurant is <bdi lang="">My Juice Café (At The Beach)</bdi>.
bdo Text directionality formatting
The proposal is to write English, but in reverse order. "Juice" would become "<bdo dir=rtl>Juice</bdo>">
span Other
In French we call it <span lang="fr">sirop de sureau</span>.
br Line break
Simply Orange Juice Company<br>Apopka, FL 32703<br>U.S.A.
wbr Line breaking opportunity
www.simply<wbr>orange<wbr>juice.com

4.6.1 Introduction

Links are a conceptual construct, created by a, area, form, and link elements, that represent a connection between two resources, one of which is the current Document. There are three kinds of links in HTML:

Links to external resources

These are links to resources that are to be used to augment the current document, generally automatically processed by the user agent. All external resource links have a fetch and process the linked resource algorithm which describes how the resource is obtained.

Hyperlinks

These are links to other resources that are generally exposed to the user by the user agent so that the user can cause the user agent to navigate to those resources, e.g. to visit them in a browser or download them.

Internal resource links

These are links to resources within the current document, used to give those resources special meaning or behavior.

For link elements with an href attribute and a rel attribute, links must be created for the keywords of the rel attribute, as defined for those keywords in the link types section.

Similarly, for a and area elements with an href attribute and a rel attribute, links must be created for the keywords of the rel attribute as defined for those keywords in the link types section. Unlike link elements, however, a and area elements with an href attribute that either do not have a rel attribute, or whose rel attribute has no keywords that are defined as specifying hyperlinks, must also create a hyperlink. This implied hyperlink has no special meaning (it has no link type) beyond linking the element's node document to the resource given by the element's href attribute.

Similarly, for form elements with a rel attribute, links must be created for the keywords of the rel attribute as defined for those keywords in the link types section. form elements that do not have a rel attribute, or whose rel attribute has no keywords that are defined as specifying hyperlinks, must also create a hyperlink.

A hyperlink can have one or more hyperlink annotations that modify the processing semantics of that hyperlink.

The href attribute on a and area elements must have a value that is a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces.

The href attribute on a and area elements is not required; when those elements do not have href attributes they do not create hyperlinks.

The target attribute, if present, must be a valid navigable target name or keyword. It gives the name of the navigable that will be used. User agents use this name when following hyperlinks.

The download attribute, if present, indicates that the author intends the hyperlink to be used for downloading a resource. The attribute may have a value; the value, if any, specifies the default filename that the author recommends for use in labeling the resource in a local file system. There are no restrictions on allowed values, but authors are cautioned that most file systems have limitations with regard to what punctuation is supported in filenames, and user agents are likely to adjust filenames accordingly.

Element/a#attr-ping

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 1+Safari6+Chrome12+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android≤37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The ping attribute, if present, gives the URLs of the resources that are interested in being notified if the user follows the hyperlink. The value must be a set of space-separated tokens, each of which must be a valid non-empty URL whose scheme is an HTTP(S) scheme. The value is used by the user agent for hyperlink auditing.

The rel attribute on a and area elements controls what kinds of links the elements create. The attribute's value must be an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens. The allowed keywords and their meanings are defined below.

rel's supported tokens are the keywords defined in HTML link types which are allowed on a and area elements, impact the processing model, and are supported by the user agent. The possible supported tokens are noreferrer, noopener, and opener. rel's supported tokens must only include the tokens from this list that the user agent implements the processing model for.

The rel attribute has no default value. If the attribute is omitted or if none of the values in the attribute are recognized by the user agent, then the document has no particular relationship with the destination resource other than there being a hyperlink between the two.

The hreflang attribute on a elements that create hyperlinks, if present, gives the language of the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag. [BCP47] User agents must not consider this attribute authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user agents must use only language information associated with the resource to determine its language, not metadata included in the link to the resource.

The type attribute, if present, gives the MIME type of the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid MIME type string. User agents must not consider the type attribute authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user agents must not use metadata included in the link to the resource to determine its type.

The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose is to set the referrer policy used when following hyperlinks. [REFERRERPOLICY]


When an a or area element's activation behavior is invoked, the user agent may allow the user to indicate a preference regarding whether the hyperlink is to be used for navigation or whether the resource it specifies is to be downloaded.

In the absence of a user preference, the default should be navigation if the element has no download attribute, and should be to download the specified resource if it does.

The activation behavior of an a or area element element given an event event is:

  1. If element has no href attribute, then return.

  2. Let hyperlinkSuffix be null.

  3. If element is an a element, and event's target is an img with an ismap attribute specified, then:

    1. Let x and y be 0.

    2. If event's isTrusted attribute is initialized to true, then set x to the distance in CSS pixels from the left edge of the image to the location of the click, and set y to the distance in CSS pixels from the top edge of the image to the location of the click.

    3. If x is negative, set x to 0.

    4. If y is negative, set y to 0.

    5. Set hyperlinkSuffix to the concatenation of U+003F (?), the value of x expressed as a base-ten integer using ASCII digits, U+002C (,), and the value of y expressed as a base-ten integer using ASCII digits.

  4. Let userInvolvement be event's user navigation involvement.

  5. If the user has expressed a preference to download the hyperlink, then set userInvolvement to "browser UI".

    That is, if the user has expressed a specific preference for downloading, this no longer counts as merely "activation".

  6. If element has a download attribute, or if the user has expressed a preference to download the hyperlink, then download the hyperlink created by element with hyperlinkSuffix set to hyperlinkSuffix and userInvolvement set to userInvolvement.

  7. Otherwise, follow the hyperlink created by element with hyperlinkSuffix set to hyperlinkSuffix and userInvolvement set to userInvolvement.

4.6.3 API for a and area elements

interface mixin HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils {
  [CEReactions] stringifier attribute USVString href;
  readonly attribute USVString origin;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString protocol;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString username;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString password;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString host;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString hostname;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString port;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString pathname;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString search;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString hash;
};
hyperlink.toString()
hyperlink.href

HTMLAnchorElement/href

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLAnchorElement/toString

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari3+Chrome52+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/href

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLAreaElement/toString

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari10.1+Chrome32+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL.

Can be set, to change the URL.

hyperlink.origin

HTMLAnchorElement/origin

Support in all current engines.

Firefox26+Safari5.1+Chrome8+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/origin

Support in all current engines.

Firefox26+Safari10+Chrome32+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's origin.

hyperlink.protocol

HTMLAnchorElement/protocol

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/protocol

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's scheme.

Can be set, to change the URL's scheme.

hyperlink.username

HTMLAnchorElement/username

Support in all current engines.

Firefox26+Safari10+Chrome32+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/username

Support in all current engines.

Firefox26+Safari10+Chrome32+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's username.

Can be set, to change the URL's username.

hyperlink.password

HTMLAnchorElement/password

Support in all current engines.

Firefox26+Safari10+Chrome32+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/password

Support in all current engines.

Firefox26+Safari10+Chrome32+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's password.

Can be set, to change the URL's password.

hyperlink.host

HTMLAnchorElement/host

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/host

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's host and port (if different from the default port for the scheme).

Can be set, to change the URL's host and port.

hyperlink.hostname

HTMLAnchorElement/hostname

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/hostname

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's host.

Can be set, to change the URL's host.

hyperlink.port

HTMLAnchorElement/port

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/port

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's port.

Can be set, to change the URL's port.

hyperlink.pathname

HTMLAnchorElement/pathname

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/pathname

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's path.

Can be set, to change the URL's path.

hyperlink.search

HTMLAnchorElement/search

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/search

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's query (includes leading "?" if non-empty).

Can be set, to change the URL's query (ignores leading "?").

hyperlink.hash

HTMLAnchorElement/hash

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement/hash

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the hyperlink's URL's fragment (includes leading "#" if non-empty).

Can be set, to change the URL's fragment (ignores leading "#").

An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an associated url (null or a URL). It is initially null.

An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an associated set the url algorithm, which runs these steps:

  1. Set this element's url to null.

  2. If this element's href content attribute is absent, then return.

  3. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given this element's href content attribute's value, relative to this element's node document.

  4. If url is not failure, then set this element's url to url.

When elements implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin are created, and whenever those elements have their href content attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must set the url.

This is only observable for blob: URLs as parsing them involves a Blob URL Store lookup.

An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an associated reinitialize url algorithm, which runs these steps:

  1. If the element's url is non-null, its scheme is "blob", and it has an opaque path, then terminate these steps.

  2. Set the url.

To update href, set the element's href content attribute's value to the element's url, serialized.


The href getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null and this has no href content attribute, return the empty string.

  4. Otherwise, if url is null, return this's href content attribute's value.

  5. Return url, serialized.

The href setter steps are to set this's href content attribute's value to the given value.

The origin getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. If this's url is null, return the empty string.

  3. Return the serialization of this's url's origin.

The protocol getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. If this's url is null, return ":".

  3. Return this's url's scheme, followed by ":".

The protocol setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. If this's url is null, then return.

  3. Basic URL parse the given value, followed by ":", with this's url as url and scheme start state as state override.

    Because the URL parser ignores multiple consecutive colons, providing a value of "https:" (or even "https::::") is the same as providing a value of "https".

  4. Update href.

The username getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. If this's url is null, return the empty string.

  3. Return this's url's username.

The username setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null or url cannot have a username/password/port, then return.

  4. Set the username, given url and the given value.

  5. Update href.

The password getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null, then return the empty string.

  4. Return url's password.

The password setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null or url cannot have a username/password/port, then return.

  4. Set the password, given url and the given value.

  5. Update href.

The host getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url or url's host is null, return the empty string.

  4. If url's port is null, return url's host, serialized.

  5. Return url's host, serialized, followed by ":" and url's port, serialized.

The host setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null or url has an opaque path, then return.

  4. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and host state as state override.

  5. Update href.

The hostname getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url or url's host is null, return the empty string.

  4. Return url's host, serialized.

The hostname setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null or url has an opaque path, then return.

  4. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and hostname state as state override.

  5. Update href.

The port getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url or url's port is null, return the empty string.

  4. Return url's port, serialized.

The port setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null or url cannot have a username/password/port, then return.

  4. If the given value is the empty string, then set url's port to null.

  5. Otherwise, basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and port state as state override.

  6. Update href.

The pathname getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null, then return the empty string.

  4. Return the result of URL path serializing url.

The pathname setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null or url has an opaque path, then return.

  4. Set url's path to the empty list.

  5. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and path start state as state override.

  6. Update href.

The search getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null, or url's query is either null or the empty string, return the empty string.

  4. Return "?", followed by url's query.

The search setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null, terminate these steps.

  4. If the given value is the empty string, set url's query to null.

  5. Otherwise:

    1. Let input be the given value with a single leading "?" removed, if any.

    2. Set url's query to the empty string.

    3. Basic URL parse input, with url as url and query state as state override.

  6. Update href.

The hash getter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null, or url's fragment is either null or the empty string, return the empty string.

  4. Return "#", followed by url's fragment.

The hash setter steps are:

  1. Reinitialize url.

  2. Let url be this's url.

  3. If url is null, then return.

  4. If the given value is the empty string, set url's fragment to null.

  5. Otherwise:

    1. Let input be the given value with a single leading "#" removed, if any.

    2. Set url's fragment to the empty string.

    3. Basic URL parse input, with url as url and fragment state as state override.

  6. Update href.

An element element cannot navigate if any of the following are true:

This is also used by form submission for the form element. The exception for a elements is for compatibility with web content.

To get an element's noopener, given an a, area, or form element element, a URL record url, and a string target, perform the following steps. They return a boolean.

  1. If element's link types include the noopener or noreferrer keyword, then return true.

  2. If element's link types do not include the opener keyword and target is an ASCII case-insensitive match for "_blank", then return true.

  3. If url's blob URL entry is not null:

    1. Let blobOrigin be url's blob URL entry's environment's origin.

    2. Let topLevelOrigin be element's relevant settings object's top-level origin.

    3. If blobOrigin is not same site with topLevelOrigin, then return true.

  4. Return false.

To follow the hyperlink created by an element subject, given an optional hyperlinkSuffix (default null) and an optional userInvolvement (default "none"):

  1. If subject cannot navigate, then return.

  2. Let targetAttributeValue be the empty string.

  3. If subject is an a or area element, then set targetAttributeValue to the result of getting an element's target given subject.

  4. Let urlRecord be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given subject's href attribute value, relative to subject's node document.

  5. If urlRecord is failure, then return.

  6. Let noopener be the result of getting an element's noopener with subject, urlRecord, and targetAttributeValue.

  7. Let targetNavigable be the first return value of applying the rules for choosing a navigable given targetAttributeValue, subject's node navigable, and noopener.

  8. If targetNavigable is null, then return.

  9. Let urlString be the result of applying the URL serializer to urlRecord.

  10. If hyperlinkSuffix is non-null, then append it to urlString.

  11. Let referrerPolicy be the current state of subject's referrerpolicy content attribute.

  12. If subject's link types includes the noreferrer keyword, then set referrerPolicy to "no-referrer".

  13. Navigate targetNavigable to urlString using subject's node document, with referrerPolicy set to referrerPolicy, userInvolvement set to userInvolvement, and sourceElement set to subject.

    Unlike many other types of navigations, following hyperlinks does not have special "replace" behavior for when documents are not completely loaded. This is true for both user-initiated instances of following hyperlinks, as well as script-triggered ones via, e.g., aElement.click().

4.6.5 Downloading resources

HTMLAnchorElement/download

Support in all current engines.

Firefox20+Safari10.1+Chrome15+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

In some cases, resources are intended for later use rather than immediate viewing. To indicate that a resource is intended to be downloaded for use later, rather than immediately used, the download attribute can be specified on the a or area element that creates the hyperlink to that resource.

The attribute can furthermore be given a value, to specify the filename that user agents are to use when storing the resource in a file system. This value can be overridden by the `Content-Disposition` HTTP header's filename parameters. [RFC6266]

In cross-origin situations, the download attribute has to be combined with the `Content-Disposition` HTTP header, specifically with the attachment disposition type, to avoid the user being warned of possibly nefarious activity. (This is to protect users from being made to download sensitive personal or confidential information without their full understanding.)


To download the hyperlink created by an element subject, given an optional hyperlinkSuffix (default null) and an optional userInvolvement (default "none"):

  1. If subject cannot navigate, then return.

  2. If subject's node document's active sandboxing flag set has the sandboxed downloads browsing context flag set, then return.

  3. Let urlString be the result of encoding-parsing-and-serializing a URL given subject's href attribute value, relative to subject's node document.

  4. If urlString is failure, then return.

  5. If hyperlinkSuffix is non-null, then append it to urlString.

  6. If userInvolvement is not "browser UI", then:

    1. Assert: subject has a download attribute.

    2. Let navigation be subject's relevant global object's navigation API.

    3. Let filename be the value of subject's download attribute.

    4. Let continue be the result of firing a download request navigate event at navigation with destinationURL set to urlString, userInvolvement set to userInvolvement, sourceElement set to subject, and filename set to filename.

    5. If continue is false, then return.

  7. Run these steps in parallel:

    1. Optionally, the user agent may abort these steps, if it believes doing so would safeguard the user from a potentially hostile download.

    2. Let request be a new request whose URL is urlString, client is entry settings object, initiator is "download", destination is the empty string, and whose synchronous flag and use-URL-credentials flag are set.

    3. Handle the result of fetching request as a download.

When a user agent is to handle a resource obtained from a fetch as a download, it should provide the user with a way to save the resource for later use, if a resource is successfully obtained. Otherwise, it should report any problems downloading the file to the user.

If the user agent needs a filename for a resource being handled as a download, it should select one using the following algorithm.

This algorithm is intended to mitigate security dangers involved in downloading files from untrusted sites, and user agents are strongly urged to follow it.

  1. Let filename be the undefined value.

  2. If the resource has a `Content-Disposition` header, that header specifies the attachment disposition type, and the header includes filename information, then let filename have the value specified by the header, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. [RFC6266]

  3. Let interface origin be the origin of the Document in which the download or navigate action resulting in the download was initiated, if any.

  4. Let resource origin be the origin of the URL of the resource being downloaded, unless that URL's scheme component is data, in which case let resource origin be the same as the interface origin, if any.

  5. If there is no interface origin, then let trusted operation be true. Otherwise, let trusted operation be true if resource origin is the same origin as interface origin, and false otherwise.

  6. If trusted operation is true and the resource has a `Content-Disposition` header and that header includes filename information, then let filename have the value specified by the header, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. [RFC6266]

  7. If the download was not initiated from a hyperlink created by an a or area element, or if the element of the hyperlink from which it was initiated did not have a download attribute when the download was initiated, or if there was such an attribute but its value when the download was initiated was the empty string, then jump to the step labeled no proposed filename.

  8. Let proposed filename have the value of the download attribute of the element of the hyperlink that initiated the download at the time the download was initiated.

  9. If trusted operation is true, let filename have the value of proposed filename, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below.

  10. If the resource has a `Content-Disposition` header and that header specifies the attachment disposition type, let filename have the value of proposed filename, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. [RFC6266]

  11. No proposed filename: If trusted operation is true, or if the user indicated a preference for having the resource in question downloaded, let filename have a value derived from the URL of the resource in an implementation-defined manner, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below.

  12. Let filename be set to the user's preferred filename or to a filename selected by the user agent, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below.

    If the algorithm reaches this step, then a download was begun from a different origin than the resource being downloaded, and the origin did not mark the file as suitable for downloading, and the download was not initiated by the user. This could be because a download attribute was used to trigger the download, or because the resource in question is not of a type that the user agent supports.

    This could be dangerous, because, for instance, a hostile server could be trying to get a user to unknowingly download private information and then re-upload it to the hostile server, by tricking the user into thinking the data is from the hostile server.

    Thus, it is in the user's interests that the user be somehow notified that the resource in question comes from quite a different source, and to prevent confusion, any suggested filename from the potentially hostile interface origin should be ignored.

  13. Sanitize: Optionally, allow the user to influence filename. For example, a user agent could prompt the user for a filename, potentially providing the value of filename as determined above as a default value.

  14. Adjust filename to be suitable for the local file system.

    For example, this could involve removing characters that are not legal in filenames, or trimming leading and trailing whitespace.

  15. If the platform conventions do not in any way use extensions to determine the types of file on the file system, then return filename as the filename.

  16. Let claimed type be the type given by the resource's Content-Type metadata, if any is known. Let named type be the type given by filename's extension, if any is known. For the purposes of this step, a type is a mapping of a MIME type to an extension.

  17. If named type is consistent with the user's preferences (e.g., because the value of filename was determined by prompting the user), then return filename as the filename.

  18. If claimed type and named type are the same type (i.e., the type given by the resource's Content-Type metadata is consistent with the type given by filename's extension), then return filename as the filename.

  19. If the claimed type is known, then alter filename to add an extension corresponding to claimed type.

    Otherwise, if named type is known to be potentially dangerous (e.g. it will be treated by the platform conventions as a native executable, shell script, HTML application, or executable-macro-capable document) then optionally alter filename to add a known-safe extension (e.g. ".txt").

    This last step would make it impossible to download executables, which might not be desirable. As always, implementers are forced to balance security and usability in this matter.

  20. Return filename as the filename.

For the purposes of this algorithm, a file extension consists of any part of the filename that platform conventions dictate will be used for identifying the type of the file. For example, many operating systems use the part of the filename following the last dot (".") in the filename to determine the type of the file, and from that the manner in which the file is to be opened or executed.

User agents should ignore any directory or path information provided by the resource itself, its URL, and any download attribute, in deciding where to store the resulting file in the user's file system.

If a hyperlink created by an a or area element has a ping attribute, and the user follows the hyperlink, and the value of the element's href attribute can be parsed, relative to the element's node document, without failure, then the user agent must take the ping attribute's value, split that string on ASCII whitespace, parse each resulting token, relative to the element's node document, and then run these steps for each resulting URL ping URL, ignoring when parsing returns failure:

  1. If ping URL's scheme is not an HTTP(S) scheme, then return.

  2. Optionally, return. (For example, the user agent might wish to ignore any or all ping URLs in accordance with the user's expressed preferences.)

  3. Let settingsObject be the element's node document's relevant settings object.

  4. Let request be a new request whose URL is ping URL, method is `POST`, header list is « (`Content-Type`, `text/ping`) », body is `PING`, client is settingsObject, destination is the empty string, credentials mode is "include", referrer is "no-referrer", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set, and whose initiator type is "ping".

  5. Let target URL be the result of encoding-parsing-and-serializing a URL given the element's href attribute's value, relative to the element's node document, and then:

    If the URL of the Document object containing the hyperlink being audited and ping URL have the same origin
    If the origins are different, but the scheme of the URL of the Document containing the hyperlink being audited is not "https"
    request must include a `Ping-From` header with, as its value, the URL of the document containing the hyperlink, and a `Ping-To` HTTP header with, as its value, the target URL.
    Otherwise
    request must include a `Ping-To` HTTP header with, as its value, target URL. request does not include a `Ping-From` header.
  6. Fetch request.

This may be done in parallel with the primary fetch, and is independent of the result of that fetch.

User agents should allow the user to adjust this behavior, for example in conjunction with a setting that disables the sending of HTTP `Referer` (sic) headers. Based on the user's preferences, UAs may either ignore the ping attribute altogether, or selectively ignore URLs in the list (e.g. ignoring any third-party URLs); this is explicitly accounted for in the steps above.

User agents must ignore any entity bodies returned in the responses. User agents may close the connection prematurely once they start receiving a response body.

When the ping attribute is present, user agents should clearly indicate to the user that following the hyperlink will also cause secondary requests to be sent in the background, possibly including listing the actual target URLs.

For example, a visual user agent could include the hostnames of the target ping URLs along with the hyperlink's actual URL in a status bar or tooltip.

The ping attribute is redundant with pre-existing technologies like HTTP redirects and JavaScript in allowing web pages to track which off-site links are most popular or allowing advertisers to track click-through rates.

However, the ping attribute provides these advantages to the user over those alternatives:

Thus, while it is possible to track users without this feature, authors are encouraged to use the ping attribute so that the user agent can make the user experience more transparent.

4.6.6.1 The `Ping-From` and `Ping-To` headers

The `Ping-From` and `Ping-To` HTTP request headers are included in hyperlink auditing requests. Their value is a URL, serialized.

4.6.7 Link types

Link_types

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera9+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

Link_types

The following table summarizes the link types that are defined by this specification, by their corresponding keywords. This table is non-normative; the actual definitions for the link types are given in the next few sections.

In this section, the term referenced document refers to the resource identified by the element representing the link, and the term current document refers to the resource within which the element representing the link finds itself.

To determine which link types apply to a link, a, area, or form element, the element's rel attribute must be split on ASCII whitespace. The resulting tokens are the keywords for the link types that apply to that element.

Except where otherwise specified, a keyword must not be specified more than once per rel attribute.

Some of the sections that follow the table below list synonyms for certain keywords. The indicated synonyms are to be handled as specified by user agents, but must not be used in documents (for example, the keyword "copyright").

Keywords are always ASCII case-insensitive, and must be compared as such.

Thus, rel="next" is the same as rel="NEXT".

Keywords that are body-ok affect whether link elements are allowed in the body. The body-ok keywords are dns-prefetch, modulepreload, pingback, preconnect, prefetch, preload, and stylesheet.

New link types that are to be implemented by web browsers are to be added to this standard. The remainder can be registered as extensions.

4.6.7.1 Link type "alternate"

Alternative_style_sheets

Support in one engine only.

Firefox3+Safari?Chrome1–48
OperaYesEdgeNo
Edge (Legacy)?Internet Explorer8+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The alternate keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements.

The meaning of this keyword depends on the values of the other attributes.

If the element is a link element and the rel attribute also contains the keyword stylesheet

The alternate keyword modifies the meaning of the stylesheet keyword in the way described for that keyword. The alternate keyword does not create a link of its own.

Here, a set of link elements provide some style sheets:

<!-- a persistent style sheet -->
<link rel="stylesheet" href="default.css">

<!-- the preferred alternate style sheet -->
<link rel="stylesheet" href="green.css" title="Green styles">

<!-- some alternate style sheets -->
<link rel="alternate stylesheet" href="contrast.css" title="High contrast">
<link rel="alternate stylesheet" href="big.css" title="Big fonts">
<link rel="alternate stylesheet" href="wide.css" title="Wide screen">
If the alternate keyword is used with the type attribute set to the value application/rss+xml or the value application/atom+xml

The keyword creates a hyperlink referencing a syndication feed (though not necessarily syndicating exactly the same content as the current page).

For the purposes of feed autodiscovery, user agents should consider all link elements in the document with the alternate keyword used and with their type attribute set to the value application/rss+xml or the value application/atom+xml. If the user agent has the concept of a default syndication feed, the first such element (in tree order) should be used as the default.

The following link elements give syndication feeds for a blog:

<link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" href="posts.xml" title="Cool Stuff Blog">
<link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" href="posts.xml?category=robots" title="Cool Stuff Blog: robots category">
<link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" href="comments.xml" title="Cool Stuff Blog: Comments">

Such link elements would be used by user agents engaged in feed autodiscovery, with the first being the default (where applicable).

The following example offers various different syndication feeds to the user, using a elements:

<p>You can access the planets database using Atom feeds:</p>
<ul>
 <li><a href="recently-visited-planets.xml" rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml">Recently Visited Planets</a></li>
 <li><a href="known-bad-planets.xml" rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml">Known Bad Planets</a></li>
 <li><a href="unexplored-planets.xml" rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml">Unexplored Planets</a></li>
</ul>

These links would not be used in feed autodiscovery.

Otherwise

The keyword creates a hyperlink referencing an alternate representation of the current document.

The nature of the referenced document is given by the hreflang, and type attributes.

If the alternate keyword is used with the hreflang attribute, and that attribute's value differs from the document element's language, it indicates that the referenced document is a translation.

If the alternate keyword is used with the type attribute, it indicates that the referenced document is a reformulation of the current document in the specified format.

The hreflang and type attributes can be combined when specified with the alternate keyword.

The following example shows how you can specify versions of the page that use alternative formats, are aimed at other languages, and that are intended for other media:

<link rel=alternate href="/en/html" hreflang=en type=text/html title="English HTML">
<link rel=alternate href="/fr/html" hreflang=fr type=text/html title="French HTML">
<link rel=alternate href="/en/html/print" hreflang=en type=text/html media=print title="English HTML (for printing)">
<link rel=alternate href="/fr/html/print" hreflang=fr type=text/html media=print title="French HTML (for printing)">
<link rel=alternate href="/en/pdf" hreflang=en type=application/pdf title="English PDF">
<link rel=alternate href="/fr/pdf" hreflang=fr type=application/pdf title="French PDF">

This relationship is transitive — that is, if a document links to two other documents with the link type "alternate", then, in addition to implying that those documents are alternative representations of the first document, it is also implying that those two documents are alternative representations of each other.

The author keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

For a and area elements, the author keyword indicates that the referenced document provides further information about the author of the nearest article element ancestor of the element defining the hyperlink, if there is one, or of the page as a whole, otherwise.

For link elements, the author keyword indicates that the referenced document provides further information about the author for the page as a whole.

The "referenced document" can be, and often is, a mailto: URL giving the email address of the author. [MAILTO]

Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat link, a, and area elements that have a rev attribute with the value "made" as having the author keyword specified as a link relationship.

The bookmark keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The bookmark keyword gives a permalink for the nearest ancestor article element of the linking element in question, or of the section the linking element is most closely associated with, if there are no ancestor article elements.

The following snippet has three permalinks. A user agent could determine which permalink applies to which part of the spec by looking at where the permalinks are given.

 ...
 <body>
  <h1>Example of permalinks</h1>
  <div id="a">
   <h2>First example</h2>
   <p><a href="a.html" rel="bookmark">This permalink applies to
   only the content from the first H2 to the second H2</a>. The DIV isn't
   exactly that section, but it roughly corresponds to it.</p>
  </div>
  <h2>Second example</h2>
  <article id="b">
   <p><a href="b.html" rel="bookmark">This permalink applies to
   the outer ARTICLE element</a> (which could be, e.g., a blog post).</p>
   <article id="c">
    <p><a href="c.html" rel="bookmark">This permalink applies to
    the inner ARTICLE element</a> (which could be, e.g., a blog comment).</p>
   </article>
  </article>
 </body>
 ...

The canonical keyword may be used with link element. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The canonical keyword indicates that URL given by the href attribute is the preferred URL for the current document. That helps search engines reduce duplicate content, as described in more detail in The Canonical Link Relation. [RFC6596]

Link_types/dns-prefetch

Firefox3+Safari?Chrome46+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer?
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome AndroidYesWebView Android46+Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The dns-prefetch keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link. This keyword is body-ok.

The dns-prefetch keyword indicates that preemptively performing DNS resolution for the origin of the specified resource is likely to be beneficial, as it is highly likely that the user will require resources located at that origin, and the user experience would be improved by preempting the latency costs associated with DNS resolution.

There is no default type for resources given by the dns-prefetch keyword.

The appropriate times to fetch and process this type of link are:

The fetch and process the linked resource steps for this type of linked resource, given a link element el, are:

  1. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given el's href attribute's value, relative to el's node document.

  2. If url is failure, then return.

  3. Let partitionKey be the result of determining the network partition key given el's node document's relevant settings object.

  4. The user agent should resolve an origin given partitionKey and url's origin.

    As the results of this algorithm can be cached, future fetches could be faster.

The expect keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an internal resource link.

An internal resource link created by the expect keyword can be used to block rendering until the element that it indicates is connected to the document and fully parsed.

There is no default type for resources given by the expect keyword.

Whenever any of the following conditions occur for a link element el:

then process el.

To process internal resource link given a link element el, run these steps:

  1. Let doc be el's node document.

  2. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given el's href attribute's value, relative to doc.

  3. If this fails, or if url does not equal doc's URL with exclude fragments set to false, then unblock rendering on el and return.

  4. Let indicatedElement be the result of selecting the indicated part given doc and url.

  5. If all of the following are true:

    then block rendering on el.

  6. Otherwise, unblock rendering on el.

To process internal resource links given a Document doc:

  1. For each expect link element link in doc's render-blocking element set, process link.

The following attribute change steps, given element, localName, value, and namespace, are used to ensure expect link elements respond to dynamic id and name changes:

  1. If namespace is not null, then return.

  2. If element is in a stack of open elements of an HTML parser, then return.

  3. If any of the following is true:

    then process internal resource links given element's node document.

The external keyword may be used with a, area, and form elements. This keyword does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one).

The external keyword indicates that the link is leading to a document that is not part of the site that the current document forms a part of.

The help keyword may be used with link, a, area, and form elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

For a, area, and form elements, the help keyword indicates that the referenced document provides further help information for the parent of the element defining the hyperlink, and its children.

In the following example, the form control has associated context-sensitive help. The user agent could use this information, for example, displaying the referenced document if the user presses the "Help" or "F1" key.

 <p><label> Topic: <input name=topic> <a href="help/topic.html" rel="help">(Help)</a></label></p>

For link elements, the help keyword indicates that the referenced document provides help for the page as a whole.

For a and area elements, on some browsers, the help keyword causes the link to use a different cursor.

4.6.7.9 Link type "icon"

Link_types#icon

Support in all current engines.

Firefox2+Safari3.1+Chrome4+
Opera9+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android4+Safari iOSNoChrome Android18+WebView Android38+Samsung Internet4.0+Opera AndroidNo
caniuse.com table

The icon keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link.

The specified resource is an icon representing the page or site, and should be used by the user agent when representing the page in the user interface.

Icons could be auditory icons, visual icons, or other kinds of icons. If multiple icons are provided, the user agent must select the most appropriate icon according to the type, media, and sizes attributes. If there are multiple equally appropriate icons, user agents must use the last one declared in tree order at the time that the user agent collected the list of icons. If the user agent tries to use an icon but that icon is determined, upon closer examination, to in fact be inappropriate (e.g. because it uses an unsupported format), then the user agent must try the next-most-appropriate icon as determined by the attributes.

User agents are not required to update icons when the list of icons changes, but are encouraged to do so.

There is no default type for resources given by the icon keyword. However, for the purposes of determining the type of the resource, user agents must expect the resource to be an image.

The sizes keywords represent icon sizes in raw pixels (as opposed to CSS pixels).

An icon that is 50 CSS pixels wide intended for displays with a device pixel density of two device pixels per CSS pixel (2x, 192dpi) would have a width of 100 raw pixels. This feature does not support indicating that a different resource is to be used for small high-resolution icons vs large low-resolution icons (e.g. 50×50 2x vs 100×100 1x).

To parse and process the attribute's value, the user agent must first split the attribute's value on ASCII whitespace, and must then parse each resulting keyword to determine what it represents.

The any keyword represents that the resource contains a scalable icon, e.g. as provided by an SVG image.

Other keywords must be further parsed as follows to determine what they represent:

  1. If the keyword doesn't contain exactly one U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X or U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X character, then this keyword doesn't represent anything. Return for that keyword.

  2. Let width string be the string before the "x" or "X".

  3. Let height string be the string after the "x" or "X".

  4. If either width string or height string start with a U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character or contain any characters other than ASCII digits, then this keyword doesn't represent anything. Return for that keyword.

  5. Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to width string to obtain width.

  6. Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to height string to obtain height.

  7. The keyword represents that the resource contains a bitmap icon with a width of width device pixels and a height of height device pixels.

The keywords specified on the sizes attribute must not represent icon sizes that are not actually available in the linked resource.

The linked resource fetch setup steps for this type of linked resource, given a link element el and request request, are:

  1. Set request's destination to "image".

  2. Return true.

The process a link header steps for this type of linked resource are to do nothing.

In the absence of a link with the icon keyword, for Document objects whose URL's scheme is an HTTP(S) scheme, user agents may instead run these steps in parallel:

  1. Let request be a new request whose URL is the URL record obtained by resolving the URL "/favicon.ico" against the Document object's URL, client is the Document object's relevant settings object, destination is "image", synchronous flag is set, credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.

  2. Let response be the result of fetching request.

  3. Use response's unsafe response as an icon as if it had been declared using the icon keyword.

The following snippet shows the top part of an application with several icons.

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>lsForums — Inbox</title>
  <link rel=icon href=favicon.png sizes="16x16" type="image/png">
  <link rel=icon href=windows.ico sizes="32x32 48x48" type="image/vnd.microsoft.icon">
  <link rel=icon href=mac.icns sizes="128x128 512x512 8192x8192 32768x32768">
  <link rel=icon href=iphone.png sizes="57x57" type="image/png">
  <link rel=icon href=gnome.svg sizes="any" type="image/svg+xml">
  <link rel=stylesheet href=lsforums.css>
  <script src=lsforums.js></script>
  <meta name=application-name content="lsForums">
 </head>
 <body>
  ...

For historical reasons, the icon keyword may be preceded by the keyword "shortcut". If the "shortcut" keyword is present, the rel attribute's entire value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "shortcut icon" (with a single U+0020 SPACE character between the tokens and no other ASCII whitespace).

The license keyword may be used with link, a, area, and form elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The license keyword indicates that the referenced document provides the copyright license terms under which the main content of the current document is provided.

This specification does not specify how to distinguish between the main content of a document and content that is not deemed to be part of that main content. The distinction should be made clear to the user.

Consider a photo sharing site. A page on that site might describe and show a photograph, and the page might be marked up as follows:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>Exampl Pictures: Kissat</title>
  <link rel="stylesheet" href="/style/default">
 </head>
 <body>
  <h1>Kissat</h1>
  <nav>
   <a href="../">Return to photo index</a>
  </nav>
  <figure>
   <img src="/pix/39627052_fd8dcd98b5.jpg">
   <figcaption>Kissat</figcaption>
  </figure>
  <p>One of them has six toes!</p>
  <p><small><a rel="license" href="http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php">MIT Licensed</a></small></p>
  <footer>
   <a href="/">Home</a> | <a href="../">Photo index</a>
   <p><small>© copyright 2009 Exampl Pictures. All Rights Reserved.</small></p>
  </footer>
 </body>
</html>

In this case the license applies to just the photo (the main content of the document), not the whole document. In particular not the design of the page itself, which is covered by the copyright given at the bottom of the document. This could be made clearer in the styling (e.g. making the license link prominently positioned near the photograph, while having the page copyright in light small text at the foot of the page).

Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat the keyword "copyright" like the license keyword.

Link_types/manifest

Support in one engine only.

Firefox?Safari?ChromeNo
Opera?EdgeNo
Edge (Legacy)?Internet Explorer?
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android39+WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The manifest keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link.

The manifest keyword indicates the manifest file that provides metadata associated with the current document.

There is no default type for resources given by the manifest keyword.

When a web application is not installed, the appropriate time to fetch and process the linked resource for this link type is when the user agent deems it necessary. For example, when the user chooses to install the web application.

For an installed web application, the appropriate times to fetch and process the linked resource for this link type are:

In any case, only the first link element in tree order whose rel attribute contains the token manifest may be used.

A user agent must not delay the load event for this link type.

The linked resource fetch setup steps for this type of linked resource, given a link element el and request request, are:

  1. Let navigable be el's node document's node navigable.

  2. If navigable is null, then return false.

  3. If navigable is not a top-level traversable, then return false.

  4. Set request's initiator to "manifest".

  5. Set request's destination to "manifest".

  6. Set request's mode to "cors".

  7. Set request's credentials mode to the CORS settings attribute credentials mode for el's crossorigin content attribute.

  8. Return true.

To process this type of linked resource given a link element el, boolean success, response response, and byte sequence bodyBytes:

  1. If response's Content-Type metadata is not a JSON MIME type, then set success to false.

  2. If success is true:

    1. Let document URL be el's node document's URL.

    2. Let manifest URL be response's URL.

    3. Process the manifest given document URL, manifest URL, and bodyBytes. [MANIFEST]

The process a link header steps for this type of linked resource are to do nothing.

Link_types/modulepreload

Firefox115+Safari?Chrome66+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer?
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The modulepreload keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link. This keyword is body-ok.

The modulepreload keyword is a specialized alternative to the preload keyword, with a processing model geared toward preloading module scripts. In particular, it uses the specific fetch behavior for module scripts (including, e.g., a different interpretation of the crossorigin attribute), and places the result into the appropriate module map for later evaluation. In contrast, a similar external resource link using the preload keyword would place the result in the preload cache, without affecting the document's module map.

Additionally, implementations can take advantage of the fact that module scripts declare their dependencies in order to fetch the specified module's dependency as well. This is intended as an optimization opportunity, since the user agent knows that, in all likelihood, those dependencies will also be needed later. It will not generally be observable without using technology such as service workers, or monitoring on the server side. Notably, the appropriate load or error events will occur after the specified module is fetched, and will not wait for any dependencies.

A user agent must not delay the load event for this link type.

The appropriate times to fetch and process the linked resource for such a link are:

Unlike some other link relations, changing the relevant attributes (such as as, crossorigin, and referrerpolicy) of such a link does not trigger a new fetch. This is because the document's module map has already been populated by a previous fetch, and so re-fetching would be pointless.

The fetch and process the linked resource algorithm for modulepreload links, given a link element el, is as follows:

  1. If el's href attribute's value is the empty string, then return.

  2. Let destination be the current state of el's as attribute (a destination), or "script" if it is in no state.

  3. If destination is not script-like, then queue an element task on the networking task source given el to fire an event named error at el, and return.

  4. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given el's href attribute's value, relative to el's node document.

  5. If url is failure, then return.

  6. Let settings object be el's node document's relevant settings object.

  7. Let credentials mode be the CORS settings attribute credentials mode for el's crossorigin attribute.

  8. Let cryptographic nonce be el.[[CryptographicNonce]].

  9. Let integrity metadata be the value of el's integrity attribute, if it is specified, or the empty string otherwise.

  10. If el does not have an integrity attribute, then set integrity metadata to the result of resolving a module integrity metadata with url and settings object.

  11. Let referrer policy be the current state of el's referrerpolicy attribute.

  12. Let fetch priority be the current state of el's fetchpriority attribute.

  13. Let options be a script fetch options whose cryptographic nonce is cryptographic nonce, integrity metadata is integrity metadata, parser metadata is "not-parser-inserted", credentials mode is credentials mode, referrer policy is referrer policy, and fetch priority is fetch priority.

  14. Fetch a modulepreload module script graph given url, destination, settings object, options, and with the following steps given result:

    1. If result is null, then fire an event named error at el, and return.

    2. Fire an event named load at el.

The process a link header steps for this type of linked resource are to do nothing.

The following snippet shows the top part of an application with several modules preloaded:

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<title>IRCFog</title>

<link rel="modulepreload" href="app.mjs">
<link rel="modulepreload" href="helpers.mjs">
<link rel="modulepreload" href="irc.mjs">
<link rel="modulepreload" href="fog-machine.mjs">

<script type="module" src="app.mjs">
...

Assume that the module graph for the application is as follows:

The module graph is rooted at app.mjs, which depends on irc.mjs and fog-machine.mjs. In turn, irc.mjs depends on helpers.mjs.

Here we see the application developer has used modulepreload to declare all of the modules in their module graph, ensuring that the user agent initiates fetches for them all. Without such preloading, the user agent might need to go through multiple network roundtrips before discovering helpers.mjs, if technologies such as HTTP/2 Server Push are not in play. In this way, modulepreload link elements can be used as a sort of "manifest" of the application's modules.

The following code shows how modulepreload links can be used in conjunction with import() to ensure network fetching is done ahead of time, so that when import() is called, the module is already ready (but not evaluated) in the module map:

<link rel="modulepreload" href="awesome-viewer.mjs">

<button onclick="import('./awesome-viewer.mjs').then(m => m.view())">
  View awesome thing
</button>

The nofollow keyword may be used with a, area, and form elements. This keyword does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one).

The nofollow keyword indicates that the link is not endorsed by the original author or publisher of the page, or that the link to the referenced document was included primarily because of a commercial relationship between people affiliated with the two pages.

Link_types/noopener

Support in all current engines.

Firefox52+Safari10.1+Chrome49+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Link_types/noopener

Support in all current engines.

Firefox52+Safari10.1+Chrome49+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The noopener keyword may be used with a, area, and form elements. This keyword does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one).

The keyword indicates that any newly created top-level traversable which results from following the hyperlink will not contain an auxiliary browsing context. E.g., the resulting Window's opener getter will return null.

See also the processing model.

This typically creates a top-level traversable with an auxiliary browsing context (assuming there is no existing navigable whose target name is "example"):

<a href=help.html target=example>Help!</a>

This creates a top-level traversable with a non-auxiliary browsing context (assuming the same thing):

<a href=help.html target=example rel=noopener>Help!</a>

These are equivalent and only navigate the parent navigable:

<a href=index.html target=_parent>Home</a>
<a href=index.html target=_parent rel=noopener>Home</a>

Link_types/noreferrer

Support in all current engines.

Firefox33+Safari5+Chrome16+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet Explorer🔰 11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet1.5+Opera Android?

Link_types/noreferrer

Support in all current engines.

Firefox33+Safari5+Chrome16+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet Explorer🔰 11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet1.5+Opera Android?

The noreferrer keyword may be used with a, area, and form elements. This keyword does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one).

It indicates that no referrer information is to be leaked when following the link and also implies the noopener keyword behavior under the same conditions.

See also the processing model where referrer is directly manipulated.

<a href="..." rel="noreferrer" target="_blank"> has the same behavior as <a href="..." rel="noreferrer noopener" target="_blank">.

The opener keyword may be used with a, area, and form elements. This keyword does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one).

The keyword indicates that any newly created top-level traversable which results from following the hyperlink will contain an auxiliary browsing context.

See also the processing model.

In the following example the opener is used to allow the help page popup to navigate its opener, e.g., in case what the user is looking for can be found elsewhere. An alternative might be to use a named target, rather than _blank, but this has the potential to clash with existing names.

<a href="..." rel=opener target=_blank>Help!</a>

The pingback keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link. This keyword is body-ok.

For the semantics of the pingback keyword, see Pingback 1.0. [PINGBACK]

Link_types/preconnect

Support in all current engines.

Firefox39+Safari11.1+Chrome46+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet4.0+Opera Android?

The preconnect keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link. This keyword is body-ok.

The preconnect keyword indicates that preemptively initiating a connection to the origin of the specified resource is likely to be beneficial, as it is highly likely that the user will require resources located at that origin, and the user experience would be improved by preempting the latency costs associated with establishing the connection.

There is no default type for resources given by the preconnect keyword.

A user agent must not delay the load event for this link type.

The appropriate times to fetch and process this type of link are:

The fetch and process the linked resource steps for this type of linked resource, given a link element el, are to create link options from el and to preconnect given the result.

The process a link header step for this type of linked resource given a link processing options options are to preconnect given options.

To preconnect given a link processing options options:

  1. If options's href is an empty string, return.

  2. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given options's href, relative to options's base URL.

    Passing the base URL instead of a document or environment is tracked by issue #9715.

  3. If url is failure, then return.

  4. If url's scheme is not an HTTP(S) scheme, then return.

  5. Let partitionKey be the result of determining the network partition key given options's environment.

  6. Let useCredentials be true.

  7. If options's crossorigin is Anonymous and options's origin does not have the same origin as url's origin, then set useCredentials to false.

  8. The user agent should obtain a connection given partitionKey, url's origin, and useCredentials.

    This connection is obtained but not used directly. It will remain in the connection pool for subsequent use.

    The user agent should attempt to initiate a preconnect and perform the full connection handshake (DNS+TCP for HTTP, and DNS+TCP+TLS for HTTPS origins) whenever possible, but is allowed to elect to perform a partial handshake (DNS only for HTTP, and DNS or DNS+TCP for HTTPS origins), or skip it entirely, due to resource constraints or other reasons.

    The optimal number of connections per origin is dependent on the negotiated protocol, users current connectivity profile, available device resources, global connection limits, and other context specific variables. As a result, the decision for how many connections should be opened is deferred to the user agent.

Link_types/prefetch

Firefox2+SafariNoChrome8+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet1.5+Opera Android?

The prefetch keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link. This keyword is body-ok.

The prefetch keyword indicates that preemptively fetching and caching the specified resource or same-site document is likely to be beneficial, as it is highly likely that the user will require this resource for future navigations.

There is no default type for resources given by the prefetch keyword.

The appropriate times to fetch and process this type of link are:

The fetch and process the linked resource algorithm for prefetch links, given a link element el, is as follows:

  1. If el's href attribute's value is the empty string, then return.

  2. Let options be the result of creating link options from el.

  3. Set options's destination to the empty string.

  4. Let request be the result of creating a link request given options.

  5. If request is null, then return.

  6. Set request's initiator to "prefetch".

  7. Let processPrefetchResponse be the following steps given a response response and null, failure, or a byte sequence bytesOrNull:

    1. If response is a network error, fire an event named error at el.

    2. Otherwise, fire an event named load at el.

  8. The user agent should fetch request, with processResponseConsumeBody set to processPrefetchResponse. User agents may delay the fetching of request to prioritize other requests that are necessary for the current document.

The process a link header steps for this type of linked resource are to do nothing.

Link_types/preload

Support in one engine only.

Firefox85+Safari?Chrome🔰 50+
Opera37+Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer?
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android50+Samsung Internet5.0+Opera Android?

The preload keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link. This keyword is body-ok.

The preload keyword indicates that the user agent will preemptively fetch and cache the specified resource according to the potential destination given by the as attribute, and the priority given by the fetchpriority attribute, as it is highly likely that the user will require this resource for the current navigation.

User-agents might perform additional operations when a resource is loaded, such as preemptively decoding images or creating stylesheets. However, these additional operations cannot have observable effects.

There is no default type for resources given by the preload keyword.

A user agent must not delay the load event for this link type.

The appropriate times to fetch and process the linked resource for such a link are:

A Document has a map of preloaded resources, which is an ordered map, initially empty.

A preload key is a struct. It has the following items:

URL
A URL
destination
A string
mode
A request mode, either "same-origin", "cors", or "no-cors"
credentials mode
A credentials mode

A preload entry is a struct. It has the following items:

integrity metadata
A string
response
Null or a response
on response available
Null, or an algorithm accepting a response or null

To consume a preloaded resource for Window window, given a URL url, a string destination, a string mode, a string credentialsMode, a string integrityMetadata, and onResponseAvailable, which is an algorithm accepting a response:

  1. Let key be a preload key whose URL is url, destination is destination, mode is mode, and credentials mode is credentialsMode.

  2. Let preloads be window's associated Document's map of preloaded resources.

  3. If key does not exist in preloads, then return false.

  4. Let entry be preloads[key].

  5. Let consumerIntegrityMetadata be the result of parsing integrityMetadata.

  6. Let preloadIntegrityMetadata be the result of parsing entry's integrity metadata.

  7. If none of the following conditions apply:

    then return false.

    A mistmatch in integrity metadata between the preload and the consumer, even if both match the data, would lead to an additional fetch from the network.

    It is important that network errors are added to the preload cache so that if a preload request results in an error, the erroneous response isn't re-requested from the network later. This also has security implications; consider the case where a developer specifies subresource integrity metadata on a preload request, but not the following resource request. If the preload request fails subresource integrity verification and is discarded, the resource request will fetch and consume a potentially-malicious response from the network without verifying its integrity. [SRI]

  8. Remove preloads[key].

  9. If entry's response is null, then set entry's on response available to onResponseAvailable.

  10. Otherwise, call onResponseAvailable with entry's response.

  11. Return true.

For the purposes of this section, a string type matches a string destination if the following algorithm returns true:

  1. If type is an empty string, then return true.

  2. If destination is "fetch", then return true.

  3. Let mimeTypeRecord be the result of parsing type.

  4. If mimeTypeRecord is failure, then return false.

  5. If mimeTypeRecord is not supported by the user agent, then return false.

  6. If any of the following are true:

    then return true.

  7. Return false.

To create a preload key for a request request, return a new preload key whose URL is request's URL, destination is request's destination, mode is request's mode, and credentials mode is request's credentials mode.

To translate a preload destination given a string destination:

  1. If destination is not "fetch", "font", "image", "script", "style", or "track", then return null.

  2. Return the result of translating destination.

To preload given a link processing options options and an optional processResponse, which is an algorithm accepting a response:

  1. If options's type doesn't match options's destination, then return.

  2. If options's destination is "image" and options's source set is not null, then set options's href to the result of selecting an image source from options's source set.

  3. Let request be the result of creating a link request given options.

  4. If request is null, then return.

  5. Let unsafeEndTime be 0.

  6. Let entry be a new preload entry whose integrity metadata is options's integrity.

  7. Let key be the result of creating a preload key given request.

  8. If options's document is "pending", then set request's initiator type to "early hint".

  9. Let controller be null.

  10. Let reportTiming given a Document document be to report timing for controller given document's relevant global object.

  11. Set controller to the result of fetching request, with processResponseConsumeBody set to the following steps given a response response and null, failure, or a byte sequence bodyBytes:

    1. If bodyBytes is a byte sequence, then set response's body to bodyBytes as a body.

      By using processResponseConsumeBody, we have extracted the entire body. This is necessary to ensure the preloader loads the entire body from the network, regardless of whether the preload will be consumed (which is uncertain at this point). This step then resets the request's body to a new body containing the same bytes, so that other specifications can read from it at the time of actual consumption, despite us having already done so once.

    2. Otherwise, set response to a network error.

    3. Set unsafeEndTime to the unsafe shared current time.

    4. If options's document is not null, then call reportTiming given options's document.

    5. If entry's on response available is null, then set entry's response to response; otherwise call entry's on response available given response.

    6. If processResponse is given, then call processResponse with response.

  12. Let commit be the following steps given a Document document:

    1. If entry's response is not null, then call reportTiming given document.

    2. Set document's map of preloaded resources[key] to entry.

  13. If options's document is null, then set options's on document ready to commit. Otherwise, call commit with options's document.

The fetch and process the linked resource steps for this type of linked resource, given a link element el, are:

  1. Update the source set for el.

  2. Let options be the result of creating link options from el.

  3. Preload options, with the following steps given a response response:

    1. If response is a network error, fire an event named error at el. Otherwise, fire an event named load at el.

      The actual browsers' behavior is different from the spec here, and the feasibility of changing the behavior has not yet been investigated. See issue #1142.

The process a link header step for this type of link given a link processing options options is to preload options.

The privacy-policy keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The privacy-policy keyword indicates that the referenced document contains information about the data collection and usage practices that apply to the current document, as described in more detail in Additional Link Relation Types. The referenced document may be a standalone privacy policy, or a specific section of some more general document. [RFC6903]

The search keyword may be used with link, a, area, and form elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The search keyword indicates that the referenced document provides an interface specifically for searching the document and its related resources.

OpenSearch description documents can be used with link elements and the search link type to enable user agents to autodiscover search interfaces. [OPENSEARCH]

The stylesheet keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link that contributes to the styling processing model. This keyword is body-ok.

The specified resource is a CSS style sheet that describes how to present the document.

Alternative_style_sheets

Support in one engine only.

Firefox3+Safari?Chrome1–48
OperaYesEdgeNo
Edge (Legacy)?Internet Explorer8+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

If the alternate keyword is also specified on the link element, then the link is an alternative style sheet; in this case, the title attribute must be specified on the link element, with a non-empty value.

The default type for resources given by the stylesheet keyword is text/css.

A link element of this type is implicitly potentially render-blocking if the element was created by its node document's parser.

When the disabled attribute of a link element with a stylesheet keyword is set, disable the associated CSS style sheet.

The appropriate times to fetch and process this type of link are:

Quirk: If the document has been set to quirks mode, has the same origin as the URL of the external resource, and the Content-Type metadata of the external resource is not a supported style sheet type, the user agent must instead assume it to be text/css.

The linked resource fetch setup steps for this type of linked resource, given a link element el and request request, are:

  1. If el's disabled attribute is set, then return false.

  2. If el contributes a script-blocking style sheet, append el to its node document's script-blocking style sheet set.

  3. If el's media attribute's value matches the environment and el is potentially render-blocking, then block rendering on el.

  4. If el is currently render-blocking, then set request's render-blocking to true.

  5. Return true.

See issue #968 for plans to use the CSSOM fetch a CSS style sheet algorithm instead of the default fetch and process the linked resource algorithm. In the meantime, any critical subresource request should have its render-blocking set to whether or not the link element is currently render-blocking.

To process this type of linked resource given a link element el, boolean success, response response, and byte sequence bodyBytes:

  1. If the resource's Content-Type metadata is not text/css, then set success to false.

  2. If el no longer creates an external resource link that contributes to the styling processing model, or if, since the resource in question was fetched, it has become appropriate to fetch it again, then:

    1. Remove el from el's node document's script-blocking style sheet set.

    2. Return.

  3. If el has an associated CSS style sheet, remove the CSS style sheet.

  4. If success is true, then:

    1. Create a CSS style sheet with the following properties:

      type

      text/css

      location

      response's URL list[0]

      We provide a URL here on the assumption that w3c/csswg-drafts issue #9316 will be fixed.

      owner node

      el

      media

      The media attribute of el.

      This is a reference to the (possibly absent at this time) attribute, rather than a copy of the attribute's current value. CSSOM defines what happens when the attribute is dynamically set, changed, or removed.

      title

      The title attribute of el, if el is in a document tree, or the empty string otherwise.

      This is similarly a reference to the attribute, rather than a copy of the attribute's current value.

      alternate flag

      Set if the link is an alternative style sheet and el's explicitly enabled is false; unset otherwise.

      origin-clean flag

      Set if the resource is CORS-same-origin; unset otherwise.

      parent CSS style sheet
      owner CSS rule

      null

      disabled flag

      Left at its default value.

      CSS rules

      Left uninitialized.

      This doesn't seem right. Presumably we should be using bodyBytes? Tracked as issue #2997.

      The CSS environment encoding is the result of running the following steps: [CSSSYNTAX]

      1. If el has a charset attribute, get an encoding from that attribute's value. If that succeeds, return the resulting encoding. [ENCODING]

      2. Otherwise, return the document's character encoding. [DOM]

    2. Fire an event named load at el.

  5. Otherwise, fire an event named error at el.

  6. If el contributes a script-blocking style sheet, then:

    1. Assert: el's node document's script-blocking style sheet set contains el.

    2. Remove el from its node document's script-blocking style sheet set.

  7. Unblock rendering on el.

The process a link header steps for this type of linked resource are to do nothing.

The tag keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The tag keyword indicates that the tag that the referenced document represents applies to the current document.

Since it indicates that the tag applies to the current document, it would be inappropriate to use this keyword in the markup of a tag cloud, which lists the popular tags across a set of pages.

This document is about some gems, and so it is tagged with "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemstone" to unambiguously categorize it as applying to the "jewel" kind of gems, and not to, say, the towns in the US, the Ruby package format, or the Swiss locomotive class:

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>My Precious</title>
 </head>
 <body>
  <header><h1>My precious</h1> <p>Summer 2012</p></header>
  <p>Recently I managed to dispose of a red gem that had been
  bothering me. I now have a much nicer blue sapphire.</p>
  <p>The red gem had been found in a bauxite stone while I was digging
  out the office level, but nobody was willing to haul it away. The
  same red gem stayed there for literally years.</p>
  <footer>
   Tags: <a rel=tag href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemstone">Gemstone</a>
  </footer>
 </body>
</html>

In this document, there are two articles. The "tag" link, however, applies to the whole page (and would do so wherever it was placed, including if it was within the article elements).

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>Gem 4/4</title>
 </head>
 <body>
  <article>
   <h1>801: Steinbock</h1>
   <p>The number 801 Gem 4/4 electro-diesel has an ibex and was rebuilt in 2002.</p>
  </article>
  <article>
   <h1>802: Murmeltier</h1>
   <figure>
    <img src="https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b0/Trains_de_la_Bernina_en_hiver_2.jpg"
         alt="The 802 was red with pantographs and tall vents on the side.">
    <figcaption>The 802 in the 1980s, above Lago Bianco.</figcaption>
   </figure>
   <p>The number 802 Gem 4/4 electro-diesel has a marmot and was rebuilt in 2003.</p>
  </article>
  <p class="topic"><a rel=tag href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhaetian_Railway_Gem_4/4">Gem 4/4</a></p>
 </body>
</html>

The terms-of-service keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The terms-of-service keyword indicates that the referenced document contains information about the agreements between the current document's provider and users who wish to use the current document, as described in more detail in Additional Link Relation Types. [RFC6903]

Some documents form part of a sequence of documents.

A sequence of documents is one where each document can have a previous sibling and a next sibling. A document with no previous sibling is the start of its sequence, a document with no next sibling is the end of its sequence.

A document may be part of multiple sequences.

The next keyword may be used with link, a, area, and form elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The next keyword indicates that the document is part of a sequence, and that the link is leading to the document that is the next logical document in the sequence.

When the next keyword is used with a link element, user agents should process such links as if they were using one of the dns-prefetch, preconnect, or prefetch keywords. Which keyword the user agent wishes to use is implementation-dependent; for example, a user agent may wish to use the less-costly preconnect processing model when trying to conserve data, battery power, or processing power, or may wish to pick a keyword depending on heuristic analysis of past user behavior in similar scenarios.

The prev keyword may be used with link, a, area, and form elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink.

The prev keyword indicates that the document is part of a sequence, and that the link is leading to the document that is the previous logical document in the sequence.

Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat the keyword "previous" like the prev keyword.

Extensions to the predefined set of link types may be registered on the microformats page for existing rel values. [MFREL]

Anyone is free to edit the microformats page for existing rel values at any time to add a type. Extension types must be specified with the following information:

Keyword

The actual value being defined. The value should not be confusingly similar to any other defined value (e.g. differing only in case).

If the value contains a U+003A COLON character (:), it must also be an absolute URL.

Effect on... link

One of the following:

Not allowed
The keyword must not be specified on link elements.
Hyperlink
The keyword may be specified on a link element; it creates a hyperlink.
External Resource
The keyword may be specified on a link element; it creates an external resource link.
Effect on... a and area

One of the following:

Not allowed
The keyword must not be specified on a and area elements.
Hyperlink
The keyword may be specified on a and area elements; it creates a hyperlink.
External Resource
The keyword may be specified on a and area elements; it creates an external resource link.
Hyperlink Annotation
The keyword may be specified on a and area elements; it annotates other hyperlinks created by the element.
Effect on... form

One of the following:

Not allowed
The keyword must not be specified on form elements.
Hyperlink
The keyword may be specified on form elements; it creates a hyperlink.
External Resource
The keyword may be specified on form elements; it creates an external resource link.
Hyperlink Annotation
The keyword may be specified on form elements; it annotates other hyperlinks created by the element.
Brief description

A short non-normative description of what the keyword's meaning is.

Specification

A link to a more detailed description of the keyword's semantics and requirements. It could be another page on the wiki, or a link to an external page.

Synonyms

A list of other keyword values that have exactly the same processing requirements. Authors should not use the values defined to be synonyms, they are only intended to allow user agents to support legacy content. Anyone may remove synonyms that are not used in practice; only names that need to be processed as synonyms for compatibility with legacy content are to be registered in this way.

Status

One of the following:

Proposed
The keyword has not received wide peer review and approval. Someone has proposed it and is, or soon will be, using it.
Ratified
The keyword has received wide peer review and approval. It has a specification that unambiguously defines how to handle pages that use the keyword, including when they use it in incorrect ways.
Discontinued
The keyword has received wide peer review and it has been found wanting. Existing pages are using this keyword, but new pages should avoid it. The "brief description" and "specification" entries will give details of what authors should use instead, if anything.

If a keyword is found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value.

If a keyword is registered in the "proposed" state for a period of a month or more without being used or specified, then it may be removed from the registry.

If a keyword is added with the "proposed" status and found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value. If a keyword is added with the "proposed" status and found to be harmful, then it should be changed to "discontinued" status.

Anyone can change the status at any time, but should only do so in accordance with the definitions above.

Conformance checkers must use the information given on the microformats page for existing rel values to establish if a value is allowed or not: values defined in this specification or marked as "proposed" or "ratified" must be accepted when used on the elements for which they apply as described in the "Effect on..." field, whereas values marked as "discontinued" or not listed in either this specification or on the aforementioned page must be rejected as invalid. Conformance checkers may cache this information (e.g. for performance reasons or to avoid the use of unreliable network connectivity).

When an author uses a new type not defined by either this specification or the wiki page, conformance checkers should offer to add the value to the wiki, with the details described above, with the "proposed" status.

Types defined as extensions in the microformats page for existing rel values with the status "proposed" or "ratified" may be used with the rel attribute on link, a, and area elements in accordance to the "Effect on..." field. [MFREL]

4.7 Edits

The ins and del elements represent edits to the document.

4.7.1 The ins element

Element/ins

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Transparent.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
cite — Link to the source of the quotation or more information about the edit
datetime — Date and (optionally) time of the change
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLModElement.

The ins element represents an addition to the document.

The following represents the addition of a single paragraph:

<aside>
 <ins>
  <p> I like fruit. </p>
 </ins>
</aside>

As does the following, because everything in the aside element here counts as phrasing content and therefore there is just one paragraph:

<aside>
 <ins>
  Apples are <em>tasty</em>.
 </ins>
 <ins>
  So are pears.
 </ins>
</aside>

ins elements should not cross implied paragraph boundaries.

The following example represents the addition of two paragraphs, the second of which was inserted in two parts. The first ins element in this example thus crosses a paragraph boundary, which is considered poor form.

<aside>
 <!-- don't do this -->
 <ins datetime="2005-03-16 00:00Z">
  <p> I like fruit. </p>
  Apples are <em>tasty</em>.
 </ins>
 <ins datetime="2007-12-19 00:00Z">
  So are pears.
 </ins>
</aside>

Here is a better way of marking this up. It uses more elements, but none of the elements cross implied paragraph boundaries.

<aside>
 <ins datetime="2005-03-16 00:00Z">
  <p> I like fruit. </p>
 </ins>
 <ins datetime="2005-03-16 00:00Z">
  Apples are <em>tasty</em>.
 </ins>
 <ins datetime="2007-12-19 00:00Z">
  So are pears.
 </ins>
</aside>

4.7.2 The del element

Element/del

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Transparent.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
cite — Link to the source of the quotation or more information about the edit
datetime — Date and (optionally) time of the change
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLModElement.

The del element represents a removal from the document.

del elements should not cross implied paragraph boundaries.

The following shows a "to do" list where items that have been done are crossed-off with the date and time of their completion.

<h1>To Do</h1>
<ul>
 <li>Empty the dishwasher</li>
 <li><del datetime="2009-10-11T01:25-07:00">Watch Walter Lewin's lectures</del></li>
 <li><del datetime="2009-10-10T23:38-07:00">Download more tracks</del></li>
 <li>Buy a printer</li>
</ul>

4.7.3 Attributes common to ins and del elements

The cite attribute may be used to specify the URL of a document that explains the change. When that document is long, for instance the minutes of a meeting, authors are encouraged to include a fragment pointing to the specific part of that document that discusses the change.

If the cite attribute is present, it must be a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces that explains the change. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be parsed relative to the element's node document. User agents may allow users to follow such citation links, but they are primarily intended for private use (e.g., by server-side scripts collecting statistics about a site's edits), not for readers.

The datetime attribute may be used to specify the time and date of the change.

If present, the datetime attribute's value must be a valid date string with optional time.

User agents must parse the datetime attribute according to the parse a date or time string algorithm. If that doesn't return a date or a global date and time, then the modification has no associated timestamp (the value is non-conforming; it is not a valid date string with optional time). Otherwise, the modification is marked as having been made at the given date or global date and time. If the given value is a global date and time then user agents should use the associated time-zone offset information to determine which time zone to present the given datetime in.

This value may be shown to the user, but it is primarily intended for private use.

The ins and del elements must implement the HTMLModElement interface:

HTMLModElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLModElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute USVString cite;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString dateTime;
};

The cite IDL attribute must reflect the element's cite content attribute. The dateTime IDL attribute must reflect the element's datetime content attribute.

4.7.4 Edits and paragraphs

This section is non-normative.

Since the ins and del elements do not affect paragraphing, it is possible, in some cases where paragraphs are implied (without explicit p elements), for an ins or del element to span both an entire paragraph or other non-phrasing content elements and part of another paragraph. For example:

<section>
 <ins>
  <p>
   This is a paragraph that was inserted.
  </p>
  This is another paragraph whose first sentence was inserted
  at the same time as the paragraph above.
 </ins>
 This is a second sentence, which was there all along.
</section>

By only wrapping some paragraphs in p elements, one can even get the end of one paragraph, a whole second paragraph, and the start of a third paragraph to be covered by the same ins or del element (though this is very confusing, and not considered good practice):

<section>
 This is the first paragraph. <ins>This sentence was
 inserted.
 <p>This second paragraph was inserted.</p>
 This sentence was inserted too.</ins> This is the
 third paragraph in this example.
 <!-- (don't do this) -->
</section>

However, due to the way implied paragraphs are defined, it is not possible to mark up the end of one paragraph and the start of the very next one using the same ins or del element. You instead have to use one (or two) p element(s) and two ins or del elements, as for example:

<section>
 <p>This is the first paragraph. <del>This sentence was
 deleted.</del></p>
 <p><del>This sentence was deleted too.</del> That
 sentence needed a separate &lt;del&gt; element.</p>
</section>

Partly because of the confusion described above, authors are strongly encouraged to always mark up all paragraphs with the p element, instead of having ins or del elements that cross implied paragraphs boundaries.

4.7.5 Edits and lists

This section is non-normative.

The content models of the ol and ul elements do not allow ins and del elements as children. Lists always represent all their items, including items that would otherwise have been marked as deleted.

To indicate that an item is inserted or deleted, an ins or del element can be wrapped around the contents of the li element. To indicate that an item has been replaced by another, a single li element can have one or more del elements followed by one or more ins elements.

In the following example, a list that started empty had items added and removed from it over time. The bits in the example that have been emphasized show the parts that are the "current" state of the list. The list item numbers don't take into account the edits, though.

<h1>Stop-ship bugs</h1>
<ol>
 <li><ins datetime="2008-02-12T15:20Z">Bug 225:
 Rain detector doesn't work in snow</ins></li>
 <li><del datetime="2008-03-01T20:22Z"><ins datetime="2008-02-14T12:02Z">Bug 228:
 Water buffer overflows in April</ins></del></li>
 <li><ins datetime="2008-02-16T13:50Z">Bug 230:
 Water heater doesn't use renewable fuels</ins></li>
 <li><del datetime="2008-02-20T21:15Z"><ins datetime="2008-02-16T14:25Z">Bug 232:
 Carbon dioxide emissions detected after startup</ins></del></li>
</ol>

In the following example, a list that started with just fruit was replaced by a list with just colors.

<h1>List of <del>fruits</del><ins>colors</ins></h1>
<ul>
 <li><del>Lime</del><ins>Green</ins></li>
 <li><del>Apple</del></li>
 <li>Orange</li>
 <li><del>Pear</del></li>
 <li><ins>Teal</ins></li>
 <li><del>Lemon</del><ins>Yellow</ins></li>
 <li>Olive</li>
 <li><ins>Purple</ins></li>
</ul>

4.7.6 Edits and tables

This section is non-normative.

The elements that form part of the table model have complicated content model requirements that do not allow for the ins and del elements, so indicating edits to a table can be difficult.

To indicate that an entire row or an entire column has been added or removed, the entire contents of each cell in that row or column can be wrapped in ins or del elements (respectively).

Here, a table's row has been added:

<table>
 <thead>
  <tr> <th> Game name           <th> Game publisher   <th> Verdict
 <tbody>
  <tr> <td> Diablo 2            <td> Blizzard         <td> 8/10
  <tr> <td> Portal              <td> Valve            <td> 10/10
  <tr> <td> <ins>Portal 2</ins> <td> <ins>Valve</ins> <td> <ins>10/10</ins>
</table>

Here, a column has been removed (the time at which it was removed is given also, as is a link to the page explaining why):

<table>
 <thead>
  <tr> <th> Game name           <th> Game publisher   <th> <del cite="/edits/r192" datetime="2011-05-02 14:23Z">Verdict</del>
 <tbody>
  <tr> <td> Diablo 2            <td> Blizzard         <td> <del cite="/edits/r192" datetime="2011-05-02 14:23Z">8/10</del>
  <tr> <td> Portal              <td> Valve            <td> <del cite="/edits/r192" datetime="2011-05-02 14:23Z">10/10</del>
  <tr> <td> Portal 2            <td> Valve            <td> <del cite="/edits/r192" datetime="2011-05-02 14:23Z">10/10</del>
</table>

Generally speaking, there is no good way to indicate more complicated edits (e.g. that a cell was removed, moving all subsequent cells up or to the left).

4.8 Embedded content

4.8.1 The picture element

Element/picture

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari9.1+Chrome38+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLPictureElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari9.1+Chrome38+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Embedded content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where embedded content is expected.
Content model:
Zero or more source elements, followed by one img element, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLPictureElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();
};

The picture element is a container which provides multiple sources to its contained img element to allow authors to declaratively control or give hints to the user agent about which image resource to use, based on the screen pixel density, viewport size, image format, and other factors. It represents its children.

The picture element is somewhat different from the similar-looking video and audio elements. While all of them contain source elements, the source element's src attribute has no meaning when the element is nested within a picture element, and the resource selection algorithm is different. Also, the picture element itself does not display anything; it merely provides a context for its contained img element that enables it to choose from multiple URLs.

4.8.2 The source element

Element/source

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLSourceElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a picture element, before the img element.
As a child of a media element, before any flow content or track elements.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
type — Type of embedded resource
media — Applicable media
src (in audio or video) — Address of the resource
srcset (in picture) — Images to use in different situations, e.g., high-resolution displays, small monitors, etc.
sizes (in picture) — Image sizes for different page layouts
width (in picture) — Horizontal dimension
height (in picture) — Vertical dimension
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLSourceElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute USVString src;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString srcset;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString sizes;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString media;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long width;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long height;
};

The source element allows authors to specify multiple alternative source sets for img elements or multiple alternative media resources for media elements. It does not represent anything on its own.

The type attribute may be present. If present, the value must be a valid MIME type string.

The media attribute may also be present. If present, the value must contain a valid media query list. The user agent will skip to the next source element if the value does not match the environment.

The media attribute is only evaluated once during the resource selection algorithm for media elements. In contrast, when using the picture element, the user agent will react to changes in the environment.

The remainder of the requirements depend on whether the parent is a picture element or a media element:

The source element's parent is a picture element

The srcset attribute must be present, and is a srcset attribute.

The srcset attribute contributes the image sources to the source set, if the source element is selected.

If the srcset attribute has any image candidate strings using a width descriptor, the sizes attribute may also be present. If, additionally, the following sibling img element does not allow auto-sizes, the sizes attribute must be present. The sizes attribute is a sizes attribute, which contributes the source size to the source set, if the source element is selected.

If the img element allows auto-sizes, then the sizes attribute can be omitted on previous sibling source elements. In such cases, it is equivalent to specifying auto.

The source element supports dimension attributes. The img element can use the width and height attributes of a source element, instead of those on the img element itself, to determine its rendered dimensions and aspect-ratio, as defined in the Rendering section.

The type attribute gives the type of the images in the source set, to allow the user agent to skip to the next source element if it does not support the given type.

If the type attribute is not specified, the user agent will not select a different source element if it finds that it does not support the image format after fetching it.

When a source element has a following sibling source element or img element with a srcset attribute specified, it must have at least one of the following:

The src attribute must not be present.

The source element's parent is a media element

The src attribute gives the URL of the media resource. The value must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. This attribute must be present.

The type attribute gives the type of the media resource, to help the user agent determine if it can play this media resource before fetching it. The codecs parameter, which certain MIME types define, might be necessary to specify exactly how the resource is encoded. [RFC6381]

Dynamically modifying a source element's src or type attribute when the element is already inserted in a video or audio element will have no effect. To change what is playing, just use the src attribute on the media element directly, possibly making use of the canPlayType() method to pick from amongst available resources. Generally, manipulating source elements manually after the document has been parsed is an unnecessarily complicated approach.

The following list shows some examples of how to use the codecs= MIME parameter in the type attribute.

H.264 Constrained baseline profile video (main and extended video compatible) level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container
<source src='video.mp4' type='video/mp4; codecs="avc1.42E01E, mp4a.40.2"'>
H.264 Extended profile video (baseline-compatible) level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container
<source src='video.mp4' type='video/mp4; codecs="avc1.58A01E, mp4a.40.2"'>
H.264 Main profile video level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container
<source src='video.mp4' type='video/mp4; codecs="avc1.4D401E, mp4a.40.2"'>
H.264 'High' profile video (incompatible with main, baseline, or extended profiles) level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container
<source src='video.mp4' type='video/mp4; codecs="avc1.64001E, mp4a.40.2"'>
MPEG-4 Visual Simple Profile Level 0 video and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container
<source src='video.mp4' type='video/mp4; codecs="mp4v.20.8, mp4a.40.2"'>
MPEG-4 Advanced Simple Profile Level 0 video and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container
<source src='video.mp4' type='video/mp4; codecs="mp4v.20.240, mp4a.40.2"'>
MPEG-4 Visual Simple Profile Level 0 video and AMR audio in 3GPP container
<source src='video.3gp' type='video/3gpp; codecs="mp4v.20.8, samr"'>
Theora video and Vorbis audio in Ogg container
<source src='video.ogv' type='video/ogg; codecs="theora, vorbis"'>
Theora video and Speex audio in Ogg container
<source src='video.ogv' type='video/ogg; codecs="theora, speex"'>
Vorbis audio alone in Ogg container
<source src='audio.ogg' type='audio/ogg; codecs=vorbis'>
Speex audio alone in Ogg container
<source src='audio.spx' type='audio/ogg; codecs=speex'>
FLAC audio alone in Ogg container
<source src='audio.oga' type='audio/ogg; codecs=flac'>
Dirac video and Vorbis audio in Ogg container
<source src='video.ogv' type='video/ogg; codecs="dirac, vorbis"'>

The srcset and sizes attributes must not be present.

The source HTML element insertion steps, given insertedNode, are:

  1. Let parent be insertedNode's parent.

  2. If parent is a media element that has no src attribute and whose networkState has the value NETWORK_EMPTY, then invoke that media element's resource selection algorithm.

  3. If parent is a picture element, then for each child of parent's children, if child is an img element, then count this as a relevant mutation for child.

The source HTML element moving steps, given movedNode and oldParent, are:

  1. If oldParent is a picture element, then for each child of oldParent's children, if child is an img element, then count this as a relevant mutation for child.

The source HTML element removing steps, given removedNode and oldParent, are:

  1. If oldParent is a picture element, then for each child of oldParent's children, if child is an img element, then count this as a relevant mutation for child.

The IDL attributes src, type, srcset, sizes, and media must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

If the author isn't sure if user agents will all be able to render the media resources provided, the author can listen to the error event on the last source element and trigger fallback behavior:

<script>
 function fallback(video) {
   // replace <video> with its contents
   while (video.hasChildNodes()) {
     if (video.firstChild instanceof HTMLSourceElement)
       video.removeChild(video.firstChild);
     else
       video.parentNode.insertBefore(video.firstChild, video);
   }
   video.parentNode.removeChild(video);
 }
</script>
<video controls autoplay>
 <source src='video.mp4' type='video/mp4; codecs="avc1.42E01E, mp4a.40.2"'>
 <source src='video.ogv' type='video/ogg; codecs="theora, vorbis"'
         onerror="fallback(parentNode)">
 ...
</video>

4.8.3 The img element

Element/img

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLImageElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera8+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Embedded content.
Form-associated element.
If the element has a usemap attribute: Interactive content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where embedded content is expected.
As a child of a picture element, after all source elements.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
alt — Replacement text for use when images are not available
src — Address of the resource
srcset — Images to use in different situations, e.g., high-resolution displays, small monitors, etc.
sizes — Image sizes for different page layouts
crossorigin — How the element handles crossorigin requests
usemap — Name of image map to use
ismap — Whether the image is a server-side image map
width — Horizontal dimension
height — Vertical dimension
referrerpolicyReferrer policy for fetches initiated by the element
decoding — Decoding hint to use when processing this image for presentation
loading — Used when determining loading deferral
fetchpriority — Sets the priority for fetches initiated by the element
Accessibility considerations:
If the element has a non-empty alt attribute: for authors; for implementers.
Otherwise: for authors; for implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window,
 LegacyFactoryFunction=Image(optional unsigned long width, optional unsigned long height)]
interface HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString alt;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString src;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString srcset;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString sizes;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString useMap;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean isMap;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long width;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long height;
  readonly attribute unsigned long naturalWidth;
  readonly attribute unsigned long naturalHeight;
  readonly attribute boolean complete;
  readonly attribute USVString currentSrc;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString decoding;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString loading;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString fetchPriority;

  Promise<undefined> decode();

  // also has obsolete members
};

An img element represents an image.

An img element has a dimension attribute source, initially set to the element itself.

HTMLImageElement/src

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Element/img#attr-srcset

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari8+Chrome34+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)≤18+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The image given by the src and srcset attributes, and any previous sibling source elements' srcset attributes if the parent is a picture element, is the embedded content; the value of the alt attribute provides equivalent content for those who cannot process images or who have image loading disabled (i.e. it is the img element's fallback content).

The requirements on the alt attribute's value are described in a separate section.

The src attribute must be present, and must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces referencing a non-interactive, optionally animated, image resource that is neither paged nor scripted.

The requirements above imply that images can be static bitmaps (e.g. PNGs, GIFs, JPEGs), single-page vector documents (single-page PDFs, XML files with an SVG document element), animated bitmaps (APNGs, animated GIFs), animated vector graphics (XML files with an SVG document element that use declarative SMIL animation), and so forth. However, these definitions preclude SVG files with script, multipage PDF files, interactive MNG files, HTML documents, plain text documents, and the like. [PNG] [GIF] [JPEG] [PDF] [XML] [APNG] [SVG] [MNG]

The srcset attribute may also be present, and is a srcset attribute.

The srcset attribute and the src attribute (if width descriptors are not used) contribute the image sources to the source set (if no source element was selected).

If the srcset attribute is present and has any image candidate strings using a width descriptor, the sizes attribute must also be present. If the srcset attribute is not specified, and the loading attribute is in the Lazy state, the sizes attribute may be specified with the value "auto" (ASCII case-insensitive). The sizes attribute is a sizes attribute, which contributes the source size to the source set (if no source element was selected).

An img element allows auto-sizes if:

Attributes/crossorigin

Support in all current engines.

Firefox8+Safari6+Chrome13+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The crossorigin attribute is a CORS settings attribute. Its purpose is to allow images from third-party sites that allow cross-origin access to be used with canvas.

The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose is to set the referrer policy used when fetching the image. [REFERRERPOLICY]

The decoding attribute indicates the preferred method to decode this image. The attribute, if present, must be an image decoding hint. This attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the auto state.

HTMLImageElement/fetchPriority

FirefoxNoSafari🔰 preview+Chrome102+
Opera?Edge102+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The fetchpriority attribute is a fetch priority attribute. Its purpose is to set the priority used when fetching the image.

The loading attribute is a lazy loading attribute. Its purpose is to indicate the policy for loading images that are outside the viewport.

When the loading attribute's state is changed to the Eager state, the user agent must run these steps:

  1. Let resumptionSteps be the img element's lazy load resumption steps.

  2. If resumptionSteps is null, then return.

  3. Set the img's lazy load resumption steps to null.

  4. Invoke resumptionSteps.

<img src="1.jpeg" alt="1">
<img src="2.jpeg" loading=eager alt="2">
<img src="3.jpeg" loading=lazy alt="3">
<div id=very-large></div> <!-- Everything after this div is below the viewport -->
<img src="4.jpeg" alt="4">
<img src="5.jpeg" loading=lazy alt="5">

In the example above, the images load as follows:

1.jpeg, 2.jpeg, 4.jpeg

The images load eagerly and delay the window's load event.

3.jpeg

The image loads when layout is known, due to being in the viewport, however it does not delay the window's load event.

5.jpeg

The image loads only once scrolled into the viewport, and does not delay the window's load event.

Developers are encouraged to specify a preferred aspect ratio via width and height attributes on lazy loaded images, even if CSS sets the image's width and height properties, to prevent the page layout from shifting around after the image loads.

The img HTML element insertion steps, given insertedNode, are:

  1. If insertedNode's parent is a picture element, then, count this as a relevant mutation for insertedNode.

The img HTML element moving steps, given movedNode and oldParent, are:

  1. If oldParent is a picture element, then, count this as a relevant mutation for movedNode.

The img HTML element removing steps, given removedNode and oldParent, are:

  1. If oldParent is a picture element, then, count this as a relevant mutation for removedNode.


The img element must not be used as a layout tool. In particular, img elements should not be used to display transparent images, as such images rarely convey meaning and rarely add anything useful to the document.


What an img element represents depends on the src attribute and the alt attribute.

If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is set to the empty string

The image is either decorative or supplemental to the rest of the content, redundant with some other information in the document.

If the image is available and the user agent is configured to display that image, then the element represents the element's image data.

Otherwise, the element represents nothing, and may be omitted completely from the rendering. User agents may provide the user with a notification that an image is present but has been omitted from the rendering.

If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is set to a value that isn't empty

The image is a key part of the content; the alt attribute gives a textual equivalent or replacement for the image.

If the image is available and the user agent is configured to display that image, then the element represents the element's image data.

Otherwise, the element represents the text given by the alt attribute. User agents may provide the user with a notification that an image is present but has been omitted from the rendering.

If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is not

The image might be a key part of the content, and there is no textual equivalent of the image available.

In a conforming document, the absence of the alt attribute indicates that the image is a key part of the content but that a textual replacement for the image was not available when the image was generated.

If the image is available and the user agent is configured to display that image, then the element represents the element's image data.

If the image has a src attribute whose value is the empty string, then the element represents nothing.

Otherwise, the user agent should display some sort of indicator that there is an image that is not being rendered, and may, if requested by the user, or if so configured, or when required to provide contextual information in response to navigation, provide caption information for the image, derived as follows:

  1. If the image has a title attribute whose value is not the empty string, then return the value of that attribute.

  2. If the image is a descendant of a figure element that has a child figcaption element, and, ignoring the figcaption element and its descendants, the figure element has no flow content descendants other than inter-element whitespace and the img element, then return the contents of the first such figcaption element.

  3. Return nothing. (There is no caption information.)

If the src attribute is not set and either the alt attribute is set to the empty string or the alt attribute is not set at all

The element represents nothing.

Otherwise

The element represents the text given by the alt attribute.

The alt attribute does not represent advisory information. User agents must not present the contents of the alt attribute in the same way as content of the title attribute.

User agents may always provide the user with the option to display any image, or to prevent any image from being displayed. User agents may also apply heuristics to help the user make use of the image when the user is unable to see it, e.g. due to a visual disability or because they are using a text terminal with no graphics capabilities. Such heuristics could include, for instance, optical character recognition (OCR) of text found within the image.

While user agents are encouraged to repair cases of missing alt attributes, authors must not rely on such behavior. Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images are described in detail below.

The contents of img elements, if any, are ignored for the purposes of rendering.


The usemap attribute, if present, can indicate that the image has an associated image map.

The ismap attribute, when used on an element that is a descendant of an a element with an href attribute, indicates by its presence that the element provides access to a server-side image map. This affects how events are handled on the corresponding a element.

The ismap attribute is a boolean attribute. The attribute must not be specified on an element that does not have an ancestor a element with an href attribute.

The usemap and ismap attributes can result in confusing behavior when used together with source elements with the media attribute specified in a picture element.

The img element supports dimension attributes.

HTMLImageElement/alt

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLImageElement/srcset

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari8+Chrome34+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLImageElement/sizes

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari9.1+Chrome38+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The alt, src, srcset, and sizes IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

HTMLImageElement/crossOrigin

Support in all current engines.

Firefox8+Safari6+Chrome13+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The crossOrigin IDL attribute must reflect the crossorigin content attribute, limited to only known values.

HTMLImageElement/useMap

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The useMap IDL attribute must reflect the usemap content attribute.

HTMLImageElement/isMap

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The isMap IDL attribute must reflect the ismap content attribute.

HTMLImageElement/referrerPolicy

Support in all current engines.

Firefox50+Safari14+Chrome52+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The referrerPolicy IDL attribute must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values.

HTMLImageElement/decoding

Support in all current engines.

Firefox63+Safari11.1+Chrome65+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

SVGImageElement/decoding

Firefox63+SafariNoChrome65+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The decoding IDL attribute must reflect the decoding content attribute, limited to only known values.

HTMLImageElement/loading

Support in all current engines.

Firefox75+Safari15.4+Chrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The loading IDL attribute must reflect the loading content attribute, limited to only known values.

The fetchPriority IDL attribute must reflect the fetchpriority content attribute, limited to only known values.

image.width [ = value ]

HTMLImageElement/width

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
image.height [ = value ]

HTMLImageElement/height

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

These attributes return the actual rendered dimensions of the image, or 0 if the dimensions are not known.

They can be set, to change the corresponding content attributes.

image.naturalWidth

HTMLImageElement/naturalWidth

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
image.naturalHeight

HTMLImageElement/naturalHeight

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

These attributes return the natural dimensions of the image, or 0 if the dimensions are not known.

image.complete

HTMLImageElement/complete

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns true if the image has been completely downloaded or if no image is specified; otherwise, returns false.

image.currentSrc

HTMLImageElement/currentSrc

Support in all current engines.

Firefox38+Safari9.1+Chrome38+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the image's absolute URL.

image.decode()

HTMLImageElement/decode

Support in all current engines.

Firefox68+Safari11.1+Chrome64+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

SVGImageElement/decode

Firefox68+SafariNoChrome64+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

This method causes the user agent to decode the image in parallel, returning a promise that fulfills when decoding is complete.

The promise will be rejected with an "EncodingError" DOMException if the image cannot be decoded.

image = new Image([ width [, height ] ])

HTMLImageElement/Image

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera8+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

Returns a new img element, with the width and height attributes set to the values passed in the relevant arguments, if applicable.

The IDL attributes width and height must return the rendered width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image is being rendered; or else the density-corrected natural width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image has density-corrected natural width and height and is available but is not being rendered; or else 0, if the image is not available or does not have density-corrected natural width and height. [CSS]

On setting, they must act as if they reflected the respective content attributes of the same name.

The IDL attributes naturalWidth and naturalHeight must return the density-corrected natural width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image has density-corrected natural width and height and is available, or else 0. [CSS]

Since the density-corrected natural width and height of an image take into account any orientation specified in its metadata, naturalWidth and naturalHeight reflect the dimensions after applying any rotation needed to correctly orient the image, regardless of the value of the 'image-orientation' property.

The complete getter steps are:

  1. If any of the following are true:

    then return true.

  2. Return false.

The currentSrc IDL attribute must return the img element's current request's current URL.

The decode() method, when invoked, must perform the following steps:

  1. Let promise be a new promise.

  2. Queue a microtask to perform the following steps:

    This is done because updating the image data takes place in a microtask as well. Thus, to make code such as

    img.src = "stars.jpg";
    img.decode();

    properly decode stars.jpg, we need to delay any processing by one microtask.

    1. Let global be this's relevant global object.

    2. If any of the following are true:

      then reject promise with an "EncodingError" DOMException.

    3. Otherwise, in parallel, wait for one of the following cases to occur, and perform the corresponding actions:

      This img element's node document stops being fully active
      This img element's current request changes or is mutated
      This img element's current request's state becomes broken

      Queue a global task on the DOM manipulation task source with global to reject promise with an "EncodingError" DOMException.

      This img element's current request's state becomes completely available

      Decode the image.

      If decoding does not need to be performed for this image (for example because it is a vector graphic) or the decoding process completes successfully, then queue a global task on the DOM manipulation task source with global to resolve promise with undefined.

      If decoding fails (for example due to invalid image data), then queue a global task on the DOM manipulation task source with global to reject promise with an "EncodingError" DOMException.

      User agents should ensure that the decoded media data stays readily available until at least the end of the next successful update the rendering step in the event loop. This is an important part of the API contract, and should not be broken if at all possible. (Typically, this would only be violated in low-memory situations that require evicting decoded image data, or when the image is too large to keep in decoded form for this period of time.)

      Animated images will become completely available only after all their frames are loaded. Thus, even though an implementation could decode the first frame before that point, the above steps will not do so, instead waiting until all frames are available.

  3. Return promise.

Without the decode() method, the process of loading an img element and then displaying it might look like the following:

const img = new Image();
img.src = "nebula.jpg";
img.onload = () => {
    document.body.appendChild(img);
};
img.onerror = () => {
    document.body.appendChild(new Text("Could not load the nebula :("));
};

However, this can cause notable dropped frames, as the paint that occurs after inserting the image into the DOM causes a synchronous decode on the main thread.

This can instead be rewritten using the decode() method:

const img = new Image();
img.src = "nebula.jpg";
img.decode().then(() => {
    document.body.appendChild(img);
}).catch(() => {
    document.body.appendChild(new Text("Could not load the nebula :("));
});

This latter form avoids the dropped frames of the original, by allowing the user agent to decode the image in parallel, and only inserting it into the DOM (and thus causing it to be painted) once the decoding process is complete.

Because the decode() method attempts to ensure that the decoded image data is available for at least one frame, it can be combined with the requestAnimationFrame() API. This means it can be used with coding styles or frameworks that ensure that all DOM modifications are batched together as animation frame callbacks:

const container = document.querySelector("#container");

const { containerWidth, containerHeight } = computeDesiredSize();
requestAnimationFrame(() => {
 container.style.width = containerWidth;
 container.style.height = containerHeight;
});

// ...

const img = new Image();
img.src = "supernova.jpg";
img.decode().then(() => {
    requestAnimationFrame(() => container.appendChild(img));
});

A legacy factory function is provided for creating HTMLImageElement objects (in addition to the factory methods from DOM such as createElement()): Image(width, height). When invoked, the legacy factory function must perform the following steps:

  1. Let document be the current global object's associated Document.

  2. Let img be the result of creating an element given document, "img", and the HTML namespace.

  3. If width is given, then set an attribute value for img using "width" and width.

  4. If height is given, then set an attribute value for img using "height" and height.

  5. Return img.

A single image can have different appropriate alternative text depending on the context.

In each of the following cases, the same image is used, yet the alt text is different each time. The image is the coat of arms of the Carouge municipality in the canton Geneva in Switzerland.

Here it is used as a supplementary icon:

<p>I lived in <img src="carouge.svg" alt=""> Carouge.</p>

Here it is used as an icon representing the town:

<p>Home town: <img src="carouge.svg" alt="Carouge"></p>

Here it is used as part of a text on the town:

<p>Carouge has a coat of arms.</p>
<p><img src="carouge.svg" alt="The coat of arms depicts a lion, sitting in front of a tree."></p>
<p>It is used as decoration all over the town.</p>

Here it is used as a way to support a similar text where the description is given as well as, instead of as an alternative to, the image:

<p>Carouge has a coat of arms.</p>
<p><img src="carouge.svg" alt=""></p>
<p>The coat of arms depicts a lion, sitting in front of a tree.
It is used as decoration all over the town.</p>

Here it is used as part of a story:

<p>She picked up the folder and a piece of paper fell out.</p>
<p><img src="carouge.svg" alt="Shaped like a shield, the paper had a
red background, a green tree, and a yellow lion with its tongue
hanging out and whose tail was shaped like an S."></p>
<p>She stared at the folder. S! The answer she had been looking for all
this time was simply the letter S! How had she not seen that before? It all
came together now. The phone call where Hector had referred to a lion's tail,
the time Maria had stuck her tongue out...</p>

Here it is not known at the time of publication what the image will be, only that it will be a coat of arms of some kind, and thus no replacement text can be provided, and instead only a brief caption for the image is provided, in the title attribute:

<p>The last user to have uploaded a coat of arms uploaded this one:</p>
<p><img src="last-uploaded-coat-of-arms.cgi" title="User-uploaded coat of arms."></p>

Ideally, the author would find a way to provide real replacement text even in this case, e.g. by asking the previous user. Not providing replacement text makes the document more difficult to use for people who are unable to view images, e.g. blind users, or users or very low-bandwidth connections or who pay by the byte, or users who are forced to use a text-only web browser.

Here are some more examples showing the same picture used in different contexts, with different appropriate alternate texts each time.

<article>
 <h1>My cats</h1>
 <h2>Fluffy</h2>
 <p>Fluffy is my favorite.</p>
 <img src="fluffy.jpg" alt="She likes playing with a ball of yarn.">
 <p>She's just too cute.</p>
 <h2>Miles</h2>
 <p>My other cat, Miles just eats and sleeps.</p>
</article>
<article>
 <h1>Photography</h1>
 <h2>Shooting moving targets indoors</h2>
 <p>The trick here is to know how to anticipate; to know at what speed and
 what distance the subject will pass by.</p>
 <img src="fluffy.jpg" alt="A cat flying by, chasing a ball of yarn, can be
 photographed quite nicely using this technique.">
 <h2>Nature by night</h2>
 <p>To achieve this, you'll need either an extremely sensitive film, or
 immense flash lights.</p>
</article>
<article>
 <h1>About me</h1>
 <h2>My pets</h2>
 <p>I've got a cat named Fluffy and a dog named Miles.</p>
 <img src="fluffy.jpg" alt="Fluffy, my cat, tends to keep itself busy.">
 <p>My dog Miles and I like go on long walks together.</p>
 <h2>music</h2>
 <p>After our walks, having emptied my mind, I like listening to Bach.</p>
</article>
<article>
 <h1>Fluffy and the Yarn</h1>
 <p>Fluffy was a cat who liked to play with yarn. She also liked to jump.</p>
 <aside><img src="fluffy.jpg" alt="" title="Fluffy"></aside>
 <p>She would play in the morning, she would play in the evening.</p>
</article>

4.8.4 Images

4.8.4.1 Introduction

This section is non-normative.

To embed an image in HTML, when there is only a single image resource, use the img element and its src attribute.

<h2>From today's featured article</h2>
<img src="/uploads/100-marie-lloyd.jpg" alt="" width="100" height="150">
<p><b><a href="/wiki/Marie_Lloyd">Marie Lloyd</a></b> (1870–1922)
was an English <a href="/wiki/Music_hall">music hall</a> singer, ...

However, there are a number of situations for which the author might wish to use multiple image resources that the user agent can choose from:

The above situations are not mutually exclusive. For example, it is reasonable to combine different resources for different device-pixel-ratio with different resources for art direction.

While it is possible to solve these problems using scripting, doing so introduces some other problems:

With this in mind, this specification introduces a number of features to address the above problems in a declarative manner.

Device-pixel-ratio-based selection when the rendered size of the image is fixed

The src and srcset attributes on the img element can be used, using the x descriptor, to provide multiple images that only vary in their size (the smaller image is a scaled-down version of the bigger image).

The x descriptor is not appropriate when the rendered size of the image depends on the viewport width (viewport-based selection), but can be used together with art direction.

<h2>From today's featured article</h2>
<img src="/uploads/100-marie-lloyd.jpg"
     srcset="/uploads/150-marie-lloyd.jpg 1.5x, /uploads/200-marie-lloyd.jpg 2x"
     alt="" width="100" height="150">
<p><b><a href="/wiki/Marie_Lloyd">Marie Lloyd</a></b> (1870–1922)
was an English <a href="/wiki/Music_hall">music hall</a> singer, ...

The user agent can choose any of the given resources depending on the user's screen's pixel density, zoom level, and possibly other factors such as the user's network conditions.

For backwards compatibility with older user agents that don't yet understand the srcset attribute, one of the URLs is specified in the img element's src attribute. This will result in something useful (though perhaps lower-resolution than the user would like) being displayed even in older user agents. For new user agents, the src attribute participates in the resource selection, as if it was specified in srcset with a 1x descriptor.

The image's rendered size is given in the width and height attributes, which allows the user agent to allocate space for the image before it is downloaded.

Viewport-based selection

The srcset and sizes attributes can be used, using the w descriptor, to provide multiple images that only vary in their size (the smaller image is a scaled-down version of the bigger image).

In this example, a banner image takes up the entire viewport width (using appropriate CSS).

<h1><img sizes="100vw" srcset="wolf-400.jpg 400w, wolf-800.jpg 800w, wolf-1600.jpg 1600w"
     src="wolf-400.jpg" alt="The rad wolf"></h1>

The user agent will calculate the effective pixel density of each image from the specified w descriptors and the specified rendered size in the sizes attribute. It can then choose any of the given resources depending on the user's screen's pixel density, zoom level, and possibly other factors such as the user's network conditions.

If the user's screen is 320 CSS pixels wide, this is equivalent to specifying wolf-400.jpg 1.25x, wolf-800.jpg 2.5x, wolf-1600.jpg 5x. On the other hand, if the user's screen is 1200 CSS pixels wide, this is equivalent to specifying wolf-400.jpg 0.33x, wolf-800.jpg 0.67x, wolf-1600.jpg 1.33x. By using the w descriptors and the sizes attribute, the user agent can choose the correct image source to download regardless of how large the user's device is.

For backwards compatibility, one of the URLs is specified in the img element's src attribute. In new user agents, the src attribute is ignored when the srcset attribute uses w descriptors.

In this example, the web page has three layouts depending on the width of the viewport. The narrow layout has one column of images (the width of each image is about 100%), the middle layout has two columns of images (the width of each image is about 50%), and the widest layout has three columns of images, and some page margin (the width of each image is about 33%). It breaks between these layouts when the viewport is 30em wide and 50em wide, respectively.

<img sizes="(max-width: 30em) 100vw, (max-width: 50em) 50vw, calc(33vw - 100px)"
     srcset="swing-200.jpg 200w, swing-400.jpg 400w, swing-800.jpg 800w, swing-1600.jpg 1600w"
     src="swing-400.jpg" alt="Kettlebell Swing">

The sizes attribute sets up the layout breakpoints at 30em and 50em, and declares the image sizes between these breakpoints to be 100vw, 50vw, or calc(33vw - 100px). These sizes do not necessarily have to match up exactly with the actual image width as specified in the CSS.

The user agent will pick a width from the sizes attribute, using the first item with a <media-condition> (the part in parentheses) that evaluates to true, or using the last item (calc(33vw - 100px)) if they all evaluate to false.

For example, if the viewport width is 29em, then (max-width: 30em) evaluates to true and 100vw is used, so the image size, for the purpose of resource selection, is 29em. If the viewport width is instead 32em, then (max-width: 30em) evaluates to false, but (max-width: 50em) evaluates to true and 50vw is used, so the image size, for the purpose of resource selection, is 16em (half the viewport width). Notice that the slightly wider viewport results in a smaller image because of the different layout.

The user agent can then calculate the effective pixel density and choose an appropriate resource similarly to the previous example.

This example is the same as the previous example, but the image is lazy-loaded. In this case, the sizes attribute can use the auto keyword, and the user agent will use the width attribute (or the width specified in CSS) for the source size.

<img loading="lazy" width="200" height="200" sizes="auto"
     srcset="swing-200.jpg 200w, swing-400.jpg 400w, swing-800.jpg 800w, swing-1600.jpg 1600w"
     src="swing-400.jpg" alt="Kettlebell Swing">

For better backwards-compatibility with legacy user agents that don't support the auto keyword, fallback sizes can be specified if desired.

<img loading="lazy" width="200" height="200"
     sizes="auto, (max-width: 30em) 100vw, (max-width: 50em) 50vw, calc(33vw - 100px)"
     srcset="swing-200.jpg 200w, swing-400.jpg 400w, swing-800.jpg 800w, swing-1600.jpg 1600w"
     src="swing-400.jpg" alt="Kettlebell Swing">
Art direction-based selection

The picture element and the source element, together with the media attribute, can be used to provide multiple images that vary the image content (for instance the smaller image might be a cropped version of the bigger image).

<picture>
  <source media="(min-width: 45em)" srcset="large.jpg">
  <source media="(min-width: 32em)" srcset="med.jpg">
  <img src="small.jpg" alt="The wolf runs through the snow.">
</picture>

The user agent will choose the first source element for which the media query in the media attribute matches, and then choose an appropriate URL from its srcset attribute.

The rendered size of the image varies depending on which resource is chosen. To specify dimensions that the user agent can use before having downloaded the image, CSS can be used.

img { width: 300px; height: 300px }
@media (min-width: 32em) { img { width: 500px; height:300px } }
@media (min-width: 45em) { img { width: 700px; height:400px } }

This example combines art direction- and device-pixel-ratio-based selection. A banner that takes half the viewport is provided in two versions, one for wide screens and one for narrow screens.

<h1>
 <picture>
  <source media="(max-width: 500px)" srcset="banner-phone.jpeg, banner-phone-HD.jpeg 2x">
  <img src="banner.jpeg" srcset="banner-HD.jpeg 2x" alt="The Breakfast Combo">
 </picture>
</h1>
Image format-based selection

The type attribute on the source element can be used to provide multiple images in different formats.

<h2>From today's featured article</h2>
<picture>
 <source srcset="/uploads/100-marie-lloyd.webp" type="image/webp">
 <source srcset="/uploads/100-marie-lloyd.jxr" type="image/vnd.ms-photo">
 <img src="/uploads/100-marie-lloyd.jpg" alt="" width="100" height="150">
</picture>
<p><b><a href="/wiki/Marie_Lloyd">Marie Lloyd</a></b> (1870–1922)
was an English <a href="/wiki/Music_hall">music hall</a> singer, ...

In this example, the user agent will choose the first source that has a type attribute with a supported MIME type. If the user agent supports WebP images, the first source element will be chosen. If not, but the user agent does support JPEG XR images, the second source element will be chosen. If neither of those formats are supported, the img element will be chosen.

4.8.4.1.1 Adaptive images

This section is non-normative.

CSS and media queries can be used to construct graphical page layouts that adapt dynamically to the user's environment, in particular to different viewport dimensions and pixel densities. For content, however, CSS does not help; instead, we have the img element's srcset attribute and the picture element. This section walks through a sample case showing how to use these features.

Consider a situation where on wide screens (wider than 600 CSS pixels) a 300×150 image named a-rectangle.png is to be used, but on smaller screens (600 CSS pixels and less), a smaller 100×100 image called a-square.png is to be used. The markup for this would look like this:

<figure>
 <picture>
  <source srcset="a-square.png" media="(max-width: 600px)">
  <img src="a-rectangle.png" alt="Barney Frank wears a suit and glasses.">
 </picture>
 <figcaption>Barney Frank, 2011</figcaption>
</figure>

For details on what to put in the alt attribute, see the Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images section.

The problem with this is that the user agent does not necessarily know what dimensions to use for the image when the image is loading. To avoid the layout having to be reflowed multiple times as the page is loading, CSS and CSS media queries can be used to provide the dimensions:

<style>
 #a { width: 300px; height: 150px; }
 @media (max-width: 600px) { #a { width: 100px; height: 100px; } }
</style>
<figure>
 <picture>
  <source srcset="a-square.png" media="(max-width: 600px)">
  <img src="a-rectangle.png" alt="Barney Frank wears a suit and glasses." id="a">
 </picture>
 <figcaption>Barney Frank, 2011</figcaption>
</figure>

Alternatively, the width and height attributes can be used to provide the width and height for legacy user agents, using CSS just for the user agents that support picture:

<style media="(max-width: 600px)">
 #a { width: 100px; height: 100px; }
</style>
<figure>
 <picture>
  <source srcset="a-square.png" media="(max-width: 600px)">
  <img src="a-rectangle.png" width="300" height="150"
  alt="Barney Frank wears a suit and glasses." id="a">
 </picture>
 <figcaption>Barney Frank, 2011</figcaption>
</figure>

The img element is used with the src attribute, which gives the URL of the image to use for legacy user agents that do not support the picture element. This leads to a question of which image to provide in the src attribute.

If the author wants the biggest image in legacy user agents, the markup could be as follows:

<picture>
 <source srcset="pear-mobile.jpeg" media="(max-width: 720px)">
 <source srcset="pear-tablet.jpeg" media="(max-width: 1280px)">
 <img src="pear-desktop.jpeg" alt="The pear is juicy.">
</picture>

However, if legacy mobile user agents are more important, one can list all three images in the source elements, overriding the src attribute entirely.

<picture>
 <source srcset="pear-mobile.jpeg" media="(max-width: 720px)">
 <source srcset="pear-tablet.jpeg" media="(max-width: 1280px)">
 <source srcset="pear-desktop.jpeg">
 <img src="pear-mobile.jpeg" alt="The pear is juicy.">
</picture>

Since at this point the src attribute is actually being ignored entirely by picture-supporting user agents, the src attribute can default to any image, including one that is neither the smallest nor biggest:

<picture>
 <source srcset="pear-mobile.jpeg" media="(max-width: 720px)">
 <source srcset="pear-tablet.jpeg" media="(max-width: 1280px)">
 <source srcset="pear-desktop.jpeg">
 <img src="pear-tablet.jpeg" alt="The pear is juicy.">
</picture>

Above the max-width media feature is used, giving the maximum (viewport) dimensions that an image is intended for. It is also possible to use min-width instead.

<picture>
 <source srcset="pear-desktop.jpeg" media="(min-width: 1281px)">
 <source srcset="pear-tablet.jpeg" media="(min-width: 721px)">
 <img src="pear-mobile.jpeg" alt="The pear is juicy.">
</picture>
4.8.4.2 Attributes common to source, img, and link elements
4.8.4.2.1 Srcset attributes

A srcset attribute is an attribute with requirements defined in this section.

If present, its value must consist of one or more image candidate strings, each separated from the next by a U+002C COMMA character (,). If an image candidate string contains no descriptors and no ASCII whitespace after the URL, the following image candidate string, if there is one, must begin with one or more ASCII whitespace.

An image candidate string consists of the following components, in order, with the further restrictions described below this list:

  1. Zero or more ASCII whitespace.

  2. A valid non-empty URL that does not start or end with a U+002C COMMA character (,), referencing a non-interactive, optionally animated, image resource that is neither paged nor scripted.

  3. Zero or more ASCII whitespace.

  4. Zero or one of the following:

  5. Zero or more ASCII whitespace.

There must not be an image candidate string for an element that has the same width descriptor value as another image candidate string's width descriptor value for the same element.

There must not be an image candidate string for an element that has the same pixel density descriptor value as another image candidate string's pixel density descriptor value for the same element. For the purpose of this requirement, an image candidate string with no descriptors is equivalent to an image candidate string with a 1x descriptor.

If an image candidate string for an element has the width descriptor specified, all other image candidate strings for that element must also have the width descriptor specified.

The specified width in an image candidate string's width descriptor must match the natural width in the resource given by the image candidate string's URL, if it has a natural width.

If an element has a sizes attribute present, all image candidate strings for that element must have the width descriptor specified.

4.8.4.2.2 Sizes attributes

A sizes attribute is an attribute with requirements defined in this section.

If present, the value must be a valid source size list.

A valid source size list is a string that matches the following grammar: [CSSVALUES] [MQ]

<source-size-list> = <source-size>#? , <source-size-value>
<source-size> = <media-condition> <source-size-value> | auto
<source-size-value> = <length> | auto

A <source-size-value> that is a <length> must not be negative, and must not use CSS functions other than the math functions.

The keyword auto is a width that is computed in parse a sizes attribute. If present, it must be the first entry and the entire <source-size-list> value must either be the string "auto" (ASCII case-insensitive) or start with the string "auto," (ASCII case-insensitive).

If the img element that initiated the image loading (with the update the image data or react to environment changes algorithms) allows auto-sizes and is being rendered, then auto is the concrete object size width. Otherwise, the auto value is ignored and the next source size is used instead, if any.

The auto keyword may be specified in the sizes attribute of source elements and sizes attribute of img elements, if the following conditions are met. Otherwise, auto must not be specified.

In addition, it is strongly encouraged to specify dimensions using the width and height attributes or with CSS. Without specified dimensions, the image will likely render with 300x150 dimensions because sizes="auto" implies contain-intrinsic-size: 300px 150px in the Rendering section.

The <source-size-value> gives the intended layout width of the image. The author can specify different widths for different environments with <media-condition>s.

Percentages are not allowed in a <source-size-value>, to avoid confusion about what it would be relative to. The 'vw' unit can be used for sizes relative to the viewport width.

4.8.4.3 Processing model

An img element has a current request and a pending request. The current request is initially set to a new image request. The pending request is initially set to null.

An image request has a state, current URL, and image data.

An image request's state is one of the following:

Unavailable
The user agent hasn't obtained any image data, or has obtained some or all of the image data but hasn't yet decoded enough of the image to get the image dimensions.
Partially available
The user agent has obtained some of the image data and at least the image dimensions are available.
Completely available
The user agent has obtained all of the image data and at least the image dimensions are available.
Broken
The user agent has obtained all of the image data that it can, but it cannot even decode the image enough to get the image dimensions (e.g. the image is corrupted, or the format is not supported, or no data could be obtained).

An image request's current URL is initially the empty string.

An image request's image data is the decoded image data.

When an image request's state is either partially available or completely available, the image request is said to be available.

When an img element's current request's state is completely available and the user agent can decode the media data without errors, then the img element is said to be fully decodable.

An image request's state is initially unavailable.

When an img element's current request is available, the img element provides a paint source whose width is the image's density-corrected natural width (if any), whose height is the image's density-corrected natural height (if any), and whose appearance is the natural appearance of the image.


An img element is said to use srcset or picture if it has a srcset attribute specified or if it has a parent that is a picture element.


Each img element has a last selected source, which must initially be null.

Each image request has a current pixel density, which must initially be 1.

Each image request has preferred density-corrected dimensions, which is either a struct consisting of a width and a height or is null. It must initially be null.

To determine the density-corrected natural width and height of an img element img:

  1. Let dim be img's current request's preferred density-corrected dimensions.

    The preferred density-corrected dimensions are set in the prepare an image for presentation algorithm based on meta information in the image.

  2. If dim is null, set dim to img's natural dimensions.

  3. Set dim's width to dim's width divided by img's current request's current pixel density.

  4. Set dim's height to dim's height divided by img's current request's current pixel density.

  5. Return dim.

For example, if the current pixel density is 3.125, that means that there are 300 device pixels per CSS inch, and thus if the image data is 300x600, it has density-corrected natural width and height of 96 CSS pixels by 192 CSS pixels.

All img and link elements are associated with a source set.

A source set is an ordered set of zero or more image sources and a source size.

An image source is a URL, and optionally either a pixel density descriptor, or a width descriptor.

A source size is a <source-size-value>. When a source size has a unit relative to the viewport, it must be interpreted relative to the img element's node document's viewport. Other units must be interpreted the same as in Media Queries. [MQ]


A parse error for algorithms in this section indicates a non-fatal mismatch between input and requirements. User agents are encouraged to expose parse errors somehow.


Whether the image is fetched successfully or not (e.g. whether the response status was an ok status) must be ignored when determining the image's type and whether it is a valid image.

This allows servers to return images with error responses, and have them displayed.

The user agent should apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image, with the image's associated Content-Type headers giving the official type. If these rules are not applied, then the type of the image must be the type given by the image's associated Content-Type headers.

User agents must not support non-image resources with the img element (e.g. XML files whose document element is an HTML element). User agents must not run executable code (e.g. scripts) embedded in the image resource. User agents must only display the first page of a multipage resource (e.g. a PDF file). User agents must not allow the resource to act in an interactive fashion, but should honour any animation in the resource.

This specification does not specify which image types are to be supported.

4.8.4.3.1 When to obtain images

By default, images are obtained immediately. User agents may provide users with the option to instead obtain them on-demand. (The on-demand option might be used by bandwidth-constrained users, for example.)

When obtaining images immediately, the user agent must synchronously update the image data of the img element, with the restart animation flag set if so stated, whenever that element is created or has experienced relevant mutations.

When obtaining images on demand, the user agent must update the image data of an img element whenever it needs the image data (i.e., on demand), but only if the img element's current request's state is unavailable. When an img element has experienced relevant mutations, if the user agent only obtains images on demand, the img element's current request's state must return to unavailable.

4.8.4.3.2 Reacting to DOM mutations

The relevant mutations for an img element are as follows:

4.8.4.3.3 The list of available images

Each Document object must have a list of available images. Each image in this list is identified by a tuple consisting of an absolute URL, a CORS settings attribute mode, and, if the mode is not No CORS, an origin. Each image furthermore has an ignore higher-layer caching flag. User agents may copy entries from one Document object's list of available images to another at any time (e.g. when the Document is created, user agents can add to it all the images that are loaded in other Documents), but must not change the keys of entries copied in this way when doing so, and must unset the ignore higher-layer caching flag for the copied entry. User agents may also remove images from such lists at any time (e.g. to save memory). User agents must remove entries in the list of available images as appropriate given higher-layer caching semantics for the resource (e.g. the HTTP `Cache-Control` response header) when the ignore higher-layer caching flag is unset.

The list of available images is intended to enable synchronous switching when changing the src attribute to a URL that has previously been loaded, and to avoid re-downloading images in the same document even when they don't allow caching per HTTP. It is not used to avoid re-downloading the same image while the previous image is still loading.

The user agent can also store the image data separately from the list of available images.

For example, if a resource has the HTTP response header `Cache-Control: must-revalidate`, and its ignore higher-layer caching flag is unset, the user agent would remove it from the list of available images but could keep the image data separately, and use that if the server responds with a 304 Not Modified status.

4.8.4.3.4 Decoding images

Image data is usually encoded in order to reduce file size. This means that in order for the user agent to present the image to the screen, the data needs to be decoded. Decoding is the process which converts an image's media data into a bitmap form, suitable for presentation to the screen. Note that this process can be slow relative to other processes involved in presenting content. Thus, the user agent can choose when to perform decoding, in order to create the best user experience.

Image decoding is said to be synchronous if it prevents presentation of other content until it is finished. Typically, this has an effect of atomically presenting the image and any other content at the same time. However, this presentation is delayed by the amount of time it takes to perform the decode.

Image decoding is said to be asynchronous if it does not prevent presentation of other content. This has an effect of presenting non-image content faster. However, the image content is missing on screen until the decode finishes. Once the decode is finished, the screen is updated with the image.

In both synchronous and asynchronous decoding modes, the final content is presented to screen after the same amount of time has elapsed. The main difference is whether the user agent presents non-image content ahead of presenting the final content.

In order to aid the user agent in deciding whether to perform synchronous or asynchronous decode, the decoding attribute can be set on img elements. The possible values of the decoding attribute are the following image decoding hint keywords:

Keyword State Description
sync Sync Indicates a preference to decode this image synchronously for atomic presentation with other content.
async Async Indicates a preference to decode this image asynchronously to avoid delaying presentation of other content.
auto Auto Indicates no preference in decoding mode (the default).

When decoding an image, the user agent should respect the preference indicated by the decoding attribute's state. If the state indicated is auto, then the user agent is free to choose any decoding behavior.

It is also possible to control the decoding behavior using the decode() method. Since the decode() method performs decoding independently from the process responsible for presenting content to screen, it is unaffected by the decoding attribute.

4.8.4.3.5 Updating the image data

This algorithm cannot be called from steps running in parallel. If a user agent needs to call this algorithm from steps running in parallel, it needs to queue a task to do so.

When the user agent is to update the image data of an img element, optionally with the restart animations flag set, optionally with the maybe omit events flag set, it must run the following steps:

  1. If the element's node document is not fully active, then:

    1. Continue running this algorithm in parallel.

    2. Wait until the element's node document is fully active.

    3. If another instance of this algorithm for this img element was started after this instance (even if it aborted and is no longer running), then return.

    4. Queue a microtask to continue this algorithm.

  2. If the user agent cannot support images, or its support for images has been disabled, then abort the image request for the current request and the pending request, set current request's state to unavailable, set pending request to null, and return.

  3. Let previousURL be the current request's current URL.

  4. Let selected source be null and selected pixel density be undefined.

  5. If the element does not use srcset or picture and it has a src attribute specified whose value is not the empty string, then set selected source to the value of the element's src attribute and set selected pixel density to 1.0.

  6. Set the element's last selected source to selected source.

  7. If selected source is not null, then:

    1. Let urlString be the result of encoding-parsing-and-serializing a URL given selected source, relative to the element's node document.

    2. If urlString is failure, then abort this inner set of steps.

    3. Let key be a tuple consisting of urlString, the img element's crossorigin attribute's mode, and, if that mode is not No CORS, the node document's origin.

    4. If the list of available images contains an entry for key, then:

      1. Set the ignore higher-layer caching flag for that entry.

      2. Abort the image request for the current request and the pending request.

      3. Set pending request to null.

      4. Let current request be a new image request whose image data is that of the entry and whose state is completely available.

      5. Prepare current request for presentation given the img element.

      6. Set current request's current pixel density to selected pixel density.

      7. Queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the img element and the following steps:

        1. If restart animation is set, then restart the animation.

        2. Set current request's current URL to urlString.

        3. If maybe omit events is not set or previousURL is not equal to urlString, then fire an event named load at the img element.

      8. Abort the update the image data algorithm.

  8. Queue a microtask to perform the rest of this algorithm, allowing the task that invoked this algorithm to continue.

  9. If another instance of this algorithm for this img element was started after this instance (even if it aborted and is no longer running), then return.

    Only the last instance takes effect, to avoid multiple requests when, for example, the src, srcset, and crossorigin attributes are all set in succession.

  10. Let selected source and selected pixel density be the URL and pixel density that results from selecting an image source, respectively.

  11. If selected source is null, then:

    1. Set the current request's state to broken, abort the image request for the current request and the pending request, and set pending request to null.

    2. Queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the img element and the following steps:

      1. Change the current request's current URL to the empty string.

      2. If all of the following are true:

        • the element has a src attribute or it uses srcset or picture; and

        • maybe omit events is not set or previousURL is not the empty string,

        then fire an event named error at the img element.

    3. Return.

  12. Let urlString be the result of encoding-parsing-and-serializing a URL given selected source, relative to the element's node document.

  13. If urlString is failure, then:

    1. Abort the image request for the current request and the pending request.

    2. Set the current request's state to broken.

    3. Set pending request to null.

    4. Queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the img element and the following steps:

      1. Change the current request's current URL to selected source.

      2. If maybe omit events is not set or previousURL is not equal to selected source, then fire an event named error at the img element.

    5. Return.

  14. If the pending request is not null and urlString is the same as the pending request's current URL, then return.

  15. If urlString is the same as the current request's current URL and current request's state is partially available, then abort the image request for the pending request, queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the img element to restart the animation if restart animation is set, and return.

  16. Abort the image request for the pending request.

  17. Set image request to a new image request whose current URL is urlString.

  18. If current request's state is unavailable or broken, then set the current request to image request. Otherwise, set the pending request to image request.

  19. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given urlString, "image", and the current state of the element's crossorigin content attribute.

  20. Set request's client to the element's node document's relevant settings object.

  21. If the element uses srcset or picture, set request's initiator to "imageset".

  22. Set request's referrer policy to the current state of the element's referrerpolicy attribute.

  23. Set request's priority to the current state of the element's fetchpriority attribute.

  24. Let delay load event be true if the img's lazy loading attribute is in the Eager state, or if scripting is disabled for the img, and false otherwise.

  25. If the will lazy load element steps given the img return true, then:

    1. Set the img's lazy load resumption steps to the rest of this algorithm starting with the step labeled fetch the image.

    2. Start intersection-observing a lazy loading element for the img element.

    3. Return.

  26. Fetch the image: Fetch request. Return from this algorithm, and run the remaining steps as part of the fetch's processResponse for the response response.

    The resource obtained in this fashion, if any, is image request's image data. It can be either CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin; this affects the image's interaction with other APIs (e.g., when used on a canvas).

    When delay load event is true, fetching the image must delay the load event of the element's node document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run.

    This, unfortunately, can be used to perform a rudimentary port scan of the user's local network (especially in conjunction with scripting, though scripting isn't actually necessary to carry out such an attack). User agents may implement cross-origin access control policies that are stricter than those described above to mitigate this attack, but unfortunately such policies are typically not compatible with existing web content.

  27. As soon as possible, jump to the first applicable entry from the following list:

    If the resource type is multipart/x-mixed-replace

    The next task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must run the following steps:

    1. If image request is the pending request and at least one body part has been completely decoded, abort the image request for the current request, and upgrade the pending request to the current request.

    2. Otherwise, if image request is the pending request and the user agent is able to determine that image request's image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, abort the image request for the current request, upgrade the pending request to the current request, and set the current request's state to broken.

    3. Otherwise, if image request is the current request, its state is unavailable, and the user agent is able to determine image request's image's width and height, set the current request's state to partially available.

    4. Otherwise, if image request is the current request, its state is unavailable, and the user agent is able to determine that image request's image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, set the current request's state to broken.

    Each task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must update the presentation of the image, but as each new body part comes in, if the user agent is able to determine the image's width and height, it must prepare the img element's current request for presentation given the img element and replace the previous image. Once one body part has been completely decoded, perform the following steps:

    1. Set the img element's current request's state to completely available.

    2. If maybe omit events is not set or previousURL is not equal to urlString, then queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the img element to fire an event named load at the img element.

    If the resource type and data corresponds to a supported image format, as described below

    The next task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must run the following steps:

    1. If the user agent is able to determine image request's image's width and height, and image request is pending request, set image request's state to partially available.

    2. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine image request's image's width and height, and image request is current request, prepare image request for presentation given the img element and set image request's state to partially available.

    3. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine that image request's image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, and image request is pending request:

      1. Abort the image request for the current request and the pending request.

      2. Upgrade the pending request to the current request.

      3. Set current request's state to broken.

      4. Fire an event named error at the img element.

    4. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine that image request's image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, and image request is current request:

      1. Abort the image request for image request.

      2. If maybe omit events is not set or previousURL is not equal to urlString, then fire an event named error at the img element.

    That task, and each subsequent task, that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched, if image request is the current request, must update the presentation of the image appropriately (e.g., if the image is a progressive JPEG, each packet can improve the resolution of the image).

    Furthermore, the last task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched must additionally run these steps:

    1. If image request is the pending request, abort the image request for the current request, upgrade the pending request to the current request and prepare image request for presentation given the img element.

    2. Set image request to the completely available state.

    3. Add the image to the list of available images using the key key, with the ignore higher-layer caching flag set.

    4. If maybe omit events is not set or previousURL is not equal to urlString, then fire an event named load at the img element.

    Otherwise

    The image data is not in a supported file format; the user agent must set image request's state to broken, abort the image request for the current request and the pending request, upgrade the pending request to the current request if image request is the pending request, and then, if maybe omit events is not set or previousURL is not equal to urlString, queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the img element to fire an event named error at the img element.

While a user agent is running the above algorithm for an element x, there must be a strong reference from the element's node document to the element x, even if that element is not connected.

To abort the image request for an image request or null image request means to run the following steps:

  1. If image request is null, then return.

  2. Forget image request's image data, if any.

  3. Abort any instance of the fetching algorithm for image request, discarding any pending tasks generated by that algorithm.

To upgrade the pending request to the current request for an img element means to run the following steps:

  1. Let the img element's current request be the pending request.

  2. Let the img element's pending request be null.

4.8.4.3.6 Preparing an image for presentation

To prepare an image for presentation for an image request req given image element img:

  1. Let exifTagMap be the EXIF tags obtained from req's image data, as defined by the relevant codec. [EXIF]

  2. Let physicalWidth and physicalHeight be the width and height obtained from req's image data, as defined by the relevant codec.

  3. Let dimX be the value of exifTagMap's tag 0xA002 (PixelXDimension).

  4. Let dimY be the value of exifTagMap's tag 0xA003 (PixelYDimension).

  5. Let resX be the value of exifTagMap's tag 0x011A (XResolution).

  6. Let resY be the value of exifTagMap's tag 0x011B (YResolution).

  7. Let resUnit be the value of exifTagMap's tag 0x0128 (ResolutionUnit).

  8. If either dimX or dimY is not a positive integer, then return.

  9. If either resX or resY is not a positive floating-point number, then return.

  10. If resUnit is not equal to 2 (Inch), then return.

  11. Let widthFromDensity be the value of physicalWidth, multiplied by 72 and divided by resX.

  12. Let heightFromDensity be the value of physicalHeight, multiplied by 72 and divided by resY.

  13. If widthFromDensity is not equal to dimX or heightFromDensity is not equal to dimY, then return.

  14. If req's image data is CORS-cross-origin, then set img's natural dimensions to dimX and dimY, scale img's pixel data accordingly, and return.

  15. Set req's preferred density-corrected dimensions to a struct with its width set to dimX and its height set to dimY.

  16. Update req's img element's presentation appropriately.

Resolution in EXIF is equivalent to CSS points per inch, therefore 72 is the base for computing size from resolution.

It is not yet specified what would be the case if EXIF arrives after the image is already presented. See issue #4929.

4.8.4.3.7 Selecting an image source

To select an image source given an img element el:

  1. Update the source set for el.

  2. If el's source set is empty, return null as the URL and undefined as the pixel density.

  3. Return the result of selecting an image from el's source set.

To select an image source from a source set given a source set sourceSet:

  1. If an entry b in sourceSet has the same associated pixel density descriptor as an earlier entry a in sourceSet, then remove entry b. Repeat this step until none of the entries in sourceSet have the same associated pixel density descriptor as an earlier entry.

  2. In an implementation-defined manner, choose one image source from sourceSet. Let this be selectedSource.

  3. Return selectedSource and its associated pixel density.

4.8.4.3.8 Creating a source set from attributes

When asked to create a source set given a string default source, a string srcset, a string sizes, and an element or null img:

  1. Let source set be an empty source set.

  2. If srcset is not an empty string, then set source set to the result of parsing srcset.

  3. Let source size be the result of parsing sizes with img.

  4. If default source is not the empty string and source set does not contain an image source with a pixel density descriptor value of 1, and no image source with a width descriptor, append default source to source set.

  5. Normalize the source densities of source set.

  6. Return source set.

4.8.4.3.9 Updating the source set

When asked to update the source set for a given img or link element el, user agents must do the following:

  1. Set el's source set to an empty source set.

  2. Let elements be « el ».

  3. If el is an img element whose parent node is a picture element, then replace the contents of elements with el's parent node's child elements, retaining relative order.

  4. Let img be el if el is an img element, otherwise null.

  5. For each child in elements:

    1. If child is el:

      1. Let default source be the empty string.

      2. Let srcset be the empty string.

      3. Let sizes be the empty string.

      4. If el is an img element that has a srcset attribute, then set srcset to that attribute's value.

      5. Otherwise, if el is a link element that has an imagesrcset attribute, then set srcset to that attribute's value.

      6. If el is an img element that has a sizes attribute, then set sizes to that attribute's value.

      7. Otherwise, if el is a link element that has an imagesizes attribute, then set sizes to that attribute's value.

      8. If el is an img element that has a src attribute, then set default source to that attribute's value.

      9. Otherwise, if el is a link element that has an href attribute, then set default source to that attribute's value.

      10. Let el's source set be the result of creating a source set given default source, srcset, sizes, and img.

      11. Return.

        If el is a link element, then elements contains only el, so this step will be reached immediately and the rest of the algorithm will not run.

    2. If child is not a source element, then continue.

    3. If child does not have a srcset attribute, continue to the next child.

    4. Parse child's srcset attribute and let the returned source set be source set.

    5. If source set has zero image sources, continue to the next child.

    6. If child has a media attribute, and its value does not match the environment, continue to the next child.

    7. Parse child's sizes attribute with img, and let source set's source size be the returned value.

    8. If child has a type attribute, and its value is an unknown or unsupported MIME type, continue to the next child.

    9. If child has width or height attributes, set el's dimension attribute source to child. Otherwise, set el's dimension attribute source to el.

    10. Normalize the source densities of source set.

    11. Let el's source set be source set.

    12. Return.

Each img element independently considers its previous sibling source elements plus the img element itself for selecting an image source, ignoring any other (invalid) elements, including other img elements in the same picture element, or source elements that are following siblings of the relevant img element.

4.8.4.3.10 Parsing a srcset attribute

When asked to parse a srcset attribute from an element, parse the value of the element's srcset attribute as follows:

  1. Let input be the value passed to this algorithm.

  2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string.

  3. Let candidates be an initially empty source set.

  4. Splitting loop: Collect a sequence of code points that are ASCII whitespace or U+002C COMMA characters from input given position. If any U+002C COMMA characters were collected, that is a parse error.

  5. If position is past the end of input, return candidates.

  6. Collect a sequence of code points that are not ASCII whitespace from input given position, and let that be url.

  7. Let descriptors be a new empty list.

  8. If url ends with U+002C (,), then:

    1. Remove all trailing U+002C COMMA characters from url. If this removed more than one character, that is a parse error.

    Otherwise:

    1. Descriptor tokenizer: Skip ASCII whitespace within input given position.

    2. Let current descriptor be the empty string.

    3. Let state be in descriptor.

    4. Let c be the character at position. Do the following depending on the value of state. For the purpose of this step, "EOF" is a special character representing that position is past the end of input.

      In descriptor

      Do the following, depending on the value of c:

      ASCII whitespace

      If current descriptor is not empty, append current descriptor to descriptors and let current descriptor be the empty string. Set state to after descriptor.

      U+002C COMMA (,)

      Advance position to the next character in input. If current descriptor is not empty, append current descriptor to descriptors. Jump to the step labeled descriptor parser.

      U+0028 LEFT PARENTHESIS (()

      Append c to current descriptor. Set state to in parens.

      EOF

      If current descriptor is not empty, append current descriptor to descriptors. Jump to the step labeled descriptor parser.

      Anything else

      Append c to current descriptor.

      In parens

      Do the following, depending on the value of c:

      U+0029 RIGHT PARENTHESIS ())

      Append c to current descriptor. Set state to in descriptor.

      EOF

      Append current descriptor to descriptors. Jump to the step labeled descriptor parser.

      Anything else

      Append c to current descriptor.

      After descriptor

      Do the following, depending on the value of c:

      ASCII whitespace

      Stay in this state.

      EOF

      Jump to the step labeled descriptor parser.

      Anything else

      Set state to in descriptor. Set position to the previous character in input.

      Advance position to the next character in input. Repeat this step.

      In order to be compatible with future additions, this algorithm supports multiple descriptors and descriptors with parens.

  9. Descriptor parser: Let error be no.

  10. Let width be absent.

  11. Let density be absent.

  12. Let future-compat-h be absent.

  13. For each descriptor in descriptors, run the appropriate set of steps from the following list:

    If the descriptor consists of a valid non-negative integer followed by a U+0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W character
    1. If the user agent does not support the sizes attribute, let error be yes.

      A conforming user agent will support the sizes attribute. However, user agents typically implement and ship features in an incremental manner in practice.

    2. If width and density are not both absent, then let error be yes.

    3. Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to the descriptor. If the result is 0, let error be yes. Otherwise, let width be the result.

    If the descriptor consists of a valid floating-point number followed by a U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X character
    1. If width, density and future-compat-h are not all absent, then let error be yes.

    2. Apply the rules for parsing floating-point number values to the descriptor. If the result is less than 0, let error be yes. Otherwise, let density be the result.

      If density is 0, the natural dimensions will be infinite. User agents are expected to have limits in how big images can be rendered.

    If the descriptor consists of a valid non-negative integer followed by a U+0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H character

    This is a parse error.

    1. If future-compat-h and density are not both absent, then let error be yes.

    2. Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to the descriptor. If the result is 0, let error be yes. Otherwise, let future-compat-h be the result.

    Anything else

    Let error be yes.

  14. If future-compat-h is not absent and width is absent, let error be yes.

  15. If error is still no, then append a new image source to candidates whose URL is url, associated with a width width if not absent and a pixel density density if not absent. Otherwise, there is a parse error.

  16. Return to the step labeled splitting loop.

4.8.4.3.11 Parsing a sizes attribute

When asked to parse a sizes attribute from an element element, with an img element or null img:

  1. Let unparsed sizes list be the result of parsing a comma-separated list of component values from the value of element's sizes attribute (or the empty string, if the attribute is absent). [CSSSYNTAX]

  2. Let size be null.

  3. For each unparsed size in unparsed sizes list:

    1. Remove all consecutive <whitespace-token>s from the end of unparsed size. If unparsed size is now empty, then that is a parse error; continue.

    2. If the last component value in unparsed size is a valid non-negative <source-size-value>, then set size to its value and remove the component value from unparsed size. Any CSS function other than the math functions is invalid. Otherwise, there is a parse error; continue.

    3. If size is auto, and img is not null, and img is being rendered, and img allows auto-sizes, then set size to the concrete object size width of img, in CSS pixels.

      If size is still auto, then it will be ignored.

    4. Remove all consecutive <whitespace-token>s from the end of unparsed size. If unparsed size is now empty:

      1. If this was not the last item in unparsed sizes list, that is a parse error.

      2. If size is not auto, then return size. Otherwise, continue.

    5. Parse the remaining component values in unparsed size as a <media-condition>. If it does not parse correctly, or it does parse correctly but the <media-condition> evaluates to false, continue. [MQ]

    6. If size is not auto, then return size. Otherwise, continue.

  4. Return 100vw.

It is invalid to use a bare <source-size-value> that is a <length> (without an accompanying <media-condition>) as an entry in the <source-size-list> that is not the last entry. However, the parsing algorithm allows it at any point in the <source-size-list>, and will accept it immediately as the size if the preceding entries in the list weren't used. This is to enable future extensions, and protect against simple author errors such as a final trailing comma. A bare auto keyword is allowed to have other entries following it to provide a fallback for legacy user agents.

4.8.4.3.12 Normalizing the source densities

An image source can have a pixel density descriptor, a width descriptor, or no descriptor at all accompanying its URL. Normalizing a source set gives every image source a pixel density descriptor.

When asked to normalize the source densities of a source set source set, the user agent must do the following:

  1. Let source size be source set's source size.

  2. For each image source in source set:

    1. If the image source has a pixel density descriptor, continue to the next image source.

    2. Otherwise, if the image source has a width descriptor, replace the width descriptor with a pixel density descriptor with a value of the width descriptor value divided by source size and a unit of x.

      If the source size is 0, then the density would be infinity, which results in the natural dimensions being 0 by 0.

    3. Otherwise, give the image source a pixel density descriptor of 1x.

4.8.4.3.13 Reacting to environment changes

The user agent may at any time run the following algorithm to update an img element's image in order to react to changes in the environment. (User agents are not required to ever run this algorithm; for example, if the user is not looking at the page any more, the user agent might want to wait until the user has returned to the page before determining which image to use, in case the environment changes again in the meantime.)

User agents are encouraged to run this algorithm in particular when the user changes the viewport's size (e.g. by resizing the window or changing the page zoom), and when an img element is inserted into a document, so that the density-corrected natural width and height match the new viewport, and so that the correct image is chosen when art direction is involved.

  1. Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.)

  2. ⌛ If the img element does not use srcset or picture, its node document is not fully active, has image data whose resource type is multipart/x-mixed-replace, or the pending request is not null, then return.

  3. ⌛ Let selected source and selected pixel density be the URL and pixel density that results from selecting an image source, respectively.

  4. ⌛ If selected source is null, then return.

  5. ⌛ If selected source and selected pixel density are the same as the element's last selected source and current pixel density, then return.

  6. ⌛ Let urlString be the result of encoding-parsing-and-serializing a URL given selected source, relative to the element's node document.

  7. ⌛ If urlString is failure, then return.

  8. ⌛ Let corsAttributeState be the state of the element's crossorigin content attribute.

  9. ⌛ Let origin be the img element's node document's origin.

  10. ⌛ Let client be the img element's node document's relevant settings object.

  11. ⌛ Let key be a tuple consisting of urlString, corsAttributeState, and, if corsAttributeState is not No CORS, origin.

  12. ⌛ Let image request be a new image request whose current URL is urlString.

  13. ⌛ Let the element's pending request be image request.

  14. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel.

  15. If the list of available images contains an entry for key, then set image request's image data to that of the entry. Continue to the next step.

    Otherwise:

    1. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given urlString, "image", and corsAttributeState.

    2. Set request's client to client, initiator to "imageset", and set request's synchronous flag.

    3. Set request's referrer policy to the current state of the element's referrerpolicy attribute.

    4. Set request's priority to the current state of the element's fetchpriority attribute.

    5. Let response be the result of fetching request.

    6. If response's unsafe response is a network error or if the image format is unsupported (as determined by applying the image sniffing rules, again as mentioned earlier), or if the user agent is able to determine that image request's image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, or if the resource type is multipart/x-mixed-replace, then let pending request be null and abort these steps.

    7. Otherwise, response's unsafe response is image request's image data. It can be either CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin; this affects the image's interaction with other APIs (e.g., when used on a canvas).

  16. Queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the img element and the following steps:

    1. If the img element has experienced relevant mutations since this algorithm started, then let pending request be null and abort these steps.

    2. Let the img element's last selected source be selected source and the img element's current pixel density be selected pixel density.

    3. Set the image request's state to completely available.

    4. Add the image to the list of available images using the key key, with the ignore higher-layer caching flag set.

    5. Upgrade the pending request to the current request.

    6. Prepare image request for presentation given the img element.

    7. Fire an event named load at the img element.

4.8.4.4 Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images
4.8.4.4.1 General guidelines

Except where otherwise specified, the alt attribute must be specified and its value must not be empty; the value must be an appropriate replacement for the image. The specific requirements for the alt attribute depend on what the image is intended to represent, as described in the following sections.

The most general rule to consider when writing alternative text is the following: the intent is that replacing every image with the text of its alt attribute does not change the meaning of the page.

So, in general, alternative text can be written by considering what one would have written had one not been able to include the image.

A corollary to this is that the alt attribute's value should never contain text that could be considered the image's caption, title, or legend. It is supposed to contain replacement text that could be used by users instead of the image; it is not meant to supplement the image. The title attribute can be used for supplemental information.

Another corollary is that the alt attribute's value should not repeat information that is already provided in the prose next to the image.

One way to think of alternative text is to think about how you would read the page containing the image to someone over the phone, without mentioning that there is an image present. Whatever you say instead of the image is typically a good start for writing the alternative text.

When an a element that creates a hyperlink, or a button element, has no textual content but contains one or more images, the alt attributes must contain text that together convey the purpose of the link or button.

In this example, a user is asked to pick their preferred color from a list of three. Each color is given by an image, but for users who have configured their user agent not to display images, the color names are used instead:

<h1>Pick your color</h1>
<ul>
 <li><a href="green.html"><img src="green.jpeg" alt="Green"></a></li>
 <li><a href="blue.html"><img src="blue.jpeg" alt="Blue"></a></li>
 <li><a href="red.html"><img src="red.jpeg" alt="Red"></a></li>
</ul>

In this example, each button has a set of images to indicate the kind of color output desired by the user. The first image is used in each case to give the alternative text.

<button name="rgb"><img src="red" alt="RGB"><img src="green" alt=""><img src="blue" alt=""></button>
<button name="cmyk"><img src="cyan" alt="CMYK"><img src="magenta" alt=""><img src="yellow" alt=""><img src="black" alt=""></button>

Since each image represents one part of the text, it could also be written like this:

<button name="rgb"><img src="red" alt="R"><img src="green" alt="G"><img src="blue" alt="B"></button>
<button name="cmyk"><img src="cyan" alt="C"><img src="magenta" alt="M"><img src="yellow" alt="Y"><img src="black" alt="K"></button>

However, with other alternative text, this might not work, and putting all the alternative text into one image in each case might make more sense:

<button name="rgb"><img src="red" alt="sRGB profile"><img src="green" alt=""><img src="blue" alt=""></button>
<button name="cmyk"><img src="cyan" alt="CMYK profile"><img src="magenta" alt=""><img src="yellow" alt=""><img src="black" alt=""></button>
4.8.4.4.3 A phrase or paragraph with an alternative graphical representation: charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations

Sometimes something can be more clearly stated in graphical form, for example as a flowchart, a diagram, a graph, or a simple map showing directions. In such cases, an image can be given using the img element, but the lesser textual version must still be given, so that users who are unable to view the image (e.g. because they have a very slow connection, or because they are using a text-only browser, or because they are listening to the page being read out by a hands-free automobile voice web browser, or simply because they are blind) are still able to understand the message being conveyed.

The text must be given in the alt attribute, and must convey the same message as the image specified in the src attribute.

It is important to realize that the alternative text is a replacement for the image, not a description of the image.

In the following example we have a flowchart in image form, with text in the alt attribute rephrasing the flowchart in prose form:

<p>In the common case, the data handled by the tokenization stage
comes from the network, but it can also come from script.</p>
<p><img src="images/parsing-model-overview.svg" alt="The Network
passes data to the Input Stream Preprocessor, which passes it to the
Tokenizer, which passes it to the Tree Construction stage. From there,
data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution. Script Execution is
linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(), passes data to the
Tokenizer."></p>

Here's another example, showing a good solution and a bad solution to the problem of including an image in a description.

First, here's the good solution. This sample shows how the alternative text should just be what you would have put in the prose if the image had never existed.

<!-- This is the correct way to do things. -->
<p>
 You are standing in an open field west of a house.
 <img src="house.jpeg" alt="The house is white, with a boarded front door.">
 There is a small mailbox here.
</p>

Second, here's the bad solution. In this incorrect way of doing things, the alternative text is simply a description of the image, instead of a textual replacement for the image. It's bad because when the image isn't shown, the text doesn't flow as well as in the first example.

<!-- This is the wrong way to do things. -->
<p>
 You are standing in an open field west of a house.
 <img src="house.jpeg" alt="A white house, with a boarded front door.">
 There is a small mailbox here.
</p>

Text such as "Photo of white house with boarded door" would be equally bad alternative text (though it could be suitable for the title attribute or in the figcaption element of a figure with this image).

4.8.4.4.4 A short phrase or label with an alternative graphical representation: icons, logos

A document can contain information in iconic form. The icon is intended to help users of visual browsers to recognize features at a glance.

In some cases, the icon is supplemental to a text label conveying the same meaning. In those cases, the alt attribute must be present but must be empty.

Here the icons are next to text that conveys the same meaning, so they have an empty alt attribute:

<nav>
 <p><a href="/help/"><img src="/icons/help.png" alt=""> Help</a></p>
 <p><a href="/configure/"><img src="/icons/configuration.png" alt="">
 Configuration Tools</a></p>
</nav>

In other cases, the icon has no text next to it describing what it means; the icon is supposed to be self-explanatory. In those cases, an equivalent textual label must be given in the alt attribute.

Here, posts on a news site are labeled with an icon indicating their topic.

<body>
 <article>
  <header>
   <h1>Ratatouille wins <i>Best Movie of the Year</i> award</h1>
   <p><img src="movies.png" alt="Movies"></p>
  </header>
  <p>Pixar has won yet another <i>Best Movie of the Year</i> award,
  making this its 8th win in the last 12 years.</p>
 </article>
 <article>
  <header>
   <h1>Latest TWiT episode is online</h1>
   <p><img src="podcasts.png" alt="Podcasts"></p>
  </header>
  <p>The latest TWiT episode has been posted, in which we hear
  several tech news stories as well as learning much more about the
  iPhone. This week, the panelists compare how reflective their
  iPhones' Apple logos are.</p>
 </article>
</body>

Many pages include logos, insignia, flags, or emblems, which stand for a particular entity such as a company, organization, project, band, software package, country, or some such.

If the logo is being used to represent the entity, e.g. as a page heading, the alt attribute must contain the name of the entity being represented by the logo. The alt attribute must not contain text like the word "logo", as it is not the fact that it is a logo that is being conveyed, it's the entity itself.

If the logo is being used next to the name of the entity that it represents, then the logo is supplemental, and its alt attribute must instead be empty.

If the logo is merely used as decorative material (as branding, or, for example, as a side image in an article that mentions the entity to which the logo belongs), then the entry below on purely decorative images applies. If the logo is actually being discussed, then it is being used as a phrase or paragraph (the description of the logo) with an alternative graphical representation (the logo itself), and the first entry above applies.

In the following snippets, all four of the above cases are present. First, we see a logo used to represent a company:

<h1><img src="XYZ.gif" alt="The XYZ company"></h1>

Next, we see a paragraph which uses a logo right next to the company name, and so doesn't have any alternative text:

<article>
 <h2>News</h2>
 <p>We have recently been looking at buying the <img src="alpha.gif"
 alt=""> ΑΒΓ company, a small Greek company
 specializing in our type of product.</p>

In this third snippet, we have a logo being used in an aside, as part of the larger article discussing the acquisition:

<aside><p><img src="alpha-large.gif" alt=""></p></aside>
 <p>The ΑΒΓ company has had a good quarter, and our
 pie chart studies of their accounts suggest a much bigger blue slice
 than its green and orange slices, which is always a good sign.</p>
</article>

Finally, we have an opinion piece talking about a logo, and the logo is therefore described in detail in the alternative text.

<p>Consider for a moment their logo:</p>

<p><img src="/images/logo" alt="It consists of a green circle with a
green question mark centered inside it."></p>

<p>How unoriginal can you get? I mean, oooooh, a question mark, how
<em>revolutionary</em>, how utterly <em>ground-breaking</em>, I'm
sure everyone will rush to adopt those specifications now! They could
at least have tried for some sort of, I don't know, sequence of
rounded squares with varying shades of green and bold white outlines,
at least that would look good on the cover of a blue book.</p>

This example shows how the alternative text should be written such that if the image isn't available, and the text is used instead, the text flows seamlessly into the surrounding text, as if the image had never been there in the first place.

4.8.4.4.5 Text that has been rendered to a graphic for typographical effect

Sometimes, an image just consists of text, and the purpose of the image is not to highlight the actual typographic effects used to render the text, but just to convey the text itself.

In such cases, the alt attribute must be present but must consist of the same text as written in the image itself.

Consider a graphic containing the text "Earth Day", but with the letters all decorated with flowers and plants. If the text is merely being used as a heading, to spice up the page for graphical users, then the correct alternative text is just the same text "Earth Day", and no mention need be made of the decorations:

<h1><img src="earthdayheading.png" alt="Earth Day"></h1>

An illuminated manuscript might use graphics for some of its images. The alternative text in such a situation is just the character that the image represents.

<p><img src="initials/o.svg" alt="O">nce upon a time and a long long time ago, late at
night, when it was dark, over the hills, through the woods, across a great ocean, in a land far
away, in a small house, on a hill, under a full moon...

When an image is used to represent a character that cannot otherwise be represented in Unicode, for example gaiji, itaiji, or new characters such as novel currency symbols, the alternative text should be a more conventional way of writing the same thing, e.g. using the phonetic hiragana or katakana to give the character's pronunciation.

In this example from 1997, a new-fangled currency symbol that looks like a curly E with two bars in the middle instead of one is represented using an image. The alternative text gives the character's pronunciation.

<p>Only <img src="euro.png" alt="euro ">5.99!

An image should not be used if characters would serve an identical purpose. Only when the text cannot be directly represented using text, e.g., because of decorations or because there is no appropriate character (as in the case of gaiji), would an image be appropriate.

If an author is tempted to use an image because their default system font does not support a given character, then web fonts are a better solution than images.

4.8.4.4.6 A graphical representation of some of the surrounding text

In many cases, the image is actually just supplementary, and its presence merely reinforces the surrounding text. In these cases, the alt attribute must be present but its value must be the empty string.

In general, an image falls into this category if removing the image doesn't make the page any less useful, but including the image makes it a lot easier for users of visual browsers to understand the concept.

A flowchart that repeats the previous paragraph in graphical form:

<p>The Network passes data to the Input Stream Preprocessor, which
passes it to the Tokenizer, which passes it to the Tree Construction
stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution.
Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(),
passes data to the Tokenizer.</p>
<p><img src="images/parsing-model-overview.svg" alt=""></p>

In these cases, it would be wrong to include alternative text that consists of just a caption. If a caption is to be included, then either the title attribute can be used, or the figure and figcaption elements can be used. In the latter case, the image would in fact be a phrase or paragraph with an alternative graphical representation, and would thus require alternative text.

<!-- Using the title="" attribute -->
<p>The Network passes data to the Input Stream Preprocessor, which
passes it to the Tokenizer, which passes it to the Tree Construction
stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution.
Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(),
passes data to the Tokenizer.</p>
<p><img src="images/parsing-model-overview.svg" alt=""
        title="Flowchart representation of the parsing model."></p>
<!-- Using <figure> and <figcaption> -->
<p>The Network passes data to the Input Stream Preprocessor, which
passes it to the Tokenizer, which passes it to the Tree Construction
stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution.
Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(),
passes data to the Tokenizer.</p>
<figure>
 <img src="images/parsing-model-overview.svg" alt="The Network leads to
 the Input Stream Preprocessor, which leads to the Tokenizer, which
 leads to the Tree Construction stage. The Tree Construction stage
 leads to two items. The first is Script Execution, which leads via
 document.write() back to the Tokenizer. The second item from which
 Tree Construction leads is the DOM. The DOM is related to the Script
 Execution.">
 <figcaption>Flowchart representation of the parsing model.</figcaption>
</figure>
<!-- This is WRONG. Do not do this. Instead, do what the above examples do. -->
<p>The Network passes data to the Input Stream Preprocessor, which
passes it to the Tokenizer, which passes it to the Tree Construction
stage. From there, data goes to both the DOM and to Script Execution.
Script Execution is linked to the DOM, and, using document.write(),
passes data to the Tokenizer.</p>
<p><img src="images/parsing-model-overview.svg"
        alt="Flowchart representation of the parsing model."></p>
<!-- Never put the image's caption in the alt="" attribute! -->

A graph that repeats the previous paragraph in graphical form:

<p>According to a study covering several billion pages,
about 62% of documents on the web in 2007 triggered the Quirks
rendering mode of web browsers, about 30% triggered the Almost
Standards mode, and about 9% triggered the Standards mode.</p>
<p><img src="rendering-mode-pie-chart.png" alt=""></p>
4.8.4.4.7 Ancillary images

Sometimes, an image is not critical to the content, but is nonetheless neither purely decorative nor entirely redundant with the text. In these cases, the alt attribute must be present, and its value should either be the empty string, or a textual representation of the information that the image conveys. If the image has a caption giving the image's title, then the alt attribute's value must not be empty (as that would be quite confusing for non-visual readers).

Consider a news article about a political figure, in which the individual's face was shown in an image. The image is not purely decorative, as it is relevant to the story. The image is not entirely redundant with the story either, as it shows what the politician looks like. Whether any alternative text need be provided is an authoring decision, decided by whether the image influences the interpretation of the prose.

In this first variant, the image is shown without context, and no alternative text is provided:

<p><img src="president.jpeg" alt=""> Ahead of today's referendum,
the President wrote an open letter to all registered voters. In it, she admitted that the country was
divided.</p>

If the picture is just a face, there might be no value in describing it. It's of no interest to the reader whether the individual has red hair or blond hair, whether the individual has white skin or black skin, whether the individual has one eye or two eyes.

However, if the picture is more dynamic, for instance showing the politician as angry, or particularly happy, or devastated, some alternative text would be useful in setting the tone of the article, a tone that might otherwise be missed:

<p><img src="president.jpeg" alt="The President is sad.">
Ahead of today's referendum, the President wrote an open letter to all
registered voters. In it, she admitted that the country was divided.
</p>
<p><img src="president.jpeg" alt="The President is happy!">
Ahead of today's referendum, the President wrote an open letter to all
registered voters. In it, she admitted that the country was divided.
</p>

Whether the individual was "sad" or "happy" makes a difference to how the rest of the paragraph is to be interpreted: is she likely saying that she is unhappy with the country being divided, or is she saying that the prospect of a divided country is good for her political career? The interpretation varies based on the image.

If the image has a caption, then including alternative text avoids leaving the non-visual user confused as to what the caption refers to.

<p>Ahead of today's referendum, the President wrote an open letter to
all registered voters. In it, she admitted that the country was divided.</p>
<figure>
 <img src="president.jpeg"
      alt="A high forehead, cheerful disposition, and dark hair round out the President's face.">
 <figcaption> The President of Ruritania. Photo © 2014 PolitiPhoto. </figcaption>
</figure>
4.8.4.4.8 A purely decorative image that doesn't add any information

If an image is decorative but isn't especially page-specific — for example an image that forms part of a site-wide design scheme — the image should be specified in the site's CSS, not in the markup of the document.

However, a decorative image that isn't discussed by the surrounding text but still has some relevance can be included in a page using the img element. Such images are decorative, but still form part of the content. In these cases, the alt attribute must be present but its value must be the empty string.

Examples where the image is purely decorative despite being relevant would include things like a photo of the Black Rock City landscape in a blog post about an event at Burning Man, or an image of a painting inspired by a poem, on a page reciting that poem. The following snippet shows an example of the latter case (only the first verse is included in this snippet):

<h1>The Lady of Shalott</h1>
<p><img src="shalott.jpeg" alt=""></p>
<p>On either side the river lie<br>
Long fields of barley and of rye,<br>
That clothe the wold and meet the sky;<br>
And through the field the road run by<br>
To many-tower'd Camelot;<br>
And up and down the people go,<br>
Gazing where the lilies blow<br>
Round an island there below,<br>
The island of Shalott.</p>

When a picture has been sliced into smaller image files that are then displayed together to form the complete picture again, one of the images must have its alt attribute set as per the relevant rules that would be appropriate for the picture as a whole, and then all the remaining images must have their alt attribute set to the empty string.

In the following example, a picture representing a company logo for XYZ Corp has been split into two pieces, the first containing the letters "XYZ" and the second with the word "Corp". The alternative text ("XYZ Corp") is all in the first image.

<h1><img src="logo1.png" alt="XYZ Corp"><img src="logo2.png" alt=""></h1>

In the following example, a rating is shown as three filled stars and two empty stars. While the alternative text could have been "★★★☆☆", the author has instead decided to more helpfully give the rating in the form "3 out of 5". That is the alternative text of the first image, and the rest have blank alternative text.

<p>Rating: <meter max=5 value=3><img src="1" alt="3 out of 5"
  ><img src="1" alt=""><img src="1" alt=""><img src="0" alt=""
  ><img src="0" alt=""></meter></p>

Generally, image maps should be used instead of slicing an image for links.

However, if an image is indeed sliced and any of the components of the sliced picture are the sole contents of links, then one image per link must have alternative text in its alt attribute representing the purpose of the link.

In the following example, a picture representing the flying spaghetti monster emblem, with each of the left noodly appendages and the right noodly appendages in different images, so that the user can pick the left side or the right side in an adventure.

<h1>The Church</h1>
<p>You come across a flying spaghetti monster. Which side of His
Noodliness do you wish to reach out for?</p>
<p><a href="?go=left" ><img src="fsm-left.png"  alt="Left side. "></a
  ><img src="fsm-middle.png" alt=""
  ><a href="?go=right"><img src="fsm-right.png" alt="Right side."></a></p>
4.8.4.4.11 A key part of the content

In some cases, the image is a critical part of the content. This could be the case, for instance, on a page that is part of a photo gallery. The image is the whole point of the page containing it.

How to provide alternative text for an image that is a key part of the content depends on the image's provenance.

The general case

When it is possible for detailed alternative text to be provided, for example if the image is part of a series of screenshots in a magazine review, or part of a comic strip, or is a photograph in a blog entry about that photograph, text that can serve as a substitute for the image must be given as the contents of the alt attribute.

A screenshot in a gallery of screenshots for a new OS, with some alternative text:

<figure>
 <img src="KDE%20Light%20desktop.png"
      alt="The desktop is blue, with icons along the left hand side in
           two columns, reading System, Home, K-Mail, etc. A window is
           open showing that menus wrap to a second line if they
           cannot fit in the window. The window has a list of icons
           along the top, with an address bar below it, a list of
           icons for tabs along the left edge, a status bar on the
           bottom, and two panes in the middle. The desktop has a bar
           at the bottom of the screen with a few buttons, a pager, a
           list of open applications, and a clock.">
 <figcaption>Screenshot of a KDE desktop.</figcaption>
</figure>

A graph in a financial report:

<img src="sales.gif"
     title="Sales graph"
     alt="From 1998 to 2005, sales increased by the following percentages
     with each year: 624%, 75%, 138%, 40%, 35%, 9%, 21%">

Note that "sales graph" would be inadequate alternative text for a sales graph. Text that would be a good caption is not generally suitable as replacement text.

Images that defy a complete description

In certain cases, the nature of the image might be such that providing thorough alternative text is impractical. For example, the image could be indistinct, or could be a complex fractal, or could be a detailed topographical map.

In these cases, the alt attribute must contain some suitable alternative text, but it may be somewhat brief.

Sometimes there simply is no text that can do justice to an image. For example, there is little that can be said to usefully describe a Rorschach inkblot test. However, a description, even if brief, is still better than nothing:

<figure>
 <img src="/commons/a/a7/Rorschach1.jpg" alt="A shape with left-right
 symmetry with indistinct edges, with a small gap in the center, two
 larger gaps offset slightly from the center, with two similar gaps
 under them. The outline is wider in the top half than the bottom
 half, with the sides extending upwards higher than the center, and
 the center extending below the sides.">
 <figcaption>A black outline of the first of the ten cards
 in the Rorschach inkblot test.</figcaption>
</figure>

Note that the following would be a very bad use of alternative text:

<!-- This example is wrong. Do not copy it. -->
<figure>
 <img src="/commons/a/a7/Rorschach1.jpg" alt="A black outline
 of the first of the ten cards in the Rorschach inkblot test.">
 <figcaption>A black outline of the first of the ten cards
 in the Rorschach inkblot test.</figcaption>
</figure>

Including the caption in the alternative text like this isn't useful because it effectively duplicates the caption for users who don't have images, taunting them twice yet not helping them any more than if they had only read or heard the caption once.

Another example of an image that defies full description is a fractal, which, by definition, is infinite in detail.

The following example shows one possible way of providing alternative text for the full view of an image of the Mandelbrot set.

<img src="ms1.jpeg" alt="The Mandelbrot set appears as a cardioid with
its cusp on the real axis in the positive direction, with a smaller
bulb aligned along the same center line, touching it in the negative
direction, and with these two shapes being surrounded by smaller bulbs
of various sizes.">

Similarly, a photograph of a person's face, for example in a biography, can be considered quite relevant and key to the content, but it can be hard to fully substitute text for:

<section class="bio">
 <h1>A Biography of Isaac Asimov</h1>
 <p>Born <b>Isaak Yudovich Ozimov</b> in 1920, Isaac was a prolific author.</p>
 <p><img src="headpics/asimov.jpeg" alt="Isaac Asimov had dark hair, a tall forehead, and wore glasses.
 Later in life, he wore long white sideburns."></p>
 <p>Asimov was born in Russia, and moved to the US when he was three years old.</p>
 <p>...</p>
</section>

In such cases it is unnecessary (and indeed discouraged) to include a reference to the presence of the image itself in the alternative text, since such text would be redundant with the browser itself reporting the presence of the image. For example, if the alternative text was "A photo of Isaac Asimov", then a conforming user agent might read that out as "(Image) A photo of Isaac Asimov" rather than the more useful "(Image) Isaac Asimov had dark hair, a tall forehead, and wore glasses...".

Images whose contents are not known

In some unfortunate cases, there might be no alternative text available at all, either because the image is obtained in some automated fashion without any associated alternative text (e.g., a webcam), or because the page is being generated by a script using user-provided images where the user did not provide suitable or usable alternative text (e.g. photograph sharing sites), or because the author does not themself know what the images represent (e.g. a blind photographer sharing an image on their blog).

In such cases, the alt attribute may be omitted, but one of the following conditions must be met as well:

Such cases are to be kept to an absolute minimum. If there is even the slightest possibility of the author having the ability to provide real alternative text, then it would not be acceptable to omit the alt attribute.

A photo on a photo-sharing site, if the site received the image with no metadata other than the caption, could be marked up as follows:

<figure>
 <img src="1100670787_6a7c664aef.jpg">
 <figcaption>Bubbles traveled everywhere with us.</figcaption>
</figure>

It would be better, however, if a detailed description of the important parts of the image obtained from the user and included on the page.

A blind user's blog in which a photo taken by the user is shown. Initially, the user might not have any idea what the photo they took shows:

<article>
 <h1>I took a photo</h1>
 <p>I went out today and took a photo!</p>
 <figure>
  <img src="photo2.jpeg">
  <figcaption>A photograph taken blindly from my front porch.</figcaption>
 </figure>
</article>

Eventually though, the user might obtain a description of the image from their friends and could then include alternative text:

<article>
 <h1>I took a photo</h1>
 <p>I went out today and took a photo!</p>
 <figure>
  <img src="photo2.jpeg" alt="The photograph shows my squirrel
  feeder hanging from the edge of my roof. It is half full, but there
  are no squirrels around. In the background, out-of-focus trees fill the
  shot. The feeder is made of wood with a metal grate, and it contains
  peanuts. The edge of the roof is wooden too, and is painted white
  with light blue streaks.">
  <figcaption>A photograph taken blindly from my front porch.</figcaption>
 </figure>
</article>

Sometimes the entire point of the image is that a textual description is not available, and the user is to provide the description. For instance, the point of a CAPTCHA image is to see if the user can literally read the graphic. Here is one way to mark up a CAPTCHA (note the title attribute):

<p><label>What does this image say?
<img src="captcha.cgi?id=8934" title="CAPTCHA">
<input type=text name=captcha></label>
(If you cannot see the image, you can use an <a
href="?audio">audio</a> test instead.)</p>

Another example would be software that displays images and asks for alternative text precisely for the purpose of then writing a page with correct alternative text. Such a page could have a table of images, like this:

<table>
 <thead>
  <tr> <th> Image <th> Description
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <td> <img src="2421.png" title="Image 640 by 100, filename 'banner.gif'">
   <td> <input name="alt2421">
  <tr>
   <td> <img src="2422.png" title="Image 200 by 480, filename 'ad3.gif'">
   <td> <input name="alt2422">
</table>

Notice that even in this example, as much useful information as possible is still included in the title attribute.

Since some users cannot use images at all (e.g. because they have a very slow connection, or because they are using a text-only browser, or because they are listening to the page being read out by a hands-free automobile voice web browser, or simply because they are blind), the alt attribute is only allowed to be omitted rather than being provided with replacement text when no alternative text is available and none can be made available, as in the above examples. Lack of effort from the part of the author is not an acceptable reason for omitting the alt attribute.

4.8.4.4.12 An image not intended for the user

Generally authors should avoid using img elements for purposes other than showing images.

If an img element is being used for purposes other than showing an image, e.g. as part of a service to count page views, then the alt attribute must be the empty string.

In such cases, the width and height attributes should both be set to zero.

4.8.4.4.13 An image in an email or private document intended for a specific person who is known to be able to view images

This section does not apply to documents that are publicly accessible, or whose target audience is not necessarily personally known to the author, such as documents on a web site, emails sent to public mailing lists, or software documentation.

When an image is included in a private communication (such as an HTML email) aimed at a specific person who is known to be able to view images, the alt attribute may be omitted. However, even in such cases authors are strongly urged to include alternative text (as appropriate according to the kind of image involved, as described in the above entries), so that the email is still usable should the user use a mail client that does not support images, or should the document be forwarded on to other users whose abilities might not include easily seeing images.

4.8.4.4.14 Guidance for markup generators

Markup generators (such as WYSIWYG authoring tools) should, wherever possible, obtain alternative text from their users. However, it is recognized that in many cases, this will not be possible.

For images that are the sole contents of links, markup generators should examine the link target to determine the title of the target, or the URL of the target, and use information obtained in this manner as the alternative text.

For images that have captions, markup generators should use the figure and figcaption elements, or the title attribute, to provide the image's caption.

As a last resort, implementers should either set the alt attribute to the empty string, under the assumption that the image is a purely decorative image that doesn't add any information but is still specific to the surrounding content, or omit the alt attribute altogether, under the assumption that the image is a key part of the content.

Markup generators may specify a generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt attribute on img elements for which they have been unable to obtain alternative text and for which they have therefore omitted the alt attribute. The value of this attribute must be the empty string. Documents containing such attributes are not conforming, but conformance checkers will silently ignore this error.

This is intended to avoid markup generators from being pressured into replacing the error of omitting the alt attribute with the even more egregious error of providing phony alternative text, because state-of-the-art automated conformance checkers cannot distinguish phony alternative text from correct alternative text.

Markup generators should generally avoid using the image's own filename as the alternative text. Similarly, markup generators should avoid generating alternative text from any content that will be equally available to presentation user agents (e.g., web browsers).

This is because once a page is generated, it will typically not be updated, whereas the browsers that later read the page can be updated by the user, therefore the browser is likely to have more up-to-date and finely-tuned heuristics than the markup generator did when generating the page.

4.8.4.4.15 Guidance for conformance checkers

A conformance checker must report the lack of an alt attribute as an error unless one of the conditions listed below applies:

4.8.5 The iframe element

Element/iframe

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera15+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android14+

HTMLIFrameElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Embedded content.
Interactive content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where embedded content is expected.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
src — Address of the resource
srcdoc — A document to render in the iframe
name — Name of content navigable
sandbox — Security rules for nested content
allowPermissions policy to be applied to the iframe's contents
allowfullscreen — Whether to allow the iframe's contents to use requestFullscreen()
width — Horizontal dimension
height — Vertical dimension
referrerpolicyReferrer policy for fetches initiated by the element
loading — Used when determining loading deferral
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLIFrameElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute USVString src;
  [CEReactions] attribute (TrustedHTML or DOMString) srcdoc;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
  [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sandbox;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString allow;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean allowFullscreen;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString loading;
  readonly attribute Document? contentDocument;
  readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow;
  Document? getSVGDocument();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The iframe element represents its content navigable.

The src attribute gives the URL of a page that the element's content navigable is to contain. The attribute, if present, must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. If the itemprop attribute is specified on an iframe element, then the src attribute must also be specified.

Element/iframe#attr-srcdoc

Support in all current engines.

Firefox25+Safari6+Chrome20+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The srcdoc attribute gives the content of the page that the element's content navigable is to contain. The value of the attribute is used to construct an iframe srcdoc document, which is a Document whose URL matches about:srcdoc.

The srcdoc attribute, if present, must have a value using the HTML syntax that consists of the following syntactic components, in the given order:

  1. Any number of comments and ASCII whitespace.
  2. Optionally, a DOCTYPE.
  3. Any number of comments and ASCII whitespace.
  4. The document element, in the form of an html element.
  5. Any number of comments and ASCII whitespace.

The above requirements apply in XML documents as well.

Here a blog uses the srcdoc attribute in conjunction with the sandbox attribute described below to provide users of user agents that support this feature with an extra layer of protection from script injection in the blog post comments:

<article>
 <h1>I got my own magazine!</h1>
 <p>After much effort, I've finally found a publisher, and so now I
 have my own magazine! Isn't that awesome?! The first issue will come
 out in September, and we have articles about getting food, and about
 getting in boxes, it's going to be great!</p>
 <footer>
  <p>Written by <a href="/users/cap">cap</a>, 1 hour ago.
 </footer>
 <article>
  <footer> Thirteen minutes ago, <a href="/users/ch">ch</a> wrote: </footer>
  <iframe sandbox srcdoc="<p>did you get a cover picture yet?"></iframe>
 </article>
 <article>
  <footer> Nine minutes ago, <a href="/users/cap">cap</a> wrote: </footer>
  <iframe sandbox srcdoc="<p>Yeah, you can see it <a href=&quot;/gallery?mode=cover&amp;amp;page=1&quot;>in my gallery</a>."></iframe>
 </article>
 <article>
  <footer> Five minutes ago, <a href="/users/ch">ch</a> wrote: </footer>
  <iframe sandbox srcdoc="<p>hey that's earl's table.
<p>you should get earl&amp;amp;me on the next cover."></iframe>
 </article>

Notice the way that quotes have to be escaped (otherwise the srcdoc attribute would end prematurely), and the way raw ampersands (e.g. in URLs or in prose) mentioned in the sandboxed content have to be doubly escaped — once so that the ampersand is preserved when originally parsing the srcdoc attribute, and once more to prevent the ampersand from being misinterpreted when parsing the sandboxed content.

Furthermore, notice that since the DOCTYPE is optional in iframe srcdoc documents, and the html, head, and body elements have optional start and end tags, and the title element is also optional in iframe srcdoc documents, the markup in a srcdoc attribute can be relatively succinct despite representing an entire document, since only the contents of the body element need appear literally in the syntax. The other elements are still present, but only by implication.

In the HTML syntax, authors need only remember to use U+0022 QUOTATION MARK characters (") to wrap the attribute contents and then to escape all U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) and U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") characters, and to specify the sandbox attribute, to ensure safe embedding of content. (And remember to escape ampersands before quotation marks, to ensure quotation marks become &quot; and not &amp;quot;.)

In XML the U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character (<) needs to be escaped as well. In order to prevent attribute-value normalization, some of XML's whitespace characters — specifically U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab), U+000A LINE FEED (LF), and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) — also need to be escaped. [XML]

If the src attribute and the srcdoc attribute are both specified together, the srcdoc attribute takes priority. This allows authors to provide a fallback URL for legacy user agents that do not support the srcdoc attribute.


The iframe HTML element post-connection steps, given insertedNode, are:

  1. Create a new child navigable for insertedNode.

  2. If insertedNode has a sandbox attribute, then parse the sandboxing directive given the attribute's value and insertedNode's iframe sandboxing flag set.

  3. Process the iframe attributes for insertedNode, with initialInsertion set to true.

The iframe HTML element removing steps, given removedNode, are to destroy a child navigable given removedNode.

This happens without any unload events firing (the element's content document is destroyed, not unloaded).

Although iframes are processed while in a shadow tree, per the above, several other aspects of their behavior are not well-defined with regards to shadow trees. See issue #763 for more detail.

Whenever an iframe element with a non-null content navigable has its srcdoc attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must process the iframe attributes.

Similarly, whenever an iframe element with a non-null content navigable but with no srcdoc attribute specified has its src attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must process the iframe attributes.

To process the iframe attributes for an element element, with an optional boolean initialInsertion (default false):

  1. If element's srcdoc attribute is specified, then:

    1. Set element's current navigation was lazy loaded boolean to false.

    2. If the will lazy load element steps given element return true, then:

      1. Set element's lazy load resumption steps to the rest of this algorithm starting with the step labeled navigate to the srcdoc resource.

      2. Set element's current navigation was lazy loaded boolean to true.

      3. Start intersection-observing a lazy loading element for element.

      4. Return.

    3. Navigate to the srcdoc resource: Navigate an iframe or frame given element, about:srcdoc, the empty string, and the value of element's srcdoc attribute.

      The resulting Document must be considered an iframe srcdoc document.

  2. Otherwise:

    1. Let url be the result of running the shared attribute processing steps for iframe and frame elements given element and initialInsertion.

    2. If url is null, then return.

    3. If url matches about:blank and initialInsertion is true, then:

      1. Run the iframe load event steps given element.

      2. Return.

    4. Let referrerPolicy be the current state of element's referrerpolicy content attribute.

    5. Set element's current navigation was lazy loaded boolean to false.

    6. If the will lazy load element steps given element return true, then:

      1. Set element's lazy load resumption steps to the rest of this algorithm starting with the step labeled navigate.

      2. Set element's current navigation was lazy loaded boolean to true.

      3. Start intersection-observing a lazy loading element for element.

      4. Return.

    7. Navigate: Navigate an iframe or frame given element, url, and referrerPolicy.

The shared attribute processing steps for iframe and frame elements, given an element element and a boolean initialInsertion, are:

  1. Let url be the URL record about:blank.

  2. If element has a src attribute specified, and its value is not the empty string, then:

    1. Let maybeURL be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given that attribute's value, relative to element's node document.

    2. If maybeURL is not failure, then set url to maybeURL.

  3. If the inclusive ancestor navigables of element's node navigable contains a navigable whose active document's URL equals url with exclude fragments set to true, then return null.

  4. If url matches about:blank and initialInsertion is true, then perform the URL and history update steps given element's content navigable's active document and url.

    This is necessary in case url is something like about:blank?foo. If url is just plain about:blank, this will do nothing.

  5. Return url.

To navigate an iframe or frame given an element element, a URL url, a referrer policy referrerPolicy, and an optional string-or-null srcdocString (default null):

  1. Let historyHandling be "auto".

  2. If element's content navigable's active document is not completely loaded, then set historyHandling to "replace".

  3. If element is an iframe, then set element's pending resource-timing start time to the current high resolution time given element's node document's relevant global object.

  4. Navigate element's content navigable to url using element's node document, with historyHandling set to historyHandling, referrerPolicy set to referrerPolicy, and documentResource set to srcdocString.

Each Document has an iframe load in progress flag and a mute iframe load flag. When a Document is created, these flags must be unset for that Document.

To run the iframe load event steps, given an iframe element element:

  1. Assert: element's content navigable is not null.

  2. Let childDocument be element's content navigable's active document.

  3. If childDocument has its mute iframe load flag set, then return.

  4. If element's pending resource-timing start time is not null, then:

    1. Let global be element's node document's relevant global object.

    2. Let fallbackTimingInfo be a new fetch timing info whose start time is element's pending resource-timing start time and whose response end time is the current high resolution time given global.

    3. Mark resource timing given fallbackTimingInfo, url, "iframe", global, the empty string, a new response body info, and 0.

    4. Set element's pending resource-timing start time to null.

  5. Set childDocument's iframe load in progress flag.

  6. Fire an event named load at element.

  7. Unset childDocument's iframe load in progress flag.

This, in conjunction with scripting, can be used to probe the URL space of the local network's HTTP servers. User agents may implement cross-origin access control policies that are stricter than those described above to mitigate this attack, but unfortunately such policies are typically not compatible with existing web content.

If an element type potentially delays the load event, then for each element element of that type, the user agent must delay the load event of element's node document if element's content navigable is non-null and any of the following are true:

If, during the handling of the load event, element's content navigable is again navigated, that will further delay the load event.

Each iframe element has an associated current navigation was lazy loaded boolean, initially false. It is set and unset in the process the iframe attributes algorithm.

An iframe element whose current navigation was lazy loaded boolean is false potentially delays the load event.

Each iframe element has an associated null or DOMHighResTimeStamp pending resource-timing start time, initially set to null.

If, when the element is created, the srcdoc attribute is not set, and the src attribute is either also not set or set but its value cannot be parsed, the element's content navigable will remain at the initial about:blank Document.

If the user navigates away from this page, the iframe's content navigable's active WindowProxy object will proxy new Window objects for new Document objects, but the src attribute will not change.


The name attribute, if present, must be a valid navigable target name. The given value is used to name the element's content navigable if present when that is created.


Element/iframe#attr-sandbox

Support in all current engines.

Firefox17+Safari5+Chrome4+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The sandbox attribute, when specified, enables a set of extra restrictions on any content hosted by the iframe. Its value must be an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are ASCII case-insensitive. The allowed values are:

When the attribute is set, the content is treated as being from a unique opaque origin, forms, scripts, and various potentially annoying APIs are disabled, and links are prevented from targeting other navigables. The allow-same-origin keyword causes the content to be treated as being from its real origin instead of forcing it into an opaque origin; the allow-top-navigation keyword allows the content to navigate its traversable navigable; the allow-top-navigation-by-user-activation keyword behaves similarly but allows such navigation only when the browsing context's active window has transient activation; the allow-top-navigation-to-custom-protocols reenables navigations toward non fetch scheme to be handed off to external software; and the allow-forms, allow-modals, allow-orientation-lock, allow-pointer-lock, allow-popups, allow-presentation, allow-scripts, and allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox keywords re-enable forms, modal dialogs, screen orientation lock, the pointer lock API, popups, the presentation API, scripts, and the creation of unsandboxed auxiliary browsing contexts respectively. The allow-downloads keyword allows content to perform downloads. [POINTERLOCK] [SCREENORIENTATION] [PRESENTATION]

The allow-top-navigation and allow-top-navigation-by-user-activation keywords must not both be specified, as doing so is redundant; only allow-top-navigation will have an effect in such non-conformant markup.

Similarly, the allow-top-navigation-to-custom-protocols keyword must not be specified if either allow-top-navigation or allow-popups are specified, as doing so is redundant.

To allow alert(), confirm(), and prompt() inside sandboxed content, both the allow-modals and allow-same-origin keywords need to be specified, and the loaded URL needs to be same origin with the top-level origin. Without the allow-same-origin keyword, the content is always treated as cross-origin, and cross-origin content cannot show simple dialogs.

Setting both the allow-scripts and allow-same-origin keywords together when the embedded page has the same origin as the page containing the iframe allows the embedded page to simply remove the sandbox attribute and then reload itself, effectively breaking out of the sandbox altogether.

These flags only take effect when the content navigable of the iframe element is navigated. Removing them, or removing the entire sandbox attribute, has no effect on an already-loaded page.

Potentially hostile files should not be served from the same server as the file containing the iframe element. Sandboxing hostile content is of minimal help if an attacker can convince the user to just visit the hostile content directly, rather than in the iframe. To limit the damage that can be caused by hostile HTML content, it should be served from a separate dedicated domain. Using a different domain ensures that scripts in the files are unable to attack the site, even if the user is tricked into visiting those pages directly, without the protection of the sandbox attribute.

When an iframe element's sandbox attribute is set or changed while it has a non-null content navigable, the user agent must parse the sandboxing directive given the attribute's value and the iframe element's iframe sandboxing flag set.

When an iframe element's sandbox attribute is removed while it has a non-null content navigable, the user agent must empty the iframe element's iframe sandboxing flag set.

In this example, some completely-unknown, potentially hostile, user-provided HTML content is embedded in a page. Because it is served from a separate domain, it is affected by all the normal cross-site restrictions. In addition, the embedded page has scripting disabled, plugins disabled, forms disabled, and it cannot navigate any frames or windows other than itself (or any frames or windows it itself embeds).

<p>We're not scared of you! Here is your content, unedited:</p>
<iframe sandbox src="https://usercontent.example.net/getusercontent.cgi?id=12193"></iframe>

It is important to use a separate domain so that if the attacker convinces the user to visit that page directly, the page doesn't run in the context of the site's origin, which would make the user vulnerable to any attack found in the page.

In this example, a gadget from another site is embedded. The gadget has scripting and forms enabled, and the origin sandbox restrictions are lifted, allowing the gadget to communicate with its originating server. The sandbox is still useful, however, as it disables plugins and popups, thus reducing the risk of the user being exposed to malware and other annoyances.

<iframe sandbox="allow-same-origin allow-forms allow-scripts"
        src="https://maps.example.com/embedded.html"></iframe>

Suppose a file A contained the following fragment:

<iframe sandbox="allow-same-origin allow-forms" src=B></iframe>

Suppose that file B contained an iframe also:

<iframe sandbox="allow-scripts" src=C></iframe>

Further, suppose that file C contained a link:

<a href=D>Link</a>

For this example, suppose all the files were served as text/html.

Page C in this scenario has all the sandboxing flags set. Scripts are disabled, because the iframe in A has scripts disabled, and this overrides the allow-scripts keyword set on the iframe in B. Forms are also disabled, because the inner iframe (in B) does not have the allow-forms keyword set.

Suppose now that a script in A removes all the sandbox attributes in A and B. This would change nothing immediately. If the user clicked the link in C, loading page D into the iframe in B, page D would now act as if the iframe in B had the allow-same-origin and allow-forms keywords set, because that was the state of the content navigable in the iframe in A when page B was loaded.

Generally speaking, dynamically removing or changing the sandbox attribute is ill-advised, because it can make it quite hard to reason about what will be allowed and what will not.


The allow attribute, when specified, determines the container policy that will be used when the permissions policy for a Document in the iframe's content navigable is initialized. Its value must be a serialized permissions policy. [PERMISSIONSPOLICY]

In this example, an iframe is used to embed a map from an online navigation service. The allow attribute is used to enable the Geolocation API within the nested context.

<iframe src="https://maps.example.com/" allow="geolocation"></iframe>

The allowfullscreen attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, it indicates that Document objects in the iframe element's content navigable will be initialized with a permissions policy which allows the "fullscreen" feature to be used from any origin. This is enforced by the process permissions policy attributes algorithm. [PERMISSIONSPOLICY]

Here, an iframe is used to embed a player from a video site. The allowfullscreen attribute is needed to enable the player to show its video fullscreen.

<article>
 <header>
  <p><img src="/usericons/1627591962735"> <b>Fred Flintstone</b></p>
  <p><a href="/posts/3095182851" rel=bookmark>12:44</a><a href="#acl-3095182851">Private Post</a></p>
 </header>
 <p>Check out my new ride!</p>
 <iframe src="https://video.example.com/embed?id=92469812" allowfullscreen></iframe>
</article>

Neither allow nor allowfullscreen can grant access to a feature in an iframe element's content navigable if the element's node document is not already allowed to use that feature.

To determine whether a Document object document is allowed to use the policy-controlled-feature feature, run these steps:

  1. If document's browsing context is null, then return false.

  2. If document is not fully active, then return false.

  3. If the result of running is feature enabled in document for origin on feature, document, and document's origin is "Enabled", then return true.

  4. Return false.

Because they only influence the permissions policy of the content navigable's active document, the allow and allowfullscreen attributes only take effect when the content navigable of the iframe is navigated. Adding or removing them has no effect on an already-loaded document.


The iframe element supports dimension attributes for cases where the embedded content has specific dimensions (e.g. ad units have well-defined dimensions).

An iframe element never has fallback content, as it will always create a new child navigable, regardless of whether the specified initial contents are successfully used.


The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose is to set the referrer policy used when processing the iframe attributes. [REFERRERPOLICY]

The loading attribute is a lazy loading attribute. Its purpose is to indicate the policy for loading iframe elements that are outside the viewport.

When the loading attribute's state is changed to the Eager state, the user agent must run these steps:

  1. Let resumptionSteps be the iframe element's lazy load resumption steps.

  2. If resumptionSteps is null, then return.

  3. Set the iframe's lazy load resumption steps to null.

  4. Invoke resumptionSteps.


Descendants of iframe elements represent nothing. (In legacy user agents that do not support iframe elements, the contents would be parsed as markup that could act as fallback content.)

The HTML parser treats markup inside iframe elements as text.


HTMLIFrameElement/src

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The IDL attributes src, name, sandbox, and allow must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

HTMLIFrameElement/srcdoc

Support in all current engines.

Firefox25+Safari6+Chrome20+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The srcdoc getter steps are:

  1. Let attribute be the result of running get an attribute by namespace and local name given null, srcdoc's local name, and this.

  2. If attribute is null, then return the empty string.

  3. Return attribute's value.

The srcdoc setter steps are:

  1. Let compliantString be the result of invoking the Get Trusted Type compliant string algorithm with TrustedHTML, this's relevant global object, the given value, "HTMLIFrameElement srcdoc", and "script".

  2. Set an attribute value given this, srcdoc's local name, and compliantString.

The supported tokens for sandbox's DOMTokenList are the allowed values defined in the sandbox attribute and supported by the user agent.

The allowFullscreen IDL attribute must reflect the allowfullscreen content attribute.

HTMLIFrameElement/referrerPolicy

Support in all current engines.

Firefox50+Safari14+Chrome52+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The referrerPolicy IDL attribute must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values.

The loading IDL attribute must reflect the loading content attribute, limited to only known values.

HTMLIFrameElement/contentDocument

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer8+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The contentDocument getter steps are to return the this's content document.

HTMLIFrameElement/contentWindow

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera8+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

The contentWindow getter steps are to return this's content window.

Here is an example of a page using an iframe to include advertising from an advertising broker:

<iframe src="https://ads.example.com/?customerid=923513721&amp;format=banner"
        width="468" height="60"></iframe>

4.8.6 The embed element

Element/embed

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLEmbedElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Embedded content.
Interactive content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where embedded content is expected.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
src — Address of the resource
type — Type of embedded resource
width — Horizontal dimension
height — Vertical dimension
Any other attribute that has no namespace (see prose).
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLEmbedElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute USVString src;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height;
  Document? getSVGDocument();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The embed element provides an integration point for an external application or interactive content.

The src attribute gives the URL of the resource being embedded. The attribute, if present, must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces.

If the itemprop attribute is specified on an embed element, then the src attribute must also be specified.

The type attribute, if present, gives the MIME type by which the plugin to instantiate is selected. The value must be a valid MIME type string. If both the type attribute and the src attribute are present, then the type attribute must specify the same type as the explicit Content-Type metadata of the resource given by the src attribute.

While any of the following conditions are occurring, any plugin instantiated for the element must be removed, and the embed element represents nothing:

An embed element is said to be potentially active when the following conditions are all met simultaneously:

Whenever an embed element that was not potentially active becomes potentially active, and whenever a potentially active embed element that is remaining potentially active and has its src attribute set, changed, or removed or its type attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must queue an element task on the embed task source given the element to run the embed element setup steps for that element.

The embed element setup steps for a given embed element element are as follows:

  1. If another task has since been queued to run the embed element setup steps for element, then return.

  2. If element has a src attribute set, then:

    1. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given element's src attribute's value, relative to element's node document.

    2. If url is failure, then return.

    3. Let request be a new request whose URL is url, client is element's node document's relevant settings object, destination is "embed", credentials mode is "include", mode is "navigate", initiator type is "embed", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.

    4. Fetch request, with processResponse set to the following steps given response response:

      1. If another task has since been queued to run the embed element setup steps for element, then return.

      2. If response is a network error, then fire an event named load at element, and return.

      3. Let type be the result of determining the type of content given element and response.

      4. Switch on type:

        null
        1. Display no plugin for element.

        Otherwise
        1. If element's content navigable is null, then create a new child navigable for element.

        2. Navigate element's content navigable to response's URL using element's node document, with response set to response, and historyHandling set to "replace".

          element's src attribute does not get updated if the content navigable gets further navigated to other locations.

        3. element now represents its content navigable.

      Fetching the resource must delay the load event of element's node document.

  3. Otherwise, display no plugin for element.

To determine the type of the content given an embed element element and a response response, run the following steps:

  1. If element has a type attribute, and that attribute's value is a type that a plugin supports, then return the value of the type attribute.

  2. If the path component of response's url matches a pattern that a plugin supports, then return the type that that plugin can handle.

    For example, a plugin might say that it can handle URLs with path components that end with the four character string ".swf".

  3. If response has explicit Content-Type metadata, and that value is a type that a plugin supports, then return that value.

  4. Return null.

It is intentional that the above algorithm allows response to have a non-ok status. This allows servers to return data for plugins even with error responses (e.g., HTTP 500 Internal Server Error codes can still contain plugin data).

To display no plugin for an embed element element:

  1. Destroy a child navigable given element.

  2. Display an indication that no plugin could be found for element, as the contents of element.

  3. element now represents nothing.

The embed element has no fallback content; its descendants are ignored.

Whenever an embed element that was potentially active stops being potentially active, any plugin that had been instantiated for that element must be unloaded.

The embed element potentially delays the load event.

The embed element supports dimension attributes.

The IDL attributes src and type each must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

4.8.7 The object element

Element/object

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLObjectElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Embedded content.
Listed form-associated element.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where embedded content is expected.
Content model:
Transparent.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
data — Address of the resource
type — Type of embedded resource
name — Name of content navigable
form — Associates the element with a form element
width — Horizontal dimension
height — Vertical dimension
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLObjectElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute USVString data;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
  readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height;
  readonly attribute Document? contentDocument;
  readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow;
  Document? getSVGDocument();

  readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
  readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
  readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
  boolean checkValidity();
  boolean reportValidity();
  undefined setCustomValidity(DOMString error);

  // also has obsolete members
};

Depending on the type of content instantiated by the object element, the node also supports other interfaces.

The object element can represent an external resource, which, depending on the type of the resource, will either be treated as an image or as a child navigable.

The data attribute specifies the URL of the resource. It must be present, and must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces.

The type attribute, if present, specifies the type of the resource. If present, the attribute must be a valid MIME type string.

The name attribute, if present, must be a valid navigable target name. The given value is used to name the element's content navigable, if applicable, and if present when the element's content navigable is created.

Whenever one of the following conditions occur:

...the user agent must queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the object element to run the following steps to (re)determine what the object element represents. This task being queued or actively running must delay the load event of the element's node document.

  1. If the user has indicated a preference that this object element's fallback content be shown instead of the element's usual behavior, then jump to the step below labeled fallback.

    For example, a user could ask for the element's fallback content to be shown because that content uses a format that the user finds more accessible.

  2. If the element has an ancestor media element, or has an ancestor object element that is not showing its fallback content, or if the element is not in a document whose browsing context is non-null, or if the element's node document is not fully active, or if the element is still in the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, or if the element is not being rendered, then jump to the step below labeled fallback.

  3. If the data attribute is present and its value is not the empty string, then:

    1. If the type attribute is present and its value is not a type that the user agent supports, then the user agent may jump to the step below labeled fallback without fetching the content to examine its real type.

    2. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given the data attribute's value, relative to the element's node document.

    3. If url is failure, then fire an event named error at the element and jump to the step below labeled fallback.

    4. Let request be a new request whose URL is url, client is the element's node document's relevant settings object, destination is "object", credentials mode is "include", mode is "navigate", initiator type is "object", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.

    5. Fetch request.

      Fetching the resource must delay the load event of the element's node document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined next) has been run.

    6. If the resource is not yet available (e.g. because the resource was not available in the cache, so that loading the resource required making a request over the network), then jump to the step below labeled fallback. The task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource is available must restart this algorithm from this step. Resources can load incrementally; user agents may opt to consider a resource "available" whenever enough data has been obtained to begin processing the resource.

    7. If the load failed (e.g. there was an HTTP 404 error, there was a DNS error), fire an event named error at the element, then jump to the step below labeled fallback.

    8. Determine the resource type, as follows:

      1. Let the resource type be unknown.

      2. If the user agent is configured to strictly obey Content-Type headers for this resource, and the resource has associated Content-Type metadata, then let the resource type be the type specified in the resource's Content-Type metadata, and jump to the step below labeled handler.

        This can introduce a vulnerability, wherein a site is trying to embed a resource that uses a particular type, but the remote site overrides that and instead furnishes the user agent with a resource that triggers a different type of content with different security characteristics.

      3. Run the appropriate set of steps from the following list:

        If the resource has associated Content-Type metadata
        1. Let binary be false.

        2. If the type specified in the resource's Content-Type metadata is "text/plain", and the result of applying the rules for distinguishing if a resource is text or binary to the resource is that the resource is not text/plain, then set binary to true.

        3. If the type specified in the resource's Content-Type metadata is "application/octet-stream", then set binary to true.

        4. If binary is false, then let the resource type be the type specified in the resource's Content-Type metadata, and jump to the step below labeled handler.

        5. If there is a type attribute present on the object element, and its value is not application/octet-stream, then run the following steps:

          1. If the attribute's value is a type that starts with "image/" that is not also an XML MIME type, then let the resource type be the type specified in that type attribute.

          2. Jump to the step below labeled handler.

        Otherwise, if the resource does not have associated Content-Type metadata
        1. If there is a type attribute present on the object element, then let the tentative type be the type specified in that type attribute.

          Otherwise, let tentative type be the computed type of the resource.

        2. If tentative type is not application/octet-stream, then let resource type be tentative type and jump to the step below labeled handler.

      4. If applying the URL parser algorithm to the URL of the specified resource (after any redirects) results in a URL record whose path component matches a pattern that a plugin supports, then let resource type be the type that that plugin can handle.

        For example, a plugin might say that it can handle resources with path components that end with the four character string ".swf".

      It is possible for this step to finish, or for one of the substeps above to jump straight to the next step, with resource type still being unknown. In both cases, the next step will trigger fallback.

    9. Handler: Handle the content as given by the first of the following cases that matches:

      If the resource type is an XML MIME type, or if the resource type does not start with "image/"

      If the object element's content navigable is null, then create a new child navigable for the element.

      Let response be the response from fetch.

      If response's URL does not match about:blank, then navigate the element's content navigable to response's URL using the element's node document, with historyHandling set to "replace".

      The data attribute of the object element doesn't get updated if the content navigable gets further navigated to other locations.

      The object element represents its content navigable.

      If the resource type starts with "image/", and support for images has not been disabled

      Destroy a child navigable given the object element.

      Apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image.

      The object element represents the specified image.

      If the image cannot be rendered, e.g. because it is malformed or in an unsupported format, jump to the step below labeled fallback.

      Otherwise

      The given resource type is not supported. Jump to the step below labeled fallback.

      If the previous step ended with the resource type being unknown, this is the case that is triggered.

    10. The element's contents are not part of what the object element represents.

    11. If the object element does not represent its content navigable, then once the resource is completely loaded, queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the object element to fire an event named load at the element.

      If the element does represent its content navigable, then an analogous task will be queued when the created Document is completely finished loading.

    12. Return.

  4. Fallback: The object element represents the element's children. This is the element's fallback content. Destroy a child navigable given the element.

Due to the algorithm above, the contents of object elements act as fallback content, used only when referenced resources can't be shown (e.g. because it returned a 404 error). This allows multiple object elements to be nested inside each other, targeting multiple user agents with different capabilities, with the user agent picking the first one it supports.

The object element potentially delays the load event.

The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the object element with its form owner.

The object element supports dimension attributes.

HTMLObjectElement/data

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLObjectElement/type

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLObjectElement/name

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The IDL attributes data, type, and name each must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

HTMLObjectElement/contentDocument

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer8+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The contentDocument getter steps are to return this's content document.

HTMLObjectElement/contentWindow

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari13+Chrome53+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The contentWindow getter steps are to return this's content window.

The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The form IDL attribute is part of the element's forms API.

In this example, an HTML page is embedded in another using the object element.

<figure>
 <object data="clock.html"></object>
 <figcaption>My HTML Clock</figcaption>
</figure>

4.8.8 The video element

Element/video

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLVideoElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Embedded content.
If the element has a controls attribute: Interactive content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where embedded content is expected.
Content model:
If the element has a src attribute: zero or more track elements, then transparent, but with no media element descendants.
If the element does not have a src attribute: zero or more source elements, then zero or more track elements, then transparent, but with no media element descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
src — Address of the resource
crossorigin — How the element handles crossorigin requests
poster — Poster frame to show prior to video playback
preload — Hints how much buffering the media resource will likely need
autoplay — Hint that the media resource can be started automatically when the page is loaded
playsinline — Encourage the user agent to display video content within the element's playback area
loop — Whether to loop the media resource
muted — Whether to mute the media resource by default
controls — Show user agent controls
width — Horizontal dimension
height — Vertical dimension
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLVideoElement : HTMLMediaElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long width;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long height;
  readonly attribute unsigned long videoWidth;
  readonly attribute unsigned long videoHeight;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString poster;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean playsInline;
};

A video element is used for playing videos or movies, and audio files with captions.

Content may be provided inside the video element. User agents should not show this content to the user; it is intended for older web browsers which do not support video, so that text can be shown to the users of these older browsers informing them of how to access the video contents.

In particular, this content is not intended to address accessibility concerns. To make video content accessible to the partially sighted, the blind, the hard-of-hearing, the deaf, and those with other physical or cognitive disabilities, a variety of features are available. Captions can be provided, either embedded in the video stream or as external files using the track element. Sign-language tracks can be embedded in the video stream. Audio descriptions can be embedded in the video stream or in text form using a WebVTT file referenced using the track element and synthesized into speech by the user agent. WebVTT can also be used to provide chapter titles. For users who would rather not use a media element at all, transcripts or other textual alternatives can be provided by simply linking to them in the prose near the video element. [WEBVTT]

The video element is a media element whose media data is ostensibly video data, possibly with associated audio data.

The src, crossorigin, preload, autoplay, loop, muted, and controls attributes are the attributes common to all media elements.

The poster attribute gives the URL of an image file that the user agent can show while no video data is available. The attribute, if present, must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces.

If the specified resource is to be used, then, when the element is created or when the poster attribute is set, changed, or removed, the user agent must run the following steps to determine the element's poster frame (regardless of the value of the element's show poster flag):

  1. If there is an existing instance of this algorithm running for this video element, abort that instance of this algorithm without changing the poster frame.

  2. If the poster attribute's value is the empty string or if the attribute is absent, then there is no poster frame; return.

  3. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given the poster attribute's value, relative to the element's node document.

  4. If url is failure, then return. There is no poster frame.

  5. Let request be a new request whose URL is url, client is the element's node document's relevant settings object, destination is "image", initiator type is "video", credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.

  6. Fetch request. This must delay the load event of the element's node document.

  7. If an image is thus obtained, the poster frame is that image. Otherwise, there is no poster frame.

The image given by the poster attribute, the poster frame, is intended to be a representative frame of the video (typically one of the first non-blank frames) that gives the user an idea of what the video is like.

The playsinline attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it serves as a hint to the user agent that the video ought to be displayed "inline" in the document by default, constrained to the element's playback area, instead of being displayed fullscreen or in an independent resizable window.

The absence of the playsinline attribute does not imply that the video will display fullscreen by default. Indeed, most user agents have chosen to play all videos inline by default, and in such user agents the playsinline attribute has no effect.


A video element represents what is given for the first matching condition in the list below:

When no video data is available (the element's readyState attribute is either HAVE_NOTHING, or HAVE_METADATA but no video data has yet been obtained at all, or the element's readyState attribute is any subsequent value but the media resource does not have a video channel)
The video element represents its poster frame, if any, or else transparent black with no natural dimensions.
When the video element is paused, the current playback position is the first frame of video, and the element's show poster flag is set
The video element represents its poster frame, if any, or else the first frame of the video.
When the video element is paused, and the frame of video corresponding to the current playback position is not available (e.g. because the video is seeking or buffering)
When the video element is neither potentially playing nor paused (e.g. when seeking or stalled)
The video element represents the last frame of the video to have been rendered.
When the video element is paused
The video element represents the frame of video corresponding to the current playback position.
Otherwise (the video element has a video channel and is potentially playing)
The video element represents the frame of video at the continuously increasing "current" position. When the current playback position changes such that the last frame rendered is no longer the frame corresponding to the current playback position in the video, the new frame must be rendered.

Frames of video must be obtained from the video track that was selected when the event loop last reached step 1.

Which frame in a video stream corresponds to a particular playback position is defined by the video stream's format.

The video element also represents any text track cues whose text track cue active flag is set and whose text track is in the showing mode, and any audio from the media resource, at the current playback position.

Any audio associated with the media resource must, if played, be played synchronized with the current playback position, at the element's effective media volume. The user agent must play the audio from audio tracks that were enabled when the event loop last reached step 1.

In addition to the above, the user agent may provide messages to the user (such as "buffering", "no video loaded", "error", or more detailed information) by overlaying text or icons on the video or other areas of the element's playback area, or in another appropriate manner.

User agents that cannot render the video may instead make the element represent a link to an external video playback utility or to the video data itself.

When a video element's media resource has a video channel, the element provides a paint source whose width is the media resource's natural width, whose height is the media resource's natural height, and whose appearance is the frame of video corresponding to the current playback position, if that is available, or else (e.g. when the video is seeking or buffering) its previous appearance, if any, or else (e.g. because the video is still loading the first frame) blackness.


video.videoWidth

HTMLVideoElement/videoWidth

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
video.videoHeight

HTMLVideoElement/videoHeight

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

These attributes return the natural dimensions of the video, or 0 if the dimensions are not known.

The natural width and natural height of the media resource are the dimensions of the resource in CSS pixels after taking into account the resource's dimensions, aspect ratio, clean aperture, resolution, and so forth, as defined for the format used by the resource. If an anamorphic format does not define how to apply the aspect ratio to the video data's dimensions to obtain the "correct" dimensions, then the user agent must apply the ratio by increasing one dimension and leaving the other unchanged.

The videoWidth IDL attribute must return the natural width of the video in CSS pixels. The videoHeight IDL attribute must return the natural height of the video in CSS pixels. If the element's readyState attribute is HAVE_NOTHING, then the attributes must return 0.

Whenever the natural width or natural height of the video changes (including, for example, because the selected video track was changed), if the element's readyState attribute is not HAVE_NOTHING, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named resize at the media element.

The video element supports dimension attributes.

In the absence of style rules to the contrary, video content should be rendered inside the element's playback area such that the video content is shown centered in the playback area at the largest possible size that fits completely within it, with the video content's aspect ratio being preserved. Thus, if the aspect ratio of the playback area does not match the aspect ratio of the video, the video will be shown letterboxed or pillarboxed. Areas of the element's playback area that do not contain the video represent nothing.

In user agents that implement CSS, the above requirement can be implemented by using the style rule suggested in the Rendering section.

The natural width of a video element's playback area is the natural width of the poster frame, if that is available and the element currently represents its poster frame; otherwise, it is the natural width of the video resource, if that is available; otherwise the natural width is missing.

The natural height of a video element's playback area is the natural height of the poster frame, if that is available and the element currently represents its poster frame; otherwise it is the natural height of the video resource, if that is available; otherwise the natural height is missing.

The default object size is a width of 300 CSS pixels and a height of 150 CSS pixels. [CSSIMAGES]


User agents should provide controls to enable or disable the display of closed captions, audio description tracks, and other additional data associated with the video stream, though such features should, again, not interfere with the page's normal rendering.

User agents may allow users to view the video content in manners more suitable to the user, such as fullscreen or in an independent resizable window. User agents may even trigger such a viewing mode by default upon playing a video, although they should not do so when the playsinline attribute is specified. As with the other user interface features, controls to enable this should not interfere with the page's normal rendering unless the user agent is exposing a user interface. In such an independent viewing mode, however, user agents may make full user interfaces visible, even if the controls attribute is absent.

User agents may allow video playback to affect system features that could interfere with the user's experience; for example, user agents could disable screensavers while video playback is in progress.


The poster IDL attribute must reflect the poster content attribute.

The playsInline IDL attribute must reflect the playsinline content attribute.

This example shows how to detect when a video has failed to play correctly:

<script>
 function failed(e) {
   // video playback failed - show a message saying why
   switch (e.target.error.code) {
     case e.target.error.MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED:
       alert('You aborted the video playback.');
       break;
     case e.target.error.MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK:
       alert('A network error caused the video download to fail part-way.');
       break;
     case e.target.error.MEDIA_ERR_DECODE:
       alert('The video playback was aborted due to a corruption problem or because the video used features your browser did not support.');
       break;
     case e.target.error.MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED:
       alert('The video could not be loaded, either because the server or network failed or because the format is not supported.');
       break;
     default:
       alert('An unknown error occurred.');
       break;
   }
 }
</script>
<p><video src="tgif.vid" autoplay controls onerror="failed(event)"></video></p>
<p><a href="tgif.vid">Download the video file</a>.</p>

4.8.9 The audio element

Element/audio

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

HTMLAudioElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Embedded content.
If the element has a controls attribute: Interactive content.
If the element has a controls attribute: Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where embedded content is expected.
Content model:
If the element has a src attribute: zero or more track elements, then transparent, but with no media element descendants.
If the element does not have a src attribute: zero or more source elements, then zero or more track elements, then transparent, but with no media element descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
src — Address of the resource
crossorigin — How the element handles crossorigin requests
preload — Hints how much buffering the media resource will likely need
autoplay — Hint that the media resource can be started automatically when the page is loaded
loop — Whether to loop the media resource
muted — Whether to mute the media resource by default
controls — Show user agent controls
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window,
 LegacyFactoryFunction=Audio(optional DOMString src)]
interface HTMLAudioElement : HTMLMediaElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();
};

An audio element represents a sound or audio stream.

Content may be provided inside the audio element. User agents should not show this content to the user; it is intended for older web browsers which do not support audio, so that text can be shown to the users of these older browsers informing them of how to access the audio contents.

In particular, this content is not intended to address accessibility concerns. To make audio content accessible to the deaf or to those with other physical or cognitive disabilities, a variety of features are available. If captions or a sign language video are available, the video element can be used instead of the audio element to play the audio, allowing users to enable the visual alternatives. Chapter titles can be provided to aid navigation, using the track element and a WebVTT file. And, naturally, transcripts or other textual alternatives can be provided by simply linking to them in the prose near the audio element. [WEBVTT]

The audio element is a media element whose media data is ostensibly audio data.

The src, crossorigin, preload, autoplay, loop, muted, and controls attributes are the attributes common to all media elements.

audio = new Audio([ url ])

HTMLAudioElement/Audio

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome4+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns a new audio element, with the src attribute set to the value passed in the argument, if applicable.

A legacy factory function is provided for creating HTMLAudioElement objects (in addition to the factory methods from DOM such as createElement()): Audio(src). When invoked, the legacy factory function must perform the following steps:

  1. Let document be the current global object's associated Document.

  2. Let audio be the result of creating an element given document, "audio", and the HTML namespace.

  3. Set an attribute value for audio using "preload" and "auto".

  4. If src is given, then set an attribute value for audio using "src" and src. (This will cause the user agent to invoke the object's resource selection algorithm before returning.)

  5. Return audio.

4.8.10 The track element

Element/track

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android25+WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLTrackElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a media element, before any flow content.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
kind — The type of text track
src — Address of the resource
srclang — Language of the text track
label — User-visible label
default — Enable the track if no other text track is more suitable
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTrackElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString kind;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString src;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString srclang;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString label;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean default;

  const unsigned short NONE = 0;
  const unsigned short LOADING = 1;
  const unsigned short LOADED = 2;
  const unsigned short ERROR = 3;
  readonly attribute unsigned short readyState;

  readonly attribute TextTrack track;
};

The track element allows authors to specify explicit external timed text tracks for media elements. It does not represent anything on its own.

The kind attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
subtitles Subtitles Transcription or translation of the dialogue, suitable for when the sound is available but not understood (e.g. because the user does not understand the language of the media resource's audio track). Overlaid on the video.
captions Captions Transcription or translation of the dialogue, sound effects, relevant musical cues, and other relevant audio information, suitable for when sound is unavailable or not clearly audible (e.g. because it is muted, drowned-out by ambient noise, or because the user is deaf). Overlaid on the video; labeled as appropriate for the hard-of-hearing.
descriptions Descriptions Textual descriptions of the video component of the media resource, intended for audio synthesis when the visual component is obscured, unavailable, or not usable (e.g. because the user is interacting with the application without a screen while driving, or because the user is blind). Synthesized as audio.
chapters Chapters metadata Tracks intended for use from script. Not displayed by the user agent.
metadata Metadata

The attribute's missing value default is the subtitles state, and its invalid value default is the metadata state.

The src attribute gives the URL of the text track data. The value must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. This attribute must be present.

The element has an associated track URL (a string), initially the empty string.

When the element's src attribute is set, run these steps:

  1. Let trackURL be failure.

  2. Let value be the element's src attribute value.

  3. If value is not the empty string, then set trackURL to the result of encoding-parsing-and-serializing a URL given value, relative to the element's node document.

  4. Set the element's track URL to trackURL if it is not failure; otherwise to the empty string.

If the element's track URL identifies a WebVTT resource, and the element's kind attribute is not in the chapters metadata or metadata state, then the WebVTT file must be a WebVTT file using cue text. [WEBVTT]

The srclang attribute gives the language of the text track data. The value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag. This attribute must be present if the element's kind attribute is in the subtitles state. [BCP47]

If the element has a srclang attribute whose value is not the empty string, then the element's track language is the value of the attribute. Otherwise, the element has no track language.

The label attribute gives a user-readable title for the track. This title is used by user agents when listing subtitle, caption, and audio description tracks in their user interface.

The value of the label attribute, if the attribute is present, must not be the empty string. Furthermore, there must not be two track element children of the same media element whose kind attributes are in the same state, whose srclang attributes are both missing or have values that represent the same language, and whose label attributes are again both missing or both have the same value.

If the element has a label attribute whose value is not the empty string, then the element's track label is the value of the attribute. Otherwise, the element's track label is an empty string.

The default attribute is a boolean attribute, which, if specified, indicates that the track is to be enabled if the user's preferences do not indicate that another track would be more appropriate.

Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose kind attribute is in the subtitles or captions state and whose default attribute is specified.

Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose kind attribute is in the description state and whose default attribute is specified.

Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose kind attribute is in the chapters metadata state and whose default attribute is specified.

There is no limit on the number of track elements whose kind attribute is in the metadata state and whose default attribute is specified.

track.readyState

Returns the text track readiness state, represented by a number from the following list:

track.NONE (0)

The text track not loaded state.

track.LOADING (1)

The text track loading state.

track.LOADED (2)

The text track loaded state.

track.ERROR (3)

The text track failed to load state.

track.track

Returns the TextTrack object corresponding to the text track of the track element.

The readyState attribute must return the numeric value corresponding to the text track readiness state of the track element's text track, as defined by the following list:

NONE (numeric value 0)
The text track not loaded state.
LOADING (numeric value 1)
The text track loading state.
LOADED (numeric value 2)
The text track loaded state.
ERROR (numeric value 3)
The text track failed to load state.

The track IDL attribute must, on getting, return the track element's text track's corresponding TextTrack object.

HTMLTrackElement/src

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12+

The src, srclang, label, and default IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The kind IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values.

This video has subtitles in several languages:

<video src="brave.webm">
 <track kind=subtitles src=brave.en.vtt srclang=en label="English">
 <track kind=captions src=brave.en.hoh.vtt srclang=en label="English for the Hard of Hearing">
 <track kind=subtitles src=brave.fr.vtt srclang=fr lang=fr label="Français">
 <track kind=subtitles src=brave.de.vtt srclang=de lang=de label="Deutsch">
</video>

(The lang attributes on the last two describe the language of the label attribute, not the language of the subtitles themselves. The language of the subtitles is given by the srclang attribute.)

4.8.11 Media elements

HTMLMediaElement objects (audio and video, in this specification) are simply known as media elements.

HTMLMediaElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
enum CanPlayTypeResult { "" /* empty string */, "maybe", "probably" };
typedef (MediaStream or MediaSource or Blob) MediaProvider;

[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement {

  // error state
  readonly attribute MediaError? error;

  // network state
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString src;
  attribute MediaProvider? srcObject;
  readonly attribute USVString currentSrc;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
  const unsigned short NETWORK_EMPTY = 0;
  const unsigned short NETWORK_IDLE = 1;
  const unsigned short NETWORK_LOADING = 2;
  const unsigned short NETWORK_NO_SOURCE = 3;
  readonly attribute unsigned short networkState;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString preload;
  readonly attribute TimeRanges buffered;
  undefined load();
  CanPlayTypeResult canPlayType(DOMString type);

  // ready state
  const unsigned short HAVE_NOTHING = 0;
  const unsigned short HAVE_METADATA = 1;
  const unsigned short HAVE_CURRENT_DATA = 2;
  const unsigned short HAVE_FUTURE_DATA = 3;
  const unsigned short HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA = 4;
  readonly attribute unsigned short readyState;
  readonly attribute boolean seeking;

  // playback state
  attribute double currentTime;
  undefined fastSeek(double time);
  readonly attribute unrestricted double duration;
  object getStartDate();
  readonly attribute boolean paused;
  attribute double defaultPlaybackRate;
  attribute double playbackRate;
  attribute boolean preservesPitch;
  readonly attribute TimeRanges played;
  readonly attribute TimeRanges seekable;
  readonly attribute boolean ended;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean autoplay;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean loop;
  Promise<undefined> play();
  undefined pause();

  // controls
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean controls;
  attribute double volume;
  attribute boolean muted;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean defaultMuted;

  // tracks
  [SameObject] readonly attribute AudioTrackList audioTracks;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute VideoTrackList videoTracks;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute TextTrackList textTracks;
  TextTrack addTextTrack(TextTrackKind kind, optional DOMString label = "", optional DOMString language = "");
};

The media element attributes, src, crossorigin, preload, autoplay, loop, muted, and controls, apply to all media elements. They are defined in this section.

Media elements are used to present audio data, or video and audio data, to the user. This is referred to as media data in this section, since this section applies equally to media elements for audio or for video. The term media resource is used to refer to the complete set of media data, e.g. the complete video file, or complete audio file.

A media resource has an associated origin, which is either "none", "multiple", "rewritten", or an origin. It is initially set to "none".

A media resource can have multiple audio and video tracks. For the purposes of a media element, the video data of the media resource is only that of the currently selected track (if any) as given by the element's videoTracks attribute when the event loop last reached step 1, and the audio data of the media resource is the result of mixing all the currently enabled tracks (if any) given by the element's audioTracks attribute when the event loop last reached step 1.

Both audio and video elements can be used for both audio and video. The main difference between the two is simply that the audio element has no playback area for visual content (such as video or captions), whereas the video element does.

Each media element has a unique media element event task source.

To queue a media element task with a media element element and a series of steps steps, queue an element task on the media element's media element event task source given element and steps.

4.8.11.1 Error codes

MediaError

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
media.error

HTMLMediaElement/error

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns a MediaError object representing the current error state of the element.

Returns null if there is no error.

All media elements have an associated error status, which records the last error the element encountered since its resource selection algorithm was last invoked. The error attribute, on getting, must return the MediaError object created for this last error, or null if there has not been an error.

[Exposed=Window]
interface MediaError {
  const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED = 1;
  const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK = 2;
  const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_DECODE = 3;
  const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED = 4;

  readonly attribute unsigned short code;
  readonly attribute DOMString message;
};
media.error.code

MediaError/code

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the current error's error code, from the list below.

media.error.message

MediaError/message

Support in all current engines.

Firefox52+Safari15+Chrome59+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns a specific informative diagnostic message about the error condition encountered. The message and message format are not generally uniform across different user agents. If no such message is available, then the empty string is returned.

Every MediaError object has a message, which is a string, and a code, which is one of the following:

MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED (numeric value 1)
The fetching process for the media resource was aborted by the user agent at the user's request.
MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK (numeric value 2)
A network error of some description caused the user agent to stop fetching the media resource, after the resource was established to be usable.
MEDIA_ERR_DECODE (numeric value 3)
An error of some description occurred while decoding the media resource, after the resource was established to be usable.
MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED (numeric value 4)
The media resource indicated by the src attribute or assigned media provider object was not suitable.

To create a MediaError, given an error code which is one of the above values, return a new MediaError object whose code is the given error code and whose message is a string containing any details the user agent is able to supply about the cause of the error condition, or the empty string if the user agent is unable to supply such details. This message string must not contain only the information already available via the supplied error code; for example, it must not simply be a translation of the code into a string format. If no additional information is available beyond that provided by the error code, the message must be set to the empty string.

The code getter steps are to return this's code.

The message getter steps are to return this's message.

4.8.11.2 Location of the media resource

The src content attribute on media elements gives the URL of the media resource (video, audio) to show. The attribute, if present, must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces.

If the itemprop attribute is specified on the media element, then the src attribute must also be specified.

The crossorigin content attribute on media elements is a CORS settings attribute.

If a media element is created with a src attribute, the user agent must immediately invoke the media element's resource selection algorithm.

If a src attribute of a media element is set or changed, the user agent must invoke the media element's media element load algorithm. (Removing the src attribute does not do this, even if there are source elements present.)

HTMLMediaElement/src

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The src IDL attribute on media elements must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

HTMLMediaElement/crossOrigin

Support in all current engines.

Firefox22+Safari10+Chrome33+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)13+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The crossOrigin IDL attribute must reflect the crossorigin content attribute, limited to only known values.

A media provider object is an object that can represent a media resource, separate from a URL. MediaStream objects, MediaSource objects, and Blob objects are all media provider objects.

Each media element can have an assigned media provider object, which is a media provider object. When a media element is created, it has no assigned media provider object.

media.srcObject [ = source ]

HTMLMediaElement/srcObject

Support in one engine only.

Firefox🔰 42+Safari11+Chrome🔰 108+
Opera?Edge🔰 108+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Allows the media element to be assigned a media provider object.

media.currentSrc

HTMLMediaElement/currentSrc

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the URL of the current media resource, if any.

Returns the empty string when there is no media resource, or it doesn't have a URL.

The currentSrc IDL attribute must initially be set to the empty string. Its value is changed by the resource selection algorithm defined below.

The srcObject IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element's assigned media provider object, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, it must set the element's assigned media provider object to the new value, and then invoke the element's media element load algorithm.

There are three ways to specify a media resource: the srcObject IDL attribute, the src content attribute, and source elements. The IDL attribute takes priority, followed by the content attribute, followed by the elements.

4.8.11.3 MIME types

A media resource can be described in terms of its type, specifically a MIME type, in some cases with a codecs parameter. (Whether the codecs parameter is allowed or not depends on the MIME type.) [RFC6381]

Types are usually somewhat incomplete descriptions; for example "video/mpeg" doesn't say anything except what the container type is, and even a type like "video/mp4; codecs="avc1.42E01E, mp4a.40.2"" doesn't include information like the actual bitrate (only the maximum bitrate). Thus, given a type, a user agent can often only know whether it might be able to play media of that type (with varying levels of confidence), or whether it definitely cannot play media of that type.

A type that the user agent knows it cannot render is one that describes a resource that the user agent definitely does not support, for example because it doesn't recognize the container type, or it doesn't support the listed codecs.

The MIME type "application/octet-stream" with no parameters is never a type that the user agent knows it cannot render. User agents must treat that type as equivalent to the lack of any explicit Content-Type metadata when it is used to label a potential media resource.

Only the MIME type "application/octet-stream" with no parameters is special-cased here; if any parameter appears with it, it will be treated just like any other MIME type. This is a deviation from the rule that unknown MIME type parameters should be ignored.

media.canPlayType(type)

HTMLMediaElement/canPlayType

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari4+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the empty string (a negative response), "maybe", or "probably" based on how confident the user agent is that it can play media resources of the given type.

The canPlayType(type) method must return the empty string if type is a type that the user agent knows it cannot render or is the type "application/octet-stream"; it must return "probably" if the user agent is confident that the type represents a media resource that it can render if used in with this audio or video element; and it must return "maybe" otherwise. Implementers are encouraged to return "maybe" unless the type can be confidently established as being supported or not. Generally, a user agent should never return "probably" for a type that allows the codecs parameter if that parameter is not present.

This script tests to see if the user agent supports a (fictional) new format to dynamically decide whether to use a video element:

<section id="video">
 <p><a href="playing-cats.nfv">Download video</a></p>
</section>
<script>
 const videoSection = document.getElementById('video');
 const videoElement = document.createElement('video');
 const support = videoElement.canPlayType('video/x-new-fictional-format;codecs="kittens,bunnies"');
 if (support === "probably") {
   videoElement.setAttribute("src", "playing-cats.nfv");
   videoSection.replaceChildren(videoElement);
 }
</script>

The type attribute of the source element allows the user agent to avoid downloading resources that use formats it cannot render.

4.8.11.4 Network states
media.networkState

HTMLMediaElement/networkState

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the current state of network activity for the element, from the codes in the list below.

As media elements interact with the network, their current network activity is represented by the networkState attribute. On getting, it must return the current network state of the element, which must be one of the following values:

NETWORK_EMPTY (numeric value 0)
The element has not yet been initialized. All attributes are in their initial states.
NETWORK_IDLE (numeric value 1)
The element's resource selection algorithm is active and has selected a resource, but it is not actually using the network at this time.
NETWORK_LOADING (numeric value 2)
The user agent is actively trying to download data.
NETWORK_NO_SOURCE (numeric value 3)
The element's resource selection algorithm is active, but it has not yet found a resource to use.

The resource selection algorithm defined below describes exactly when the networkState attribute changes value and what events fire to indicate changes in this state.

4.8.11.5 Loading the media resource
media.load()

HTMLMediaElement/load

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Causes the element to reset and start selecting and loading a new media resource from scratch.

All media elements have a can autoplay flag, which must begin in the true state, and a delaying-the-load-event flag, which must begin in the false state. While the delaying-the-load-event flag is true, the element must delay the load event of its document.

When the load() method on a media element is invoked, the user agent must run the media element load algorithm.

A media element has an associated boolean is currently stalled, which is initially false.

The media element load algorithm consists of the following steps.

  1. Set this element's is currently stalled to false.

  2. Abort any already-running instance of the resource selection algorithm for this element.

  3. Let pending tasks be a list of all tasks from the media element's media element event task source in one of the task queues.

  4. For each task in pending tasks that would resolve pending play promises or reject pending play promises, immediately resolve or reject those promises in the order the corresponding tasks were queued.

  5. Remove each task in pending tasks from its task queue.

    Basically, pending events and callbacks are discarded and promises in-flight to be resolved/rejected are resolved/rejected immediately when the media element starts loading a new resource.

  6. If the media element's networkState is set to NETWORK_LOADING or NETWORK_IDLE, queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named abort at the media element.

  7. If the media element's networkState is not set to NETWORK_EMPTY, then:

    1. Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named emptied at the media element.

    2. If a fetching process is in progress for the media element, the user agent should stop it.

    3. If the media element's assigned media provider object is a MediaSource object, then detach it.

    4. Forget the media element's media-resource-specific tracks.

    5. If readyState is not set to HAVE_NOTHING, then set it to that state.

    6. If the paused attribute is false, then:

      1. Set the paused attribute to true.

      2. Take pending play promises and reject pending play promises with the result and an "AbortError" DOMException.

    7. If seeking is true, set it to false.

    8. Set the current playback position to 0.

      Set the official playback position to 0.

      If this changed the official playback position, then queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named timeupdate at the media element.

    9. Set the timeline offset to Not-a-Number (NaN).

    10. Update the duration attribute to Not-a-Number (NaN).

      The user agent will not fire a durationchange event for this particular change of the duration.

  8. Set the playbackRate attribute to the value of the defaultPlaybackRate attribute.

  9. Set the error attribute to null and the can autoplay flag to true.

  10. Invoke the media element's resource selection algorithm.

  11. Playback of any previously playing media resource for this element stops.

The resource selection algorithm for a media element is as follows. This algorithm is always invoked as part of a task, but one of the first steps in the algorithm is to return and continue running the remaining steps in parallel. In addition, this algorithm interacts closely with the event loop mechanism; in particular, it has synchronous sections (which are triggered as part of the event loop algorithm). Steps in such sections are marked with ⌛.

  1. Set the element's networkState attribute to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE value.

  2. Set the element's show poster flag to true.

  3. Set the media element's delaying-the-load-event flag to true (this delays the load event).

  4. Await a stable state, allowing the task that invoked this algorithm to continue. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.)

  5. ⌛ If the media element's blocked-on-parser flag is false, then populate the list of pending text tracks.

  6. ⌛ If the media element has an assigned media provider object, then let mode be object.

    ⌛ Otherwise, if the media element has no assigned media provider object but has a src attribute, then let mode be attribute.

    ⌛ Otherwise, if the media element does not have an assigned media provider object and does not have a src attribute, but does have a source element child, then let mode be children and let candidate be the first such source element child in tree order.

    ⌛ Otherwise, the media element has no assigned media provider object and has neither a src attribute nor a source element child:

    1. ⌛ Set the networkState to NETWORK_EMPTY.

    2. ⌛ Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

    3. End the synchronous section and return.

  7. ⌛ Set the media element's networkState to NETWORK_LOADING.

  8. Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named loadstart at the media element.

  9. Run the appropriate steps from the following list:

    If mode is object
    1. ⌛ Set the currentSrc attribute to the empty string.

    2. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel.

    3. Run the resource fetch algorithm with the assigned media provider object. If that algorithm returns without aborting this one, then the load failed.

    4. Failed with media provider: Reaching this step indicates that the media resource failed to load. Take pending play promises and queue a media element task given the media element to run the dedicated media source failure steps with the result.

    5. Wait for the task queued by the previous step to have executed.

    6. Return. The element won't attempt to load another resource until this algorithm is triggered again.

    If mode is attribute
    1. ⌛ If the src attribute's value is the empty string, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the failed with attribute step below.

    2. ⌛ Let urlRecord be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given the src attribute's value, relative to the media element's node document when the src attribute was last changed.

    3. ⌛ If urlRecord is not failure, then set the currentSrc attribute to the result of applying the URL serializer to urlRecord.

    4. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel.

    5. If urlRecord is not failure, then run the resource fetch algorithm with urlRecord. If that algorithm returns without aborting this one, then the load failed.

    6. Failed with attribute: Reaching this step indicates that the media resource failed to load or that urlRecord is failure. Take pending play promises and queue a media element task given the media element to run the dedicated media source failure steps with the result.

    7. Wait for the task queued by the previous step to have executed.

    8. Return. The element won't attempt to load another resource until this algorithm is triggered again.

    Otherwise (mode is children)
    1. ⌛ Let pointer be a position defined by two adjacent nodes in the media element's child list, treating the start of the list (before the first child in the list, if any) and end of the list (after the last child in the list, if any) as nodes in their own right. One node is the node before pointer, and the other node is the node after pointer. Initially, let pointer be the position between the candidate node and the next node, if there are any, or the end of the list, if it is the last node.

      As nodes are inserted, removed, and moved into the media element, pointer must be updated as follows:

      If a new node is inserted or moved between the two nodes that define pointer
      Let pointer be the point between the node before pointer and the new node. In other words, insertions at pointer go after pointer.
      If the node before pointer is removed
      Let pointer be the point between the node after pointer and the node before the node after pointer. In other words, pointer doesn't move relative to the remaining nodes.
      If the node after pointer is removed
      Let pointer be the point between the node before pointer and the node after the node before pointer. Just as with the previous case, pointer doesn't move relative to the remaining nodes.

      Other changes don't affect pointer.

    2. Process candidate: If candidate does not have a src attribute, or if its src attribute's value is the empty string, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the failed with elements step below.

    3. ⌛ If candidate has a media attribute whose value does not match the environment, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the failed with elements step below.

    4. ⌛ Let urlRecord be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given candidate's src attribute's value, relative to candidate's node document when the src attribute was last changed.

    5. ⌛ If urlRecord is failure, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the failed with elements step below.

    6. ⌛ If candidate has a type attribute whose value, when parsed as a MIME type (including any codecs described by the codecs parameter, for types that define that parameter), represents a type that the user agent knows it cannot render, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the failed with elements step below.

    7. ⌛ Set the currentSrc attribute to the result of applying the URL serializer to urlRecord.

    8. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel.

    9. Run the resource fetch algorithm with urlRecord. If that algorithm returns without aborting this one, then the load failed.

    10. Failed with elements: Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named error at candidate.

    11. Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.)

    12. Forget the media element's media-resource-specific tracks.

    13. Find next candidate: Let candidate be null.

    14. Search loop: If the node after pointer is the end of the list, then jump to the waiting step below.

    15. ⌛ If the node after pointer is a source element, let candidate be that element.

    16. ⌛ Advance pointer so that the node before pointer is now the node that was after pointer, and the node after pointer is the node after the node that used to be after pointer, if any.

    17. ⌛ If candidate is null, jump back to the search loop step. Otherwise, jump back to the process candidate step.

    18. Waiting: Set the element's networkState attribute to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE value.

    19. ⌛ Set the element's show poster flag to true.

    20. Queue a media element task given the media element to set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

    21. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel.

    22. Wait until the node after pointer is a node other than the end of the list. (This step might wait forever.)

    23. Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.)

    24. ⌛ Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag back to true (this delays the load event again, in case it hasn't been fired yet).

    25. ⌛ Set the networkState back to NETWORK_LOADING.

    26. ⌛ Jump back to the find next candidate step above.

    The dedicated media source failure steps with a list of promises promises are the following steps:

    1. Set the error attribute to the result of creating a MediaError with MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED.

    2. Forget the media element's media-resource-specific tracks.

    3. Set the element's networkState attribute to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE value.

    4. Set the element's show poster flag to true.

    5. Fire an event named error at the media element.

    6. Reject pending play promises with promises and a "NotSupportedError" DOMException.

    7. Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

To verify a media response given a response response, a media resource resource, and "entire resource" or a (number, number or "until end") tuple byteRange:

  1. If response is a network error, then return false.

  2. If byteRange is "entire resource", then return true.

  3. Let internalResponse be response's unsafe response.

  4. If internalResponse's status is 200, then return true.

  5. If internalResponse's status is not 206, then return false.

  6. If the result of extracting content-range values from internalResponse is failure, then return false.

    Note that the extracted values are not used, and in particular are not compared to byteRange. So this step serves as syntactic validation of the `Content-Range` header, but if the `Content-Range` values on the response mismatch the `Range` values on the request, that is not considered a failure.

  7. Let origin be "rewritten" if internalResponse's URL is null; otherwise internalResponse's URL's origin.

  8. Let previousOrigin be resource's origin.

  9. If any of the following are true:

    then set resource's origin to origin.

    Otherwise, if response is CORS-cross-origin, then return false.

    Otherwise, set resource's origin to "multiple".

    This ensures that opaque responses with range headers do not leak information by being patched together with other responses from different origins.

  10. Return true.

The resource fetch algorithm for a media element and a given URL record or media provider object is as follows:

  1. Let mode be remote.

  2. If the algorithm was invoked with media provider object, then set mode to local.

    Otherwise:

    1. Let object be the result of obtaining a blob object using the URL record's blob URL entry and the media element's node document's relevant settings object.

    2. If object is a media provider object, then set mode to local.

  3. If mode is remote, then let the current media resource be the resource given by the URL record passed to this algorithm; otherwise, let the current media resource be the resource given by the media provider object. Either way, the current media resource is now the element's media resource.

  4. Remove all media-resource-specific text tracks from the media element's list of pending text tracks, if any.

  5. Run the appropriate steps from the following list:

    If mode is remote
    1. Optionally, run the following substeps. This is the expected behavior if the user agent intends to not attempt to fetch the resource until the user requests it explicitly (e.g. as a way to implement the preload attribute's none keyword).

      1. Set the networkState to NETWORK_IDLE.

      2. Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named suspend at the element.

      3. Queue a media element task given the media element to set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

      4. Wait for the task to be run.

      5. Wait for an implementation-defined event (e.g., the user requesting that the media element begin playback).

      6. Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag back to true (this delays the load event again, in case it hasn't been fired yet).

      7. Set the networkState to NETWORK_LOADING.

    2. Let destination be "audio" if the media element is an audio element, or "video" otherwise.

    3. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given current media resource's URL record, destination, and the current state of media element's crossorigin content attribute.

    4. Set request's client to the media element's node document's relevant settings object.

    5. Set request's initiator type to destination.

    6. Let byteRange, which is "entire resource" or a (number, number or "until end") tuple, be the byte range required to satisfy missing data in media data. This value is implementation-defined and may rely on codec, network conditions or other heuristics. The user-agent may determine to fetch the resource in full, in which case byteRange would be "entire resource", to fetch from a byte offset until the end, in which case byteRange would be (number, "until end"), or to fetch a range between two byte offsets, im which case byteRange would be a (number, number) tuple representing the two offsets.

    7. If byteRange is not "entire resource", then:

      1. If byteRange[1] is "until end" then add a range header to request given byteRange[0].

      2. Otherwise, add a range header to request given byteRange[0] and byteRange[1].

    8. Fetch request, with processResponse set to the following steps given response response:

      1. Let global be the media element's node document's relevant global object.

      2. Let updateMedia be to queue a media element task given the media element to run the first appropriate steps from the media data processing steps list below. (A new task is used for this so that the work described below occurs relative to the appropriate media element event task source rather than using the networking task source.)

      3. Let processEndOfMedia be the following step: If the fetching process has completed without errors, including decoding the media data, and if all of the data is available to the user agent without network access, then, the user agent must move on to the final step below. This might never happen, e.g. when streaming an infinite resource such as web radio, or if the resource is longer than the user agent's ability to cache data.

      4. If the result of verifying response given the current media resource and byteRange is false, then abort these steps.

      5. Otherwise, incrementally read response's body given updateMedia, processEndOfMedia, an empty algorithm, and global.

      6. Update the media data with the contents of response's unsafe response obtained in this fashion. response can be CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin; this affects whether subtitles referenced in the media data are exposed in the API and, for video elements, whether acanvas gets tainted when the video is drawn on it.

      The media element stall timeout is an implementation-defined length of time, which should be about three seconds. When a media element that is actively attempting to obtain media data has failed to receive any data for a duration equal to the media element stall timeout, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to:

      1. Fire an event named stalled at the element.

      2. Set the element's is currently stalled to true.

      User agents may allow users to selectively block or slow media data downloads. When a media element's download has been blocked altogether, the user agent must act as if it was stalled (as opposed to acting as if the connection was closed). The rate of the download may also be throttled automatically by the user agent, e.g. to balance the download with other connections sharing the same bandwidth.

      User agents may decide to not download more content at any time, e.g. after buffering five minutes of a one hour media resource, while waiting for the user to decide whether to play the resource or not, while waiting for user input in an interactive resource, or when the user navigates away from the page. When a media element's download has been suspended, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to set the networkState to NETWORK_IDLE and fire an event named suspend at the element. If and when downloading of the resource resumes, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to set the networkState to NETWORK_LOADING. Between the queuing of these tasks, the load is suspended (so progress events don't fire, as described above).

      The preload attribute provides a hint regarding how much buffering the author thinks is advisable, even in the absence of the autoplay attribute.

      When a user agent decides to completely suspend a download, e.g., if it is waiting until the user starts playback before downloading any further content, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

      Although the above steps give an algorithm for issuing requests, the user agent may use other means besides those exact ones, especially in the face of error conditions. For example, the user agent may reconnect to the server or switch to a streaming protocol. The user agent must only consider the resource erroneous, and proceed into the error branches of the above steps, if the user agent has given up trying to fetch the resource.

      To determine the format of the media resource, the user agent must use the rules for sniffing audio and video specifically.

      While the load is not suspended (see below), every 350ms (±200ms) or for every byte received, whichever is least frequent, queue a media element task given the media element to:

      1. Fire an event named progress at the element.

      2. Set the element's is currently stalled to false.

      While the user agent might still need network access to obtain parts of the media resource, the user agent must remain on this step.

      For example, if the user agent has discarded the first half of a video, the user agent will remain at this step even once the playback has ended, because there is always the chance the user will seek back to the start. In fact, in this situation, once playback has ended, the user agent will end up firing a suspend event, as described earlier.

    Otherwise (mode is local)

    The resource described by the current media resource, if any, contains the media data. It is CORS-same-origin.

    If the current media resource is a raw data stream (e.g. from a File object), then to determine the format of the media resource, the user agent must use the rules for sniffing audio and video specifically. Otherwise, if the data stream is pre-decoded, then the format is the format given by the relevant specification.

    Whenever new data for the current media resource becomes available, queue a media element task given the media element to run the first appropriate steps from the media data processing steps list below.

    When the current media resource is permanently exhausted (e.g. all the bytes of a Blob have been processed), if there were no decoding errors, then the user agent must move on to the final step below. This might never happen, e.g. if the current media resource is a MediaStream.

    The media data processing steps list is as follows:

    If the media data cannot be fetched at all, due to network errors, causing the user agent to give up trying to fetch the resource
    If the media data can be fetched but is found by inspection to be in an unsupported format, or can otherwise not be rendered at all

    DNS errors, HTTP 4xx and 5xx errors (and equivalents in other protocols), and other fatal network errors that occur before the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable, as well as the file using an unsupported container format, or using unsupported codecs for all the data, must cause the user agent to execute the following steps:

    1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process.

    2. Abort this subalgorithm, returning to the resource selection algorithm.

    If the media resource is found to have an audio track
    1. Create an AudioTrack object to represent the audio track.

    2. Update the media element's audioTracks attribute's AudioTrackList object with the new AudioTrack object.

    3. Let enable be unknown.

    4. If either the media resource or the URL of the current media resource indicate a particular set of audio tracks to enable, or if the user agent has information that would facilitate the selection of specific audio tracks to improve the user's experience, then: if this audio track is one of the ones to enable, then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to false.

      This could be triggered by media fragment syntax, but it could also be triggered e.g. by the user agent selecting a 5.1 surround sound audio track over a stereo audio track.

    5. If enable is still unknown, then, if the media element does not yet have an enabled audio track, then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to false.

    6. If enable is true, then enable this audio track, otherwise, do not enable this audio track.

    7. Fire an event named addtrack at this AudioTrackList object, using TrackEvent, with the track attribute initialized to the new AudioTrack object.

    If the media resource is found to have a video track
    1. Create a VideoTrack object to represent the video track.

    2. Update the media element's videoTracks attribute's VideoTrackList object with the new VideoTrack object.

    3. Let enable be unknown.

    4. If either the media resource or the URL of the current media resource indicate a particular set of video tracks to enable, or if the user agent has information that would facilitate the selection of specific video tracks to improve the user's experience, then: if this video track is the first such video track, then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to false.

      This could again be triggered by media fragment syntax.

    5. If enable is still unknown, then, if the media element does not yet have a selected video track, then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to false.

    6. If enable is true, then select this track and unselect any previously selected video tracks, otherwise, do not select this video track. If other tracks are unselected, then a change event will be fired.

    7. Fire an event named addtrack at this VideoTrackList object, using TrackEvent, with the track attribute initialized to the new VideoTrack object.

    Once enough of the media data has been fetched to determine the duration of the media resource, its dimensions, and other metadata

    This indicates that the resource is usable. The user agent must follow these substeps:

    1. Establish the media timeline for the purposes of the current playback position and the earliest possible position, based on the media data.

    2. Update the timeline offset to the date and time that corresponds to the zero time in the media timeline established in the previous step, if any. If no explicit time and date is given by the media resource, the timeline offset must be set to Not-a-Number (NaN).

    3. Set the current playback position and the official playback position to the earliest possible position.

    4. Update the duration attribute with the time of the last frame of the resource, if known, on the media timeline established above. If it is not known (e.g. a stream that is in principle infinite), update the duration attribute to the value positive Infinity.

      The user agent will queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named durationchange at the element at this point.

    5. For video elements, set the videoWidth and videoHeight attributes, and queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named resize at the media element.

      Further resize events will be fired if the dimensions subsequently change.

    6. Set the readyState attribute to HAVE_METADATA.

      A loadedmetadata DOM event will be fired as part of setting the readyState attribute to a new value.

    7. Let jumped be false.

    8. If the media element's default playback start position is greater than zero, then seek to that time, and let jumped be true.

    9. Let the media element's default playback start position be zero.

    10. Let the initial playback position be zero.

    11. If either the media resource or the URL of the current media resource indicate a particular start time, then set the initial playback position to that time and, if jumped is still false, seek to that time.

      For example, with media formats that support media fragment syntax, the fragment can be used to indicate a start position.

    12. If there is no enabled audio track, then enable an audio track. This will cause a change event to be fired.

    13. If there is no selected video track, then select a video track. This will cause a change event to be fired.

    Once the readyState attribute reaches HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, after the loadeddata event has been fired, set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

    A user agent that is attempting to reduce network usage while still fetching the metadata for each media resource would also stop buffering at this point, following the rules described previously, which involve the networkState attribute switching to the NETWORK_IDLE value and a suspend event firing.

    The user agent is required to determine the duration of the media resource and go through this step before playing.

    Once the entire media resource has been fetched (but potentially before any of it has been decoded)

    Fire an event named progress at the media element.

    Set the networkState to NETWORK_IDLE and fire an event named suspend at the media element.

    If the user agent ever discards any media data and then needs to resume the network activity to obtain it again, then it must queue a media element task given the media element to set the networkState to NETWORK_LOADING.

    If the user agent can keep the media resource loaded, then the algorithm will continue to its final step below, which aborts the algorithm.

    If the connection is interrupted after some media data has been received, causing the user agent to give up trying to fetch the resource

    Fatal network errors that occur after the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable (i.e. once the media element's readyState attribute is no longer HAVE_NOTHING) must cause the user agent to execute the following steps:

    1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process.

    2. Set the error attribute to the result of creating a MediaError with MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK.

    3. Set the element's networkState attribute to the NETWORK_IDLE value.

    4. Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

    5. Fire an event named error at the media element.

    6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.

    If the media data is corrupted

    Fatal errors in decoding the media data that occur after the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable (i.e. once the media element's readyState attribute is no longer HAVE_NOTHING) must cause the user agent to execute the following steps:

    1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process.

    2. Set the error attribute to the result of creating a MediaError with MEDIA_ERR_DECODE.

    3. Set the element's networkState attribute to the NETWORK_IDLE value.

    4. Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

    5. Fire an event named error at the media element.

    6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.

    If the media data fetching process is aborted by the user

    The fetching process is aborted by the user, e.g. because the user pressed a "stop" button, the user agent must execute the following steps. These steps are not followed if the load() method itself is invoked while these steps are running, as the steps above handle that particular kind of abort.

    1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process.

    2. Set the error attribute to the result of creating a MediaError with MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED.

    3. Fire an event named abort at the media element.

    4. If the media element's readyState attribute has a value equal to HAVE_NOTHING, set the element's networkState attribute to the NETWORK_EMPTY value, set the element's show poster flag to true, and fire an event named emptied at the element.

      Otherwise, set the element's networkState attribute to the NETWORK_IDLE value.

    5. Set the element's delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event.

    6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.

    If the media data can be fetched but has non-fatal errors or uses, in part, codecs that are unsupported, preventing the user agent from rendering the content completely correctly but not preventing playback altogether

    The server returning data that is partially usable but cannot be optimally rendered must cause the user agent to render just the bits it can handle, and ignore the rest.

    If the media resource is found to declare a media-resource-specific text track that the user agent supports

    If the media data is CORS-same-origin, run the steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track with the relevant data.

    Cross-origin videos do not expose their subtitles, since that would allow attacks such as hostile sites reading subtitles from confidential videos on a user's intranet.

  6. Final step: If the user agent ever reaches this step (which can only happen if the entire resource gets loaded and kept available): abort the overall resource selection algorithm.

When a media element is to forget the media element's media-resource-specific tracks, the user agent must remove from the media element's list of text tracks all the media-resource-specific text tracks, then empty the media element's audioTracks attribute's AudioTrackList object, then empty the media element's videoTracks attribute's VideoTrackList object. No events (in particular, no removetrack events) are fired as part of this; the error and emptied events, fired by the algorithms that invoke this one, can be used instead.


The preload attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
auto Automatic Hints to the user agent that the user agent can put the user's needs first without risk to the server, up to and including optimistically downloading the entire resource.
(the empty string)
none None Hints to the user agent that either the author does not expect the user to need the media resource, or that the server wants to minimize unnecessary traffic. This state does not provide a hint regarding how aggressively to actually download the media resource if buffering starts anyway (e.g. once the user hits "play").
metadata Metadata Hints to the user agent that the author does not expect the user to need the media resource, but that fetching the resource metadata (dimensions, track list, duration, etc.), and maybe even the first few frames, is reasonable. If the user agent precisely fetches no more than the metadata, then the media element will end up with its readyState attribute set to HAVE_METADATA; typically though, some frames will be obtained as well and it will probably be HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or HAVE_FUTURE_DATA. When the media resource is playing, hints to the user agent that bandwidth is to be considered scarce, e.g. suggesting throttling the download so that the media data is obtained at the slowest possible rate that still maintains consistent playback.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both implementation-defined, though the Metadata state is suggested as a compromise between reducing server load and providing an optimal user experience.

The attribute can be changed even once the media resource is being buffered or played; the descriptions in the table above are to be interpreted with that in mind.

Authors might switch the attribute from "none" or "metadata" to "auto" dynamically once the user begins playback. For example, on a page with many videos this might be used to indicate that the many videos are not to be downloaded unless requested, but that once one is requested it is to be downloaded aggressively.

The preload attribute is intended to provide a hint to the user agent about what the author thinks will lead to the best user experience. The attribute may be ignored altogether, for example based on explicit user preferences or based on the available connectivity.

The preload IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values.

The autoplay attribute can override the preload attribute (since if the media plays, it naturally has to buffer first, regardless of the hint given by the preload attribute). Including both is not an error, however.


media.buffered

HTMLMediaElement/buffered

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource that the user agent has buffered.

The buffered attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource, if any, that the user agent has buffered, at the time the attribute is evaluated. Users agents must accurately determine the ranges available, even for media streams where this can only be determined by tedious inspection.

Typically this will be a single range anchored at the zero point, but if, e.g. the user agent uses HTTP range requests in response to seeking, then there could be multiple ranges.

User agents may discard previously buffered data.

Thus, a time position included within a range of the objects return by the buffered attribute at one time can end up being not included in the range(s) of objects returned by the same attribute at later times.

Returning a new object each time is a bad pattern for attribute getters and is only enshrined here as it would be costly to change it. It is not to be copied to new APIs.

4.8.11.6 Offsets into the media resource
media.duration

HTMLMediaElement/duration

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the length of the media resource, in seconds, assuming that the start of the media resource is at time zero.

Returns NaN if the duration isn't available.

Returns Infinity for unbounded streams.

media.currentTime [ = value ]

HTMLMediaElement/currentTime

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the official playback position, in seconds.

Can be set, to seek to the given time.

A media resource has a media timeline that maps times (in seconds) to positions in the media resource. The origin of a timeline is its earliest defined position. The duration of a timeline is its last defined position.

Establishing the media timeline: if the media resource somehow specifies an explicit timeline whose origin is not negative (i.e. gives each frame a specific time offset and gives the first frame a zero or positive offset), then the media timeline should be that timeline. (Whether the media resource can specify a timeline or not depends on the media resource's format.) If the media resource specifies an explicit start time and date, then that time and date should be considered the zero point in the media timeline; the timeline offset will be the time and date, exposed using the getStartDate() method.

If the media resource has a discontinuous timeline, the user agent must extend the timeline used at the start of the resource across the entire resource, so that the media timeline of the media resource increases linearly starting from the earliest possible position (as defined below), even if the underlying media data has out-of-order or even overlapping time codes.

For example, if two clips have been concatenated into one video file, but the video format exposes the original times for the two clips, the video data might expose a timeline that goes, say, 00:15..00:29 and then 00:05..00:38. However, the user agent would not expose those times; it would instead expose the times as 00:15..00:29 and 00:29..01:02, as a single video.

(This is a tracking vector.) In the rare case of a media resource that does not have an explicit timeline, the zero time on the media timeline should correspond to the first frame of the media resource. In the even rarer case of a media resource with no explicit timings of any kind, not even frame durations, the user agent must itself determine the time for each frame in an implementation-defined manner.

An example of a file format with no explicit timeline but with explicit frame durations is the Animated GIF format. An example of a file format with no explicit timings at all is the JPEG-push format (multipart/x-mixed-replace with JPEG frames, often used as the format for MJPEG streams).

If, in the case of a resource with no timing information, the user agent will nonetheless be able to seek to an earlier point than the first frame originally provided by the server, then the zero time should correspond to the earliest seekable time of the media resource; otherwise, it should correspond to the first frame received from the server (the point in the media resource at which the user agent began receiving the stream).

At the time of writing, there is no known format that lacks explicit frame time offsets yet still supports seeking to a frame before the first frame sent by the server.

Consider a stream from a TV broadcaster, which begins streaming on a sunny Friday afternoon in October, and always sends connecting user agents the media data on the same media timeline, with its zero time set to the start of this stream. Months later, user agents connecting to this stream will find that the first frame they receive has a time with millions of seconds. The getStartDate() method would always return the date that the broadcast started; this would allow controllers to display real times in their scrubber (e.g. "2:30pm") rather than a time relative to when the broadcast began ("8 months, 4 hours, 12 minutes, and 23 seconds").

Consider a stream that carries a video with several concatenated fragments, broadcast by a server that does not allow user agents to request specific times but instead just streams the video data in a predetermined order, with the first frame delivered always being identified as the frame with time zero. If a user agent connects to this stream and receives fragments defined as covering timestamps 2010-03-20 23:15:00 UTC to 2010-03-21 00:05:00 UTC and 2010-02-12 14:25:00 UTC to 2010-02-12 14:35:00 UTC, it would expose this with a media timeline starting at 0s and extending to 3,600s (one hour). Assuming the streaming server disconnected at the end of the second clip, the duration attribute would then return 3,600. The getStartDate() method would return a Date object with a time corresponding to 2010-03-20 23:15:00 UTC. However, if a different user agent connected five minutes later, it would (presumably) receive fragments covering timestamps 2010-03-20 23:20:00 UTC to 2010-03-21 00:05:00 UTC and 2010-02-12 14:25:00 UTC to 2010-02-12 14:35:00 UTC, and would expose this with a media timeline starting at 0s and extending to 3,300s (fifty five minutes). In this case, the getStartDate() method would return a Date object with a time corresponding to 2010-03-20 23:20:00 UTC.

In both of these examples, the seekable attribute would give the ranges that the controller would want to actually display in its UI; typically, if the servers don't support seeking to arbitrary times, this would be the range of time from the moment the user agent connected to the stream up to the latest frame that the user agent has obtained; however, if the user agent starts discarding earlier information, the actual range might be shorter.

In any case, the user agent must ensure that the earliest possible position (as defined below) using the established media timeline, is greater than or equal to zero.

The media timeline also has an associated clock. Which clock is used is user-agent defined, and may be media resource-dependent, but it should approximate the user's wall clock.

Media elements have a current playback position, which must initially (i.e. in the absence of media data) be zero seconds. The current playback position is a time on the media timeline.

Media elements also have an official playback position, which must initially be set to zero seconds. The official playback position is an approximation of the current playback position that is kept stable while scripts are running.

Media elements also have a default playback start position, which must initially be set to zero seconds. This time is used to allow the element to be seeked even before the media is loaded.

Each media element has a show poster flag. When a media element is created, this flag must be set to true. This flag is used to control when the user agent is to show a poster frame for a video element instead of showing the video contents.

The currentTime attribute must, on getting, return the media element's default playback start position, unless that is zero, in which case it must return the element's official playback position. The returned value must be expressed in seconds. On setting, if the media element's readyState is HAVE_NOTHING, then it must set the media element's default playback start position to the new value; otherwise, it must set the official playback position to the new value and then seek to the new value. The new value must be interpreted as being in seconds.

If the media resource is a streaming resource, then the user agent might be unable to obtain certain parts of the resource after it has expired from its buffer. Similarly, some media resources might have a media timeline that doesn't start at zero. The earliest possible position is the earliest position in the stream or resource that the user agent can ever obtain again. It is also a time on the media timeline.

The earliest possible position is not explicitly exposed in the API; it corresponds to the start time of the first range in the seekable attribute's TimeRanges object, if any, or the current playback position otherwise.

When the earliest possible position changes, then: if the current playback position is before the earliest possible position, the user agent must seek to the earliest possible position; otherwise, if the user agent has not fired a timeupdate event at the element in the past 15 to 250ms and is not still running event handlers for such an event, then the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named timeupdate at the element.

Because of the above requirement and the requirement in the resource fetch algorithm that kicks in when the metadata of the clip becomes known, the current playback position can never be less than the earliest possible position.

If at any time the user agent learns that an audio or video track has ended and all media data relating to that track corresponds to parts of the media timeline that are before the earliest possible position, the user agent may queue a media element task given the media element to run these steps:

  1. Remove the track from the audioTracks attribute's AudioTrackList object or the videoTracks attribute's VideoTrackList object as appropriate.

  2. Fire an event named removetrack at the media element's aforementioned AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object, using TrackEvent, with the track attribute initialized to the AudioTrack or VideoTrack object representing the track.

The duration attribute must return the time of the end of the media resource, in seconds, on the media timeline. If no media data is available, then the attributes must return the Not-a-Number (NaN) value. If the media resource is not known to be bounded (e.g. streaming radio, or a live event with no announced end time), then the attribute must return the positive Infinity value.

The user agent must determine the duration of the media resource before playing any part of the media data and before setting readyState to a value greater than or equal to HAVE_METADATA, even if doing so requires fetching multiple parts of the resource.

When the length of the media resource changes to a known value (e.g. from being unknown to known, or from a previously established length to a new length) the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named durationchange at the media element. (The event is not fired when the duration is reset as part of loading a new media resource.) If the duration is changed such that the current playback position ends up being greater than the time of the end of the media resource, then the user agent must also seek to the time of the end of the media resource.

If an "infinite" stream ends for some reason, then the duration would change from positive Infinity to the time of the last frame or sample in the stream, and the durationchange event would be fired. Similarly, if the user agent initially estimated the media resource's duration instead of determining it precisely, and later revises the estimate based on new information, then the duration would change and the durationchange event would be fired.

Some video files also have an explicit date and time corresponding to the zero time in the media timeline, known as the timeline offset. Initially, the timeline offset must be set to Not-a-Number (NaN).

The getStartDate() method must return a new Date object representing the current timeline offset.


The loop attribute is a boolean attribute that, if specified, indicates that the media element is to seek back to the start of the media resource upon reaching the end.

HTMLMediaElement/loop

Support in all current engines.

Firefox11+Safari4+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The loop IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

4.8.11.7 Ready states
media.readyState

HTMLMediaElement/readyState

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns a value that expresses the current state of the element with respect to rendering the current playback position, from the codes in the list below.

Media elements have a ready state, which describes to what degree they are ready to be rendered at the current playback position. The possible values are as follows; the ready state of a media element at any particular time is the greatest value describing the state of the element:

HAVE_NOTHING (numeric value 0)

No information regarding the media resource is available. No data for the current playback position is available. Media elements whose networkState attribute are set to NETWORK_EMPTY are always in the HAVE_NOTHING state.

HAVE_METADATA (numeric value 1)

Enough of the resource has been obtained that the duration of the resource is available. In the case of a video element, the dimensions of the video are also available. No media data is available for the immediate current playback position.

HAVE_CURRENT_DATA (numeric value 2)

Data for the immediate current playback position is available, but either not enough data is available that the user agent could successfully advance the current playback position in the direction of playback at all without immediately reverting to the HAVE_METADATA state, or there is no more data to obtain in the direction of playback. For example, in video this corresponds to the user agent having data from the current frame, but not the next frame, when the current playback position is at the end of the current frame; and to when playback has ended.

HAVE_FUTURE_DATA (numeric value 3)

Data for the immediate current playback position is available, as well as enough data for the user agent to advance the current playback position in the direction of playback at least a little without immediately reverting to the HAVE_METADATA state, and the text tracks are ready. For example, in video this corresponds to the user agent having data for at least the current frame and the next frame when the current playback position is at the instant in time between the two frames, or to the user agent having the video data for the current frame and audio data to keep playing at least a little when the current playback position is in the middle of a frame. The user agent cannot be in this state if playback has ended, as the current playback position can never advance in this case.

HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA (numeric value 4)

All the conditions described for the HAVE_FUTURE_DATA state are met, and, in addition, either of the following conditions is also true:

In practice, the difference between HAVE_METADATA and HAVE_CURRENT_DATA is negligible. Really the only time the difference is relevant is when painting a video element onto a canvas, where it distinguishes the case where something will be drawn (HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or greater) from the case where nothing is drawn (HAVE_METADATA or less). Similarly, the difference between HAVE_CURRENT_DATA (only the current frame) and HAVE_FUTURE_DATA (at least this frame and the next) can be negligible (in the extreme, only one frame). The only time that distinction really matters is when a page provides an interface for "frame-by-frame" navigation.

When the ready state of a media element whose networkState is not NETWORK_EMPTY changes, the user agent must follow the steps given below:

  1. Apply the first applicable set of substeps from the following list:

    If the previous ready state was HAVE_NOTHING, and the new ready state is HAVE_METADATA

    Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named loadedmetadata at the element.

    Before this task is run, as part of the event loop mechanism, the rendering will have been updated to resize the video element if appropriate.

    If the previous ready state was HAVE_METADATA and the new ready state is HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or greater

    If this is the first time this occurs for this media element since the load() algorithm was last invoked, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named loadeddata at the element.

    If the new ready state is HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA, then the relevant steps below must then be run also.

    If the previous ready state was HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or more, and the new ready state is HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or less

    If the media element was potentially playing before its readyState attribute changed to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA, and the element has not ended playback, and playback has not stopped due to errors, paused for user interaction, or paused for in-band content, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named timeupdate at the element, and queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named waiting at the element.

    If the previous ready state was HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or less, and the new ready state is HAVE_FUTURE_DATA

    The user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named canplay at the element.

    If the element's paused attribute is false, the user agent must notify about playing for the element.

    If the new ready state is HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA

    If the previous ready state was HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or less, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named canplay at the element, and, if the element's paused attribute is false, notify about playing for the element.

    The user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named canplaythrough at the element.

    If the element is not eligible for autoplay, then the user agent must abort these substeps.

    The user agent may run the following substeps:

    1. Set the paused attribute to false.
    2. If the element's show poster flag is true, set it to false and run the time marches on steps.
    3. Queue a media element task given the element to fire an event named play at the element.
    4. Notify about playing for the element.

    Alternatively, if the element is a video element, the user agent may start observing whether the element intersects the viewport. When the element starts intersecting the viewport, if the element is still eligible for autoplay, run the substeps above. Optionally, when the element stops intersecting the viewport, if the can autoplay flag is still true and the autoplay attribute is still specified, run the following substeps:

    1. Run the internal pause steps and set the can autoplay flag to true.
    2. Queue a media element task given the element to fire an event named pause at the element.

    The substeps for playing and pausing can run multiple times as the element starts or stops intersecting the viewport, as long as the can autoplay flag is true.

    User agents do not need to support autoplay, and it is suggested that user agents honor user preferences on the matter. Authors are urged to use the autoplay attribute rather than using script to force the video to play, so as to allow the user to override the behavior if so desired.

It is possible for the ready state of a media element to jump between these states discontinuously. For example, the state of a media element can jump straight from HAVE_METADATA to HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA without passing through the HAVE_CURRENT_DATA and HAVE_FUTURE_DATA states.

The readyState IDL attribute must, on getting, return the value described above that describes the current ready state of the media element.

The autoplay attribute is a boolean attribute. When present, the user agent (as described in the algorithm described herein) will automatically begin playback of the media resource as soon as it can do so without stopping.

Authors are urged to use the autoplay attribute rather than using script to trigger automatic playback, as this allows the user to override the automatic playback when it is not desired, e.g. when using a screen reader. Authors are also encouraged to consider not using the automatic playback behavior at all, and instead to let the user agent wait for the user to start playback explicitly.

HTMLMediaElement/autoplay

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The autoplay IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

4.8.11.8 Playing the media resource
media.paused

HTMLMediaElement/paused

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns true if playback is paused; false otherwise.

media.ended

HTMLMediaElement/ended

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns true if playback has reached the end of the media resource.

media.defaultPlaybackRate [ = value ]

HTMLMediaElement/defaultPlaybackRate

Support in all current engines.

Firefox20+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the default rate of playback, for when the user is not fast-forwarding or reversing through the media resource.

Can be set, to change the default rate of playback.

The default rate has no direct effect on playback, but if the user switches to a fast-forward mode, when they return to the normal playback mode, it is expected that the rate of playback will be returned to the default rate of playback.

media.playbackRate [ = value ]

HTMLMediaElement/playbackRate

Support in all current engines.

Firefox20+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the current rate playback, where 1.0 is normal speed.

Can be set, to change the rate of playback.

media.preservesPitch

HTMLMediaElement/preservesPitch

Firefox101+Safari🔰 4+Chrome86+
Opera?Edge86+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS🔰 4+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns true if pitch-preserving algorithms are used when the playbackRate is not 1.0. The default value is true.

Can be set to false to have the media resource's audio pitch change up or down depending on the playbackRate. This is useful for aesthetic and performance reasons.

media.played

Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource that the user agent has played.

media.play()

HTMLMediaElement/play

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

Sets the paused attribute to false, loading the media resource and beginning playback if necessary. If the playback had ended, will restart it from the start.

media.pause()

HTMLMediaElement/pause

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Sets the paused attribute to true, loading the media resource if necessary.

The paused attribute represents whether the media element is paused or not. The attribute must initially be true.

A media element is a blocked media element if its readyState attribute is in the HAVE_NOTHING state, the HAVE_METADATA state, or the HAVE_CURRENT_DATA state, or if the element has paused for user interaction or paused for in-band content.

A media element is said to be potentially playing when its paused attribute is false, the element has not ended playback, playback has not stopped due to errors, and the element is not a blocked media element.

A waiting DOM event can be fired as a result of an element that is potentially playing stopping playback due to its readyState attribute changing to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA.

A media element is said to be eligible for autoplay when all of the following are true:

A media element is said to be allowed to play if the user agent and the system allow media playback in the current context.

For example, a user agent could allow playback only when the media element's Window object has transient activation, but an exception could be made to allow playback while muted.

A media element is said to have ended playback when:

The ended attribute must return true if, the last time the event loop reached step 1, the media element had ended playback and the direction of playback was forwards, and false otherwise.

A media element is said to have stopped due to errors when the element's readyState attribute is HAVE_METADATA or greater, and the user agent encounters a non-fatal error during the processing of the media data, and due to that error, is not able to play the content at the current playback position.

A media element is said to have paused for user interaction when its paused attribute is false, the readyState attribute is either HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA and the user agent has reached a point in the media resource where the user has to make a selection for the resource to continue.

It is possible for a media element to have both ended playback and paused for user interaction at the same time.

When a media element that is potentially playing stops playing because it has paused for user interaction, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named timeupdate at the element.

A media element is said to have paused for in-band content when its paused attribute is false, the readyState attribute is either HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA and the user agent has suspended playback of the media resource in order to play content that is temporally anchored to the media resource and has a nonzero length, or to play content that is temporally anchored to a segment of the media resource but has a length longer than that segment.

One example of when a media element would be paused for in-band content is when the user agent is playing audio descriptions from an external WebVTT file, and the synthesized speech generated for a cue is longer than the time between the text track cue start time and the text track cue end time.


When the current playback position reaches the end of the media resource when the direction of playback is forwards, then the user agent must follow these steps:

  1. If the media element has a loop attribute specified, then seek to the earliest possible position of the media resource and return.

  2. As defined above, the ended IDL attribute starts returning true once the event loop returns to step 1.

  3. Queue a media element task given the media element and the following steps:

    1. Fire an event named timeupdate at the media element.

    2. If the media element has ended playback, the direction of playback is forwards, and paused is false, then:

      1. Set the paused attribute to true.

      2. Fire an event named pause at the media element.

      3. Take pending play promises and reject pending play promises with the result and an "AbortError" DOMException.

    3. Fire an event named ended at the media element.

When the current playback position reaches the earliest possible position of the media resource when the direction of playback is backwards, then the user agent must only queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named timeupdate at the element.

The word "reaches" here does not imply that the current playback position needs to have changed during normal playback; it could be via seeking, for instance.


The defaultPlaybackRate attribute gives the desired speed at which the media resource is to play, as a multiple of its intrinsic speed. The attribute is mutable: on getting it must return the last value it was set to, or 1.0 if it hasn't yet been set; on setting the attribute must be set to the new value.

The defaultPlaybackRate is used by the user agent when it exposes a user interface to the user.

The playbackRate attribute gives the effective playback rate, which is the speed at which the media resource plays, as a multiple of its intrinsic speed. If it is not equal to the defaultPlaybackRate, then the implication is that the user is using a feature such as fast forward or slow motion playback. The attribute is mutable: on getting it must return the last value it was set to, or 1.0 if it hasn't yet been set; on setting, the user agent must follow these steps:

  1. If the given value is not supported by the user agent, then throw a "NotSupportedError" DOMException.

  2. Set playbackRate to the new value, and if the element is potentially playing, change the playback speed.

When the defaultPlaybackRate or playbackRate attributes change value (either by being set by script or by being changed directly by the user agent, e.g. in response to user control) the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named ratechange at the media element. The user agent must process attribute changes smoothly and must not introduce any perceivable gaps or muting of playback in response.

The preservesPitch getter steps are to return true if a pitch-preserving algorithm is in effect during playback. The setter steps are to correspondingly switch the pitch-preserving algorithm on or off, without any perceivable gaps or muting of playback. By default, such a pitch-preserving algorithm must be in effect (i.e., the getter will initially return true).


The played attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of points on the media timeline of the media resource reached through the usual monotonic increase of the current playback position during normal playback, if any, at the time the attribute is evaluated.

Returning a new object each time is a bad pattern for attribute getters and is only enshrined here as it would be costly to change it. It is not to be copied to new APIs.


Each media element has a list of pending play promises, which must initially be empty.

To take pending play promises for a media element, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. Let promises be an empty list of promises.

  2. Copy the media element's list of pending play promises to promises.

  3. Clear the media element's list of pending play promises.

  4. Return promises.

To resolve pending play promises for a media element with a list of promises promises, the user agent must resolve each promise in promises with undefined.

To reject pending play promises for a media element with a list of promises promises and an exception name error, the user agent must reject each promise in promises with error.

To notify about playing for a media element, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. Take pending play promises and let promises be the result.

  2. Queue a media element task given the element and the following steps:

    1. Fire an event named playing at the element.

    2. Resolve pending play promises with promises.

When the play() method on a media element is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps.

  1. If the media element is not allowed to play, then return a promise rejected with a "NotAllowedError" DOMException.

  2. If the media element's error attribute is not null and its code is MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED, then return a promise rejected with a "NotSupportedError" DOMException.

    This means that the dedicated media source failure steps have run. Playback is not possible until the media element load algorithm clears the error attribute.

  3. Let promise be a new promise and append promise to the list of pending play promises.

  4. Run the internal play steps for the media element.

  5. Return promise.

The internal play steps for a media element are as follows:

  1. If the media element's networkState attribute has the value NETWORK_EMPTY, invoke the media element's resource selection algorithm.

  2. If the playback has ended and the direction of playback is forwards, seek to the earliest possible position of the media resource.

    This will cause the user agent to queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named timeupdate at the media element.

  3. If the media element's paused attribute is true, then:

    1. Change the value of paused to false.

    2. If the show poster flag is true, set the element's show poster flag to false and run the time marches on steps.

    3. Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named play at the element.

    4. If the media element's readyState attribute has the value HAVE_NOTHING, HAVE_METADATA, or HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named waiting at the element.

      Otherwise, the media element's readyState attribute has the value HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA: notify about playing for the element.

  4. Otherwise, if the media element's readyState attribute has the value HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA, take pending play promises and queue a media element task given the media element to resolve pending play promises with the result.

    The media element is already playing. However, it's possible that promise will be rejected before the queued task is run.

  5. Set the media element's can autoplay flag to false.


When the pause() method is invoked, and when the user agent is required to pause the media element, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. If the media element's networkState attribute has the value NETWORK_EMPTY, invoke the media element's resource selection algorithm.

  2. Run the internal pause steps for the media element.

The internal pause steps for a media element are as follows:

  1. Set the media element's can autoplay flag to false.

  2. If the media element's paused attribute is false, run the following steps:

    1. Change the value of paused to true.

    2. Take pending play promises and let promises be the result.

    3. Queue a media element task given the media element and the following steps:

      1. Fire an event named timeupdate at the element.

      2. Fire an event named pause at the element.

      3. Reject pending play promises with promises and an "AbortError" DOMException.

    4. Set the official playback position to the current playback position.


If the element's playbackRate is positive or zero, then the direction of playback is forwards. Otherwise, it is backwards.

When a media element is potentially playing and its Document is a fully active Document, its current playback position must increase monotonically at the element's playbackRate units of media time per unit time of the media timeline's clock. (This specification always refers to this as an increase, but that increase could actually be a decrease if the element's playbackRate is negative.)

The element's playbackRate can be 0.0, in which case the current playback position doesn't move, despite playback not being paused (paused doesn't become true, and the pause event doesn't fire).

This specification doesn't define how the user agent achieves the appropriate playback rate — depending on the protocol and media available, it is plausible that the user agent could negotiate with the server to have the server provide the media data at the appropriate rate, so that (except for the period between when the rate is changed and when the server updates the stream's playback rate) the client doesn't actually have to drop or interpolate any frames.

Any time the user agent provides a stable state, the official playback position must be set to the current playback position.

While the direction of playback is backwards, any corresponding audio must be muted. While the element's playbackRate is so low or so high that the user agent cannot play audio usefully, the corresponding audio must also be muted. If the element's playbackRate is not 1.0 and preservesPitch is true, the user agent must apply pitch adjustment to preserve the original pitch of the audio. Otherwise, the user agent must speed up or slow down the audio without any pitch adjustment.

When a media element is potentially playing, its audio data played must be synchronized with the current playback position, at the element's effective media volume. The user agent must play the audio from audio tracks that were enabled when the event loop last reached step 1.

When a media element is not potentially playing, audio must not play for the element.

Media elements that are potentially playing while not in a document must not play any video, but should play any audio component. Media elements must not stop playing just because all references to them have been removed; only once a media element is in a state where no further audio could ever be played by that element may the element be garbage collected.

It is possible for an element to which no explicit references exist to play audio, even if such an element is not still actively playing: for instance, it could be unpaused but stalled waiting for content to buffer, or it could be still buffering, but with a suspend event listener that begins playback. Even a media element whose media resource has no audio tracks could eventually play audio again if it had an event listener that changes the media resource.


Each media element has a list of newly introduced cues, which must be initially empty. Whenever a text track cue is added to the list of cues of a text track that is in the list of text tracks for a media element, that cue must be added to the media element's list of newly introduced cues. Whenever a text track is added to the list of text tracks for a media element, all of the cues in that text track's list of cues must be added to the media element's list of newly introduced cues. When a media element's list of newly introduced cues has new cues added while the media element's show poster flag is not set, then the user agent must run the time marches on steps.

When a text track cue is removed from the list of cues of a text track that is in the list of text tracks for a media element, and whenever a text track is removed from the list of text tracks of a media element, if the media element's show poster flag is not set, then the user agent must run the time marches on steps.

When the current playback position of a media element changes (e.g. due to playback or seeking), the user agent must run the time marches on steps. To support use cases that depend on the timing accuracy of cue event firing, such as synchronizing captions with shot changes in a video, user agents should fire cue events as close as possible to their position on the media timeline, and ideally within 20 milliseconds. If the current playback position changes while the steps are running, then the user agent must wait for the steps to complete, and then must immediately rerun the steps. These steps are thus run as often as possible or needed.

If one iteration takes a long time, this can cause short duration cues to be skipped over as the user agent rushes ahead to "catch up", so these cues will not appear in the activeCues list.

The time marches on steps are as follows:

  1. Let current cues be a list of cues, initialized to contain all the cues of all the hidden or showing text tracks of the media element (not the disabled ones) whose start times are less than or equal to the current playback position and whose end times are greater than the current playback position.

  2. Let other cues be a list of cues, initialized to contain all the cues of hidden and showing text tracks of the media element that are not present in current cues.

  3. Let last time be the current playback position at the time this algorithm was last run for this media element, if this is not the first time it has run.

  4. If the current playback position has, since the last time this algorithm was run, only changed through its usual monotonic increase during normal playback, then let missed cues be the list of cues in other cues whose start times are greater than or equal to last time and whose end times are less than or equal to the current playback position. Otherwise, let missed cues be an empty list.

  5. Remove all the cues in missed cues that are also in the media element's list of newly introduced cues, and then empty the element's list of newly introduced cues.

  6. If the time was reached through the usual monotonic increase of the current playback position during normal playback, and if the user agent has not fired a timeupdate event at the element in the past 15 to 250ms and is not still running event handlers for such an event, then the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named timeupdate at the element. (In the other cases, such as explicit seeks, relevant events get fired as part of the overall process of changing the current playback position.)

    The event thus is not to be fired faster than about 66Hz or slower than 4Hz (assuming the event handlers don't take longer than 250ms to run). User agents are encouraged to vary the frequency of the event based on the system load and the average cost of processing the event each time, so that the UI updates are not any more frequent than the user agent can comfortably handle while decoding the video.

  7. If all of the cues in current cues have their text track cue active flag set, none of the cues in other cues have their text track cue active flag set, and missed cues is empty, then return.

  8. If the time was reached through the usual monotonic increase of the current playback position during normal playback, and there are cues in other cues that have their text track cue pause-on-exit flag set and that either have their text track cue active flag set or are also in missed cues, then immediately pause the media element.

    In the other cases, such as explicit seeks, playback is not paused by going past the end time of a cue, even if that cue has its text track cue pause-on-exit flag set.

  9. Let events be a list of tasks, initially empty. Each task in this list will be associated with a text track, a text track cue, and a time, which are used to sort the list before the tasks are queued.

    Let affected tracks be a list of text tracks, initially empty.

    When the steps below say to prepare an event named event for a text track cue target with a time time, the user agent must run these steps:

    1. Let track be the text track with which the text track cue target is associated.

    2. Create a task to fire an event named event at target.

    3. Add the newly created task to events, associated with the time time, the text track track, and the text track cue target.

    4. Add track to affected tracks.

  10. For each text track cue in missed cues, prepare an event named enter for the TextTrackCue object with the text track cue start time.

  11. For each text track cue in other cues that either has its text track cue active flag set or is in missed cues, prepare an event named exit for the TextTrackCue object with the later of the text track cue end time and the text track cue start time.

  12. For each text track cue in current cues that does not have its text track cue active flag set, prepare an event named enter for the TextTrackCue object with the text track cue start time.

  13. Sort the tasks in events in ascending time order (tasks with earlier times first).

    Further sort tasks in events that have the same time by the relative text track cue order of the text track cues associated with these tasks.

    Finally, sort tasks in events that have the same time and same text track cue order by placing tasks that fire enter events before those that fire exit events.

  14. Queue a media element task given the media element for each task in events, in list order.

  15. Sort affected tracks in the same order as the text tracks appear in the media element's list of text tracks, and remove duplicates.

  16. For each text track in affected tracks, in the list order, queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named cuechange at the TextTrack object, and, if the text track has a corresponding track element, to then fire an event named cuechange at the track element as well.

  17. Set the text track cue active flag of all the cues in the current cues, and unset the text track cue active flag of all the cues in the other cues.

  18. Run the rules for updating the text track rendering of each of the text tracks in affected tracks that are showing, providing the text track's text track language as the fallback language if it is not the empty string. For example, for text tracks based on WebVTT, the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT]

For the purposes of the algorithm above, a text track cue is considered to be part of a text track only if it is listed in the text track list of cues, not merely if it is associated with the text track.

If the media element's node document stops being a fully active document, then the playback will stop until the document is active again.

When a media element is removed from a Document, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. Await a stable state, allowing the task that removed the media element from the Document to continue. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm. (Steps in the synchronous section are marked with ⌛.)

  2. ⌛ If the media element is in a document, return.

  3. ⌛ Run the internal pause steps for the media element.

4.8.11.9 Seeking
media.seeking

Returns true if the user agent is currently seeking.

media.seekable

HTMLMediaElement/seekable

Support in all current engines.

Firefox8+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource to which it is possible for the user agent to seek.

media.fastSeek(time)

HTMLMediaElement/fastSeek

Firefox31+Safari8+ChromeNo
Opera?EdgeNo
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Seeks to near the given time as fast as possible, trading precision for speed. (To seek to a precise time, use the currentTime attribute.)

This does nothing if the media resource has not been loaded.

The seeking attribute must initially have the value false.

The fastSeek(time) method must seek to the time given by time, with the approximate-for-speed flag set.

When the user agent is required to seek to a particular new playback position in the media resource, optionally with the approximate-for-speed flag set, it means that the user agent must run the following steps. This algorithm interacts closely with the event loop mechanism; in particular, it has a synchronous section (which is triggered as part of the event loop algorithm). Steps in that section are marked with ⌛.

  1. Set the media element's show poster flag to false.

  2. If the media element's readyState is HAVE_NOTHING, return.

  3. If the element's seeking IDL attribute is true, then another instance of this algorithm is already running. Abort that other instance of the algorithm without waiting for the step that it is running to complete.

  4. Set the seeking IDL attribute to true.

  5. If the seek was in response to a DOM method call or setting of an IDL attribute, then continue the script. The remainder of these steps must be run in parallel. With the exception of the steps marked with ⌛, they could be aborted at any time by another instance of this algorithm being invoked.

  6. If the new playback position is later than the end of the media resource, then let it be the end of the media resource instead.

  7. If the new playback position is less than the earliest possible position, let it be that position instead.

  8. If the (possibly now changed) new playback position is not in one of the ranges given in the seekable attribute, then let it be the position in one of the ranges given in the seekable attribute that is the nearest to the new playback position. If two positions both satisfy that constraint (i.e. the new playback position is exactly in the middle between two ranges in the seekable attribute) then use the position that is closest to the current playback position. If there are no ranges given in the seekable attribute then set the seeking IDL attribute to false and return.

  9. If the approximate-for-speed flag is set, adjust the new playback position to a value that will allow for playback to resume promptly. If new playback position before this step is before current playback position, then the adjusted new playback position must also be before the current playback position. Similarly, if the new playback position before this step is after current playback position, then the adjusted new playback position must also be after the current playback position.

    For example, the user agent could snap to a nearby key frame, so that it doesn't have to spend time decoding then discarding intermediate frames before resuming playback.

  10. Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named seeking at the element.

  11. Set the current playback position to the new playback position.

    If the media element was potentially playing immediately before it started seeking, but seeking caused its readyState attribute to change to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA, then a waiting event will be fired at the element.

    This step sets the current playback position, and thus can immediately trigger other conditions, such as the rules regarding when playback "reaches the end of the media resource" (part of the logic that handles looping), even before the user agent is actually able to render the media data for that position (as determined in the next step).

    The currentTime attribute returns the official playback position, not the current playback position, and therefore gets updated before script execution, separate from this algorithm.

  12. Wait until the user agent has established whether or not the media data for the new playback position is available, and, if it is, until it has decoded enough data to play back that position.

  13. Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm. (Steps in the synchronous section are marked with ⌛.)

  14. ⌛ Set the seeking IDL attribute to false.

  15. ⌛ Run the time marches on steps.

  16. Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named timeupdate at the element.

  17. Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named seeked at the element.


The seekable attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource, if any, that the user agent is able to seek to, at the time the attribute is evaluated.

If the user agent can seek to anywhere in the media resource, e.g. because it is a simple movie file and the user agent and the server support HTTP Range requests, then the attribute would return an object with one range, whose start is the time of the first frame (the earliest possible position, typically zero), and whose end is the same as the time of the first frame plus the duration attribute's value (which would equal the time of the last frame, and might be positive Infinity).

The range might be continuously changing, e.g. if the user agent is buffering a sliding window on an infinite stream. This is the behavior seen with DVRs viewing live TV, for instance.

Returning a new object each time is a bad pattern for attribute getters and is only enshrined here as it would be costly to change it. It is not to be copied to new APIs.

User agents should adopt a very liberal and optimistic view of what is seekable. User agents should also buffer recent content where possible to enable seeking to be fast.

For instance, consider a large video file served on an HTTP server without support for HTTP Range requests. A browser could implement this by only buffering the current frame and data obtained for subsequent frames, never allow seeking, except for seeking to the very start by restarting the playback. However, this would be a poor implementation. A high quality implementation would buffer the last few minutes of content (or more, if sufficient storage space is available), allowing the user to jump back and rewatch something surprising without any latency, and would in addition allow arbitrary seeking by reloading the file from the start if necessary, which would be slower but still more convenient than having to literally restart the video and watch it all the way through just to get to an earlier unbuffered spot.

Media resources might be internally scripted or interactive. Thus, a media element could play in a non-linear fashion. If this happens, the user agent must act as if the algorithm for seeking was used whenever the current playback position changes in a discontinuous fashion (so that the relevant events fire).

4.8.11.10 Media resources with multiple media tracks

A media resource can have multiple embedded audio and video tracks. For example, in addition to the primary video and audio tracks, a media resource could have foreign-language dubbed dialogues, director's commentaries, audio descriptions, alternative angles, or sign-language overlays.

media.audioTracks

HTMLMediaElement/audioTracks

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns an AudioTrackList object representing the audio tracks available in the media resource.

media.videoTracks

HTMLMediaElement/videoTracks

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns a VideoTrackList object representing the video tracks available in the media resource.

The audioTracks attribute of a media element must return a live AudioTrackList object representing the audio tracks available in the media element's media resource.

The videoTracks attribute of a media element must return a live VideoTrackList object representing the video tracks available in the media element's media resource.

There are only ever one AudioTrackList object and one VideoTrackList object per media element, even if another media resource is loaded into the element: the objects are reused. (The AudioTrack and VideoTrack objects are not, though.)

4.8.11.10.1 AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects

AudioTrackList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

VideoTrackList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

AudioTrackList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
caniuse.com table

The AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList interfaces are used by attributes defined in the previous section.

AudioTrack

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari8+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

VideoTrack

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
[Exposed=Window]
interface AudioTrackList : EventTarget {
  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
  getter AudioTrack (unsigned long index);
  AudioTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);

  attribute EventHandler onchange;
  attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
  attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
};

[Exposed=Window]
interface AudioTrack {
  readonly attribute DOMString id;
  readonly attribute DOMString kind;
  readonly attribute DOMString label;
  readonly attribute DOMString language;
  attribute boolean enabled;
};

[Exposed=Window]
interface VideoTrackList : EventTarget {
  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
  getter VideoTrack (unsigned long index);
  VideoTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);
  readonly attribute long selectedIndex;

  attribute EventHandler onchange;
  attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
  attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
};

[Exposed=Window]
interface VideoTrack {
  readonly attribute DOMString id;
  readonly attribute DOMString kind;
  readonly attribute DOMString label;
  readonly attribute DOMString language;
  attribute boolean selected;
};
media.audioTracks.length

AudioTrackList/length

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
media.videoTracks.length

VideoTrackList/length

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the number of tracks in the list.

audioTrack = media.audioTracks[index]
videoTrack = media.videoTracks[index]

Returns the specified AudioTrack or VideoTrack object.

audioTrack = media.audioTracks.getTrackById(id)

AudioTrackList/getTrackById

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
videoTrack = media.videoTracks.getTrackById(id)

VideoTrackList/getTrackById

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the AudioTrack or VideoTrack object with the given identifier, or null if no track has that identifier.

audioTrack.id

AudioTrack/id

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari8+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
videoTrack.id

VideoTrack/id

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the ID of the given track. This is the ID that can be used with a fragment if the format supports media fragment syntax, and that can be used with the getTrackById() method.

audioTrack.kind

AudioTrack/kind

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari8+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
videoTrack.kind

VideoTrack/kind

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the category the given track falls into. The possible track categories are given below.

audioTrack.label

AudioTrack/label

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari8+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
videoTrack.label

VideoTrack/label

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the label of the given track, if known, or the empty string otherwise.

audioTrack.language

AudioTrack/language

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari8+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
videoTrack.language

VideoTrack/language

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the language of the given track, if known, or the empty string otherwise.

audioTrack.enabled [ = value ]

AudioTrack/enabled

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari8+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns true if the given track is active, and false otherwise.

Can be set, to change whether the track is enabled or not. If multiple audio tracks are enabled simultaneously, they are mixed.

media.videoTracks.selectedIndex

VideoTrackList/selectedIndex

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the index of the currently selected track, if any, or −1 otherwise.

videoTrack.selected [ = value ]

VideoTrack/selected

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns true if the given track is active, and false otherwise.

Can be set, to change whether the track is selected or not. Either zero or one video track is selected; selecting a new track while a previous one is selected will unselect the previous one.

An AudioTrackList object represents a dynamic list of zero or more audio tracks, of which zero or more can be enabled at a time. Each audio track is represented by an AudioTrack object.

A VideoTrackList object represents a dynamic list of zero or more video tracks, of which zero or one can be selected at a time. Each video track is represented by a VideoTrack object.

Tracks in AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects must be consistently ordered. If the media resource is in a format that defines an order, then that order must be used; otherwise, the order must be the relative order in which the tracks are declared in the media resource. The order used is called the natural order of the list.

Each track in one of these objects thus has an index; the first has the index 0, and each subsequent track is numbered one higher than the previous one. If a media resource dynamically adds or removes audio or video tracks, then the indices of the tracks will change dynamically. If the media resource changes entirely, then all the previous tracks will be removed and replaced with new tracks.

The AudioTrackList length and VideoTrackList length attribute getters must return the number of tracks represented by their objects at the time of getting.

The supported property indices of AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects at any instant are the numbers from zero to the number of tracks represented by the respective object minus one, if any tracks are represented. If an AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object represents no tracks, it has no supported property indices.

To determine the value of an indexed property for a given index index in an AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object list, the user agent must return the AudioTrack or VideoTrack object that represents the indexth track in list.

The AudioTrackList getTrackById(id) and VideoTrackList getTrackById(id) methods must return the first AudioTrack or VideoTrack object (respectively) in the AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object (respectively) whose identifier is equal to the value of the id argument (in the natural order of the list, as defined above). When no tracks match the given argument, the methods must return null.

The AudioTrack and VideoTrack objects represent specific tracks of a media resource. Each track can have an identifier, category, label, and language. These aspects of a track are permanent for the lifetime of the track; even if a track is removed from a media resource's AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList objects, those aspects do not change.

In addition, AudioTrack objects can each be enabled or disabled; this is the audio track's enabled state. When an AudioTrack is created, its enabled state must be set to false (disabled). The resource fetch algorithm can override this.

Similarly, a single VideoTrack object per VideoTrackList object can be selected, this is the video track's selection state. When a VideoTrack is created, its selection state must be set to false (not selected). The resource fetch algorithm can override this.

The AudioTrack id and VideoTrack id attributes must return the identifier of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. If the media resource is in a format that supports media fragment syntax, the identifier returned for a particular track must be the same identifier that would enable the track if used as the name of a track in the track dimension of such a fragment. [INBAND]

For example, in Ogg files, this would be the Name header field of the track. [OGGSKELETONHEADERS]

The AudioTrack kind and VideoTrack kind attributes must return the category of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise.

The category of a track is the string given in the first column of the table below that is the most appropriate for the track based on the definitions in the table's second and third columns, as determined by the metadata included in the track in the media resource. The cell in the third column of a row says what the category given in the cell in the first column of that row applies to; a category is only appropriate for an audio track if it applies to audio tracks, and a category is only appropriate for video tracks if it applies to video tracks. Categories must only be returned for AudioTrack objects if they are appropriate for audio, and must only be returned for VideoTrack objects if they are appropriate for video.

For Ogg files, the Role header field of the track gives the relevant metadata. For DASH media resources, the Role element conveys the information. For WebM, only the FlagDefault element currently maps to a value. Sourcing In-band Media Resource Tracks from Media Containers into HTML has further details. [OGGSKELETONHEADERS] [DASH] [WEBMCG] [INBAND]

Return values for AudioTrack's kind and VideoTrack's kind
Category Definition Applies to...Examples
"alternative" A possible alternative to the main track, e.g. a different take of a song (audio), or a different angle (video). Audio and video. Ogg: "audio/alternate" or "video/alternate"; DASH: "alternate" without "main" and "commentary" roles, and, for audio, without the "dub" role (other roles ignored).
"captions" A version of the main video track with captions burnt in. (For legacy content; new content would use text tracks.) Video only. DASH: "caption" and "main" roles together (other roles ignored).
"descriptions" An audio description of a video track. Audio only. Ogg: "audio/audiodesc".
"main" The primary audio or video track. Audio and video. Ogg: "audio/main" or "video/main"; WebM: the "FlagDefault" element is set; DASH: "main" role without "caption", "subtitle", and "dub" roles (other roles ignored).
"main-desc" The primary audio track, mixed with audio descriptions. Audio only. AC3 audio in MPEG-2 TS: bsmod=2 and full_svc=1.
"sign" A sign-language interpretation of an audio track. Video only. Ogg: "video/sign".
"subtitles" A version of the main video track with subtitles burnt in. (For legacy content; new content would use text tracks.) Video only. DASH: "subtitle" and "main" roles together (other roles ignored).
"translation" A translated version of the main audio track. Audio only. Ogg: "audio/dub". DASH: "dub" and "main" roles together (other roles ignored).
"commentary" Commentary on the primary audio or video track, e.g. a director's commentary. Audio and video. DASH: "commentary" role without "main" role (other roles ignored).
"" (empty string) No explicit kind, or the kind given by the track's metadata is not recognized by the user agent. Audio and video.

The AudioTrack label and VideoTrack label attributes must return the label of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. [INBAND]

The AudioTrack language and VideoTrack language attributes must return the BCP 47 language tag of the language of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. If the user agent is not able to express that language as a BCP 47 language tag (for example because the language information in the media resource's format is a free-form string without a defined interpretation), then the method must return the empty string, as if the track had no language. [INBAND]

The AudioTrack enabled attribute, on getting, must return true if the track is currently enabled, and false otherwise. On setting, it must enable the track if the new value is true, and disable it otherwise. (If the track is no longer in an AudioTrackList object, then the track being enabled or disabled has no effect beyond changing the value of the attribute on the AudioTrack object.)

Whenever an audio track in an AudioTrackList that was disabled is enabled, and whenever one that was enabled is disabled, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named change at the AudioTrackList object.

An audio track that has no data for a particular position on the media timeline, or that does not exist at that position, must be interpreted as being silent at that point on the timeline.

The VideoTrackList selectedIndex attribute must return the index of the currently selected track, if any. If the VideoTrackList object does not currently represent any tracks, or if none of the tracks are selected, it must instead return −1.

The VideoTrack selected attribute, on getting, must return true if the track is currently selected, and false otherwise. On setting, it must select the track if the new value is true, and unselect it otherwise. If the track is in a VideoTrackList, then all the other VideoTrack objects in that list must be unselected. (If the track is no longer in a VideoTrackList object, then the track being selected or unselected has no effect beyond changing the value of the attribute on the VideoTrack object.)

Whenever a track in a VideoTrackList that was previously not selected is selected, and whenever the selected track in a VideoTrackList is unselected without a new track being selected in its stead, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named change at the VideoTrackList object. This task must be queued before the task that fires the resize event, if any.

A video track that has no data for a particular position on the media timeline must be interpreted as being transparent black at that point on the timeline, with the same dimensions as the last frame before that position, or, if the position is before all the data for that track, the same dimensions as the first frame for that track. A track that does not exist at all at the current position must be treated as if it existed but had no data.

For instance, if a video has a track that is only introduced after one hour of playback, and the user selects that track then goes back to the start, then the user agent will act as if that track started at the start of the media resource but was simply transparent until one hour in.


The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes, by all objects implementing the AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList interfaces:

Event handler Event handler event type
onchange

AudioTrackList/change_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

TextTrackList/change_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari7+Chrome33+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android4.4+Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

VideoTrackList/change_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
change
onaddtrack

AudioTrackList/addtrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

TextTrackList/addtrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

VideoTrackList/addtrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
addtrack
onremovetrack

AudioTrackList/removetrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

TextTrackList/removetrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari7+Chrome33+
Opera20+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android4.4+Samsung Internet?Opera Android20+

VideoTrackList/removetrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
removetrack
4.8.11.10.2 Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively

The audioTracks and videoTracks attributes allow scripts to select which track should play, but it is also possible to select specific tracks declaratively, by specifying particular tracks in the fragment of the URL of the media resource. The format of the fragment depends on the MIME type of the media resource. [RFC2046] [URL]

In this example, a video that uses a format that supports media fragment syntax is embedded in such a way that the alternative angles labeled "Alternative" are enabled instead of the default video track.

<video src="myvideo#track=Alternative"></video>
4.8.11.11 Timed text tracks
4.8.11.11.1 Text track model

A media element can have a group of associated text tracks, known as the media element's list of text tracks. The text tracks are sorted as follows:

  1. The text tracks corresponding to track element children of the media element, in tree order.

  2. Any text tracks added using the addTextTrack() method, in the order they were added, oldest first.

  3. Any media-resource-specific text tracks (text tracks corresponding to data in the media resource), in the order defined by the media resource's format specification.

A text track consists of:

The kind of text track

This decides how the track is handled by the user agent. The kind is represented by a string. The possible strings are:

The kind of track can change dynamically, in the case of a text track corresponding to a track element.

A label

This is a human-readable string intended to identify the track for the user.

The label of a track can change dynamically, in the case of a text track corresponding to a track element.

When a text track label is the empty string, the user agent should automatically generate an appropriate label from the text track's other properties (e.g. the kind of text track and the text track's language) for use in its user interface. This automatically-generated label is not exposed in the API.

An in-band metadata track dispatch type

This is a string extracted from the media resource specifically for in-band metadata tracks to enable such tracks to be dispatched to different scripts in the document.

For example, a traditional TV station broadcast streamed on the web and augmented with web-specific interactive features could include text tracks with metadata for ad targeting, trivia game data during game shows, player states during sports games, recipe information during food programs, and so forth. As each program starts and ends, new tracks might be added or removed from the stream, and as each one is added, the user agent could bind them to dedicated script modules using the value of this attribute.

Other than for in-band metadata text tracks, the in-band metadata track dispatch type is the empty string. How this value is populated for different media formats is described in steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track.

A language

This is a string (a BCP 47 language tag) representing the language of the text track's cues. [BCP47]

The language of a text track can change dynamically, in the case of a text track corresponding to a track element.

A readiness state

One of the following:

Not loaded

Indicates that the text track's cues have not been obtained.

Loading

Indicates that the text track is loading and there have been no fatal errors encountered so far. Further cues might still be added to the track by the parser.

Loaded

Indicates that the text track has been loaded with no fatal errors.

Failed to load

Indicates that the text track was enabled, but when the user agent attempted to obtain it, this failed in some way (e.g., URL could not be parsed, network error, unknown text track format). Some or all of the cues are likely missing and will not be obtained.

The readiness state of a text track changes dynamically as the track is obtained.

A mode

One of the following:

Disabled

Indicates that the text track is not active. Other than for the purposes of exposing the track in the DOM, the user agent is ignoring the text track. No cues are active, no events are fired, and the user agent will not attempt to obtain the track's cues.

Hidden

Indicates that the text track is active, but that the user agent is not actively displaying the cues. If no attempt has yet been made to obtain the track's cues, the user agent will perform such an attempt momentarily. The user agent is maintaining a list of which cues are active, and events are being fired accordingly.

Showing

Indicates that the text track is active. If no attempt has yet been made to obtain the track's cues, the user agent will perform such an attempt momentarily. The user agent is maintaining a list of which cues are active, and events are being fired accordingly. In addition, for text tracks whose kind is subtitles or captions, the cues are being overlaid on the video as appropriate; for text tracks whose kind is descriptions, the user agent is making the cues available to the user in a non-visual fashion; and for text tracks whose kind is chapters, the user agent is making available to the user a mechanism by which the user can navigate to any point in the media resource by selecting a cue.

A list of zero or more cues

A list of text track cues, along with rules for updating the text track rendering. For example, for WebVTT, the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT]

The list of cues of a text track can change dynamically, either because the text track has not yet been loaded or is still loading, or due to DOM manipulation.

Each text track has a corresponding TextTrack object.


Each media element has a list of pending text tracks, which must initially be empty, a blocked-on-parser flag, which must initially be false, and a did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag, which must also initially be false.

When the user agent is required to populate the list of pending text tracks of a media element, the user agent must add to the element's list of pending text tracks each text track in the element's list of text tracks whose text track mode is not disabled and whose text track readiness state is loading.

Whenever a track element's parent node changes, the user agent must remove the corresponding text track from any list of pending text tracks that it is in.

Whenever a text track's text track readiness state changes to either loaded or failed to load, the user agent must remove it from any list of pending text tracks that it is in.

When a media element is created by an HTML parser or XML parser, the user agent must set the element's blocked-on-parser flag to true. When a media element is popped off the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, the user agent must honor user preferences for automatic text track selection, populate the list of pending text tracks, and set the element's blocked-on-parser flag to false.

The text tracks of a media element are ready when both the element's list of pending text tracks is empty and the element's blocked-on-parser flag is false.

Each media element has a pending text track change notification flag, which must initially be unset.

Whenever a text track that is in a media element's list of text tracks has its text track mode change value, the user agent must run the following steps for the media element:

  1. If the media element's pending text track change notification flag is set, return.

  2. Set the media element's pending text track change notification flag.

  3. Queue a media element task given the media element to run these steps:

    1. Unset the media element's pending text track change notification flag.

    2. Fire an event named change at the media element's textTracks attribute's TextTrackList object.

  4. If the media element's show poster flag is not set, run the time marches on steps.

The task source for the tasks listed in this section is the DOM manipulation task source.


A text track cue is the unit of time-sensitive data in a text track, corresponding for instance for subtitles and captions to the text that appears at a particular time and disappears at another time.

Each text track cue consists of:

An identifier

An arbitrary string.

A start time

The time, in seconds and fractions of a second, that describes the beginning of the range of the media data to which the cue applies.

An end time

The time, in seconds and fractions of a second, that describes the end of the range of the media data to which the cue applies, or positive Infinity for an unbounded text track cue.

A pause-on-exit flag

A boolean indicating whether playback of the media resource is to pause when the end of the range to which the cue applies is reached.

Some additional format-specific data

Additional fields, as needed for the format, including the actual data of the cue. For example, WebVTT has a text track cue writing direction and so forth. [WEBVTT]

An unbounded text track cue is a text track cue with a text track cue end time set to positive Infinity. An active unbounded text track cue cannot become inactive through the usual monotonic increase of the current playback position during normal playback (e.g. a metadata cue for a chapter in a live event with no announced end time.)

The text track cue start time and text track cue end time can be negative. (The current playback position can never be negative, though, so cues entirely before time zero cannot be active.)

Each text track cue has a corresponding TextTrackCue object (or more specifically, an object that inherits from TextTrackCue — for example, WebVTT cues use the VTTCue interface). A text track cue's in-memory representation can be dynamically changed through this TextTrackCue API. [WEBVTT]

A text track cue is associated with rules for updating the text track rendering, as defined by the specification for the specific kind of text track cue. These rules are used specifically when the object representing the cue is added to a TextTrack object using the addCue() method.

In addition, each text track cue has two pieces of dynamic information:

The active flag

This flag must be initially unset. The flag is used to ensure events are fired appropriately when the cue becomes active or inactive, and to make sure the right cues are rendered.

The user agent must synchronously unset this flag whenever the text track cue is removed from its text track's text track list of cues; whenever the text track itself is removed from its media element's list of text tracks or has its text track mode changed to disabled; and whenever the media element's readyState is changed back to HAVE_NOTHING. When the flag is unset in this way for one or more cues in text tracks that were showing prior to the relevant incident, the user agent must, after having unset the flag for all the affected cues, apply the rules for updating the text track rendering of those text tracks. For example, for text tracks based on WebVTT, the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT]

The display state

This is used as part of the rendering model, to keep cues in a consistent position. It must initially be empty. Whenever the text track cue active flag is unset, the user agent must empty the text track cue display state.

The text track cues of a media element's text tracks are ordered relative to each other in the text track cue order, which is determined as follows: first group the cues by their text track, with the groups being sorted in the same order as their text tracks appear in the media element's list of text tracks; then, within each group, cues must be sorted by their start time, earliest first; then, any cues with the same start time must be sorted by their end time, latest first; and finally, any cues with identical end times must be sorted in the order they were last added to their respective text track list of cues, oldest first (so e.g. for cues from a WebVTT file, that would initially be the order in which the cues were listed in the file). [WEBVTT]

4.8.11.11.2 Sourcing in-band text tracks

A media-resource-specific text track is a text track that corresponds to data found in the media resource.

Rules for processing and rendering such data are defined by the relevant specifications, e.g. the specification of the video format if the media resource is a video. Details for some legacy formats can be found in Sourcing In-band Media Resource Tracks from Media Containers into HTML. [INBAND]

When a media resource contains data that the user agent recognizes and supports as being equivalent to a text track, the user agent runs the steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track with the relevant data, as follows.

  1. Associate the relevant data with a new text track and its corresponding new TextTrack object. The text track is a media-resource-specific text track.

  2. Set the new text track's kind, label, and language based on the semantics of the relevant data, as defined by the relevant specification. If there is no label in that data, then the label must be set to the empty string.

  3. Associate the text track list of cues with the rules for updating the text track rendering appropriate for the format in question.

  4. If the new text track's kind is chapters or metadata, then set the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type as follows, based on the type of the media resource:

    If the media resource is an Ogg file
    The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the value of the Name header field. [OGGSKELETONHEADERS]
    If the media resource is a WebM file
    The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the value of the CodecID element. [WEBMCG]
    If the media resource is an MPEG-2 file
    Let stream type be the value of the "stream_type" field describing the text track's type in the file's program map section, interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. Let length be the value of the "ES_info_length" field for the track in the same part of the program map section, interpreted as an integer as defined by Generic coding of moving pictures and associated audio information. Let descriptor bytes be the length bytes following the "ES_info_length" field. The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the concatenation of the stream type byte and the zero or more descriptor bytes bytes, expressed in hexadecimal using ASCII upper hex digits. [MPEG2]
    If the media resource is an MPEG-4 file
    Let the first stsd box of the first stbl box of the first minf box of the first mdia box of the text track's trak box in the first moov box of the file be the stsd box, if any. If the file has no stsd box, or if the stsd box has neither a mett box nor a metx box, then the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the empty string. Otherwise, if the stsd box has a mett box then the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the concatenation of the string "mett", a U+0020 SPACE character, and the value of the first mime_format field of the first mett box of the stsd box, or the empty string if that field is absent in that box. Otherwise, if the stsd box has no mett box but has a metx box then the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the concatenation of the string "metx", a U+0020 SPACE character, and the value of the first namespace field of the first metx box of the stsd box, or the empty string if that field is absent in that box. [MPEG4]
  5. Populate the new text track's list of cues with the cues parsed so far, following the guidelines for exposing cues, and begin updating it dynamically as necessary.

  6. Set the new text track's readiness state to loaded.

  7. Set the new text track's mode to the mode consistent with the user's preferences and the requirements of the relevant specification for the data.

    For instance, if there are no other active subtitles, and this is a forced subtitle track (a subtitle track giving subtitles in the audio track's primary language, but only for audio that is actually in another language), then those subtitles might be activated here.

  8. Add the new text track to the media element's list of text tracks.

  9. Fire an event named addtrack at the media element's textTracks attribute's TextTrackList object, using TrackEvent, with the track attribute initialized to the text track's TextTrack object.

4.8.11.11.3 Sourcing out-of-band text tracks

When a track element is created, it must be associated with a new text track (with its value set as defined below) and its corresponding new TextTrack object.

The text track kind is determined from the state of the element's kind attribute according to the following table; for a state given in a cell of the first column, the kind is the string given in the second column:

State String
Subtitles subtitles
Captions captions
Descriptions descriptions
Chapters metadata chapters
Metadata metadata

The text track label is the element's track label.

The text track language is the element's track language, if any, or the empty string otherwise.

As the kind, label, and srclang attributes are set, changed, or removed, the text track must update accordingly, as per the definitions above.

Changes to the track URL are handled in the algorithm below.

The text track readiness state is initially not loaded, and the text track mode is initially disabled.

The text track list of cues is initially empty. It is dynamically modified when the referenced file is parsed. Associated with the list are the rules for updating the text track rendering appropriate for the format in question; for WebVTT, this is the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT]

When a track element's parent element changes and the new parent is a media element, then the user agent must add the track element's corresponding text track to the media element's list of text tracks, and then queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named addtrack at the media element's textTracks attribute's TextTrackList object, using TrackEvent, with the track attribute initialized to the text track's TextTrack object.

When a track element's parent element changes and the old parent was a media element, then the user agent must remove the track element's corresponding text track from the media element's list of text tracks, and then queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named removetrack at the media element's textTracks attribute's TextTrackList object, using TrackEvent, with the track attribute initialized to the text track's TextTrack object.


When a text track corresponding to a track element is added to a media element's list of text tracks, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to run the following steps for the media element:

  1. If the element's blocked-on-parser flag is true, then return.

  2. If the element's did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag is true, then return.

  3. Honor user preferences for automatic text track selection for this element.

When the user agent is required to honor user preferences for automatic text track selection for a media element, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. Perform automatic text track selection for subtitles and captions.

  2. Perform automatic text track selection for descriptions.

  3. If there are any text tracks in the media element's list of text tracks whose text track kind is chapters or metadata that correspond to track elements with a default attribute set whose text track mode is set to disabled, then set the text track mode of all such tracks to hidden.

  4. Set the element's did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag to true.

When the steps above say to perform automatic text track selection for one or more text track kinds, it means to run the following steps:

  1. Let candidates be a list consisting of the text tracks in the media element's list of text tracks whose text track kind is one of the kinds that were passed to the algorithm, if any, in the order given in the list of text tracks.

  2. If candidates is empty, then return.

  3. If any of the text tracks in candidates have a text track mode set to showing, return.

  4. If the user has expressed an interest in having a track from candidates enabled based on its text track kind, text track language, and text track label, then set its text track mode to showing.

    For example, the user could have set a browser preference to the effect of "I want French captions whenever possible", or "If there is a subtitle track with 'Commentary' in the title, enable it", or "If there are audio description tracks available, enable one, ideally in Swiss German, but failing that in Standard Swiss German or Standard German".

    Otherwise, if there are any text tracks in candidates that correspond to track elements with a default attribute set whose text track mode is set to disabled, then set the text track mode of the first such track to showing.

When a text track corresponding to a track element experiences any of the following circumstances, the user agent must start the track processing model for that text track and its track element:

When a user agent is to start the track processing model for a text track and its track element, it must run the following algorithm. This algorithm interacts closely with the event loop mechanism; in particular, it has a synchronous section (which is triggered as part of the event loop algorithm). The steps in that section are marked with ⌛.

  1. If another occurrence of this algorithm is already running for this text track and its track element, return, letting that other algorithm take care of this element.

  2. If the text track's text track mode is not set to one of hidden or showing, then return.

  3. If the text track's track element does not have a media element as a parent, return.

  4. Run the remainder of these steps in parallel, allowing whatever caused these steps to run to continue.

  5. Top: Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of the following steps. (The steps in the synchronous section are marked with ⌛.)

  6. ⌛ Set the text track readiness state to loading.

  7. ⌛ Let URL be the track URL of the track element.

  8. ⌛ If the track element's parent is a media element then let corsAttributeState be the state of the parent media element's crossorigin content attribute. Otherwise, let corsAttributeState be No CORS.

  9. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel.

  10. If URL is not the empty string, then:

    1. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given URL, "track", and corsAttributeState, and with the same-origin fallback flag set.

    2. Set request's client to the track element's node document's relevant settings object.

    3. Set request's initiator type to "track".

    4. Fetch request.

    The tasks queued by the fetching algorithm on the networking task source to process the data as it is being fetched must determine the type of the resource. If the type of the resource is not a supported text track format, the load will fail, as described below. Otherwise, the resource's data must be passed to the appropriate parser (e.g., the WebVTT parser) as it is received, with the text track list of cues being used for that parser's output. [WEBVTT]

    The appropriate parser will incrementally update the text track list of cues during these networking task source tasks, as each such task is run with whatever data has been received from the network).

    This specification does not currently say whether or how to check the MIME types of text tracks, or whether or how to perform file type sniffing using the actual file data. Implementers differ in their intentions on this matter and it is therefore unclear what the right solution is. In the absence of any requirement here, the HTTP specifications' strict requirement to follow the Content-Type header prevails ("Content-Type specifies the media type of the underlying data." ... "If and only if the media type is not given by a Content-Type field, the recipient MAY attempt to guess the media type via inspection of its content and/or the name extension(s) of the URI used to identify the resource.").

    If fetching fails for any reason (network error, the server returns an error code, CORS fails, etc.), or if URL is the empty string, then queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the media element to first change the text track readiness state to failed to load and then fire an event named error at the track element.

    If fetching does not fail, but the type of the resource is not a supported text track format, or the file was not successfully processed (e.g., the format in question is an XML format and the file contained a well-formedness error that XML requires be detected and reported to the application), then the task that is queued on the networking task source in which the aforementioned problem is found must change the text track readiness state to failed to load and fire an event named error at the track element.

    If fetching does not fail, and the file was successfully processed, then the final task that is queued by the networking task source, after it has finished parsing the data, must change the text track readiness state to loaded, and fire an event named load at the track element.

    If, while fetching is ongoing, either:

    ...then the user agent must abort fetching, discarding any pending tasks generated by that algorithm (and in particular, not adding any cues to the text track list of cues after the moment the URL changed), and then queue an element task on the DOM manipulation task source given the track element that first changes the text track readiness state to failed to load and then fires an event named error at the track element.

  11. Wait until the text track readiness state is no longer set to loading.

  12. Wait until the track URL is no longer equal to URL, at the same time as the text track mode is set to hidden or showing.

  13. Jump to the step labeled top.

Whenever a track element has its src attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must immediately empty the element's text track's text track list of cues. (This also causes the algorithm above to stop adding cues from the resource being obtained using the previously given URL, if any.)

4.8.11.11.4 Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues

How a specific format's text track cues are to be interpreted for the purposes of processing by an HTML user agent is defined by that format. In the absence of such a specification, this section provides some constraints within which implementations can attempt to consistently expose such formats.

To support the text track model of HTML, each unit of timed data is converted to a text track cue. Where the mapping of the format's features to the aspects of a text track cue as defined in this specification are not defined, implementations must ensure that the mapping is consistent with the definitions of the aspects of a text track cue as defined above, as well as with the following constraints:

The text track cue identifier

Should be set to the empty string if the format has no obvious analogue to a per-cue identifier.

The text track cue pause-on-exit flag

Should be set to false.

4.8.11.11.5 Text track API

TextTrackList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
[Exposed=Window]
interface TextTrackList : EventTarget {
  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
  getter TextTrack (unsigned long index);
  TextTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);

  attribute EventHandler onchange;
  attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
  attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
};
media.textTracks.length

HTMLMediaElement/textTracks

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet1.0+Opera Android12.1+

Returns the number of text tracks associated with the media element (e.g. from track elements). This is the number of text tracks in the media element's list of text tracks.

media.textTracks[ n ]

Returns the TextTrack object representing the nth text track in the media element's list of text tracks.

textTrack = media.textTracks.getTrackById(id)

TextTrackList/getTrackById

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari8+Chrome33+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the TextTrack object with the given identifier, or null if no track has that identifier.

A TextTrackList object represents a dynamically updating list of text tracks in a given order.

The textTracks attribute of media elements must return a TextTrackList object representing the TextTrack objects of the text tracks in the media element's list of text tracks, in the same order as in the list of text tracks.

TextTrackList/length

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The length attribute of a TextTrackList object must return the number of text tracks in the list represented by the TextTrackList object.

The supported property indices of a TextTrackList object at any instant are the numbers from zero to the number of text tracks in the list represented by the TextTrackList object minus one, if any. If there are no text tracks in the list, there are no supported property indices.

To determine the value of an indexed property of a TextTrackList object for a given index index, the user agent must return the indexth text track in the list represented by the TextTrackList object.

The getTrackById(id) method must return the first TextTrack in the TextTrackList object whose id IDL attribute would return a value equal to the value of the id argument. When no tracks match the given argument, the method must return null.


TextTrack

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android31+Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
enum TextTrackMode { "disabled",  "hidden",  "showing" };
enum TextTrackKind { "subtitles",  "captions",  "descriptions",  "chapters",  "metadata" };

[Exposed=Window]
interface TextTrack : EventTarget {
  readonly attribute TextTrackKind kind;
  readonly attribute DOMString label;
  readonly attribute DOMString language;

  readonly attribute DOMString id;
  readonly attribute DOMString inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType;

  attribute TextTrackMode mode;

  readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? cues;
  readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? activeCues;

  undefined addCue(TextTrackCue cue);
  undefined removeCue(TextTrackCue cue);

  attribute EventHandler oncuechange;
};
textTrack = media.addTextTrack(kind [, label [, language ] ])

Creates and returns a new TextTrack object, which is also added to the media element's list of text tracks.

textTrack.kind

TextTrack/kind

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the text track kind string.

textTrack.label

TextTrack/label

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the text track label, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise (indicating that a custom label probably needs to be generated from the other attributes of the object if the object is exposed to the user).

textTrack.language

TextTrack/language

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the text track language string.

textTrack.id

TextTrack/id

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari8+Chrome33+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the ID of the given track.

For in-band tracks, this is the ID that can be used with a fragment if the format supports media fragment syntax, and that can be used with the getTrackById() method.

For TextTrack objects corresponding to track elements, this is the ID of the track element.

textTrack.inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType

TextTrack/inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType

Firefox31+Safari8+ChromeNo
Opera?EdgeNo
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Returns the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type string.

textTrack.mode [ = value ]

TextTrack/mode

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android31+Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the text track mode, represented by a string from the following list:

"disabled"

The text track disabled mode.

"hidden"

The text track hidden mode.

"showing"

The text track showing mode.

Can be set, to change the mode.

textTrack.cues

TextTrack/cues

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android31+Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the text track list of cues, as a TextTrackCueList object.

textTrack.activeCues

TextTrack/activeCues

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android31+Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the text track cues from the text track list of cues that are currently active (i.e. that start before the current playback position and end after it), as a TextTrackCueList object.

textTrack.addCue(cue)

TextTrack/addCue

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Adds the given cue to textTrack's text track list of cues.

textTrack.removeCue(cue)

TextTrack/removeCue

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Removes the given cue from textTrack's text track list of cues.

The addTextTrack(kind, label, language) method of media elements, when invoked, must run the following steps:

  1. Create a new TextTrack object.

  2. Create a new text track corresponding to the new object, and set its text track kind to kind, its text track label to label, its text track language to language, its text track readiness state to the text track loaded state, its text track mode to the text track hidden mode, and its text track list of cues to an empty list.

    Initially, the text track list of cues is not associated with any rules for updating the text track rendering. When a text track cue is added to it, the text track list of cues has its rules permanently set accordingly.

  3. Add the new text track to the media element's list of text tracks.

  4. Queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named addtrack at the media element's textTracks attribute's TextTrackList object, using TrackEvent, with the track attribute initialized to the new text track's TextTrack object.

  5. Return the new TextTrack object.


The kind attribute must return the text track kind of the text track that the TextTrack object represents.

The label attribute must return the text track label of the text track that the TextTrack object represents.

The language attribute must return the text track language of the text track that the TextTrack object represents.

The id attribute returns the track's identifier, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. For tracks that correspond to track elements, the track's identifier is the value of the element's id attribute, if any. For in-band tracks, the track's identifier is specified by the media resource. If the media resource is in a format that supports media fragment syntax, the identifier returned for a particular track must be the same identifier that would enable the track if used as the name of a track in the track dimension of such a fragment.

The inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType attribute must return the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type of the text track that the TextTrack object represents.

The mode attribute, on getting, must return the string corresponding to the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents, as defined by the following list:

"disabled"
The text track disabled mode.
"hidden"
The text track hidden mode.
"showing"
The text track showing mode.

On setting, if the new value isn't equal to what the attribute would currently return, the new value must be processed as follows:

If the new value is "disabled"

Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents to the text track disabled mode.

If the new value is "hidden"

Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents to the text track hidden mode.

If the new value is "showing"

Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents to the text track showing mode.

If the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents is not the text track disabled mode, then the cues attribute must return a live TextTrackCueList object that represents the subset of the text track list of cues of the text track that the TextTrack object represents whose end times occur at or after the earliest possible position when the script started, in text track cue order. Otherwise, it must return null. For each TextTrack object, when an object is returned, the same TextTrackCueList object must be returned each time.

The earliest possible position when the script started is whatever the earliest possible position was the last time the event loop reached step 1.

If the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents is not the text track disabled mode, then the activeCues attribute must return a live TextTrackCueList object that represents the subset of the text track list of cues of the text track that the TextTrack object represents whose active flag was set when the script started, in text track cue order. Otherwise, it must return null. For each TextTrack object, when an object is returned, the same TextTrackCueList object must be returned each time.

A text track cue's active flag was set when the script started if its text track cue active flag was set the last time the event loop reached step 1.


The addCue(cue) method of TextTrack objects, when invoked, must run the following steps:

  1. If the text track list of cues does not yet have any associated rules for updating the text track rendering, then associate the text track list of cues with the rules for updating the text track rendering appropriate to cue.

  2. If text track list of cues' associated rules for updating the text track rendering are not the same rules for updating the text track rendering as appropriate for cue, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException.

  3. If the given cue is in a text track list of cues, then remove cue from that text track list of cues.

  4. Add cue to the TextTrack object's text track's text track list of cues.

The removeCue(cue) method of TextTrack objects, when invoked, must run the following steps:

  1. If the given cue is not in the TextTrack object's text track's text track list of cues, then throw a "NotFoundError" DOMException.

  2. Remove cue from the TextTrack object's text track's text track list of cues.

In this example, an audio element is used to play a specific sound-effect from a sound file containing many sound effects. A cue is used to pause the audio, so that it ends exactly at the end of the clip, even if the browser is busy running some script. If the page had relied on script to pause the audio, then the start of the next clip might be heard if the browser was not able to run the script at the exact time specified.

var sfx = new Audio('sfx.wav');
var sounds = sfx.addTextTrack('metadata');

// add sounds we care about
function addFX(start, end, name) {
  var cue = new VTTCue(start, end, '');
  cue.id = name;
  cue.pauseOnExit = true;
  sounds.addCue(cue);
}
addFX(12.783, 13.612, 'dog bark');
addFX(13.612, 15.091, 'kitten mew');

function playSound(id) {
  sfx.currentTime = sounds.getCueById(id).startTime;
  sfx.play();
}

// play a bark as soon as we can
sfx.oncanplaythrough = function () {
  playSound('dog bark');
}
// meow when the user tries to leave,
// and have the browser ask them to stay
window.onbeforeunload = function (e) {
  playSound('kitten mew');
  e.preventDefault();
}

TextTrackCueList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
[Exposed=Window]
interface TextTrackCueList {
  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
  getter TextTrackCue (unsigned long index);
  TextTrackCue? getCueById(DOMString id);
};
cuelist.length

Returns the number of cues in the list.

cuelist[index]

Returns the text track cue with index index in the list. The cues are sorted in text track cue order.

cuelist.getCueById(id)

Returns the first text track cue (in text track cue order) with text track cue identifier id.

Returns null if none of the cues have the given identifier or if the argument is the empty string.

A TextTrackCueList object represents a dynamically updating list of text track cues in a given order.

TextTrackCueList/length

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The length attribute must return the number of cues in the list represented by the TextTrackCueList object.

The supported property indices of a TextTrackCueList object at any instant are the numbers from zero to the number of cues in the list represented by the TextTrackCueList object minus one, if any. If there are no cues in the list, there are no supported property indices.

To determine the value of an indexed property for a given index index, the user agent must return the indexth text track cue in the list represented by the TextTrackCueList object.

TextTrackCueList/getCueById

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The getCueById(id) method, when called with an argument other than the empty string, must return the first text track cue in the list represented by the TextTrackCueList object whose text track cue identifier is id, if any, or null otherwise. If the argument is the empty string, then the method must return null.


TextTrackCue

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
[Exposed=Window]
interface TextTrackCue : EventTarget {
  readonly attribute TextTrack? track;

  attribute DOMString id;
  attribute double startTime;
  attribute unrestricted double endTime;
  attribute boolean pauseOnExit;

  attribute EventHandler onenter;
  attribute EventHandler onexit;
};
cue.track

Returns the TextTrack object to which this text track cue belongs, if any, or null otherwise.

cue.id [ = value ]

Returns the text track cue identifier.

Can be set.

cue.startTime [ = value ]

Returns the text track cue start time, in seconds.

Can be set.

cue.endTime [ = value ]

Returns the text track cue end time, in seconds.

Returns positive Infinity for an unbounded text track cue.

Can be set.

cue.pauseOnExit [ = value ]

Returns true if the text track cue pause-on-exit flag is set, false otherwise.

Can be set.

TextTrackCue/track

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The track attribute, on getting, must return the TextTrack object of the text track in whose list of cues the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents finds itself, if any; or null otherwise.

TextTrackCue/id

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The id attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue identifier of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents. On setting, the text track cue identifier must be set to the new value.

TextTrackCue/startTime

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The startTime attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue start time of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents, in seconds. On setting, the text track cue start time must be set to the new value, interpreted in seconds; then, if the TextTrackCue object's text track cue is in a text track's list of cues, and that text track is in a media element's list of text tracks, and the media element's show poster flag is not set, then run the time marches on steps for that media element.

TextTrackCue/endTime

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The endTime attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue end time of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents, in seconds or positive Infinity. On setting, if the new value is negative Infinity or a Not-a-Number (NaN) value, then throw a TypeError exception. Otherwise, the text track cue end time must be set to the new value. Then, if the TextTrackCue object's text track cue is in a text track's list of cues, and that text track is in a media element's list of text tracks, and the media element's show poster flag is not set, then run the time marches on steps for that media element.

TextTrackCue/pauseOnExit

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The pauseOnExit attribute, on getting, must return true if the text track cue pause-on-exit flag of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents is set; or false otherwise. On setting, the text track cue pause-on-exit flag must be set if the new value is true, and must be unset otherwise.

4.8.11.11.6 Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs

The following are the event handlers that (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes, by all objects implementing the TextTrackList interface:

Event handler Event handler event type
onchange change
onaddtrack addtrack
onremovetrack removetrack

The following are the event handlers that (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes, by all objects implementing the TextTrack interface:

Event handler Event handler event type
oncuechange

TextTrack/cuechange_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
cuechange

The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes, by all objects implementing the TextTrackCue interface:

Event handler Event handler event type
onenter

TextTrackCue/enter_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
enter
onexit

TextTrackCue/exit_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
exit
4.8.11.11.7 Best practices for metadata text tracks

This section is non-normative.

Text tracks can be used for storing data relating to the media data, for interactive or augmented views.

For example, a page showing a sports broadcast could include information about the current score. Suppose a robotics competition was being streamed live. The image could be overlaid with the scores, as follows:

In order to make the score display render correctly whenever the user seeks to an arbitrary point in the video, the metadata text track cues need to be as long as is appropriate for the score. For example, in the frame above, there would be maybe one cue that lasts the length of the match that gives the match number, one cue that lasts until the blue alliance's score changes, and one cue that lasts until the red alliance's score changes. If the video is just a stream of the live event, the time in the bottom right would presumably be automatically derived from the current video time, rather than based on a cue. However, if the video was just the highlights, then that might be given in cues also.

The following shows what fragments of this could look like in a WebVTT file:

WEBVTT

...

05:10:00.000 --> 05:12:15.000
matchtype:qual
matchnumber:37

...

05:11:02.251 --> 05:11:17.198
red:78

05:11:03.672 --> 05:11:54.198
blue:66

05:11:17.198 --> 05:11:25.912
red:80

05:11:25.912 --> 05:11:26.522
red:83

05:11:26.522 --> 05:11:26.982
red:86

05:11:26.982 --> 05:11:27.499
red:89

...

The key here is to notice that the information is given in cues that span the length of time to which the relevant event applies. If, instead, the scores were given as zero-length (or very brief, nearly zero-length) cues when the score changes, for example saying "red+2" at 05:11:17.198, "red+3" at 05:11:25.912, etc, problems arise: primarily, seeking is much harder to implement, as the script has to walk the entire list of cues to make sure that no notifications have been missed; but also, if the cues are short it's possible the script will never see that they are active unless it listens to them specifically.

When using cues in this manner, authors are encouraged to use the cuechange event to update the current annotations. (In particular, using the timeupdate event would be less appropriate as it would require doing work even when the cues haven't changed, and, more importantly, would introduce a higher latency between when the metadata cues become active and when the display is updated, since timeupdate events are rate-limited.)

4.8.11.12 Identifying a track kind through a URL

Other specifications or formats that need a URL to identify the return values of the AudioTrack kind or VideoTrack kind IDL attributes, or identify the kind of text track, must use the about:html-kind URL.

4.8.11.13 User interface

The controls attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it indicates that the author has not provided a scripted controller and would like the user agent to provide its own set of controls.

If the attribute is present, or if scripting is disabled for the media element, then the user agent should expose a user interface to the user. This user interface should include features to begin playback, pause playback, seek to an arbitrary position in the content (if the content supports arbitrary seeking), change the volume, change the display of closed captions or embedded sign-language tracks, select different audio tracks or turn on audio descriptions, and show the media content in manners more suitable to the user (e.g. fullscreen video or in an independent resizable window). Other controls may also be made available.

Even when the attribute is absent, however, user agents may provide controls to affect playback of the media resource (e.g. play, pause, seeking, track selection, and volume controls), but such features should not interfere with the page's normal rendering. For example, such features could be exposed in the media element's context menu, platform media keys, or a remote control. The user agent may implement this simply by exposing a user interface to the user as described above (as if the controls attribute was present).

If the user agent exposes a user interface to the user by displaying controls over the media element, then the user agent should suppress any user interaction events while the user agent is interacting with this interface. (For example, if the user clicks on a video's playback control, mousedown events and so forth would not simultaneously be fired at elements on the page.)

Where possible (specifically, for starting, stopping, pausing, and unpausing playback, for seeking, for changing the rate of playback, for fast-forwarding or rewinding, for listing, enabling, and disabling text tracks, and for muting or changing the volume of the audio), user interface features exposed by the user agent must be implemented in terms of the DOM API described above, so that, e.g., all the same events fire.

Features such as fast-forward or rewind must be implemented by only changing the playbackRate attribute (and not the defaultPlaybackRate attribute).

Seeking must be implemented in terms of seeking to the requested position in the media element's media timeline. For media resources where seeking to an arbitrary position would be slow, user agents are encouraged to use the approximate-for-speed flag when seeking in response to the user manipulating an approximate position interface such as a seek bar.

HTMLMediaElement/controls

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The controls IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name.


media.volume [ = value ]

HTMLMediaElement/volume

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS🔰 3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the current playback volume, as a number in the range 0.0 to 1.0, where 0.0 is the quietest and 1.0 the loudest.

Can be set, to change the volume.

Throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException if the new value is not in the range 0.0 .. 1.0.

media.muted [ = value ]

HTMLMediaElement/muted

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns true if audio is muted, overriding the volume attribute, and false if the volume attribute is being honored.

Can be set, to change whether the audio is muted or not.

A media element has a playback volume, which is a fraction in the range 0.0 (silent) to 1.0 (loudest). Initially, the volume should be 1.0, but user agents may remember the last set value across sessions, on a per-site basis or otherwise, so the volume may start at other values.

The volume IDL attribute must return the playback volume of any audio portions of the media element. On setting, if the new value is in the range 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive, the media element's playback volume must be set to the new value. If the new value is outside the range 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive, then, on setting, an "IndexSizeError" DOMException must be thrown instead.

A media element can also be muted. If anything is muting the element, then it is muted. (For example, when the direction of playback is backwards, the element is muted.)

The muted IDL attribute must return the value to which it was last set. When a media element is created, if the element has a muted content attribute specified, then the muted IDL attribute should be set to true; otherwise, the user agents may set the value to the user's preferred value (e.g. remembering the last set value across sessions, on a per-site basis or otherwise). While the muted IDL attribute is set to true, the media element must be muted.

Whenever either of the values that would be returned by the volume and muted IDL attributes change, the user agent must queue a media element task given the media element to fire an event named volumechange at the media element. Then, if the media element is not allowed to play, the user agent must run the internal pause steps for the media element.

A user agent has an associated volume locked (a boolean). Its value is implementation-defined and determines whether the playback volume takes effect.

An element's effective media volume is determined as follows:

  1. If the user has indicated that the user agent is to override the volume of the element, then return the volume desired by the user.

  2. If the user agent's volume locked is true, then return the system volume.

  3. If the element's audio output is muted, then return zero.

  4. Let volume be the playback volume of the audio portions of the media element, in range 0.0 (silent) to 1.0 (loudest).

  5. Return volume, interpreted relative to the range 0.0 to 1.0, with 0.0 being silent, and 1.0 being the loudest setting, values in between increasing in loudness. The range need not be linear. The loudest setting may be lower than the system's loudest possible setting; for example the user could have set a maximum volume.

The muted content attribute on media elements is a boolean attribute that controls the default state of the audio output of the media resource, potentially overriding user preferences.

HTMLMediaElement/defaultMuted

Support in all current engines.

Firefox11+Safari6+Chrome15+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The defaultMuted IDL attribute must reflect the muted content attribute.

This attribute has no dynamic effect (it only controls the default state of the element).

This video (an advertisement) autoplays, but to avoid annoying users, it does so without sound, and allows the user to turn the sound on. The user agent can pause the video if it's unmuted without a user interaction.

<video src="adverts.cgi?kind=video" controls autoplay loop muted></video>
4.8.11.14 Time ranges

TimeRanges

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari3.1+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Objects implementing the TimeRanges interface represent a list of ranges (periods) of time.

[Exposed=Window]
interface TimeRanges {
  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
  double start(unsigned long index);
  double end(unsigned long index);
};
media.length

TimeRanges/length

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari3.1+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the number of ranges in the object.

time = media.start(index)

TimeRanges/start

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari3.1+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the time for the start of the range with the given index.

Throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException if the index is out of range.

time = media.end(index)

TimeRanges/end

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari3.1+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the time for the end of the range with the given index.

Throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException if the index is out of range.

The length IDL attribute must return the number of ranges represented by the object.

The start(index) method must return the position of the start of the indexth range represented by the object, in seconds measured from the start of the timeline that the object covers.

The end(index) method must return the position of the end of the indexth range represented by the object, in seconds measured from the start of the timeline that the object covers.

These methods must throw "IndexSizeError" DOMExceptions if called with an index argument greater than or equal to the number of ranges represented by the object.

When a TimeRanges object is said to be a normalized TimeRanges object, the ranges it represents must obey the following criteria:

In other words, the ranges in such an object are ordered, don't overlap, and don't touch (adjacent ranges are folded into one bigger range). A range can be empty (referencing just a single moment in time), e.g. to indicate that only one frame is currently buffered in the case that the user agent has discarded the entire media resource except for the current frame, when a media element is paused.

Ranges in a TimeRanges object must be inclusive.

Thus, the end of a range would be equal to the start of a following adjacent (touching but not overlapping) range. Similarly, a range covering a whole timeline anchored at zero would have a start equal to zero and an end equal to the duration of the timeline.

The timelines used by the objects returned by the buffered, seekable, and played IDL attributes of media elements must be that element's media timeline.

4.8.11.15 The TrackEvent interface

TrackEvent

Support in all current engines.

Firefox27+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
[Exposed=Window]
interface TrackEvent : Event {
  constructor(DOMString type, optional TrackEventInit eventInitDict = {});

  readonly attribute (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track;
};

dictionary TrackEventInit : EventInit {
  (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track = null;
};
event.track

TrackEvent/track

Support in all current engines.

Firefox27+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the track object (TextTrack, AudioTrack, or VideoTrack) to which the event relates.

The track attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the context information for the event.

4.8.11.16 Events summary

This section is non-normative.

The following events fire on media elements as part of the processing model described above:

Event name Interface Fired when... Preconditions
loadstart

HTMLMediaElement/loadstart_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox6+Safari4+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Event The user agent begins looking for media data, as part of the resource selection algorithm. networkState equals NETWORK_LOADING
progress

HTMLMediaElement/progress_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox6+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Event The user agent is fetching media data. networkState equals NETWORK_LOADING
suspend

HTMLMediaElement/suspend_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The user agent is intentionally not currently fetching media data. networkState equals NETWORK_IDLE
abort

HTMLMediaElement/abort_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox9+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Event The user agent stops fetching the media data before it is completely downloaded, but not due to an error. error is an object with the code MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED. networkState equals either NETWORK_EMPTY or NETWORK_IDLE, depending on when the download was aborted.
error

HTMLMediaElement/error_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox6+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera11.6+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12+
Event An error occurs while fetching the media data or the type of the resource is not a supported media format. error is an object with the code MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK or higher. networkState equals either NETWORK_EMPTY or NETWORK_IDLE, depending on when the download was aborted.
emptied

HTMLMediaElement/emptied_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event A media element whose networkState was previously not in the NETWORK_EMPTY state has just switched to that state (either because of a fatal error during load that's about to be reported, or because the load() method was invoked while the resource selection algorithm was already running). networkState is NETWORK_EMPTY; all the IDL attributes are in their initial states.
stalled

HTMLMediaElement/stalled_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The user agent is trying to fetch media data, but data is unexpectedly not forthcoming. networkState is NETWORK_LOADING.
loadedmetadata

HTMLMediaElement/loadedmetadata_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The user agent has just determined the duration and dimensions of the media resource and the text tracks are ready. readyState is newly equal to HAVE_METADATA or greater for the first time.
loadeddata

HTMLMediaElement/loadeddata_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The user agent can render the media data at the current playback position for the first time. readyState newly increased to HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or greater for the first time.
canplay

HTMLMediaElement/canplay_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The user agent can resume playback of the media data, but estimates that if playback were to be started now, the media resource could not be rendered at the current playback rate up to its end without having to stop for further buffering of content. readyState newly increased to HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or greater.
canplaythrough

HTMLMediaElement/canplaythrough_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The user agent estimates that if playback were to be started now, the media resource could be rendered at the current playback rate all the way to its end without having to stop for further buffering. readyState is newly equal to HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA.
playing

HTMLMediaElement/playing_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event Playback is ready to start after having been paused or delayed due to lack of media data. readyState is newly greater than or equal to HAVE_FUTURE_DATA and paused is false, or paused is newly false and readyState is greater than or equal to HAVE_FUTURE_DATA. Even if this event fires, the element might still not be potentially playing, e.g. if the element is paused for user interaction or paused for in-band content.
waiting

HTMLMediaElement/waiting_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox6+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Event Playback has stopped because the next frame is not available, but the user agent expects that frame to become available in due course. readyState is less than or equal to HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, and paused is false. Either seeking is true, or the current playback position is not contained in any of the ranges in buffered. It is possible for playback to stop for other reasons without paused being false, but those reasons do not fire this event (and when those situations resolve, a separate playing event is not fired either): e.g., playback has ended, or playback stopped due to errors, or the element has paused for user interaction or paused for in-band content.
seeking

HTMLMediaElement/seeking_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The seeking IDL attribute changed to true, and the user agent has started seeking to a new position.
seeked

HTMLMediaElement/seeked_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The seeking IDL attribute changed to false after the current playback position was changed.
ended

HTMLMediaElement/ended_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event Playback has stopped because the end of the media resource was reached. currentTime equals the end of the media resource; ended is true.
durationchange

HTMLMediaElement/durationchange_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The duration attribute has just been updated.
timeupdate

HTMLMediaElement/timeupdate_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The current playback position changed as part of normal playback or in an especially interesting way, for example discontinuously.
play

HTMLMediaElement/play_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The element is no longer paused. Fired after the play() method has returned, or when the autoplay attribute has caused playback to begin. paused is newly false.
pause

HTMLMediaElement/pause_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event The element has been paused. Fired after the pause() method has returned. paused is newly true.
ratechange

HTMLMediaElement/ratechange_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.5+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera10.5+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+
Event Either the defaultPlaybackRate or the playbackRate attribute has just been updated.
resize Event One or both of the videoWidth and videoHeight attributes have just been updated. Media element is a video element; readyState is not HAVE_NOTHING
volumechange

HTMLMediaElement/volumechange_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox6+Safari3.1+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Event Either the volume attribute or the muted attribute has changed. Fired after the relevant attribute's setter has returned.

The following event fires on source elements:

Event name Interface Fired when...
error Event An error occurs while fetching the media data or the type of the resource is not a supported media format.

The following events fire on AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, and TextTrackList objects:

Event name Interface Fired when...
change

AudioTrackList/change_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

TextTrackList/change_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari7+Chrome33+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android4.4+Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

VideoTrackList/change_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Event One or more tracks in the track list have been enabled or disabled.
addtrack

AudioTrackList/addtrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

TextTrackList/addtrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

VideoTrackList/addtrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
TrackEvent A track has been added to the track list.
removetrack

AudioTrackList/removetrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

TextTrackList/removetrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari7+Chrome33+
Opera20+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android4.4+Samsung Internet?Opera Android20+

VideoTrackList/removetrack_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox🔰 33+Safari7+Chrome🔰 37+
Opera?Edge🔰 79+
Edge (Legacy)NoInternet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
TrackEvent A track has been removed from the track list.

The following event fires on TextTrack objects and track elements:

Event name Interface Fired when...
cuechange

HTMLTrackElement/cuechange_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox68+Safari10+Chrome32+
Opera19+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)14+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android4.4.3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android19+

TextTrack/cuechange_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Event One or more cues in the track have become active or stopped being active.

The following events fire on track elements:

Event name Interface Fired when...
error Event An error occurs while fetching the track data or the type of the resource is not supported text track format.
load Event A track data has been fetched and successfully processed.

The following events fire on TextTrackCue objects:

Event name Interface Fired when...
enter

TextTrackCue/enter_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Event The cue has become active.
exit

TextTrackCue/exit_event

Support in all current engines.

Firefox31+Safari6+Chrome23+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS7+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Event The cue has stopped being active.
4.8.11.17 Security and privacy considerations

The main security and privacy implications of the video and audio elements come from the ability to embed media cross-origin. There are two directions that threats can flow: from hostile content to a victim page, and from a hostile page to victim content.


If a victim page embeds hostile content, the threat is that the content might contain scripted code that attempts to interact with the Document that embeds the content. To avoid this, user agents must ensure that there is no access from the content to the embedding page. In the case of media content that uses DOM concepts, the embedded content must be treated as if it was in its own unrelated top-level traversable.

For instance, if an SVG animation was embedded in a video element, the user agent would not give it access to the DOM of the outer page. From the perspective of scripts in the SVG resource, the SVG file would appear to be in a lone top-level traversable with no parent.


If a hostile page embeds victim content, the threat is that the embedding page could obtain information from the content that it would not otherwise have access to. The API does expose some information: the existence of the media, its type, its duration, its size, and the performance characteristics of its host. Such information is already potentially problematic, but in practice the same information can more or less be obtained using the img element, and so it has been deemed acceptable.

However, significantly more sensitive information could be obtained if the user agent further exposes metadata within the content, such as subtitles. That information is therefore only exposed if the video resource uses CORS. The crossorigin attribute allows authors to enable CORS. [FETCH]

Without this restriction, an attacker could trick a user running within a corporate network into visiting a site that attempts to load a video from a previously leaked location on the corporation's intranet. If such a video included confidential plans for a new product, then being able to read the subtitles would present a serious confidentiality breach.

4.8.11.18 Best practices for authors using media elements

This section is non-normative.

Playing audio and video resources on small devices such as set-top boxes or mobile phones is often constrained by limited hardware resources in the device. For example, a device might only support three simultaneous videos. For this reason, it is a good practice to release resources held by media elements when they are done playing, either by being very careful about removing all references to the element and allowing it to be garbage collected, or, even better, by setting the element's src attribute to an empty string. In cases where srcObject was set, instead set the srcObject to null.

Similarly, when the playback rate is not exactly 1.0, hardware, software, or format limitations can cause video frames to be dropped and audio to be choppy or muted.

4.8.11.19 Best practices for implementers of media elements

This section is non-normative.

How accurately various aspects of the media element API are implemented is considered a quality-of-implementation issue.

For example, when implementing the buffered attribute, how precise an implementation reports the ranges that have been buffered depends on how carefully the user agent inspects the data. Since the API reports ranges as times, but the data is obtained in byte streams, a user agent receiving a variable-bitrate stream might only be able to determine precise times by actually decoding all of the data. User agents aren't required to do this, however; they can instead return estimates (e.g. based on the average bitrate seen so far) which get revised as more information becomes available.

As a general rule, user agents are urged to be conservative rather than optimistic. For example, it would be bad to report that everything had been buffered when it had not.

Another quality-of-implementation issue would be playing a video backwards when the codec is designed only for forward playback (e.g. there aren't many key frames, and they are far apart, and the intervening frames only have deltas from the previous frame). User agents could do a poor job, e.g. only showing key frames; however, better implementations would do more work and thus do a better job, e.g. actually decoding parts of the video forwards, storing the complete frames, and then playing the frames backwards.

Similarly, while implementations are allowed to drop buffered data at any time (there is no requirement that a user agent keep all the media data obtained for the lifetime of the media element), it is again a quality of implementation issue: user agents with sufficient resources to keep all the data around are encouraged to do so, as this allows for a better user experience. For example, if the user is watching a live stream, a user agent could allow the user only to view the live video; however, a better user agent would buffer everything and allow the user to seek through the earlier material, pause it, play it forwards and backwards, etc.


When a media element that is paused is removed from a document and not reinserted before the next time the event loop reaches step 1, implementations that are resource constrained are encouraged to take that opportunity to release all hardware resources (like video planes, networking resources, and data buffers) used by the media element. (User agents still have to keep track of the playback position and so forth, though, in case playback is later restarted.)

4.8.12 The map element

Element/map

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLMapElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Transparent.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
name — Name of image map to reference from the usemap attribute
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLMapElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection areas;
};

The map element, in conjunction with an img element and any area element descendants, defines an image map. The element represents its children.

The name attribute gives the map a name so that it can be referenced. The attribute must be present and must have a non-empty value with no ASCII whitespace. The value of the name attribute must not be equal to the value of the name attribute of another map element in the same tree. If the id attribute is also specified, both attributes must have the same value.

map.areas

Returns an HTMLCollection of the area elements in the map.

The areas attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the map element, whose filter matches only area elements.

The IDL attribute name must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

Image maps can be defined in conjunction with other content on the page, to ease maintenance. This example is of a page with an image map at the top of the page and a corresponding set of text links at the bottom.

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<HTML LANG="EN">
<TITLE>Babies™: Toys</TITLE>
<HEADER>
 <H1>Toys</H1>
 <IMG SRC="/images/menu.gif"
      ALT="Babies™ navigation menu. Select a department to go to its page."
      USEMAP="#NAV">
</HEADER>
 ...
<FOOTER>
 <MAP NAME="NAV">
  <P>
   <A HREF="/clothes/">Clothes</A>
   <AREA ALT="Clothes" COORDS="0,0,100,50" HREF="/clothes/"> |
   <A HREF="/toys/">Toys</A>
   <AREA ALT="Toys" COORDS="100,0,200,50" HREF="/toys/"> |
   <A HREF="/food/">Food</A>
   <AREA ALT="Food" COORDS="200,0,300,50" HREF="/food/"> |
   <A HREF="/books/">Books</A>
   <AREA ALT="Books" COORDS="300,0,400,50" HREF="/books/">
  </P>
 </MAP>
</FOOTER>

4.8.13 The area element

Element/area

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLAreaElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected, but only if there is a map element ancestor.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
alt — Replacement text for use when images are not available
coords — Coordinates for the shape to be created in an image map
shape — The kind of shape to be created in an image map
href — Address of the hyperlink
targetNavigable for hyperlink navigation
download — Whether to download the resource instead of navigating to it, and its filename if so
pingURLs to ping
rel — Relationship between the location in the document containing the hyperlink and the destination resource
referrerpolicyReferrer policy for fetches initiated by the element
Accessibility considerations:
If the element has an href attribute: for authors; for implementers.
Otherwise: for authors; for implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLAreaElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString alt;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString coords;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString shape;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString target;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString download;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString ping;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rel;
  [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;

  // also has obsolete members
};
HTMLAreaElement includes HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils;

The area element represents either a hyperlink with some text and a corresponding area on an image map, or a dead area on an image map.

An area element with a parent node must have a map element ancestor.

If the area element has an href attribute, then the area element represents a hyperlink. In this case, the alt attribute must be present. It specifies the text of the hyperlink. Its value must be text that, when presented with the texts specified for the other hyperlinks of the image map, and with the alternative text of the image, but without the image itself, provides the user with the same kind of choice as the hyperlink would when used without its text but with its shape applied to the image. The alt attribute may be left blank if there is another area element in the same image map that points to the same resource and has a non-blank alt attribute.

If the area element has no href attribute, then the area represented by the element cannot be selected, and the alt attribute must be omitted.

In both cases, the shape and coords attributes specify the area.

The shape attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword Conforming State Brief description
circle Circle state Designates a circle, using exactly three integers in the coords attribute.
circ No
default Default state This area is the whole image. (The coords attribute is not used.)
poly Polygon state Designates a polygon, using at-least six integers in the coords attribute.
polygon No
rect Rectangle state Designates a rectangle, using exactly four integers in the coords attribute.
rectangle No

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the rectangle state.

The coords attribute must, if specified, contain a valid list of floating-point numbers. This attribute gives the coordinates for the shape described by the shape attribute. The processing for this attribute is described as part of the image map processing model.

In the circle state, area elements must have a coords attribute present, with three integers, the last of which must be non-negative. The first integer must be the distance in CSS pixels from the left edge of the image to the center of the circle, the second integer must be the distance in CSS pixels from the top edge of the image to the center of the circle, and the third integer must be the radius of the circle, again in CSS pixels.

In the default state, area elements must not have a coords attribute. (The area is the whole image.)

In the polygon state, area elements must have a coords attribute with at least six integers, and the number of integers must be even. Each pair of integers must represent a coordinate given as the distances from the left and the top of the image in CSS pixels respectively, and all the coordinates together must represent the points of the polygon, in order.

In the rectangle state, area elements must have a coords attribute with exactly four integers, the first of which must be less than the third, and the second of which must be less than the fourth. The four points must represent, respectively, the distance from the left edge of the image to the left side of the rectangle, the distance from the top edge to the top side, the distance from the left edge to the right side, and the distance from the top edge to the bottom side, all in CSS pixels.

When user agents allow users to follow hyperlinks or download hyperlinks created using the area element, the href, target, download, and ping attributes decide how the link is followed. The rel attribute may be used to indicate to the user the likely nature of the target resource before the user follows the link.

The target, download, ping, rel, and referrerpolicy attributes must be omitted if the href attribute is not present.

If the itemprop attribute is specified on an area element, then the href attribute must also be specified.

HTMLAreaElement/rel

Support in all current engines.

Firefox30+Safari9+Chrome54+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer11
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The IDL attributes alt, coords, shape, target, download, ping, and rel, each must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

HTMLAreaElement/relList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox30+Safari9+Chrome65+
Opera41+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android41+

The IDL attribute relList must reflect the rel content attribute.

HTMLAreaElement/referrerPolicy

Support in all current engines.

Firefox50+Safari14.1+Chrome52+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The IDL attribute referrerPolicy must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values.

4.8.14 Image maps

4.8.14.1 Authoring

An image map allows geometric areas on an image to be associated with hyperlinks.

An image, in the form of an img element, may be associated with an image map (in the form of a map element) by specifying a usemap attribute on the img element. The usemap attribute, if specified, must be a valid hash-name reference to a map element.

Consider an image that looks as follows:

A line with four shapes in it, equally spaced: a red hollow box, a green circle, a blue triangle, and a yellow four-pointed star.

If we wanted just the colored areas to be clickable, we could do it as follows:

<p>
 Please select a shape:
 <img src="shapes.png" usemap="#shapes"
      alt="Four shapes are available: a red hollow box, a green circle, a blue triangle, and a yellow four-pointed star.">
 <map name="shapes">
  <area shape=rect coords="50,50,100,100"> <!-- the hole in the red box -->
  <area shape=rect coords="25,25,125,125" href="red.html" alt="Red box.">
  <area shape=circle coords="200,75,50" href="green.html" alt="Green circle.">
  <area shape=poly coords="325,25,262,125,388,125" href="blue.html" alt="Blue triangle.">
  <area shape=poly coords="450,25,435,60,400,75,435,90,450,125,465,90,500,75,465,60"
        href="yellow.html" alt="Yellow star.">
 </map>
</p>
4.8.14.2 Processing model

If an img element has a usemap attribute specified, user agents must process it as follows:

  1. Parse the attribute's value using the rules for parsing a hash-name reference to a map element, with the element as the context node. This will return either an element (the map) or null.

  2. If that returned null, then return. The image is not associated with an image map after all.

  3. Otherwise, the user agent must collect all the area elements that are descendants of the map. Let those be the areas.

Having obtained the list of area elements that form the image map (the areas), interactive user agents must process the list in one of two ways.

If the user agent intends to show the text that the img element represents, then it must use the following steps.

  1. Remove all the area elements in areas that have no href attribute.

  2. Remove all the area elements in areas that have no alt attribute, or whose alt attribute's value is the empty string, if there is another area element in areas with the same value in the href attribute and with a non-empty alt attribute.

  3. Each remaining area element in areas represents a hyperlink. Those hyperlinks should all be made available to the user in a manner associated with the text of the img.

    In this context, user agents may represent area and img elements with no specified alt attributes, or whose alt attributes are the empty string or some other non-visible text, in an implementation-defined fashion intended to indicate the lack of suitable author-provided text.

If the user agent intends to show the image and allow interaction with the image to select hyperlinks, then the image must be associated with a set of layered shapes, taken from the area elements in areas, in reverse tree order (so the last specified area element in the map is the bottom-most shape, and the first element in the map, in tree order, is the top-most shape).

Each area element in areas must be processed as follows to obtain a shape to layer onto the image:

  1. Find the state that the element's shape attribute represents.

  2. Use the rules for parsing a list of floating-point numbers to parse the element's coords attribute, if it is present, and let the result be the coords list. If the attribute is absent, let the coords list be the empty list.

  3. If the number of items in the coords list is less than the minimum number given for the area element's current state, as per the following table, then the shape is empty; return.

    State Minimum number of items
    Circle state 3
    Default state 0
    Polygon state 6
    Rectangle state 4
  4. Check for excess items in the coords list as per the entry in the following list corresponding to the shape attribute's state:

    Circle state
    Drop any items in the list beyond the third.
    Default state
    Drop all items in the list.
    Polygon state
    Drop the last item if there's an odd number of items.
    Rectangle state
    Drop any items in the list beyond the fourth.
  5. If the shape attribute represents the rectangle state, and the first number in the list is numerically greater than the third number in the list, then swap those two numbers around.

  6. If the shape attribute represents the rectangle state, and the second number in the list is numerically greater than the fourth number in the list, then swap those two numbers around.

  7. If the shape attribute represents the circle state, and the third number in the list is less than or equal to zero, then the shape is empty; return.

  8. Now, the shape represented by the element is the one described for the entry in the list below corresponding to the state of the shape attribute:

    Circle state

    Let x be the first number in coords, y be the second number, and r be the third number.

    The shape is a circle whose center is x CSS pixels from the left edge of the image and y CSS pixels from the top edge of the image, and whose radius is r CSS pixels.

    Default state

    The shape is a rectangle that exactly covers the entire image.

    Polygon state

    Let xi be the (2i)th entry in coords, and yi be the (2i+1)th entry in coords (the first entry in coords being the one with index 0).

    Let the coordinates be (xi, yi), interpreted in CSS pixels measured from the top left of the image, for all integer values of i from 0 to (N/2)-1, where N is the number of items in coords.

    The shape is a polygon whose vertices are given by the coordinates, and whose interior is established using the even-odd rule. [GRAPHICS]

    Rectangle state

    Let x1 be the first number in coords, y1 be the second number, x2 be the third number, and y2 be the fourth number.

    The shape is a rectangle whose top-left corner is given by the coordinate (x1, y1) and whose bottom right corner is given by the coordinate (x2, y2), those coordinates being interpreted as CSS pixels from the top left corner of the image.

    For historical reasons, the coordinates must be interpreted relative to the displayed image after any stretching caused by the CSS 'width' and 'height' properties (or, for non-CSS browsers, the image element's width and height attributes — CSS browsers map those attributes to the aforementioned CSS properties).

    Browser zoom features and transforms applied using CSS or SVG do not affect the coordinates.

Pointing device interaction with an image associated with a set of layered shapes per the above algorithm must result in the relevant user interaction events being first fired to the top-most shape covering the point that the pointing device indicated, if any, or to the image element itself, if there is no shape covering that point. User agents may also allow individual area elements representing hyperlinks to be selected and activated (e.g. using a keyboard).

Because a map element (and its area elements) can be associated with multiple img elements, it is possible for an area element to correspond to multiple focusable areas of the document.

Image maps are live; if the DOM is mutated, then the user agent must act as if it had rerun the algorithms for image maps.

4.8.15 MathML

HTML/HTML5/HTML5_Parser#Inline_SVG_and_MathML_support

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5.1+Chrome7+
Opera11.6+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android5+Safari iOS5+Chrome Android18+WebView Android3+Samsung Internet1.0+Opera Android12+

The MathML math element falls into the embedded content, phrasing content, flow content, and palpable content categories for the purposes of the content models in this specification.

When the MathML annotation-xml element contains elements from the HTML namespace, such elements must all be flow content.

When the MathML token elements (mi, mo, mn, ms, and mtext) are descendants of HTML elements, they may contain phrasing content elements from the HTML namespace.

User agents must handle text other than inter-element whitespace found in MathML elements whose content models do not allow straight text by pretending for the purposes of MathML content models, layout, and rendering that the text is actually wrapped in a MathML mtext element. (Such text is not, however, conforming.)

User agents must act as if any MathML element whose contents does not match the element's content model was replaced, for the purposes of MathML layout and rendering, by a MathML merror element containing some appropriate error message.

The semantics of MathML elements are defined by MathML and other applicable specifications. [MATHML]

Here is an example of the use of MathML in an HTML document:

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
 <head>
  <title>The quadratic formula</title>
 </head>
 <body>
  <h1>The quadratic formula</h1>
  <p>
   <math>
    <mi>x</mi>
    <mo>=</mo>
    <mfrac>
     <mrow>
      <mo form="prefix"></mo> <mi>b</mi>
      <mo>±</mo>
      <msqrt>
       <msup> <mi>b</mi> <mn>2</mn> </msup>
       <mo></mo>
       <mn>4</mn> <mo></mo> <mi>a</mi> <mo></mo> <mi>c</mi>
      </msqrt>
     </mrow>
     <mrow>
      <mn>2</mn> <mo></mo> <mi>a</mi>
     </mrow>
    </mfrac>
   </math>
  </p>
 </body>
</html>

4.8.16 SVG

HTML/HTML5/HTML5_Parser#Inline_SVG_and_MathML_support

Support in all current engines.

Firefox37+Safari11.1+Chrome7+
Opera15+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android37+Safari iOS11.3+Chrome Android18+WebView Android4.4+Samsung Internet4+Opera Android15+

The SVG svg element falls into the embedded content, phrasing content, flow content, and palpable content categories for the purposes of the content models in this specification.

When the SVG foreignObject element contains elements from the HTML namespace, such elements must all be flow content.

The content model for the SVG title element inside HTML documents is phrasing content. (This further constrains the requirements given in SVG 2.)

The semantics of SVG elements are defined by SVG 2 and other applicable specifications. [SVG]


doc = iframe.getSVGDocument()
doc = embed.getSVGDocument()
doc = object.getSVGDocument()

Returns the Document object, in the case of iframe, embed, or object elements being used to embed SVG.

The getSVGDocument() method steps are:

  1. Let document be this's content document.

  2. If document is non-null and was created by the page load processing model for XML files section because the computed type of the resource in the navigate algorithm was image/svg+xml, then return document.

  3. Return null.

4.8.17 Dimension attributes

Author requirements: The width and height attributes on img, iframe, embed, object, video, source when the parent is a picture element and, when their type attribute is in the Image Button state, input elements may be specified to give the dimensions of the visual content of the element (the width and height respectively, relative to the nominal direction of the output medium), in CSS pixels. The attributes, if specified, must have values that are valid non-negative integers.

The specified dimensions given may differ from the dimensions specified in the resource itself, since the resource may have a resolution that differs from the CSS pixel resolution. (On screens, CSS pixels have a resolution of 96ppi, but in general the CSS pixel resolution depends on the reading distance.) If both attributes are specified, then one of the following statements must be true:

The target ratio is the ratio of the natural width to the natural height in the resource. The specified width and specified height are the values of the width and height attributes respectively.

The two attributes must be omitted if the resource in question does not have both a natural width and a natural height.

If the two attributes are both 0, it indicates that the element is not intended for the user (e.g. it might be a part of a service to count page views).

The dimension attributes are not intended to be used to stretch the image.

User agent requirements: User agents are expected to use these attributes as hints for the rendering.

HTMLObjectElement/width

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLObjectElement/height

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The width and height IDL attributes on the iframe, embed, object, source, and video elements must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.

For iframe, embed and object the IDL attributes are DOMString; for video and source the IDL attributes are unsigned long.

The corresponding IDL attributes for img and input elements are defined in those respective elements' sections, as they are slightly more specific to those elements' other behaviors.

4.9 Tabular data

4.9.1 The table element

Element/table

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLTableElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
In this order: optionally a caption element, followed by zero or more colgroup elements, followed optionally by a thead element, followed by either zero or more tbody elements or one or more tr elements, followed optionally by a tfoot element, optionally intermixed with one or more script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTableElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute HTMLTableCaptionElement? caption;
  HTMLTableCaptionElement createCaption();
  [CEReactions] undefined deleteCaption();

  [CEReactions] attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tHead;
  HTMLTableSectionElement createTHead();
  [CEReactions] undefined deleteTHead();

  [CEReactions] attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tFoot;
  HTMLTableSectionElement createTFoot();
  [CEReactions] undefined deleteTFoot();

  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection tBodies;
  HTMLTableSectionElement createTBody();

  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows;
  HTMLTableRowElement insertRow(optional long index = -1);
  [CEReactions] undefined deleteRow(long index);

  // also has obsolete members
};

The table element represents data with more than one dimension, in the form of a table.

The table element takes part in the table model. Tables have rows, columns, and cells given by their descendants. The rows and columns form a grid; a table's cells must completely cover that grid without overlap.

Precise rules for determining whether this conformance requirement is met are described in the description of the table model.

Authors are encouraged to provide information describing how to interpret complex tables. Guidance on how to provide such information is given below.

Tables must not be used as layout aids. Historically, some web authors have misused tables in HTML as a way to control their page layout. This usage is non-conforming, because tools attempting to extract tabular data from such documents would obtain very confusing results. In particular, users of accessibility tools like screen readers are likely to find it very difficult to navigate pages with tables used for layout.

There are a variety of alternatives to using HTML tables for layout, such as CSS grid layout, CSS flexible box layout ("flexbox"), CSS multi-column layout, CSS positioning, and the CSS table model. [CSS]


Tables can be complicated to understand and navigate. To help users with this, user agents should clearly delineate cells in a table from each other, unless the user agent has classified the table as a (non-conforming) layout table.

Authors and implementers are encouraged to consider using some of the table design techniques described below to make tables easier to navigate for users.

User agents, especially those that do table analysis on arbitrary content, are encouraged to find heuristics to determine which tables actually contain data and which are merely being used for layout. This specification does not define a precise heuristic, but the following are suggested as possible indicators:

Feature Indication
The use of the role attribute with the value presentation Probably a layout table
The use of the non-conforming border attribute with the non-conforming value 0 Probably a layout table
The use of the non-conforming cellspacing and cellpadding attributes with the value 0 Probably a layout table
The use of caption, thead, or th elements Probably a non-layout table
The use of the headers and scope attributes Probably a non-layout table
The use of the non-conforming border attribute with a value other than 0 Probably a non-layout table
Explicit visible borders set using CSS Probably a non-layout table
The use of the summary attribute Not a good indicator (both layout and non-layout tables have historically been given this attribute)

It is quite possible that the above suggestions are wrong. Implementers are urged to provide feedback elaborating on their experiences with trying to create a layout table detection heuristic.

If a table element has a (non-conforming) summary attribute, and the user agent has not classified the table as a layout table, the user agent may report the contents of that attribute to the user.


table.caption [ = value ]

HTMLTableElement/caption

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the table's caption element.

Can be set, to replace the caption element.

caption = table.createCaption()

HTMLTableElement/createCaption

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Ensures the table has a caption element, and returns it.

table.deleteCaption()

HTMLTableElement/deleteCaption

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Ensures the table does not have a caption element.

table.tHead [ = value ]

HTMLTableElement/tHead

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the table's thead element.

Can be set, to replace the thead element. If the new value is not a thead element, throws a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException.

thead = table.createTHead()

HTMLTableElement/createTHead

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Ensures the table has a thead element, and returns it.

table.deleteTHead()

HTMLTableElement/deleteTHead

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Ensures the table does not have a thead element.

table.tFoot [ = value ]

HTMLTableElement/tFoot

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the table's tfoot element.

Can be set, to replace the tfoot element. If the new value is not a tfoot element, throws a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException.

tfoot = table.createTFoot()

HTMLTableElement/createTFoot

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Ensures the table has a tfoot element, and returns it.

table.deleteTFoot()

HTMLTableElement/deleteTFoot

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Ensures the table does not have a tfoot element.

table.tBodies

HTMLTableElement/tBodies

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns an HTMLCollection of the tbody elements of the table.

tbody = table.createTBody()

HTMLTableElement/createTBody

Support in all current engines.

Firefox25+Safari6+Chrome20+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer9+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Creates a tbody element, inserts it into the table, and returns it.

table.rows

HTMLTableElement/rows

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns an HTMLCollection of the tr elements of the table.

tr = table.insertRow([ index ])

HTMLTableElement/insertRow

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera10+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

Creates a tr element, along with a tbody if required, inserts them into the table at the position given by the argument, and returns the tr.

The position is relative to the rows in the table. The index −1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to inserting at the end of the table.

If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the number of rows, throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

table.deleteRow(index)

HTMLTableElement/deleteRow

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Removes the tr element with the given position in the table.

The position is relative to the rows in the table. The index −1 is equivalent to deleting the last row of the table.

If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the index of the last row, or if there are no rows, throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

In all of the following attribute and method definitions, when an element is to be table-created, that means to create an element given the table element's node document, the given local name, and the HTML namespace.

The caption IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first caption element child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, the first caption element child of the table element, if any, must be removed, and the new value, if not null, must be inserted as the first node of the table element.

The createCaption() method must return the first caption element child of the table element, if any; otherwise a new caption element must be table-created, inserted as the first node of the table element, and then returned.

The deleteCaption() method must remove the first caption element child of the table element, if any.

The tHead IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first thead element child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, if the new value is null or a thead element, the first thead element child of the table element, if any, must be removed, and the new value, if not null, must be inserted immediately before the first element in the table element that is neither a caption element nor a colgroup element, if any, or at the end of the table if there are no such elements. If the new value is neither null nor a thead element, then a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException must be thrown instead.

The createTHead() method must return the first thead element child of the table element, if any; otherwise a new thead element must be table-created and inserted immediately before the first element in the table element that is neither a caption element nor a colgroup element, if any, or at the end of the table if there are no such elements, and then that new element must be returned.

The deleteTHead() method must remove the first thead element child of the table element, if any.

The tFoot IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first tfoot element child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, if the new value is null or a tfoot element, the first tfoot element child of the table element, if any, must be removed, and the new value, if not null, must be inserted at the end of the table. If the new value is neither null nor a tfoot element, then a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException must be thrown instead.

The createTFoot() method must return the first tfoot element child of the table element, if any; otherwise a new tfoot element must be table-created and inserted at the end of the table, and then that new element must be returned.

The deleteTFoot() method must remove the first tfoot element child of the table element, if any.

The tBodies attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the table node, whose filter matches only tbody elements that are children of the table element.

The createTBody() method must table-create a new tbody element, insert it immediately after the last tbody element child in the table element, if any, or at the end of the table element if the table element has no tbody element children, and then must return the new tbody element.

The rows attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the table node, whose filter matches only tr elements that are either children of the table element, or children of thead, tbody, or tfoot elements that are themselves children of the table element. The elements in the collection must be ordered such that those elements whose parent is a thead are included first, in tree order, followed by those elements whose parent is either a table or tbody element, again in tree order, followed finally by those elements whose parent is a tfoot element, still in tree order.

The behavior of the insertRow(index) method depends on the state of the table. When it is called, the method must act as required by the first item in the following list of conditions that describes the state of the table and the index argument:

If index is less than −1 or greater than the number of elements in rows collection:
The method must throw an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.
If the rows collection has zero elements in it, and the table has no tbody elements in it:
The method must table-create a tbody element, then table-create a tr element, then append the tr element to the tbody element, then append the tbody element to the table element, and finally return the tr element.
If the rows collection has zero elements in it:
The method must table-create a tr element, append it to the last tbody element in the table, and return the tr element.
If index is −1 or equal to the number of items in rows collection:
The method must table-create a tr element, and append it to the parent of the last tr element in the rows collection. Then, the newly created tr element must be returned.
Otherwise:
The method must table-create a tr element, insert it immediately before the indexth tr element in the rows collection, in the same parent, and finally must return the newly created tr element.

When the deleteRow(index) method is called, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. If index is less than −1 or greater than or equal to the number of elements in the rows collection, then throw an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

  2. If index is −1, then remove the last element in the rows collection from its parent, or do nothing if the rows collection is empty.

  3. Otherwise, remove the indexth element in the rows collection from its parent.

Here is an example of a table being used to mark up a Sudoku puzzle. Observe the lack of headers, which are not necessary in such a table.

<style>
 #sudoku { border-collapse: collapse; border: solid thick; }
 #sudoku colgroup, table#sudoku tbody { border: solid medium; }
 #sudoku td { border: solid thin; height: 1.4em; width: 1.4em; text-align: center; padding: 0; }
</style>
<h1>Today's Sudoku</h1>
<table id="sudoku">
 <colgroup><col><col><col>
 <colgroup><col><col><col>
 <colgroup><col><col><col>
 <tbody>
  <tr> <td> 1 <td>   <td> 3 <td> 6 <td>   <td> 4 <td> 7 <td>   <td> 9
  <tr> <td>   <td> 2 <td>   <td>   <td> 9 <td>   <td>   <td> 1 <td>
  <tr> <td> 7 <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td> 6
 <tbody>
  <tr> <td> 2 <td>   <td> 4 <td>   <td> 3 <td>   <td> 9 <td>   <td> 8
  <tr> <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>
  <tr> <td> 5 <td>   <td>   <td> 9 <td>   <td> 7 <td>   <td>   <td> 1
 <tbody>
  <tr> <td> 6 <td>   <td>   <td>   <td> 5 <td>   <td>   <td>   <td> 2
  <tr> <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>   <td> 7 <td>   <td>   <td>   <td>
  <tr> <td> 9 <td>   <td>   <td> 8 <td>   <td> 2 <td>   <td>   <td> 5
</table>
4.9.1.1 Techniques for describing tables

For tables that consist of more than just a grid of cells with headers in the first row and headers in the first column, and for any table in general where the reader might have difficulty understanding the content, authors should include explanatory information introducing the table. This information is useful for all users, but is especially useful for users who cannot see the table, e.g. users of screen readers.

Such explanatory information should introduce the purpose of the table, outline its basic cell structure, highlight any trends or patterns, and generally teach the user how to use the table.

For instance, the following table:

Characteristics with positive and negative sides
Negative Characteristic Positive
Sad Mood Happy
Failing Grade Passing

...might benefit from a description explaining the way the table is laid out, something like "Characteristics are given in the second column, with the negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right column".

There are a variety of ways to include this information, such as:

In prose, surrounding the table
<p>In the following table, characteristics are given in the second
column, with the negative side in the left column and the positive
side in the right column.</p>
<table>
 <caption>Characteristics with positive and negative sides</caption>
 <thead>
  <tr>
   <th id="n"> Negative
   <th> Characteristic
   <th> Positive
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <td headers="n r1"> Sad
   <th id="r1"> Mood
   <td> Happy
  <tr>
   <td headers="n r2"> Failing
   <th id="r2"> Grade
   <td> Passing
</table>
In the table's caption
<table>
 <caption>
  <strong>Characteristics with positive and negative sides.</strong>
  <p>Characteristics are given in the second column, with the
  negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right
  column.</p>
 </caption>
 <thead>
  <tr>
   <th id="n"> Negative
   <th> Characteristic
   <th> Positive
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <td headers="n r1"> Sad
   <th id="r1"> Mood
   <td> Happy
  <tr>
   <td headers="n r2"> Failing
   <th id="r2"> Grade
   <td> Passing
</table>
In the table's caption, in a details element
<table>
 <caption>
  <strong>Characteristics with positive and negative sides.</strong>
  <details>
   <summary>Help</summary>
   <p>Characteristics are given in the second column, with the
   negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right
   column.</p>
  </details>
 </caption>
 <thead>
  <tr>
   <th id="n"> Negative
   <th> Characteristic
   <th> Positive
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <td headers="n r1"> Sad
   <th id="r1"> Mood
   <td> Happy
  <tr>
   <td headers="n r2"> Failing
   <th id="r2"> Grade
   <td> Passing
</table>
Next to the table, in the same figure
<figure>
 <figcaption>Characteristics with positive and negative sides</figcaption>
 <p>Characteristics are given in the second column, with the
 negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right
 column.</p>
 <table>
  <thead>
   <tr>
    <th id="n"> Negative
    <th> Characteristic
    <th> Positive
  <tbody>
   <tr>
    <td headers="n r1"> Sad
    <th id="r1"> Mood
    <td> Happy
   <tr>
    <td headers="n r2"> Failing
    <th id="r2"> Grade
    <td> Passing
 </table>
</figure>
Next to the table, in a figure's figcaption
<figure>
 <figcaption>
  <strong>Characteristics with positive and negative sides</strong>
  <p>Characteristics are given in the second column, with the
  negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right
  column.</p>
 </figcaption>
 <table>
  <thead>
   <tr>
    <th id="n"> Negative
    <th> Characteristic
    <th> Positive
  <tbody>
   <tr>
    <td headers="n r1"> Sad
    <th id="r1"> Mood
    <td> Happy
   <tr>
    <td headers="n r2"> Failing
    <th id="r2"> Grade
    <td> Passing
 </table>
</figure>

Authors may also use other techniques, or combinations of the above techniques, as appropriate.

The best option, of course, rather than writing a description explaining the way the table is laid out, is to adjust the table such that no explanation is needed.

In the case of the table used in the examples above, a simple rearrangement of the table so that the headers are on the top and left sides removes the need for an explanation as well as removing the need for the use of headers attributes:

<table>
 <caption>Characteristics with positive and negative sides</caption>
 <thead>
  <tr>
   <th> Characteristic
   <th> Negative
   <th> Positive
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <th> Mood
   <td> Sad
   <td> Happy
  <tr>
   <th> Grade
   <td> Failing
   <td> Passing
</table>
4.9.1.2 Techniques for table design

Good table design is key to making tables more readable and usable.

In visual media, providing column and row borders and alternating row backgrounds can be very effective to make complicated tables more readable.

For tables with large volumes of numeric content, using monospaced fonts can help users see patterns, especially in situations where a user agent does not render the borders. (Unfortunately, for historical reasons, not rendering borders on tables is a common default.)

In speech media, table cells can be distinguished by reporting the corresponding headers before reading the cell's contents, and by allowing users to navigate the table in a grid fashion, rather than serializing the entire contents of the table in source order.

Authors are encouraged to use CSS to achieve these effects.

User agents are encouraged to render tables using these techniques whenever the page does not use CSS and the table is not classified as a layout table.

4.9.2 The caption element

Element/caption

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLTableCaptionElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As the first element child of a table element.
Content model:
Flow content, but with no descendant table elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
A caption element's end tag can be omitted if the caption element is not immediately followed by ASCII whitespace or a comment.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTableCaptionElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  // also has obsolete members
};

The caption element represents the title of the table that is its parent, if it has a parent and that is a table element.

The caption element takes part in the table model.

When a table element is the only content in a figure element other than the figcaption, the caption element should be omitted in favor of the figcaption.

A caption can introduce context for a table, making it significantly easier to understand.

Consider, for instance, the following table:

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

In the abstract, this table is not clear. However, with a caption giving the table's number (for reference in the main prose) and explaining its use, it makes more sense:

<caption>
<p>Table 1.
<p>This table shows the total score obtained from rolling two
six-sided dice. The first row represents the value of the first die,
the first column the value of the second die. The total is given in
the cell that corresponds to the values of the two dice.
</caption>

This provides the user with more context:

Table 1.

This table shows the total score obtained from rolling two six-sided dice. The first row represents the value of the first die, the first column the value of the second die. The total is given in the cell that corresponds to the values of the two dice.

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

4.9.3 The colgroup element

Element/colgroup

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLTableColElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a table element, after any caption elements and before any thead, tbody, tfoot, and tr elements.
Content model:
If the span attribute is present: Nothing.
If the span attribute is absent: Zero or more col and template elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
A colgroup element's start tag can be omitted if the first thing inside the colgroup element is a col element, and if the element is not immediately preceded by another colgroup element whose end tag has been omitted. (It can't be omitted if the element is empty.)
A colgroup element's end tag can be omitted if the colgroup element is not immediately followed by ASCII whitespace or a comment.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
span — Number of columns spanned by the element
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long span;

  // also has obsolete members
};

The colgroup element represents a group of one or more columns in the table that is its parent, if it has a parent and that is a table element.

If the colgroup element contains no col elements, then the element may have a span content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero and less than or equal to 1000.

The colgroup element and its span attribute take part in the table model.

The span IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. It is clamped to the range [1, 1000], and its default value is 1.

4.9.4 The col element

Element/col

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a colgroup element that doesn't have a span attribute.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
span — Number of columns spanned by the element
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLTableColElement, as defined for colgroup elements.

If a col element has a parent and that is a colgroup element that itself has a parent that is a table element, then the col element represents one or more columns in the column group represented by that colgroup.

The element may have a span content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero and less than or equal to 1000.

The col element and its span attribute take part in the table model.

4.9.5 The tbody element

Element/tbody

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLTableSectionElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, and thead elements, but only if there are no tr elements that are children of the table element.
Content model:
Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
A tbody element's start tag can be omitted if the first thing inside the tbody element is a tr element, and if the element is not immediately preceded by a tbody, thead, or tfoot element whose end tag has been omitted. (It can't be omitted if the element is empty.)
A tbody element's end tag can be omitted if the tbody element is immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows;
  HTMLTableRowElement insertRow(optional long index = -1);
  [CEReactions] undefined deleteRow(long index);

  // also has obsolete members
};

The HTMLTableSectionElement interface is also used for thead and tfoot elements.

The tbody element represents a block of rows that consist of a body of data for the parent table element, if the tbody element has a parent and it is a table.

The tbody element takes part in the table model.

tbody.rows

Returns an HTMLCollection of the tr elements of the table section.

tr = tbody.insertRow([ index ])

Creates a tr element, inserts it into the table section at the position given by the argument, and returns the tr.

The position is relative to the rows in the table section. The index −1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to inserting at the end of the table section.

If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the number of rows, throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

tbody.deleteRow(index)

Removes the tr element with the given position in the table section.

The position is relative to the rows in the table section. The index −1 is equivalent to deleting the last row of the table section.

If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the index of the last row, or if there are no rows, throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

The rows attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at this element, whose filter matches only tr elements that are children of this element.

The insertRow(index) method must act as follows:

  1. If index is less than −1 or greater than the number of elements in the rows collection, throw an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

  2. Let table row be the result of creating an element given this element's node document, "tr", and the HTML namespace.

  3. If index is −1 or equal to the number of items in the rows collection, then append table row to this element.

  4. Otherwise, insert table row as a child of this element, immediately before the indexth tr element in the rows collection.

  5. Return table row.

The deleteRow(index) method must, when invoked, act as follows:

  1. If index is less than −1 or greater than or equal to the number of elements in the rows collection, then throw an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

  2. If index is −1, then remove the last element in the rows collection from this element, or do nothing if the rows collection is empty.

  3. Otherwise, remove the indexth element in the rows collection from this element.

4.9.6 The thead element

Element/thead

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a table element, after any caption, and colgroup elements and before any tbody, tfoot, and tr elements, but only if there are no other thead elements that are children of the table element.
Content model:
Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
A thead element's end tag can be omitted if the thead element is immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLTableSectionElement, as defined for tbody elements.

The thead element represents the block of rows that consist of the column labels (headers) and any ancillary non-header cells for the parent table element, if the thead element has a parent and it is a table.

The thead element takes part in the table model.

This example shows a thead element being used. Notice the use of both th and td elements in the thead element: the first row is the headers, and the second row is an explanation of how to fill in the table.

<table>
 <caption> School auction sign-up sheet </caption>
 <thead>
  <tr>
   <th><label for=e1>Name</label>
   <th><label for=e2>Product</label>
   <th><label for=e3>Picture</label>
   <th><label for=e4>Price</label>
  <tr>
   <td>Your name here
   <td>What are you selling?
   <td>Link to a picture
   <td>Your reserve price
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <td>Ms Danus
   <td>Doughnuts
   <td><img src="https://example.com/mydoughnuts.png" title="Doughnuts from Ms Danus">
   <td>$45
  <tr>
   <td><input id=e1 type=text name=who required form=f>
   <td><input id=e2 type=text name=what required form=f>
   <td><input id=e3 type=url name=pic form=f>
   <td><input id=e4 type=number step=0.01 min=0 value=0 required form=f>
</table>
<form id=f action="/auction.cgi">
 <input type=button name=add value="Submit">
</form>

4.9.7 The tfoot element

Element/tfoot

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, thead, tbody, and tr elements, but only if there are no other tfoot elements that are children of the table element.
Content model:
Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
A tfoot element's end tag can be omitted if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLTableSectionElement, as defined for tbody elements.

The tfoot element represents the block of rows that consist of the column summaries (footers) for the parent table element, if the tfoot element has a parent and it is a table.

The tfoot element takes part in the table model.

4.9.8 The tr element

Element/tr

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLTableRowElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a thead element.
As a child of a tbody element.
As a child of a tfoot element.
As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, and thead elements, but only if there are no tbody elements that are children of the table element.
Content model:
Zero or more td, th, and script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
A tr element's end tag can be omitted if the tr element is immediately followed by another tr element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTableRowElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  readonly attribute long rowIndex;
  readonly attribute long sectionRowIndex;
  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection cells;
  HTMLTableCellElement insertCell(optional long index = -1);
  [CEReactions] undefined deleteCell(long index);

  // also has obsolete members
};

The tr element represents a row of cells in a table.

The tr element takes part in the table model.

tr.rowIndex

HTMLTableRowElement/rowIndex

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the position of the row in the table's rows list.

Returns −1 if the element isn't in a table.

tr.sectionRowIndex

Returns the position of the row in the table section's rows list.

Returns −1 if the element isn't in a table section.

tr.cells

Returns an HTMLCollection of the td and th elements of the row.

cell = tr.insertCell([ index ])

HTMLTableRowElement/insertCell

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Creates a td element, inserts it into the table row at the position given by the argument, and returns the td.

The position is relative to the cells in the row. The index −1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to inserting at the end of the row.

If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the number of cells, throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

tr.deleteCell(index)

Removes the td or th element with the given position in the row.

The position is relative to the cells in the row. The index −1 is equivalent to deleting the last cell of the row.

If the given position is less than −1 or greater than the index of the last cell, or if there are no cells, throws an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

The rowIndex attribute must, if this element has a parent table element, or a parent tbody, thead, or tfoot element and a grandparent table element, return the index of this tr element in that table element's rows collection. If there is no such table element, then the attribute must return −1.

The sectionRowIndex attribute must, if this element has a parent table, tbody, thead, or tfoot element, return the index of the tr element in the parent element's rows collection (for tables, that's HTMLTableElement's rows collection; for table sections, that's HTMLTableSectionElement's rows collection). If there is no such parent element, then the attribute must return −1.

The cells attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at this tr element, whose filter matches only td and th elements that are children of the tr element.

The insertCell(index) method must act as follows:

  1. If index is less than −1 or greater than the number of elements in the cells collection, then throw an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

  2. Let table cell be the result of creating an element given this tr element's node document, "td", and the HTML namespace.

  3. If index is equal to −1 or equal to the number of items in cells collection, then append table cell to this tr element.

  4. Otherwise, insert table cell as a child of this tr element, immediately before the indexth td or th element in the cells collection.

  5. Return table cell.

The deleteCell(index) method must act as follows:

  1. If index is less than −1 or greater than or equal to the number of elements in the cells collection, then throw an "IndexSizeError" DOMException.

  2. If index is −1, then remove the last element in the cells collection from its parent, or do nothing if the cells collection is empty.

  3. Otherwise, remove the indexth element in the cells collection from its parent.

4.9.9 The td element

Element/td

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLTableCellElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a tr element.
Content model:
Flow content.
Tag omission in text/html:
A td element's end tag can be omitted if the td element is immediately followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
colspan — Number of columns that the cell is to span
rowspan — Number of rows that the cell is to span
headers — The header cells for this cell
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long colSpan;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long rowSpan;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString headers;
  readonly attribute long cellIndex;

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scope; // only conforming for th elements
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString abbr;  // only conforming for th elements

  // also has obsolete members
};

The HTMLTableCellElement interface is also used for th elements.

The td element represents a data cell in a table.

The td element and its colspan, rowspan, and headers attributes take part in the table model.

User agents, especially in non-visual environments or where displaying the table as a 2D grid is impractical, may give the user context for the cell when rendering the contents of a cell; for instance, giving its position in the table model, or listing the cell's header cells (as determined by the algorithm for assigning header cells). When a cell's header cells are being listed, user agents may use the value of abbr attributes on those header cells, if any, instead of the contents of the header cells themselves.

In this example, we see a snippet of a web application consisting of a grid of editable cells (essentially a simple spreadsheet). One of the cells has been configured to show the sum of the cells above it. Three have been marked as headings, which use th elements instead of td elements. A script would attach event handlers to these elements to maintain the total.

<table>
 <tr>
  <th><input value="Name">
  <th><input value="Paid ($)">
 <tr>
  <td><input value="Jeff">
  <td><input value="14">
 <tr>
  <td><input value="Britta">
  <td><input value="9">
 <tr>
  <td><input value="Abed">
  <td><input value="25">
 <tr>
  <td><input value="Shirley">
  <td><input value="2">
 <tr>
  <td><input value="Annie">
  <td><input value="5">
 <tr>
  <td><input value="Troy">
  <td><input value="5">
 <tr>
  <td><input value="Pierce">
  <td><input value="1000">
 <tr>
  <th><input value="Total">
  <td><output value="1060">
</table>

4.9.10 The th element

Element/th

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
None.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
As a child of a tr element.
Content model:
Flow content, but with no header, footer, sectioning content, or heading content descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
A th element's end tag can be omitted if the th element is immediately followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more content in the parent element.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
colspan — Number of columns that the cell is to span
rowspan — Number of rows that the cell is to span
headers — The header cells for this cell
scope — Specifies which cells the header cell applies to
abbr — Alternative label to use for the header cell when referencing the cell in other contexts
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
Uses HTMLTableCellElement, as defined for td elements.

The th element represents a header cell in a table.

The th element may have a scope content attribute specified.

The scope attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
row row The header cell applies to some of the subsequent cells in the same row(s).
col column The header cell applies to some of the subsequent cells in the same column(s).
rowgroup row group The header cell applies to all the remaining cells in the row group.
colgroup column group The header cell applies to all the remaining cells in the column group.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the auto state. (In this state the header cell applies to a set of cells selected based on context.)

A th element's scope attribute must not be in the row group state if the element is not anchored in a row group, nor in the column group state if the element is not anchored in a column group.

The th element may have an abbr content attribute specified. Its value must be an alternative label for the header cell, to be used when referencing the cell in other contexts (e.g. when describing the header cells that apply to a data cell). It is typically an abbreviated form of the full header cell, but can also be an expansion, or merely a different phrasing.

The th element and its colspan, rowspan, headers, and scope attributes take part in the table model.

The following example shows how the scope attribute's rowgroup value affects which data cells a header cell applies to.

Here is a markup fragment showing a table:

<table>
 <thead>
  <tr> <th> ID <th> Measurement <th> Average <th> Maximum
 <tbody>
  <tr> <td> <th scope=rowgroup> Cats <td> <td>
  <tr> <td> 93 <th> Legs <td> 3.5 <td> 4
  <tr> <td> 10 <th> Tails <td> 1 <td> 1
 <tbody>
  <tr> <td> <th scope=rowgroup> English speakers <td> <td>
  <tr> <td> 32 <th> Legs <td> 2.67 <td> 4
  <tr> <td> 35 <th> Tails <td> 0.33 <td> 1
</table>

This would result in the following table:

ID Measurement Average Maximum
Cats
93 Legs 3.5 4
10 Tails 1 1
English speakers
32 Legs 2.67 4
35 Tails 0.33 1

The headers in the first row all apply directly down to the rows in their column.

The headers with a scope attribute in the rowgroup state apply to all the cells in their row group other than the cells in the first column.

The remaining headers apply just to the cells to the right of them.

4.9.11 Attributes common to td and th elements

The td and th elements may have a colspan content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero and less than or equal to 1000.

The td and th elements may also have a rowspan content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer less than or equal to 65534. For this attribute, the value zero means that the cell is to span all the remaining rows in the row group.

These attributes give the number of columns and rows respectively that the cell is to span. These attributes must not be used to overlap cells, as described in the description of the table model.


The td and th element may have a headers content attribute specified. The headers attribute, if specified, must contain a string consisting of an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens, none of which are identical to another token and each of which must have the value of an ID of a th element taking part in the same table as the td or th element (as defined by the table model).

A th element with ID id is said to be directly targeted by all td and th elements in the same table that have headers attributes whose values include as one of their tokens the ID id. A th element A is said to be targeted by a th or td element B if either A is directly targeted by B or if there exists an element C that is itself targeted by the element B and A is directly targeted by C.

A th element must not be targeted by itself.

The colspan, rowspan, and headers attributes take part in the table model.


cell.cellIndex

Returns the position of the cell in the row's cells list. This does not necessarily correspond to the x-position of the cell in the table, since earlier cells might cover multiple rows or columns.

Returns −1 if the element isn't in a row.

The colSpan IDL attribute must reflect the colspan content attribute. It is clamped to the range [1, 1000], and its default value is 1.

The rowSpan IDL attribute must reflect the rowspan content attribute. It is clamped to the range [0, 65534], and its default value is 1.

The headers IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

The cellIndex IDL attribute must, if the element has a parent tr element, return the index of the cell's element in the parent element's cells collection. If there is no such parent element, then the attribute must return −1.

The scope IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values.

The abbr IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

4.9.12 Processing model

The various table elements and their content attributes together define the table model.

A table consists of cells aligned on a two-dimensional grid of slots with coordinates (x, y). The grid is finite, and is either empty or has one or more slots. If the grid has one or more slots, then the x coordinates are always in the range 0 ≤ x < xwidth, and the y coordinates are always in the range 0 ≤ y < yheight. If one or both of xwidth and yheight are zero, then the table is empty (has no slots). Tables correspond to table elements.

A cell is a set of slots anchored at a slot (cellx, celly), and with a particular width and height such that the cell covers all the slots with coordinates (x, y) where cellx ≤ x < cellx+width and celly ≤ y < celly+height. Cells can either be data cells or header cells. Data cells correspond to td elements, and header cells correspond to th elements. Cells of both types can have zero or more associated header cells.

It is possible, in certain error cases, for two cells to occupy the same slot.

A row is a complete set of slots from x=0 to x=xwidth-1, for a particular value of y. Rows usually correspond to tr elements, though a row group can have some implied rows at the end in some cases involving cells spanning multiple rows.

A column is a complete set of slots from y=0 to y=yheight-1, for a particular value of x. Columns can correspond to col elements. In the absence of col elements, columns are implied.

A row group is a set of rows anchored at a slot (0, groupy) with a particular height such that the row group covers all the slots with coordinates (x, y) where 0 ≤ x < xwidth and groupy ≤ y < groupy+height. Row groups correspond to tbody, thead, and tfoot elements. Not every row is necessarily in a row group.

A column group is a set of columns anchored at a slot (groupx, 0) with a particular width such that the column group covers all the slots with coordinates (x, y) where groupx ≤ x < groupx+width and 0 ≤ y < yheight. Column groups correspond to colgroup elements. Not every column is necessarily in a column group.

Row groups cannot overlap each other. Similarly, column groups cannot overlap each other.

A cell cannot cover slots that are from two or more row groups. It is, however, possible for a cell to be in multiple column groups. All the slots that form part of one cell are part of zero or one row groups and zero or more column groups.

In addition to cells, columns, rows, row groups, and column groups, tables can have a caption element associated with them. This gives the table a heading, or legend.

A table model error is an error with the data represented by table elements and their descendants. Documents must not have table model errors.

4.9.12.1 Forming a table

To determine which elements correspond to which slots in a table associated with a table element, to determine the dimensions of the table (xwidth and yheight), and to determine if there are any table model errors, user agents must use the following algorithm:

  1. Let xwidth be zero.

  2. Let yheight be zero.

  3. Let pending tfoot elements be a list of tfoot elements, initially empty.

  4. Let the table be the table represented by the table element. The xwidth and yheight variables give the table's dimensions. The table is initially empty.

  5. If the table element has no children elements, then return the table (which will be empty).

  6. Associate the first caption element child of the table element with the table. If there are no such children, then it has no associated caption element.

  7. Let the current element be the first element child of the table element.

    If a step in this algorithm ever requires the current element to be advanced to the next child of the table when there is no such next child, then the user agent must jump to the step labeled end, near the end of this algorithm.

  8. While the current element is not one of the following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the table:

  9. If the current element is a colgroup, follow these substeps:

    1. Column groups: Process the current element according to the appropriate case below:

      If the current element has any col element children

      Follow these steps:

      1. Let xstart have the value of xwidth.

      2. Let the current column be the first col element child of the colgroup element.

      3. Columns: If the current column col element has a span attribute, then parse its value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers.

        If the result of parsing the value is not an error or zero, then let span be that value.

        Otherwise, if the col element has no span attribute, or if trying to parse the attribute's value resulted in an error or zero, then let span be 1.

        If span is greater than 1000, let it be 1000 instead.

      4. Increase xwidth by span.

      5. Let the last span columns in the table correspond to the current column col element.

      6. If current column is not the last col element child of the colgroup element, then let the current column be the next col element child of the colgroup element, and return to the step labeled columns.

      7. Let all the last columns in the table from x=xstart to x=xwidth-1 form a new column group, anchored at the slot (xstart, 0), with width xwidth-xstart, corresponding to the colgroup element.

      If the current element has no col element children
      1. If the colgroup element has a span attribute, then parse its value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers.

        If the result of parsing the value is not an error or zero, then let span be that value.

        Otherwise, if the colgroup element has no span attribute, or if trying to parse the attribute's value resulted in an error or zero, then let span be 1.

        If span is greater than 1000, let it be 1000 instead.

      2. Increase xwidth by span.

      3. Let the last span columns in the table form a new column group, anchored at the slot (xwidth-span, 0), with width span, corresponding to the colgroup element.

    2. Advance the current element to the next child of the table.

    3. While the current element is not one of the following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the table:

    4. If the current element is a colgroup element, jump to the step labeled column groups above.

  10. Let ycurrent be zero.

  11. Let the list of downward-growing cells be an empty list.

  12. Rows: While the current element is not one of the following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the table:

  13. If the current element is a tr, then run the algorithm for processing rows, advance the current element to the next child of the table, and return to the step labeled rows.

  14. Run the algorithm for ending a row group.

  15. If the current element is a tfoot, then add that element to the list of pending tfoot elements, advance the current element to the next child of the table, and return to the step labeled rows.

  16. The current element is either a thead or a tbody.

    Run the algorithm for processing row groups.

  17. Advance the current element to the next child of the table.

  18. Return to the step labeled rows.

  19. End: For each tfoot element in the list of pending tfoot elements, in tree order, run the algorithm for processing row groups.

  20. If there exists a row or column in the table containing only slots that do not have a cell anchored to them, then this is a table model error.

  21. Return the table.

The algorithm for processing row groups, which is invoked by the set of steps above for processing thead, tbody, and tfoot elements, is:

  1. Let ystart have the value of yheight.

  2. For each tr element that is a child of the element being processed, in tree order, run the algorithm for processing rows.

  3. If yheight > ystart, then let all the last rows in the table from y=ystart to y=yheight-1 form a new row group, anchored at the slot with coordinate (0, ystart), with height yheight-ystart, corresponding to the element being processed.

  4. Run the algorithm for ending a row group.

The algorithm for ending a row group, which is invoked by the set of steps above when starting and ending a block of rows, is:

  1. While ycurrent is less than yheight, follow these steps:

    1. Run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells.

    2. Increase ycurrent by 1.

  2. Empty the list of downward-growing cells.

The algorithm for processing rows, which is invoked by the set of steps above for processing tr elements, is:

  1. If yheight is equal to ycurrent, then increase yheight by 1. (ycurrent is never greater than yheight.)

  2. Let xcurrent be 0.

  3. Run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells.

  4. If the tr element being processed has no td or th element children, then increase ycurrent by 1, abort this set of steps, and return to the algorithm above.

  5. Let current cell be the first td or th element child in the tr element being processed.

  6. Cells: While xcurrent is less than xwidth and the slot with coordinate (xcurrent, ycurrent) already has a cell assigned to it, increase xcurrent by 1.

  7. If xcurrent is equal to xwidth, increase xwidth by 1. (xcurrent is never greater than xwidth.)

  8. If the current cell has a colspan attribute, then parse that attribute's value, and let colspan be the result.

    If parsing that value failed, or returned zero, or if the attribute is absent, then let colspan be 1, instead.

    If colspan is greater than 1000, let it be 1000 instead.

  9. If the current cell has a rowspan attribute, then parse that attribute's value, and let rowspan be the result.

    If parsing that value failed or if the attribute is absent, then let rowspan be 1, instead.

    If rowspan is greater than 65534, let it be 65534 instead.

  10. If rowspan is zero and the table element's node document is not set to quirks mode, then let cell grows downward be true, and set rowspan to 1. Otherwise, let cell grows downward be false.

  11. If xwidth < xcurrent+colspan, then let xwidth be xcurrent+colspan.

  12. If yheight < ycurrent+rowspan, then let yheight be ycurrent+rowspan.

  13. Let the slots with coordinates (x, y) such that xcurrent ≤ x < xcurrent+colspan and ycurrent ≤ y < ycurrent+rowspan be covered by a new cell c, anchored at (xcurrent, ycurrent), which has width colspan and height rowspan, corresponding to the current cell element.

    If the current cell element is a th element, let this new cell c be a header cell; otherwise, let it be a data cell.

    To establish which header cells apply to the current cell element, use the algorithm for assigning header cells described in the next section.

    If any of the slots involved already had a cell covering them, then this is a table model error. Those slots now have two cells overlapping.

  14. If cell grows downward is true, then add the tuple {c, xcurrent, colspan} to the list of downward-growing cells.

  15. Increase xcurrent by colspan.

  16. If current cell is the last td or th element child in the tr element being processed, then increase ycurrent by 1, abort this set of steps, and return to the algorithm above.

  17. Let current cell be the next td or th element child in the tr element being processed.

  18. Return to the step labeled cells.

When the algorithms above require the user agent to run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells, the user agent must, for each {cell, cellx, width} tuple in the list of downward-growing cells, if any, extend the cell cell so that it also covers the slots with coordinates (x, ycurrent), where cellx ≤ x < cellx+width.

4.9.12.2 Forming relationships between data cells and header cells

Each cell can be assigned zero or more header cells. The algorithm for assigning header cells to a cell principal cell is as follows.

  1. Let header list be an empty list of cells.

  2. Let (principalx, principaly) be the coordinate of the slot to which the principal cell is anchored.

  3. If the principal cell has a headers attribute specified
    1. Take the value of the principal cell's headers attribute and split it on ASCII whitespace, letting id list be the list of tokens obtained.

    2. For each token in the id list, if the first element in the Document with an ID equal to the token is a cell in the same table, and that cell is not the principal cell, then add that cell to header list.

    If principal cell does not have a headers attribute specified
    1. Let principalwidth be the width of the principal cell.

    2. Let principalheight be the height of the principal cell.

    3. For each value of y from principaly to principaly+principalheight-1, run the internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, with the principal cell, the header list, the initial coordinate (principalx, y), and the increments Δx=−1 and Δy=0.

    4. For each value of x from principalx to principalx+principalwidth-1, run the internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, with the principal cell, the header list, the initial coordinate (x, principaly), and the increments Δx=0 and Δy=−1.

    5. If the principal cell is anchored in a row group, then add all header cells that are row group headers and are anchored in the same row group with an x-coordinate less than or equal to principalx+principalwidth-1 and a y-coordinate less than or equal to principaly+principalheight-1 to header list.

    6. If the principal cell is anchored in a column group, then add all header cells that are column group headers and are anchored in the same column group with an x-coordinate less than or equal to principalx+principalwidth-1 and a y-coordinate less than or equal to principaly+principalheight-1 to header list.

  4. Remove all the empty cells from the header list.

  5. Remove any duplicates from the header list.

  6. Remove principal cell from the header list if it is there.

  7. Assign the headers in the header list to the principal cell.

The internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, given a principal cell, a header list, an initial coordinate (initialx, initialy), and Δx and Δy increments, is as follows:

  1. Let x equal initialx.

  2. Let y equal initialy.

  3. Let opaque headers be an empty list of cells.

  4. If principal cell is a header cell

    Let in header block be true, and let headers from current header block be a list of cells containing just the principal cell.

    Otherwise

    Let in header block be false and let headers from current header block be an empty list of cells.

  5. Loop: Increment x by Δx; increment y by Δy.

    For each invocation of this algorithm, one of Δx and Δy will be −1, and the other will be 0.

  6. If either x or y are less than 0, then abort this internal algorithm.

  7. If there is no cell covering slot (x, y), or if there is more than one cell covering slot (x, y), return to the substep labeled loop.

  8. Let current cell be the cell covering slot (x, y).

  9. If current cell is a header cell
    1. Set in header block to true.

    2. Add current cell to headers from current header block.

    3. Let blocked be false.

    4. If Δx is 0

      If there are any cells in the opaque headers list anchored with the same x-coordinate as the current cell, and with the same width as current cell, then let blocked be true.

      If the current cell is not a column header, then let blocked be true.

      If Δy is 0

      If there are any cells in the opaque headers list anchored with the same y-coordinate as the current cell, and with the same height as current cell, then let blocked be true.

      If the current cell is not a row header, then let blocked be true.

    5. If blocked is false, then add the current cell to the header list.

    If current cell is a data cell and in header block is true

    Set in header block to false. Add all the cells in headers from current header block to the opaque headers list, and empty the headers from current header block list.

  10. Return to the step labeled loop.

A header cell anchored at the slot with coordinate (x, y) with width width and height height is said to be a column header if any of the following are true:

A header cell anchored at the slot with coordinate (x, y) with width width and height height is said to be a row header if any of the following are true:

A header cell is said to be a column group header if its scope attribute is in the column group state.

A header cell is said to be a row group header if its scope attribute is in the row group state.

A cell is said to be an empty cell if it contains no elements and its child text content, if any, consists only of ASCII whitespace.

4.9.13 Examples

This section is non-normative.

The following shows how one might mark up the bottom part of table 45 of the Smithsonian physical tables, Volume 71:

<table>
 <caption>Specification values: <b>Steel</b>, <b>Castings</b>,
 Ann. A.S.T.M. A27-16, Class B;* P max. 0.06; S max. 0.05.</caption>
 <thead>
  <tr>
   <th rowspan=2>Grade.</th>
   <th rowspan=2>Yield Point.</th>
   <th colspan=2>Ultimate tensile strength</th>
   <th rowspan=2>Per cent elong. 50.8&nbsp;mm or 2&nbsp;in.</th>
   <th rowspan=2>Per cent reduct. area.</th>
  </tr>
  <tr>
   <th>kg/mm<sup>2</sup></th>
   <th>lb/in<sup>2</sup></th>
  </tr>
 </thead>
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <td>Hard</td>
   <td>0.45 ultimate</td>
   <td>56.2</td>
   <td>80,000</td>
   <td>15</td>
   <td>20</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
   <td>Medium</td>
   <td>0.45 ultimate</td>
   <td>49.2</td>
   <td>70,000</td>
   <td>18</td>
   <td>25</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
   <td>Soft</td>
   <td>0.45 ultimate</td>
   <td>42.2</td>
   <td>60,000</td>
   <td>22</td>
   <td>30</td>
  </tr>
 </tbody>
</table>

This table could look like this:

Specification values: Steel, Castings, Ann. A.S.T.M. A27-16, Class B;* P max. 0.06; S max. 0.05.
Grade.Yield Point.Ultimate tensile strengthPer cent elong. 50.8 mm or 2 in.Per cent reduct. area.
kg/mm2lb/in2
Hard0.45 ultimate56.280,0001520
Medium0.45 ultimate49.270,0001825
Soft0.45 ultimate42.260,0002230

The following shows how one might mark up the gross margin table on page 46 of Apple, Inc's 10-K filing for fiscal year 2008:

<table>
 <thead>
  <tr>
   <th>
   <th>2008
   <th>2007
   <th>2006
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <th>Net sales
   <td>$ 32,479
   <td>$ 24,006
   <td>$ 19,315
  <tr>
   <th>Cost of sales
   <td>  21,334
   <td>  15,852
   <td>  13,717
 <tbody>
  <tr>
   <th>Gross margin
   <td>$ 11,145
   <td>$  8,154
   <td>$  5,598
 <tfoot>
  <tr>
   <th>Gross margin percentage
   <td>34.3%
   <td>34.0%
   <td>29.0%
</table>

This table could look like this:

2008 2007 2006
Net sales $ 32,479 $ 24,006 $ 19,315
Cost of sales 21,334 15,852 13,717
Gross margin $ 11,145 $ 8,154 $ 5,598
Gross margin percentage 34.3% 34.0% 29.0%

The following shows how one might mark up the operating expenses table from lower on the same page of that document:

<table>
 <colgroup> <col>
 <colgroup> <col> <col> <col>
 <thead>
  <tr> <th> <th>2008 <th>2007 <th>2006
 <tbody>
  <tr> <th scope=rowgroup> Research and development
       <td> $ 1,109 <td> $ 782 <td> $ 712
  <tr> <th scope=row> Percentage of net sales
       <td> 3.4% <td> 3.3% <td> 3.7%
 <tbody>
  <tr> <th scope=rowgroup> Selling, general, and administrative
       <td> $ 3,761 <td> $ 2,963 <td> $ 2,433
  <tr> <th scope=row> Percentage of net sales
       <td> 11.6% <td> 12.3% <td> 12.6%
</table>

This table could look like this:

2008 2007 2006
Research and development $ 1,109 $ 782 $ 712
Percentage of net sales 3.4% 3.3% 3.7%
Selling, general, and administrative $ 3,761 $ 2,963 $ 2,433
Percentage of net sales 11.6% 12.3% 12.6%

4.10 Forms

Element#Forms

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari4+Chrome61+
Opera52+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)16+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android5+Safari iOS3.2+Chrome Android61+WebView Android61+Samsung Internet8.0+Opera Android47+

4.10.1 Introduction

This section is non-normative.

A form is a component of a web page that has form controls, such as text, buttons, checkboxes, range, or color picker controls. A user can interact with such a form, providing data that can then be sent to the server for further processing (e.g. returning the results of a search or calculation). No client-side scripting is needed in many cases, though an API is available so that scripts can augment the user experience or use forms for purposes other than submitting data to a server.

Writing a form consists of several steps, which can be performed in any order: writing the user interface, implementing the server-side processing, and configuring the user interface to communicate with the server.

4.10.1.1 Writing a form's user interface

This section is non-normative.

For the purposes of this brief introduction, we will create a pizza ordering form.

Any form starts with a form element, inside which are placed the controls. Most controls are represented by the input element, which by default provides a text control. To label a control, the label element is used; the label text and the control itself go inside the label element. Each part of a form is considered a paragraph, and is typically separated from other parts using p elements. Putting this together, here is how one might ask for the customer's name:

<form>
 <p><label>Customer name: <input></label></p>
</form>

To let the user select the size of the pizza, we can use a set of radio buttons. Radio buttons also use the input element, this time with a type attribute with the value radio. To make the radio buttons work as a group, they are given a common name using the name attribute. To group a batch of controls together, such as, in this case, the radio buttons, one can use the fieldset element. The title of such a group of controls is given by the first element in the fieldset, which has to be a legend element.

<form>
 <p><label>Customer name: <input></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
</form>

Changes from the previous step are highlighted.

To pick toppings, we can use checkboxes. These use the input element with a type attribute with the value checkbox:

<form>
 <p><label>Customer name: <input></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
</form>

The pizzeria for which this form is being written is always making mistakes, so it needs a way to contact the customer. For this purpose, we can use form controls specifically for telephone numbers (input elements with their type attribute set to tel) and email addresses (input elements with their type attribute set to email):

<form>
 <p><label>Customer name: <input></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
</form>

We can use an input element with its type attribute set to time to ask for a delivery time. Many of these form controls have attributes to control exactly what values can be specified; in this case, three attributes of particular interest are min, max, and step. These set the minimum time, the maximum time, and the interval between allowed values (in seconds). This pizzeria only delivers between 11am and 9pm, and doesn't promise anything better than 15 minute increments, which we can mark up as follows:

<form>
 <p><label>Customer name: <input></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <p><label>Preferred delivery time: <input type=time min="11:00" max="21:00" step="900"></label></p>
</form>

The textarea element can be used to provide a multiline text control. In this instance, we are going to use it to provide a space for the customer to give delivery instructions:

<form>
 <p><label>Customer name: <input></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <p><label>Preferred delivery time: <input type=time min="11:00" max="21:00" step="900"></label></p>
 <p><label>Delivery instructions: <textarea></textarea></label></p>
</form>

Finally, to make the form submittable we use the button element:

<form>
 <p><label>Customer name: <input></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <p><label>Preferred delivery time: <input type=time min="11:00" max="21:00" step="900"></label></p>
 <p><label>Delivery instructions: <textarea></textarea></label></p>
 <p><button>Submit order</button></p>
</form>
4.10.1.2 Implementing the server-side processing for a form

This section is non-normative.

The exact details for writing a server-side processor are out of scope for this specification. For the purposes of this introduction, we will assume that the script at https://pizza.example.com/order.cgi is configured to accept submissions using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded format, expecting the following parameters sent in an HTTP POST body:

custname
Customer's name
custtel
Customer's telephone number
custemail
Customer's email address
size
The pizza size, either small, medium, or large
topping
A topping, specified once for each selected topping, with the allowed values being bacon, cheese, onion, and mushroom
delivery
The requested delivery time
comments
The delivery instructions
4.10.1.3 Configuring a form to communicate with a server

This section is non-normative.

Form submissions are exposed to servers in a variety of ways, most commonly as HTTP GET or POST requests. To specify the exact method used, the method attribute is specified on the form element. This doesn't specify how the form data is encoded, though; to specify that, you use the enctype attribute. You also have to specify the URL of the service that will handle the submitted data, using the action attribute.

For each form control you want submitted, you then have to give a name that will be used to refer to the data in the submission. We already specified the name for the group of radio buttons; the same attribute (name) also specifies the submission name. Radio buttons can be distinguished from each other in the submission by giving them different values, using the value attribute.

Multiple controls can have the same name; for example, here we give all the checkboxes the same name, and the server distinguishes which checkbox was checked by seeing which values are submitted with that name — like the radio buttons, they are also given unique values with the value attribute.

Given the settings in the previous section, this all becomes:

<form method="post"
      enctype="application/x-www-form-urlencoded"
      action="https://pizza.example.com/order.cgi">
 <p><label>Customer name: <input name="custname"></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel name="custtel"></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email name="custemail"></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size value="small"> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size value="medium"> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size value="large"> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="bacon"> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="cheese"> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="onion"> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="mushroom"> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <p><label>Preferred delivery time: <input type=time min="11:00" max="21:00" step="900" name="delivery"></label></p>
 <p><label>Delivery instructions: <textarea name="comments"></textarea></label></p>
 <p><button>Submit order</button></p>
</form>

There is no particular significance to the way some of the attributes have their values quoted and others don't. The HTML syntax allows a variety of equally valid ways to specify attributes, as discussed in the syntax section.

For example, if the customer entered "Denise Lawrence" as their name, "555-321-8642" as their telephone number, did not specify an email address, asked for a medium-sized pizza, selected the Extra Cheese and Mushroom toppings, entered a delivery time of 7pm, and left the delivery instructions text control blank, the user agent would submit the following to the online web service:

custname=Denise+Lawrence&custtel=555-321-8642&custemail=&size=medium&topping=cheese&topping=mushroom&delivery=19%3A00&comments=
4.10.1.4 Client-side form validation

Form_validation

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome4+
Opera≤12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android≤37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android≤12.1+

This section is non-normative.

Forms can be annotated in such a way that the user agent will check the user's input before the form is submitted. The server still has to verify the input is valid (since hostile users can easily bypass the form validation), but it allows the user to avoid the wait incurred by having the server be the sole checker of the user's input.

The simplest annotation is the required attribute, which can be specified on input elements to indicate that the form is not to be submitted until a value is given. By adding this attribute to the customer name, pizza size, and delivery time fields, we allow the user agent to notify the user when the user submits the form without filling in those fields:

<form method="post"
      enctype="application/x-www-form-urlencoded"
      action="https://pizza.example.com/order.cgi">
 <p><label>Customer name: <input name="custname" required></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel name="custtel"></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email name="custemail"></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="small"> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="medium"> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="large"> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="bacon"> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="cheese"> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="onion"> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="mushroom"> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <p><label>Preferred delivery time: <input type=time min="11:00" max="21:00" step="900" name="delivery" required></label></p>
 <p><label>Delivery instructions: <textarea name="comments"></textarea></label></p>
 <p><button>Submit order</button></p>
</form>

It is also possible to limit the length of the input, using the maxlength attribute. By adding this to the textarea element, we can limit users to 1000 characters, preventing them from writing huge essays to the busy delivery drivers instead of staying focused and to the point:

<form method="post"
      enctype="application/x-www-form-urlencoded"
      action="https://pizza.example.com/order.cgi">
 <p><label>Customer name: <input name="custname" required></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel name="custtel"></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email name="custemail"></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="small"> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="medium"> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="large"> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="bacon"> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="cheese"> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="onion"> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="mushroom"> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <p><label>Preferred delivery time: <input type=time min="11:00" max="21:00" step="900" name="delivery" required></label></p>
 <p><label>Delivery instructions: <textarea name="comments" maxlength=1000></textarea></label></p>
 <p><button>Submit order</button></p>
</form>

When a form is submitted, invalid events are fired at each form control that is invalid. This can be useful for displaying a summary of the problems with the form, since typically the browser itself will only report one problem at a time.

4.10.1.5 Enabling client-side automatic filling of form controls

This section is non-normative.

Some browsers attempt to aid the user by automatically filling form controls rather than having the user reenter their information each time. For example, a field asking for the user's telephone number can be automatically filled with the user's phone number.

To help the user agent with this, the autocomplete attribute can be used to describe the field's purpose. In the case of this form, we have three fields that can be usefully annotated in this way: the information about who the pizza is to be delivered to. Adding this information looks like this:

<form method="post"
      enctype="application/x-www-form-urlencoded"
      action="https://pizza.example.com/order.cgi">
 <p><label>Customer name: <input name="custname" required autocomplete="shipping name"></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel name="custtel" autocomplete="shipping tel"></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email name="custemail" autocomplete="shipping email"></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="small"> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="medium"> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="large"> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="bacon"> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="cheese"> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="onion"> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="mushroom"> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <p><label>Preferred delivery time: <input type=time min="11:00" max="21:00" step="900" name="delivery" required></label></p>
 <p><label>Delivery instructions: <textarea name="comments" maxlength=1000></textarea></label></p>
 <p><button>Submit order</button></p>
</form>
4.10.1.6 Improving the user experience on mobile devices

This section is non-normative.

Some devices, in particular those with virtual keyboards can provide the user with multiple input modalities. For example, when typing in a credit card number the user may wish to only see keys for digits 0-9, while when typing in their name they may wish to see a form field that by default capitalizes each word.

Using the inputmode attribute we can select appropriate input modalities:

<form method="post"
      enctype="application/x-www-form-urlencoded"
      action="https://pizza.example.com/order.cgi">
 <p><label>Customer name: <input name="custname" required autocomplete="shipping name"></label></p>
 <p><label>Telephone: <input type=tel name="custtel" autocomplete="shipping tel"></label></p>
 <p><label>Buzzer code: <input name="custbuzz" inputmode="numeric"></label></p>
 <p><label>Email address: <input type=email name="custemail" autocomplete="shipping email"></label></p>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Size </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="small"> Small </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="medium"> Medium </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=radio name=size required value="large"> Large </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <fieldset>
  <legend> Pizza Toppings </legend>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="bacon"> Bacon </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="cheese"> Extra Cheese </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="onion"> Onion </label></p>
  <p><label> <input type=checkbox name="topping" value="mushroom"> Mushroom </label></p>
 </fieldset>
 <p><label>Preferred delivery time: <input type=time min="11:00" max="21:00" step="900" name="delivery" required></label></p>
 <p><label>Delivery instructions: <textarea name="comments" maxlength=1000></textarea></label></p>
 <p><button>Submit order</button></p>
</form>
4.10.1.7 The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality

This section is non-normative.

The type, autocomplete, and inputmode attributes can seem confusingly similar. For instance, in all three cases, the string "email" is a valid value. This section attempts to illustrate the difference between the three attributes and provides advice suggesting how to use them.

The type attribute on input elements decides what kind of control the user agent will use to expose the field. Choosing between different values of this attribute is the same choice as choosing whether to use an input element, a textarea element, a select element, etc.

The autocomplete attribute, in contrast, describes what the value that the user will enter actually represents. Choosing between different values of this attribute is the same choice as choosing what the label for the element will be.

First, consider telephone numbers. If a page is asking for a telephone number from the user, the right form control to use is <input type=tel>. However, which autocomplete value to use depends on which phone number the page is asking for, whether they expect a telephone number in the international format or just the local format, and so forth.

For example, a page that forms part of a checkout process on an e-commerce site for a customer buying a gift to be shipped to a friend might need both the buyer's telephone number (in case of payment issues) and the friend's telephone number (in case of delivery issues). If the site expects international phone numbers (with the country code prefix), this could thus look like this:

<p><label>Your phone number: <input type=tel name=custtel autocomplete="billing tel"></label>
<p><label>Recipient's phone number: <input type=tel name=shiptel autocomplete="shipping tel"></label>
<p>Please enter complete phone numbers including the country code prefix, as in "+1 555 123 4567".

But if the site only supports British customers and recipients, it might instead look like this (notice the use of tel-national rather than tel):

<p><label>Your phone number: <input type=tel name=custtel autocomplete="billing tel-national"></label>
<p><label>Recipient's phone number: <input type=tel name=shiptel autocomplete="shipping tel-national"></label>
<p>Please enter complete UK phone numbers, as in "(01632) 960 123".

Now, consider a person's preferred languages. The right autocomplete value is language. However, there could be a number of different form controls used for the purpose: a text control (<input type=text>), a drop-down list (<select>), radio buttons (<input type=radio>), etc. It only depends on what kind of interface is desired.

Finally, consider names. If a page just wants one name from the user, then the relevant control is <input type=text>. If the page is asking for the user's full name, then the relevant autocomplete value is name.

<p><label>Japanese name: <input name="j" type="text" autocomplete="section-jp name"></label>
<label>Romanized name: <input name="e" type="text" autocomplete="section-en name"></label>

In this example, the "section-*" keywords in the autocomplete attributes' values tell the user agent that the two fields expect different names. Without them, the user agent could automatically fill the second field with the value given in the first field when the user gave a value to the first field.

The "-jp" and "-en" parts of the keywords are opaque to the user agent; the user agent cannot guess, from those, that the two names are expected to be in Japanese and English respectively.

Separate from the choices regarding type and autocomplete, the inputmode attribute decides what kind of input modality (e.g., virtual keyboard) to use, when the control is a text control.

Consider credit card numbers. The appropriate input type is not <input type=number>, as explained below; it is instead <input type=text>. To encourage the user agent to use a numeric input modality anyway (e.g., a virtual keyboard displaying only digits), the page would use

<p><label>Credit card number:
                <input name="cc" type="text" inputmode="numeric" pattern="[0-9]{8,19}" autocomplete="cc-number">
</label></p>
4.10.1.8 Date, time, and number formats

This section is non-normative.

In this pizza delivery example, the times are specified in the format "HH:MM": two digits for the hour, in 24-hour format, and two digits for the time. (Seconds could also be specified, though they are not necessary in this example.)

In some locales, however, times are often expressed differently when presented to users. For example, in the United States, it is still common to use the 12-hour clock with an am/pm indicator, as in "2pm". In France, it is common to separate the hours from the minutes using an "h" character, as in "14h00".

Similar issues exist with dates, with the added complication that even the order of the components is not always consistent — for example, in Cyprus the first of February 2003 would typically be written "1/2/03", while that same date in Japan would typically be written as "2003年02月01日" — and even with numbers, where locales differ, for example, in what punctuation is used as the decimal separator and the thousands separator.

It is therefore important to distinguish the time, date, and number formats used in HTML and in form submissions, which are always the formats defined in this specification (and based on the well-established ISO 8601 standard for computer-readable date and time formats), from the time, date, and number formats presented to the user by the browser and accepted as input from the user by the browser.

The format used "on the wire", i.e., in HTML markup and in form submissions, is intended to be computer-readable and consistent irrespective of the user's locale. Dates, for instance, are always written in the format "YYYY-MM-DD", as in "2003-02-01". While some users might see this format, others might see it as "01.02.2003" or "February 1, 2003".

The time, date, or number given by the page in the wire format is then translated to the user's preferred presentation (based on user preferences or on the locale of the page itself), before being displayed to the user. Similarly, after the user inputs a time, date, or number using their preferred format, the user agent converts it back to the wire format before putting it in the DOM or submitting it.

This allows scripts in pages and on servers to process times, dates, and numbers in a consistent manner without needing to support dozens of different formats, while still supporting the users' needs.

See also the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls.

4.10.2 Categories

Mostly for historical reasons, elements in this section fall into several overlapping (but subtly different) categories in addition to the usual ones like flow content, phrasing content, and interactive content.

A number of the elements are form-associated elements, which means they can have a form owner.

The form-associated elements fall into several subcategories:

Listed elements

Denotes elements that are listed in the form.elements and fieldset.elements APIs. These elements also have a form content attribute, and a matching form IDL attribute, that allow authors to specify an explicit form owner.

Submittable elements

Denotes elements that can be used for constructing the entry list when a form element is submitted.

Some submittable elements can be, depending on their attributes, buttons. The prose below defines when an element is a button. Some buttons are specifically submit buttons.

Resettable elements

Denotes elements that can be affected when a form element is reset.

Autocapitalize-and-autocorrect-inheriting elements

Denotes elements that inherit the autocapitalize and autocorrect attributes from their form owner.

Some elements, not all of them form-associated, are categorized as labelable elements. These are elements that can be associated with a label element.

4.10.3 The form element

Element/form

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLFormElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera8+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where flow content is expected.
Content model:
Flow content, but with no form element descendants.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
accept-charset — Character encodings to use for form submission
actionURL to use for form submission
autocomplete — Default setting for autofill feature for controls in the form
enctypeEntry list encoding type to use for form submission
method — Variant to use for form submission
name — Name of form to use in the document.forms API
novalidate — Bypass form control validation for form submission
targetNavigable for form submission
rel
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window,
 LegacyOverrideBuiltIns,
 LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties]
interface HTMLFormElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString acceptCharset;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString action;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString autocomplete;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString enctype;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString encoding;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString method;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean noValidate;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString target;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rel;
  [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList;

  [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLFormControlsCollection elements;
  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
  getter Element (unsigned long index);
  getter (RadioNodeList or Element) (DOMString name);

  undefined submit();
  undefined requestSubmit(optional HTMLElement? submitter = null);
  [CEReactions] undefined reset();
  boolean checkValidity();
  boolean reportValidity();
};

The form element represents a hyperlink that can be manipulated through a collection of form-associated elements, some of which can represent editable values that can be submitted to a server for processing.

The accept-charset attribute gives the character encodings that are to be used for the submission. If specified, the value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for "UTF-8". [ENCODING]

The name attribute represents the form's name within the forms collection. The value must not be the empty string, and the value must be unique amongst the form elements in the forms collection that it is in, if any.

The autocomplete attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
on on Form controls will have their autofill field name set to "on" by default.
off off Form controls will have their autofill field name set to "off" by default.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the on state.

The action, enctype, method, novalidate, and target attributes are attributes for form submission.

The rel attribute on form elements controls what kinds of links the elements create. The attribute's value must be a unordered set of unique space-separated tokens. The allowed keywords and their meanings are defined in an earlier section.

rel's supported tokens are the keywords defined in HTML link types which are allowed on form elements, impact the processing model, and are supported by the user agent. The possible supported tokens are noreferrer, noopener, and opener. rel's supported tokens must only include the tokens from this list that the user agent implements the processing model for.

form.elements

HTMLFormElement/elements

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera8+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

Returns an HTMLFormControlsCollection of the form controls in the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons).

form.length

HTMLFormElement/length

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the number of form controls in the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons).

form[index]

Returns the indexth element in the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons).

form[name]

Returns the form control (or, if there are several, a RadioNodeList of the form controls) in the form with the given ID or name (excluding image buttons for historical reasons); or, if there are none, returns the img element with the given ID.

Once an element has been referenced using a particular name, that name will continue being available as a way to reference that element in this method, even if the element's actual ID or name changes, for as long as the element remains in the tree.

If there are multiple matching items, then a RadioNodeList object containing all those elements is returned.

form.submit()

HTMLFormElement/submit

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Submits the form, bypassing interactive constraint validation and without firing a submit event.

form.requestSubmit([ submitter ])

HTMLFormElement/requestSubmit

Support in all current engines.

Firefox75+Safari16+Chrome76+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Requests to submit the form. Unlike submit(), this method includes interactive constraint validation and firing a submit event, either of which can cancel submission.

The submitter argument can be used to point to a specific submit button, whose formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget attributes can impact submission. Additionally, the submitter will be included when constructing the entry list for submission; normally, buttons are excluded.

form.reset()

HTMLFormElement/reset

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera8+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

Resets the form.

form.checkValidity()

Returns true if the form's controls are all valid; otherwise, returns false.

form.reportValidity()

Returns true if the form's controls are all valid; otherwise, returns false and informs the user.

The autocomplete IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values.

HTMLFormElement/name

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The name and rel IDL attributes must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

HTMLFormElement/acceptCharset

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The acceptCharset IDL attribute must reflect the accept-charset content attribute.

The relList IDL attribute must reflect the rel content attribute.


The elements IDL attribute must return an HTMLFormControlsCollection rooted at the form element's root, whose filter matches listed elements whose form owner is the form element, with the exception of input elements whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, which must, for historical reasons, be excluded from this particular collection.

The length IDL attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the elements collection.

The supported property indices at any instant are the indices supported by the object returned by the elements attribute at that instant.

To determine the value of an indexed property for a form element, the user agent must return the value returned by the item method on the elements collection, when invoked with the given index as its argument.


Each form element has a mapping of names to elements called the past names map. It is used to persist names of controls even when they change names.

The supported property names consist of the names obtained from the following algorithm, in the order obtained from this algorithm:

  1. Let sourced names be an initially empty ordered list of tuples consisting of a string, an element, a source, where the source is either id, name, or past, and, if the source is past, an age.

  2. For each listed element candidate whose form owner is the form element, with the exception of any input elements whose type attribute is in the Image Button state:

    1. If candidate has an id attribute, add an entry to sourced names with that id attribute's value as the string, candidate as the element, and id as the source.

    2. If candidate has a name attribute, add an entry to sourced names with that name attribute's value as the string, candidate as the element, and name as the source.

  3. For each img element candidate whose form owner is the form element:

    1. If candidate has an id attribute, add an entry to sourced names with that id attribute's value as the string, candidate as the element, and id as the source.

    2. If candidate has a name attribute, add an entry to sourced names with that name attribute's value as the string, candidate as the element, and name as the source.

  4. For each entry past entry in the past names map, add an entry to sourced names with the past entry's name as the string, past entry's element as the element, past as the source, and the length of time past entry has been in the past names map as the age.

  5. Sort sourced names by tree order of the element entry of each tuple, sorting entries with the same element by putting entries whose source is id first, then entries whose source is name, and finally entries whose source is past, and sorting entries with the same element and source by their age, oldest first.

  6. Remove any entries in sourced names that have the empty string as their name.

  7. Remove any entries in sourced names that have the same name as an earlier entry in the map.

  8. Return the list of names from sourced names, maintaining their relative order.

To determine the value of a named property name for a form element, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. Let candidates be a live RadioNodeList object containing all the listed elements, whose form owner is the form element, that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, with the exception of input elements whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, in tree order.

  2. If candidates is empty, let candidates be a live RadioNodeList object containing all the img elements, whose form owner is the form element, that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, in tree order.

  3. If candidates is empty, name is the name of one of the entries in the form element's past names map: return the object associated with name in that map.

  4. If candidates contains more than one node, return candidates.

  5. Otherwise, candidates contains exactly one node. Add a mapping from name to the node in candidates in the form element's past names map, replacing the previous entry with the same name, if any.

  6. Return the node in candidates.

If an element listed in a form element's past names map changes form owner, then its entries must be removed from that map.


The submit() method steps are to submit this from this, with submitted from submit() method set to true.

The requestSubmit(submitter) method, when invoked, must run the following steps:

  1. If submitter is not null, then:

    1. If submitter is not a submit button, then throw a TypeError.

    2. If submitter's form owner is not this form element, then throw a "NotFoundError" DOMException.

  2. Otherwise, set submitter to this form element.

  3. Submit this form element, from submitter.

The reset() method, when invoked, must run the following steps:

  1. If the form element is marked as locked for reset, then return.

  2. Mark the form element as locked for reset.

  3. Reset the form element.

  4. Unmark the form element as locked for reset.

If the checkValidity() method is invoked, the user agent must statically validate the constraints of the form element, and return true if the constraint validation return a positive result, and false if it returned a negative result.

If the reportValidity() method is invoked, the user agent must interactively validate the constraints of the form element, and return true if the constraint validation return a positive result, and false if it returned a negative result.

This example shows two search forms:

<form action="https://www.google.com/search" method="get">
 <label>Google: <input type="search" name="q"></label> <input type="submit" value="Search...">
</form>
<form action="https://www.bing.com/search" method="get">
 <label>Bing: <input type="search" name="q"></label> <input type="submit" value="Search...">
</form>

4.10.4 The label element

Element/label

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

HTMLLabelElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Interactive content.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content, but with no descendant labelable elements unless it is the element's labeled control, and no descendant label elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
for — Associate the label with form control
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLLabelElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString htmlFor;
  readonly attribute HTMLElement? control;
};

The label element represents a caption in a user interface. The caption can be associated with a specific form control, known as the label element's labeled control, either using the for attribute, or by putting the form control inside the label element itself.

Except where otherwise specified by the following rules, a label element has no labeled control.

Attributes/for

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The for attribute may be specified to indicate a form control with which the caption is to be associated. If the attribute is specified, the attribute's value must be the ID of a labelable element in the same tree as the label element. If the attribute is specified and there is an element in the tree whose ID is equal to the value of the for attribute, and the first such element in tree order is a labelable element, then that element is the label element's labeled control.

If the for attribute is not specified, but the label element has a labelable element descendant, then the first such descendant in tree order is the label element's labeled control.

The label element's exact default presentation and behavior, in particular what its activation behavior might be, if anything, should match the platform's label behavior. The activation behavior of a label element for events targeted at interactive content descendants of a label element, and any descendants of those interactive content descendants, must be to do nothing.

Form-associated custom elements are labelable elements, so for user agents where the label element's activation behavior impacts the labeled control, both built-in and custom elements will be impacted.

For example, on platforms where clicking a label activates the form control, clicking the label in the following snippet could trigger the user agent to fire a click event at the input element, as if the element itself had been triggered by the user:

<label><input type=checkbox name=lost> Lost</label>

Similarly, assuming my-checkbox was declared as a form-associated custom element (like in this example), then the code

<label><my-checkbox name=lost></my-checkbox> Lost</label>

would have the same behavior, firing a click event at the my-checkbox element.

On other platforms, the behavior in both cases might be just to focus the control, or to do nothing.

The following example shows three form controls each with a label, two of which have small text showing the right format for users to use.

<p><label>Full name: <input name=fn> <small>Format: First Last</small></label></p>
<p><label>Age: <input name=age type=number min=0></label></p>
<p><label>Post code: <input name=pc> <small>Format: AB12 3CD</small></label></p>
label.control

HTMLLabelElement/control

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5.1+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the form control that is associated with this element.

label.form

HTMLLabelElement/form

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns the form owner of the form control that is associated with this element.

Returns null if there isn't one.

HTMLLabelElement/htmlFor

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The htmlFor IDL attribute must reflect the for content attribute.

The control IDL attribute must return the label element's labeled control, if any, or null if there isn't one.

The form IDL attribute must run the following steps:

  1. If the label element has no labeled control, then return null.

  2. If the label element's labeled control is not a form-associated element, then return null.

  3. Return the label element's labeled control's form owner (which can still be null).

The form IDL attribute on the label element is different from the form IDL attribute on listed form-associated elements, and the label element does not have a form content attribute.


control.labels

HTMLButtonElement/labels

Support in all current engines.

Firefox56+Safari5.1+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLInputElement/labels

Support in all current engines.

Firefox56+Safari5+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLMeterElement/labels

Support in all current engines.

Firefox56+Safari6+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLOutputElement/labels

Support in all current engines.

Firefox56+Safari5.1+Chrome9+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLProgressElement/labels

Support in all current engines.

Firefox56+Safari6+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLSelectElement/labels

Support in all current engines.

Firefox56+Safari5.1+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

HTMLTextAreaElement/labels

Support in all current engines.

Firefox56+Safari5.1+Chrome6+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)18Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns a NodeList of all the label elements that the form control is associated with.

Labelable elements and all input elements have a live NodeList object associated with them that represents the list of label elements, in tree order, whose labeled control is the element in question. The labels IDL attribute of labelable elements that are not form-associated custom elements, and the labels IDL attribute of input elements, on getting, must return that NodeList object, and that same value must always be returned, unless this element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Hidden state, in which case it must instead return null.

ElementInternals/labels

Support in all current engines.

Firefox98+Safari16.4+Chrome77+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Form-associated custom elements don't have a labels IDL attribute. Instead, their ElementInternals object has a labels IDL attribute. On getting, it must throw a "NotSupportedError" DOMException if the target element is not a form-associated custom element. Otherwise, it must return that NodeList object, and that same value must always be returned.

This (non-conforming) example shows what happens to the NodeList and what labels returns when an input element has its type attribute changed.

<!doctype html>
<p><label><input></label></p>
<script>
 const input = document.querySelector('input');
 const labels = input.labels;
 console.assert(labels.length === 1);

 input.type = 'hidden';
 console.assert(labels.length === 0); // the input is no longer the label's labeled control
 console.assert(input.labels === null);

 input.type = 'checkbox';
 console.assert(labels.length === 1); // the input is once again the label's labeled control
 console.assert(input.labels === labels); // same value as returned originally
</script>

4.10.5 The input element

Element/input

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android1+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Element/input

HTMLInputElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera8+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: Interactive content.
If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: Listed, labelable, submittable, resettable, and autocapitalize-and-autocorrect inheriting form-associated element.
If the type attribute is in the Hidden state: Listed, submittable, resettable, and autocapitalize-and-autocorrect inheriting form-associated element.
If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Nothing.
Tag omission in text/html:
No end tag.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
accept — Hint for expected file type in file upload controls
alpha — Allow the color's alpha component to be set
alt — Replacement text for use when images are not available
autocomplete — Hint for form autofill feature
checked — Whether the control is checked
colorspace — The color space of the serialized color
dirname — Name of form control to use for sending the element's directionality in form submission
disabled — Whether the form control is disabled
form — Associates the element with a form element
formactionURL to use for form submission
formenctypeEntry list encoding type to use for form submission
formmethod — Variant to use for form submission
formnovalidate — Bypass form control validation for form submission
formtargetNavigable for form submission
height — Vertical dimension
list — List of autocomplete options
max — Maximum value
maxlength — Maximum length of value
min — Minimum value
minlength — Minimum length of value
multiple — Whether to allow multiple values
name — Name of the element to use for form submission and in the form.elements API
pattern — Pattern to be matched by the form control's value
placeholder — User-visible label to be placed within the form control
popovertarget — Targets a popover element to toggle, show, or hide
popovertargetaction — Indicates whether a targeted popover element is to be toggled, shown, or hidden
readonly — Whether to allow the value to be edited by the user
required — Whether the control is required for form submission
size — Size of the control
src — Address of the resource
step — Granularity to be matched by the form control's value
type — Type of form control
value — Value of the form control
width — Horizontal dimension
Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element: Description of pattern (when used with pattern attribute)
Accessibility considerations:
type attribute in the Hidden state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Text state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Search state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Telephone state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the URL state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Email state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Password state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Date state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Month state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Week state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Time state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Local Date and Time state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Number state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Range state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Color state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Checkbox state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Radio Button state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the File Upload state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Submit Button state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Image Button state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Reset Button state: for authors; for implementers.
type attribute in the Button state: for authors; for implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLInputElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString accept;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean alpha;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString alt;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString autocomplete;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean defaultChecked;
  attribute boolean checked;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString colorSpace;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString dirName;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean disabled;
  readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
  attribute FileList? files;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString formAction;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString formEnctype;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString formMethod;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean formNoValidate;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString formTarget;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long height;
  attribute boolean indeterminate;
  readonly attribute HTMLDataListElement? list;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString max;
  [CEReactions] attribute long maxLength;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString min;
  [CEReactions] attribute long minLength;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean multiple;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString pattern;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString placeholder;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean readOnly;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean required;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long size;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString src;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString step;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString defaultValue;
  [CEReactions] attribute [LegacyNullToEmptyString] DOMString value;
  attribute object? valueAsDate;
  attribute unrestricted double valueAsNumber;
  [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long width;

  undefined stepUp(optional long n = 1);
  undefined stepDown(optional long n = 1);

  readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
  readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
  readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
  boolean checkValidity();
  boolean reportValidity();
  undefined setCustomValidity(DOMString error);

  readonly attribute NodeList? labels;

  undefined select();
  attribute unsigned long? selectionStart;
  attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd;
  attribute DOMString? selectionDirection;
  undefined setRangeText(DOMString replacement);
  undefined setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve");
  undefined setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction);

  undefined showPicker();

  // also has obsolete members
};
HTMLInputElement includes PopoverInvokerElement;

The input element represents a typed data field, usually with a form control to allow the user to edit the data.

The type attribute controls the data type (and associated control) of the element. It is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Data type Control type
hidden Hidden An arbitrary string n/a
text Text Text with no line breaks A text control
search Search Text with no line breaks Search control
tel Telephone Text with no line breaks A text control
url URL An absolute URL A text control
email Email An email address or list of email addresses A text control
password Password Text with no line breaks (sensitive information) A text control that obscures data entry
date Date A date (year, month, day) with no time zone A date control
month Month A date consisting of a year and a month with no time zone A month control
week Week A date consisting of a week-year number and a week number with no time zone A week control
time Time A time (hour, minute, seconds, fractional seconds) with no time zone A time control
datetime-local Local Date and Time A date and time (year, month, day, hour, minute, second, fraction of a second) with no time zone A date and time control
number Number A numerical value A text control or spinner control
range Range A numerical value, with the extra semantic that the exact value is not important A slider control or similar
color Color An sRGB color with 8-bit red, green, and blue components A color picker
checkbox Checkbox A set of zero or more values from a predefined list A checkbox
radio Radio Button An enumerated value A radio button
file File Upload Zero or more files each with a MIME type and optionally a filename A label and a button
submit Submit Button An enumerated value, with the extra semantic that it must be the last value selected and initiates form submission A button
image Image Button A coordinate, relative to a particular image's size, with the extra semantic that it must be the last value selected and initiates form submission Either a clickable image, or a button
reset Reset Button n/a A button
button Button n/a A button

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the Text state.

Which of the accept, alpha, alt, autocomplete, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width content attributes, the checked, files, valueAsDate, valueAsNumber, and list IDL attributes, the select() method, the selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection, IDL attributes, the setRangeText() and setSelectionRange() methods, the stepUp() and stepDown() methods, and the input and change events apply to an input element depends on the state of its type attribute. The subsections that define each type also clearly define in normative "bookkeeping" sections which of these feature apply, and which do not apply, to each type. The behavior of these features depends on whether they apply or not, as defined in their various sections (q.v. for content attributes, for APIs, for events).

The following table is non-normative and summarizes which of those content attributes, IDL attributes, methods, and events apply to each state:

Hidden Text, Search Telephone, URL Email Password Date, Month, Week, Time Local Date and Time Number Range Color Checkbox, Radio Button File Upload Submit Button Image Button Reset Button, Button
Content attributes
accept · · · · · · · · · · · Yes · · ·
alpha · · · · · · · · · Yes · · · · ·
alt · · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes ·
autocomplete Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · ·
checked · · · · · · · · · · Yes · · · ·
colorspace · · · · · · · · · Yes · · · · ·
dirname Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · Yes · ·
formaction · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes ·
formenctype · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes ·
formmethod · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes ·
formnovalidate · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes ·
formtarget · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes ·
height · · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes ·
list · Yes Yes Yes · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · ·
max · · · · · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · ·
maxlength · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
min · · · · · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · ·
minlength · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
multiple · · · Yes · · · · · · · Yes · · ·
pattern · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
placeholder · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · Yes · · · · · · ·
popovertarget · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes Yes
popovertargetaction · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes Yes
readonly · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · ·
required · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · Yes Yes · · ·
size · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
src · · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes ·
step · · · · · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · ·
width · · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes ·
IDL attributes and methods
checked · · · · · · · · · · Yes · · · ·
files · · · · · · · · · · · Yes · · ·
value default value value value value value value value value value default/on filename default default default
valueAsDate · · · · · Yes · · · · · · · · ·
valueAsNumber · · · · · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · ·
list · Yes Yes Yes · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · ·
select() · Yes Yes Yes† Yes Yes† Yes† Yes† · Yes† · Yes† · · ·
selectionStart · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
selectionEnd · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
selectionDirection · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
setRangeText() · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
setSelectionRange() · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · ·
stepDown() · · · · · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · ·
stepUp() · · · · · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · ·
Events
input event · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · ·
change event · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · ·

† If the control has no selectable text, the select() method results in a no-op, with no "InvalidStateError" DOMException.

Some states of the type attribute define a value sanitization algorithm.

Each input element has a value, which is exposed by the value IDL attribute. Some states define an algorithm to convert a string to a number, an algorithm to convert a number to a string, an algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, and an algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, which are used by max, min, step, valueAsDate, valueAsNumber, and stepUp().

An input element's dirty value flag must be set to true whenever the user interacts with the control in a way that changes the value. (It is also set to true when the value is programmatically changed, as described in the definition of the value IDL attribute.)

The value content attribute gives the default value of the input element. When the value content attribute is added, set, or removed, if the control's dirty value flag is false, the user agent must set the value of the element to the value of the value content attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise, and then run the current value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined.

Each input element has a checkedness, which is exposed by the checked IDL attribute.

Each input element has a boolean dirty checkedness flag. When it is true, the element is said to have a dirty checkedness. The dirty checkedness flag must be initially set to false when the element is created, and must be set to true whenever the user interacts with the control in a way that changes the checkedness.

Element/input#checked

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The checked content attribute is a boolean attribute that gives the default checkedness of the input element. When the checked content attribute is added, if the control does not have dirty checkedness, the user agent must set the checkedness of the element to true; when the checked content attribute is removed, if the control does not have dirty checkedness, the user agent must set the checkedness of the element to false.

The reset algorithm for input elements is to set its user validity, dirty value flag, and dirty checkedness flag back to false, set the value of the element to the value of the value content attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise, set the checkedness of the element to true if the element has a checked content attribute and false if it does not, empty the list of selected files, and then invoke the value sanitization algorithm, if the type attribute's current state defines one.

Each input element can be mutable. Except where otherwise specified, an input element is always mutable. Similarly, except where otherwise specified, the user agent should not allow the user to modify the element's value or checkedness.

When an input element is disabled, it is not mutable.

The readonly attribute can also in some cases (e.g. for the Date state, but not the Checkbox state) stop an input element from being mutable.

The input element can support a picker. A picker is a user interface element that allows the end user to choose a value. Whether an input element supports a picker depends on the type attribute state and implementation-defined behavior. An input element must support a picker when its type attribute is in the File Upload state.

As of the time of this writing, typical browser implementations show such picker UI for:

The cloning steps for input elements given node, copy, and subtree are to propagate the value, dirty value flag, checkedness, and dirty checkedness flag from node to copy.

The activation behavior for input elements element, given event, are these steps:

  1. If element is not mutable, and element's type attribute is neither in the Checkbox nor in the Radio state, then return.

  2. Run element's input activation behavior, if any, and do nothing otherwise.

  3. If element has a form owner and element's type attribute is not in the Button state, then return.

  4. Run the popover target attribute activation behavior given element and event's target.

Recall that an element's activation behavior runs for both user-initiated activations and for synthetic activations (e.g., via el.click()). User agents might also have behaviors for a given control — not specified here — that are triggered only by true user-initiated activations. A common choice is to show the picker, if applicable, for the control. In contrast, the input activation behavior only shows pickers for the special historical cases of the File Upload and Color states.

The legacy-pre-activation behavior for input elements are these steps:

  1. If this element's type attribute is in the Checkbox state, then set this element's checkedness to its opposite value (i.e. true if it is false, false if it is true) and set this element's indeterminate IDL attribute to false.

  2. If this element's type attribute is in the Radio Button state, then get a reference to the element in this element's radio button group that has its checkedness set to true, if any, and then set this element's checkedness to true.

The legacy-canceled-activation behavior for input elements are these steps:

  1. If the element's type attribute is in the Checkbox state, then set the element's checkedness and the element's indeterminate IDL attribute back to the values they had before the legacy-pre-activation behavior was run.

  2. If this element's type attribute is in the Radio Button state, then if the element to which a reference was obtained in the legacy-pre-activation behavior, if any, is still in what is now this element's radio button group, if it still has one, and if so, setting that element's checkedness to true; or else, if there was no such element, or that element is no longer in this element's radio button group, or if this element no longer has a radio button group, setting this element's checkedness to false.


When an input element is first created, the element's rendering and behavior must be set to the rendering and behavior defined for the type attribute's state, and the value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined for the type attribute's state, must be invoked.

When an input element's type attribute changes state, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. If the previous state of the element's type attribute put the value IDL attribute in the value mode, and the element's value is not the empty string, and the new state of the element's type attribute puts the value IDL attribute in either the default mode or the default/on mode, then set the element's value content attribute to the element's value.

  2. Otherwise, if the previous state of the element's type attribute put the value IDL attribute in any mode other than the value mode, and the new state of the element's type attribute puts the value IDL attribute in the value mode, then set the value of the element to the value of the value content attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise, and then set the control's dirty value flag to false.

  3. Otherwise, if the previous state of the element's type attribute put the value IDL attribute in any mode other than the filename mode, and the new state of the element's type attribute puts the value IDL attribute in the filename mode, then set the value of the element to the empty string.

  4. Update the element's rendering and behavior to the new state's.

  5. Signal a type change for the element. (The Radio Button state uses this, in particular.)

  6. Invoke the value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined for the type attribute's new state.

  7. Let previouslySelectable be true if setRangeText() previously applied to the element, and false otherwise.

  8. Let nowSelectable be true if setRangeText() now applies to the element, and false otherwise.

  9. If previouslySelectable is false and nowSelectable is true, set the element's text entry cursor position to the beginning of the text control, and set its selection direction to "none".


The name attribute represents the element's name. The dirname attribute controls how the element's directionality is submitted. The disabled attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being submitted. The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the input element with its form owner. The autocomplete attribute controls how the user agent provides autofill behavior.

HTMLInputElement#indeterminate

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.6+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera≤12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android≤12.1+
caniuse.com table

The indeterminate IDL attribute must initially be set to false. On getting, it must return the last value it was set to. On setting, it must be set to the new value. It has no effect except for changing the appearance of checkbox controls.

HTMLInputElement/multiple

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.6+Safari4+Chrome2+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The accept, alpha, alt, max, min, multiple, pattern, placeholder, required, size, src, and step IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The dirName IDL attribute must reflect the dirname content attribute. The readOnly IDL attribute must reflect the readonly content attribute. The defaultChecked IDL attribute must reflect the checked content attribute. The defaultValue IDL attribute must reflect the value content attribute.

The colorSpace IDL attribute must reflect the colorspace content attribute, limited to only known values. The type IDL attribute must reflect the respective content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values. The maxLength IDL attribute must reflect the maxlength content attribute, limited to only non-negative numbers. The minLength IDL attribute must reflect the minlength content attribute, limited to only non-negative numbers.

The IDL attributes width and height must return the rendered width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if an image is being rendered; or else the natural width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if an image is available but not being rendered; or else 0, if no image is available. When the input element's type attribute is not in the Image Button state, then no image is available. [CSS]

On setting, they must act as if they reflected the respective content attributes of the same name.

The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element's labels. The select(), selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods and IDL attributes expose the element's text selection. The disabled, form, and name IDL attributes are part of the element's forms API.

4.10.5.1 States of the type attribute
4.10.5.1.1 Hidden state (type=hidden)

Element/input/hidden

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera2+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Hidden state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a value that is not intended to be examined or manipulated by the user.

Constraint validation: If an input element's type attribute is in the Hidden state, it is barred from constraint validation.

If the name attribute is present and has a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for "_charset_", then the element's value attribute must be omitted.

The autocomplete and dirname content attributes apply to this element.

The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The input and change events do not apply.

4.10.5.1.2 Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)

Element/input/search

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera10.6+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Element/input/text

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Text state or the Search state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a one line plain text edit control for the element's value.

The difference between the Text state and the Search state is primarily stylistic: on platforms where search controls are distinguished from regular text controls, the Search state might result in an appearance consistent with the platform's search controls rather than appearing like a regular text control.

If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the element's value.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the writing direction of the element, setting it either to a left-to-right writing direction or a right-to-left writing direction. If the user does so, the user agent must then run the following steps:

  1. Set the element's dir attribute to "ltr" if the user selected a left-to-right writing direction, and "rtl" if the user selected a right-to-left writing direction.

  2. Queue an element task on the user interaction task source given the element to fire an event named input at the element, with the bubbles and composed attributes initialized to true.

The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip newlines from the value.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, dirname, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods.

4.10.5.1.3 Telephone state (type=tel)

Element/input/tel

Support in all current engines.

FirefoxYesSafari4+Chrome3+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android18+WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

When an input element's type attribute is in the Telephone state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for editing a telephone number given in the element's value.

If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents may change the spacing and, with care, the punctuation of values that the user enters. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the element's value.

The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip newlines from the value.

Unlike the URL and Email types, the Telephone type does not enforce a particular syntax. This is intentional; in practice, telephone number fields tend to be free-form fields, because there are a wide variety of valid phone numbers. Systems that need to enforce a particular format are encouraged to use the pattern attribute or the setCustomValidity() method to hook into the client-side validation mechanism.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, dirname, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods.

4.10.5.1.4 URL state (type=url)

Element/input/url

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the URL state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for editing a single absolute URL given in the element's value.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the URL represented by its value. User agents may allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid absolute URL, but may also or instead automatically escape characters entered by the user so that the value is always a valid absolute URL (even if that isn't the actual value seen and edited by the user in the interface). User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value.

The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces that is also an absolute URL.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip newlines from the value, then strip leading and trailing ASCII whitespace from the value.

Constraint validation: While the value of the element is neither the empty string nor a valid absolute URL, the element is suffering from a type mismatch.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, dirname, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods.

If a document contained the following markup:

<input type="url" name="location" list="urls">
<datalist id="urls">
 <option label="MIME: Format of Internet Message Bodies" value="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2045">
 <option label="HTML" value="https://html.spec.whatwg.org/">
 <option label="DOM" value="https://dom.spec.whatwg.org/">
 <option label="Fullscreen" value="https://fullscreen.spec.whatwg.org/">
 <option label="Media Session" value="https://mediasession.spec.whatwg.org/">
 <option label="The Single UNIX Specification, Version 3" value="http://www.unix.org/version3/">
</datalist>

...and the user had typed "spec.w", and the user agent had also found that the user had visited https://url.spec.whatwg.org/#url-parsing and https://streams.spec.whatwg.org/ in the recent past, then the rendering might look like this:

A text box with an icon on the left followed by the text "spec.w" and a cursor, with a drop down button on the right hand side; with, below, a drop down box containing a list of six URLs on the left, with the first four having grayed out labels on the right; and a scrollbar to the right of the drop down box, indicating further values are available.

The first four URLs in this sample consist of the four URLs in the author-specified list that match the text the user has entered, sorted in some implementation-defined manner (maybe by how frequently the user refers to those URLs). Note how the UA is using the knowledge that the values are URLs to allow the user to omit the scheme part and perform intelligent matching on the domain name.

The last two URLs (and probably many more, given the scrollbar's indications of more values being available) are the matches from the user agent's session history data. This data is not made available to the page DOM. In this particular case, the UA has no titles to provide for those values.

4.10.5.1.5 Email state (type=email)

Element/input/email

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

When an input element's type attribute is in the Email state, the rules in this section apply.

How the Email state operates depends on whether the multiple attribute is specified or not.

When the multiple attribute is not specified on the element

The input element represents a control for editing an email address given in the element's value.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the email address represented by its value. User agents may allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid email address. The user agent should act in a manner consistent with expecting the user to provide a single email address. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value. User agents may transform the value for display and editing; in particular, user agents should convert punycode in the domain labels of the value to IDN in the display and vice versa.

Constraint validation: While the user interface is representing input that the user agent cannot convert to punycode, the control is suffering from bad input.

The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a single valid email address.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip newlines from the value, then strip leading and trailing ASCII whitespace from the value.

Constraint validation: While the value of the element is neither the empty string nor a single valid email address, the element is suffering from a type mismatch.

When the multiple attribute is specified on the element

The input element represents a control for adding, removing, and editing the email addresses given in the element's values.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to add, remove, and edit the email addresses represented by its values. User agents may allow the user to set any individual value in the list of values to a string that is not a valid email address, but must not allow users to set any individual value to a string containing U+002C COMMA (,), U+000A LINE FEED (LF), or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters. User agents should allow the user to remove all the addresses in the element's values. User agents may transform the values for display and editing; in particular, user agents should convert punycode in the domain labels of the value to IDN in the display and vice versa.

Constraint validation: While the user interface describes a situation where an individual value contains a U+002C COMMA (,) or is representing input that the user agent cannot convert to punycode, the control is suffering from bad input.

Whenever the user changes the element's values, the user agent must run the following steps:

  1. Let latest values be a copy of the element's values.

  2. Strip leading and trailing ASCII whitespace from each value in latest values.

  3. Let the element's value be the result of concatenating all the values in latest values, separating each value from the next by a single U+002C COMMA character (,), maintaining the list's order.

The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid email address list.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows:

  1. Split on commas the element's value, strip leading and trailing ASCII whitespace from each resulting token, if any, and let the element's values be the (possibly empty) resulting list of (possibly empty) tokens, maintaining the original order.

  2. Let the element's value be the result of concatenating the element's values, separating each value from the next by a single U+002C COMMA character (,), maintaining the list's order.

Constraint validation: While the value of the element is not a valid email address list, the element is suffering from a type mismatch.

When the multiple attribute is set or removed, the user agent must run the value sanitization algorithm.

A valid email address is a string that matches the email production of the following ABNF, the character set for which is Unicode. This ABNF implements the extensions described in RFC 1123. [ABNF] [RFC5322] [RFC1034] [RFC1123]

email         = 1*( atext / "." ) "@" label *( "." label )
label         = let-dig [ [ ldh-str ] let-dig ]  ; limited to a length of 63 characters by RFC 1034 section 3.5
atext         = < as defined in RFC 5322 section 3.2.3 >
let-dig       = < as defined in RFC 1034 section 3.5 >
ldh-str       = < as defined in RFC 1034 section 3.5 >

This requirement is a willful violation of RFC 5322, which defines a syntax for email addresses that is simultaneously too strict (before the "@" character), too vague (after the "@" character), and too lax (allowing comments, whitespace characters, and quoted strings in manners unfamiliar to most users) to be of practical use here.

The following JavaScript- and Perl-compatible regular expression is an implementation of the above definition.

/^[a-zA-Z0-9.!#$%&'*+\/=?^_`{|}~-]+@[a-zA-Z0-9](?:[a-zA-Z0-9-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?(?:\.[a-zA-Z0-9](?:[a-zA-Z0-9-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?)*$/

A valid email address list is a set of comma-separated tokens, where each token is itself a valid email address. To obtain the list of tokens from a valid email address list, an implementation must split the string on commas.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, dirname, list, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; list and value IDL attributes; select() method.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown() and stepUp() methods.

4.10.5.1.6 Password state (type=password)

Element/input/password

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera2+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer2+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Password state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a one line plain text edit control for the element's value. The user agent should obscure the value so that people other than the user cannot see it.

If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value.

The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip newlines from the value.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, dirname, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, min, multiple, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods.

4.10.5.1.7 Date state (type=date)

Element/input/date

Support in all current engines.

Firefox57+Safari14.1+Chrome20+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS5+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

When an input element's type attribute is in the Date state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for setting the element's value to a string representing a specific date.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the date represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a date from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid date string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a date, then the value must be set to a valid date string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.

Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid date string, the control is suffering from bad input.

See the introduction section for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls.

The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid date string.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid date string, then set it to the empty string instead.

The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid date string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid date string.

The step attribute is expressed in days. The step scale factor is 86,400,000 (which converts the days to milliseconds, as used in the other algorithms). The default step is 1 day.

When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest date for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.

The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a date from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z") to midnight UTC on the morning of the parsed date, ignoring leap seconds.

The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid date string that represents the date that, in UTC, is current input milliseconds after midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z").

The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a date from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight UTC on the morning of the parsed date.

The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object input, is as follows: Return a valid date string that represents the date current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone.

The Date state (and other date- and time-related states described in subsequent sections) is not intended for the entry of values for which a precise date and time relative to the contemporary calendar cannot be established. For example, it would be inappropriate for the entry of times like "one millisecond after the big bang", "the early part of the Jurassic period", or "a winter around 250 BCE".

For the input of dates before the introduction of the Gregorian calendar, authors are encouraged to not use the Date state (and the other date- and time-related states described in subsequent sections), as user agents are not required to support converting dates and times from earlier periods to the Gregorian calendar, and asking users to do so manually puts an undue burden on users. (This is complicated by the manner in which the Gregorian calendar was phased in, which occurred at different times in different countries, ranging from partway through the 16th century all the way to early in the 20th.) Instead, authors are encouraged to provide fine-grained input controls using the select element and input elements with the Number state.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, size, src, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

4.10.5.1.8 Month state (type=month)

Element/input/month

Support in all current engines.

FirefoxNoSafariNoChrome20+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android18+Safari iOSYesChrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Month state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for setting the element's value to a string representing a specific month.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the month represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a month from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid month string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a month, then the value must be set to a valid month string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.

Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid month string, the control is suffering from bad input.

See the introduction section for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls.

The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid month string.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid month string, then set it to the empty string instead.

The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid month string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid month string.

The step attribute is expressed in months. The step scale factor is 1 (there is no conversion needed as the algorithms use months). The default step is 1 month.

When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest month for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.

The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a month from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of months between January 1970 and the parsed month.

The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid month string that represents the month that has input months between it and January 1970.

The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a month from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight UTC on the morning of the first day of the parsed month.

The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object input, is as follows: Return a valid month string that represents the month current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, size, src, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

4.10.5.1.9 Week state (type=week)

Element/input/week

FirefoxNoSafariNoChrome20+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android18+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Week state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for setting the element's value to a string representing a specific week.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the week represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a week from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid week string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a week, then the value must be set to a valid week string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.

Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid week string, the control is suffering from bad input.

See the introduction section for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls.

The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid week string.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid week string, then set it to the empty string instead.

The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid week string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid week string.

The step attribute is expressed in weeks. The step scale factor is 604,800,000 (which converts the weeks to milliseconds, as used in the other algorithms). The default step is 1 week. The default step base is −259,200,000 (the start of week 1970-W01).

When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest week for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.

The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a week string from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z") to midnight UTC on the morning of the Monday of the parsed week, ignoring leap seconds.

The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid week string that represents the week that, in UTC, is current input milliseconds after midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z").

The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a week from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight UTC on the morning of the Monday of the parsed week.

The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object input, is as follows: Return a valid week string that represents the week current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, size, src, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

4.10.5.1.10 Time state (type=time)

Element/input/time

Support in all current engines.

Firefox57+Safari14.1+Chrome20+
Opera10+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS5+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

When an input element's type attribute is in the Time state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for setting the element's value to a string representing a specific time.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a time from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid time string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a time, then the value must be set to a valid time string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.

Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid time string, the control is suffering from bad input.

See the introduction section for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls.

The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid time string.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid time string, then set it to the empty string instead.

The form control has a periodic domain.

The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid time string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid time string.

The step attribute is expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000 (which converts the seconds to milliseconds, as used in the other algorithms). The default step is 60 seconds.

When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest time for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.

The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a time from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight to the parsed time on a day with no time changes.

The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid time string that represents the time that is input milliseconds after midnight on a day with no time changes.

The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a time from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing the parsed time in UTC on 1970-01-01.

The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object input, is as follows: Return a valid time string that represents the UTC time component that is represented by input.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, size, src, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

4.10.5.1.11 Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)

Element/input/datetime-local

Support in all current engines.

Firefox93+Safari14.1+Chrome20+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS5+Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

When an input element's type attribute is in the Local Date and Time state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for setting the element's value to a string representing a local date and time, with no time-zone offset information.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the date and time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a date and time from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid normalized local date and time string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a local date and time, then the value must be set to a valid normalized local date and time string representing the user's selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.

Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid normalized local date and time string, the control is suffering from bad input.

See the introduction section for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls.

The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid local date and time string.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is a valid local date and time string, then set it to a valid normalized local date and time string representing the same date and time; otherwise, set it to the empty string instead.

The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid local date and time string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid local date and time string.

The step attribute is expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000 (which converts the seconds to milliseconds, as used in the other algorithms). The default step is 60 seconds.

When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest local date and time for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.

The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a date and time from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0") to the parsed local date and time, ignoring leap seconds.

The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid normalized local date and time string that represents the date and time that is input milliseconds after midnight on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0").

See the note on historical dates in the Date state section.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, size, src, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and valueAsDate IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

The following example shows part of a flight booking application. The application uses an input element with its type attribute set to datetime-local, and it then interprets the given date and time in the time zone of the selected airport.

<fieldset>
 <legend>Destination</legend>
 <p><label>Airport: <input type=text name=to list=airports></label></p>
 <p><label>Departure time: <input type=datetime-local name=totime step=3600></label></p>
</fieldset>
<datalist id=airports>
 <option value=ATL label="Atlanta">
 <option value=MEM label="Memphis">
 <option value=LHR label="London Heathrow">
 <option value=LAX label="Los Angeles">
 <option value=FRA label="Frankfurt">
</datalist>
4.10.5.1.12 Number state (type=number)

Element/input/number

Support in all current engines.

Firefox29+Safari5.1+Chrome7+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Number state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for setting the element's value to a string representing a number.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the number represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid floating-point number. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a number, then the value must be set to the best representation of the number representing the user's selection as a floating-point number. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string.

Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid floating-point number, the control is suffering from bad input.

This specification does not define what user interface user agents are to use; user agent vendors are encouraged to consider what would best serve their users' needs. For example, a user agent in Persian or Arabic markets might support Persian and Arabic numeric input (converting it to the format required for submission as described above). Similarly, a user agent designed for Romans might display the value in Roman numerals rather than in decimal; or (more realistically) a user agent designed for the French market might display the value with apostrophes between thousands and commas before the decimals, and allow the user to enter a value in that manner, internally converting it to the submission format described above.

The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid floating-point number, then set it to the empty string instead.

The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number.

The step scale factor is 1. The default step is 1 (allowing only integers to be selected by the user, unless the step base has a non-integer value).

When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element's value to the nearest number for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch. If there are two such numbers, user agents are encouraged to pick the one nearest positive infinity.

The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the resulting number.

The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid floating-point number that represents input.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, placeholder, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, size, src, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and valueAsDate IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

Here is an example of using a numeric input control:

<label>How much do you want to charge? $<input type=number min=0 step=0.01 name=price></label>

As described above, a user agent might support numeric input in the user's local format, converting it to the format required for submission as described above. This might include handling grouping separators (as in "872,000,000,000") and various decimal separators (such as "3,99" vs "3.99") or using local digits (such as those in Arabic, Devanagari, Persian, and Thai).

The type=number state is not appropriate for input that happens to only consist of numbers but isn't strictly speaking a number. For example, it would be inappropriate for credit card numbers or US postal codes. A simple way of determining whether to use type=number is to consider whether it would make sense for the input control to have a spinbox interface (e.g. with "up" and "down" arrows). Getting a credit card number wrong by 1 in the last digit isn't a minor mistake, it's as wrong as getting every digit incorrect. So it would not make sense for the user to select a credit card number using "up" and "down" buttons. When a spinbox interface is not appropriate, type=text is probably the right choice (possibly with an inputmode or pattern attribute).

4.10.5.1.13 Range state (type=range)

Element/input/range

Support in all current engines.

Firefox23+Safari3.1+Chrome4+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android52+Safari iOS5+Chrome Android57+WebView Android4.4+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

When an input element's type attribute is in the Range state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control for setting the element's value to a string representing a number, but with the caveat that the exact value is not important, letting UAs provide a simpler interface than they do for the Number state.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the number represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid floating-point number. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a number, then the value must be set to a best representation of the number representing the user's selection as a floating-point number. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to the empty string.

Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid floating-point number, the control is suffering from bad input.

The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid floating-point number, then set it to the best representation, as a floating-point number, of the default value.

The default value is the minimum plus half the difference between the minimum and the maximum, unless the maximum is less than the minimum, in which case the default value is the minimum.

When the element is suffering from an underflow, the user agent must set the element's value to the best representation, as a floating-point number, of the minimum.

When the element is suffering from an overflow, if the maximum is not less than the minimum, the user agent must set the element's value to a valid floating-point number that represents the maximum.

When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent must round the element's value to the nearest number for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch, and which is greater than or equal to the minimum, and, if the maximum is not less than the minimum, which is less than or equal to the maximum, if there is a number that matches these constraints. If two numbers match these constraints, then user agents must use the one nearest to positive infinity.

For example, the markup <input type="range" min=0 max=100 step=20 value=50> results in a range control whose initial value is 60.

Here is an example of a range control using an autocomplete list with the list attribute. This could be useful if there are values along the full range of the control that are especially important, such as preconfigured light levels or typical speed limits in a range control used as a speed control. The following markup fragment:

<input type="range" min="-100" max="100" value="0" step="10" name="power" list="powers">
<datalist id="powers">
<option value="0">
<option value="-30">
<option value="30">
 <option value="++50">
</datalist>

...with the following style sheet applied:

input { writing-mode: vertical-lr; height: 75px; width: 49px; background: #D5CCBB; color: black; }

...might render as:

A vertical slider control whose primary color is black and whose background color is beige, with the slider having five tick marks, one long one at each extremity, and three short ones clustered around the midpoint.

Note how the UA determined the orientation of the control from the ratio of the style-sheet-specified height and width properties. The colors were similarly derived from the style sheet. The tick marks, however, were derived from the markup. In particular, the step attribute has not affected the placement of tick marks, the UA deciding to only use the author-specified completion values and then adding longer tick marks at the extremes.

Note also how the invalid value ++50 was ignored.

For another example, consider the following markup fragment:

<input name=x type=range min=100 max=700 step=9.09090909 value=509.090909>

A user agent could display in a variety of ways, for instance:

As a dial.

Or, alternatively, for instance:

As a long horizontal slider with tick marks.

The user agent could pick which one to display based on the dimensions given in the style sheet. This would allow it to maintain the same resolution for the tick marks, despite the differences in width.

Finally, here is an example of a range control with two labeled values:

<input type="range" name="a" list="a-values">
<datalist id="a-values">
<option value="10" label="Low">
<option value="90" label="High">
</datalist>

With styles that make the control draw vertically, it might look as follows:

A vertical slider control with two tick marks, one near the top labeled 'High', and one near the bottom labeled 'Low'.

In this state, the range and step constraints are enforced even during user input, and there is no way to set the value to the empty string.

The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The default minimum is 0. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The default maximum is 100.

The step scale factor is 1. The default step is 1 (allowing only integers, unless the min attribute has a non-integer value).

The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the resulting number.

The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return the best representation, as a floating-point number, of input.

The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, and step content attributes; list, value, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, readonly, required, size, src, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and valueAsDate IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.

4.10.5.1.14 Color state (type=color)

Element/input/color

Support in all current engines.

Firefox29+Safari12.1+Chrome20+
Opera12+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)14+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android🔰 27+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12+

When an input element's type attribute is in the Color state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a color well control, for setting the element's value to a string representing the serialization of a CSS color.

In this state, there is always a CSS color picked, and there is no way for the end user to set the value to the empty string.

The alpha attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it indicates the CSS color's alpha component can be manipulated by the end user and does not have to be fully opaque.

The colorspace attribute indicates the color space of the serialized CSS color. It also hints at the desired user interface for selecting a CSS color. It is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
limited-srgb Limited sRGB The CSS color is converted to the 'srgb' color space and limited to 8-bits per component, e.g., "#123456" or "color(srgb 0 1 0 / 0.5)".
display-p3 Display P3 The CSS color is converted to the 'display-p3' color space, e.g., "color(display-p3 1.84 -0.19 0.72 / 0.6)".

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the Limited sRGB state.

Whenever the element's alpha or colorspace attributes are changed, the user agent must run update a color well control color given the element.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the color represented by its value, as obtained from parsing it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that running update a color well control color for the element would not set it to. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a CSS color, then the value must be set to the result of serializing a color well control color given the element and the end user's selection.

The input activation behavior for such an element element is to show the picker, if applicable, for element.

Constraint validation: While the element's value is not the empty string and parsing it returns failure, the control is suffering from bad input.

The value attribute, if specified and not the empty string, must have a value that is a CSS color.

The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Run update a color well control color for the element.

To update a color well control color, given an element element:

  1. Assert: element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Color state.

  2. Let color be the result of parsing element's value.

  3. If color is failure, then set color to opaque black.

  4. Set element's value to the result of serializing a color well control color given element and color.

To serialize a color well control color, given an element element and a CSS color color:

  1. Assert: element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Color state.

  2. Let htmlCompatible be false.

  3. If element's alpha attribute is not specified, then set color's alpha component to be fully opaque.

  4. If element's colorspace attribute is in the Limited sRGB state:

    1. Set color to color converted to the 'srgb' color space.

    2. Round each of color's components so they are in the range 0 to 255, inclusive. Components are to be rounded towards +∞.

    3. If element's alpha attribute is not specified, then set htmlCompatible to true.

      This intentionally uses a different serialization path for compatibility with an earlier version of the color well control.

    4. Otherwise, set color to color converted to using the 'color()' function.

  5. Otherwise:

    1. Assert: element's colorspace attribute is in the Display P3 state.

    2. Set color to color converted to the 'display-p3' color space.

  6. Return the result of serializing color. If htmlCompatible is true, then do so with HTML-compatible serialization requested.

The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: alpha, autocomplete, colorspace, and list content attributes; list and value IDL attributes; select() method.

The value IDL attribute is in mode value.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate and, valueAsNumber IDL attributes; setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

4.10.5.1.15 Checkbox state (type=checkbox)

Element/input/checkbox

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Checkbox state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a two-state control that represents the element's checkedness state. If the element's checkedness state is true, the control represents a positive selection, and if it is false, a negative selection. If the element's indeterminate IDL attribute is set to true, then the control's selection should be obscured as if the control was in a third, indeterminate, state.

The control is never a true tri-state control, even if the element's indeterminate IDL attribute is set to true. The indeterminate IDL attribute only gives the appearance of a third state.

The input activation behavior is to run the following steps:

  1. If the element is not connected, then return.

  2. Fire an event named input at the element with the bubbles and composed attributes initialized to true.

  3. Fire an event named change at the element with the bubbles attribute initialized to true.

Constraint validation: If the element is required and its checkedness is false, then the element is suffering from being missing.

input.indeterminate [ = value ]

When set, overrides the rendering of checkbox controls so that the current value is not visible.

The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: checked, and required content attributes; checked and value IDL attributes.

The value IDL attribute is in mode default/on.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, autocomplete, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, readonly, size, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

4.10.5.1.16 Radio Button state (type=radio)

Element/input/radio

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Radio Button state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a control that, when used in conjunction with other input elements, forms a radio button group in which only one control can have its checkedness state set to true. If the element's checkedness state is true, the control represents the selected control in the group, and if it is false, it indicates a control in the group that is not selected.

The radio button group that contains an input element a also contains all the other input elements b that fulfill all of the following conditions:

A tree must not contain an input element whose radio button group contains only that element.

When any of the following phenomena occur, if the element's checkedness state is true after the occurrence, the checkedness state of all the other elements in the same radio button group must be set to false:

The input activation behavior is to run the following steps:

  1. If the element is not connected, then return.

  2. Fire an event named input at the element with the bubbles and composed attributes initialized to true.

  3. Fire an event named change at the element with the bubbles attribute initialized to true.

Constraint validation: If an element in the radio button group is required, and all of the input elements in the radio button group have a checkedness that is false, then the element is suffering from being missing.

The following example, for some reason, has specified that puppers are both required and disabled:

<form>
 <p><label><input type="radio" name="dog-type" value="pupper" required disabled> Pupper</label>
 <p><label><input type="radio" name="dog-type" value="doggo"> Doggo</label>
 <p><button>Make your choice</button>
</form>

If the user tries to submit this form without first selecting "Doggo", then both input elements will be suffering from being missing, since an element in the radio button group is required (viz. the first element), and both of the elements in the radio button group have a false checkedness.

On the other hand, if the user selects "Doggo" and then submits the form, then neither input element will be suffering from being missing, since while one of them is required, not all of them have a false checkedness.

If none of the radio buttons in a radio button group are checked, then they will all be initially unchecked in the interface, until such time as one of them is checked (either by the user or by script).

The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: checked and required content attributes; checked and value IDL attributes.

The value IDL attribute is in mode default/on.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, autocomplete, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, readonly, size, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

4.10.5.1.17 File Upload state (type=file)

Element/input/file

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera11+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android11+

When an input element's type attribute is in the File Upload state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a list of selected files, each file consisting of a filename, a file type, and a file body (the contents of the file).

Filenames must not contain path components, even in the case that a user has selected an entire directory hierarchy or multiple files with the same name from different directories. Path components, for the purposes of the File Upload state, are those parts of filenames that are separated by U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) characters.

Unless the multiple attribute is set, there must be no more than one file in the list of selected files.

The input activation behavior for such an element element is to show the picker, if applicable, for element.

If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the files on the list in other ways also, e.g., adding or removing files by drag-and-drop. When the user does so, the user agent must update the file selection for the element.

If the element is not mutable, the user agent must not allow the user to change the element's selection.

To update the file selection for an element element:

  1. Queue an element task on the user interaction task source given element and the following steps:

    1. Update element's selected files so that it represents the user's selection.

    2. Fire an event named input at the input element, with the bubbles and composed attributes initialized to true.

    3. Fire an event named change at the input element, with the bubbles attribute initialized to true.

Constraint validation: If the element is required and the list of selected files is empty, then the element is suffering from being missing.


Attributes/accept

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Element/input#attr-accept

Support in all current engines.

Firefox37+Safari11.1+Chrome26+
Opera15+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android37+Safari iOS11.3+Chrome Android26+WebView Android4.4+Samsung Internet1.5+Opera Android15+

The accept attribute may be specified to provide user agents with a hint of what file types will be accepted.

If specified, the attribute must consist of a set of comma-separated tokens, each of which must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the following:

The string "audio/*"
Indicates that sound files are accepted.
The string "video/*"
Indicates that video files are accepted.
The string "image/*"
Indicates that image files are accepted.
A valid MIME type string with no parameters
Indicates that files of the specified type are accepted.
A string whose first character is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.)
Indicates that files with the specified file extension are accepted.

The tokens must not be ASCII case-insensitive matches for any of the other tokens (i.e. duplicates are not allowed). To obtain the list of tokens from the attribute, the user agent must split the attribute value on commas.

User agents may use the value of this attribute to display a more appropriate user interface than a generic file picker. For instance, given the value image/*, a user agent could offer the user the option of using a local camera or selecting a photograph from their photo collection; given the value audio/*, a user agent could offer the user the option of recording a clip using a headset microphone.

User agents should prevent the user from selecting files that are not accepted by one (or more) of these tokens.

Authors are encouraged to specify both any MIME types and any corresponding extensions when looking for data in a specific format.

For example, consider an application that converts Microsoft Word documents to Open Document Format files. Since Microsoft Word documents are described with a wide variety of MIME types and extensions, the site can list several, as follows:

<input type="file" accept=".doc,.docx,.xml,application/msword,application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document">

On platforms that only use file extensions to describe file types, the extensions listed here can be used to filter the allowed documents, while the MIME types can be used with the system's type registration table (mapping MIME types to extensions used by the system), if any, to determine any other extensions to allow. Similarly, on a system that does not have filenames or extensions but labels documents with MIME types internally, the MIME types can be used to pick the allowed files, while the extensions can be used if the system has an extension registration table that maps known extensions to MIME types used by the system.

Extensions tend to be ambiguous (e.g. there are an untold number of formats that use the ".dat" extension, and users can typically quite easily rename their files to have a ".doc" extension even if they are not Microsoft Word documents), and MIME types tend to be unreliable (e.g. many formats have no formally registered types, and many formats are in practice labeled using a number of different MIME types). Authors are reminded that, as usual, data received from a client should be treated with caution, as it may not be in an expected format even if the user is not hostile and the user agent fully obeyed the accept attribute's requirements.

Element/input/file

For historical reasons, the value IDL attribute prefixes the filename with the string "C:\fakepath\". Some legacy user agents actually included the full path (which was a security vulnerability). As a result of this, obtaining the filename from the value IDL attribute in a backwards-compatible way is non-trivial. The following function extracts the filename in a suitably compatible manner:

function extractFilename(path) {
  if (path.substr(0, 12) == "C:\\fakepath\\")
    return path.substr(12); // modern browser
  var x;
  x = path.lastIndexOf('/');
  if (x >= 0) // Unix-based path
    return path.substr(x+1);
  x = path.lastIndexOf('\\');
  if (x >= 0) // Windows-based path
    return path.substr(x+1);
  return path; // just the filename
}

This can be used as follows:

<p><input type=file name=image onchange="updateFilename(this.value)"></p>
<p>The name of the file you picked is: <span id="filename">(none)</span></p>
<script>
 function updateFilename(path) {
   var name = extractFilename(path);
   document.getElementById('filename').textContent = name;
 }
</script>

The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: accept, multiple, and required content attributes; files and value IDL attributes; select() method.

The value IDL attribute is in mode filename.

The input and change events apply.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: alpha, alt, autocomplete, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, pattern, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, placeholder, readonly, size, src, step, and width.

The element's value attribute must be omitted.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

4.10.5.1.18 Submit Button state (type=submit)

Element/input/submit

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Submit Button state, the rules in this section apply.

(This is a tracking vector.) The input element represents a button that, when activated, submits the form. If the element has a value attribute, the button's label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be an implementation-defined string that means "Submit" or some such. The element is a button, specifically a submit button.

Since the default label is implementation-defined, and the width of the button typically depends on the button's label, the button's width can leak a few bits of fingerprintable information. These bits are likely to be strongly correlated to the identity of the user agent and the user's locale.

The element's input activation behavior given event is as follows:

  1. If the element does not have a form owner, then return.

  2. If the element's node document is not fully active, then return.

  3. Submit the element's form owner from the element with userInvolvement set to event's user navigation involvement.

The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget attributes are attributes for form submission.

The formnovalidate attribute can be used to make submit buttons that do not trigger the constraint validation.

The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, popovertarget, and popovertargetaction content attributes; value IDL attribute.

The value IDL attribute is in mode default.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, autocomplete, checked, colorspace, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The input and change events do not apply.

4.10.5.1.19 Image Button state (type=image)

Element/input/image

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Image Button state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents either an image from which a user can select a coordinate and submit the form, or alternatively a button from which the user can submit the form. The element is a button, specifically a submit button.

The coordinate is sent to the server during form submission by sending two entries for the element, derived from the name of the control but with ".x" and ".y" appended to the name with the x and y components of the coordinate respectively.


Element/input#src

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The image is given by the src attribute. The src attribute must be present, and must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces referencing a non-interactive, optionally animated, image resource that is neither paged nor scripted.

When any of the these events occur

then unless the user agent cannot support images, or its support for images has been disabled, or the user agent only fetches images on demand, or the src attribute's value is the empty string, run these steps:

  1. Let url be the result of encoding-parsing a URL given the src attribute's value, relative to the element's node document.

  2. If url is failure, then return.

  3. Let request be a new request whose URL is url, client is the element's node document's relevant settings object, destination is "image", initiator type is "input", credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.

  4. Fetch request, with processResponseEndOfBody set to the following steps given response response:

    1. If the download was successful and the image is available, queue an element task on the user interaction task source given the input element to fire an event named load at the input element.

    2. Otherwise, if the fetching process fails without a response from the remote server, or completes but the image is not a valid or supported image, then queue an element task on the user interaction task source given the input element to fire an event named error on the input element.

Fetching the image must delay the load event of the element's node document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run.

If the image was successfully obtained, with no network errors, and the image's type is a supported image type, and the image is a valid image of that type, then the image is said to be available. If this is true before the image is completely downloaded, each task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must update the presentation of the image appropriately.

The user agent should apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image, with the image's associated Content-Type headers giving the official type. If these rules are not applied, then the type of the image must be the type given by the image's associated Content-Type headers.

User agents must not support non-image resources with the input element. User agents must not run executable code embedded in the image resource. User agents must only display the first page of a multipage resource. User agents must not allow the resource to act in an interactive fashion, but should honor any animation in the resource.


Element/input#alt

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The alt attribute provides the textual label for the button for users and user agents who cannot use the image. The alt attribute must be present, and must contain a non-empty string giving the label that would be appropriate for an equivalent button if the image was unavailable.

The input element supports dimension attributes.


If the src attribute is set, and the image is available and the user agent is configured to display that image, then the element represents a control for selecting a coordinate from the image specified by the src attribute. In that case, if the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to select this coordinate.

Otherwise, the element represents a submit button whose label is given by the value of the alt attribute.

The element's input activation behavior given event is as follows:

  1. If the element does not have a form owner, then return.

  2. If the element's node document is not fully active, then return.

  3. If the user activated the control while explicitly selecting a coordinate, then set the element's selected coordinate to that coordinate.

    This is only possible under the conditions outlined above, when the element represents a control for selecting such a coordinate. Even then, the user might activate the control without explicitly selecting a coordinate.

  4. Submit the element's form owner from the element with userInvolvement set to event's user navigation involvement.

The element's selected coordinate consists of an x-component and a y-component. It is initially (0, 0). The coordinates represent the position relative to the edge of the element's image, with the coordinate space having the positive x direction to the right, and the positive y direction downwards.

The x-component must be a valid integer representing a number x in the range −(borderleft+paddingleft) ≤ xwidth+borderright+paddingright, where width is the rendered width of the image, borderleft is the width of the border on the left of the image, paddingleft is the width of the padding on the left of the image, borderright is the width of the border on the right of the image, and paddingright is the width of the padding on the right of the image, with all dimensions given in CSS pixels.

The y-component must be a valid integer representing a number y in the range −(bordertop+paddingtop) ≤ yheight+borderbottom+paddingbottom, where height is the rendered height of the image, bordertop is the width of the border above the image, paddingtop is the width of the padding above the image, borderbottom is the width of the border below the image, and paddingbottom is the width of the padding below the image, with all dimensions given in CSS pixels.

Where a border or padding is missing, its width is zero CSS pixels.


The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget attributes are attributes for form submission.

image.width [ = value ]
image.height [ = value ]

These attributes return the actual rendered dimensions of the image, or 0 if the dimensions are not known.

They can be set, to change the corresponding content attributes.

The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: alt, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, popovertarget, popovertargetaction, src, and width content attributes; value IDL attribute.

The value IDL attribute is in mode default.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, autocomplete, checked, colorspace, dirname, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, and step.

The element's value attribute must be omitted.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The input and change events do not apply.

Many aspects of this state's behavior are similar to the behavior of the img element. Readers are encouraged to read that section, where many of the same requirements are described in more detail.

Take the following form:

<form action="process.cgi">
 <input type=image src=map.png name=where alt="Show location list">
</form>

If the user clicked on the image at coordinate (127,40) then the URL used to submit the form would be "process.cgi?where.x=127&where.y=40".

(In this example, it's assumed that for users who don't see the map, and who instead just see a button labeled "Show location list", clicking the button will cause the server to show a list of locations to pick from instead of the map.)

4.10.5.1.20 Reset Button state (type=reset)

Element/input/reset

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Reset Button state, the rules in this section apply.

(This is a tracking vector.) The input element represents a button that, when activated, resets the form. If the element has a value attribute, the button's label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be an implementation-defined string that means "Reset" or some such. The element is a button.

Since the default label is implementation-defined, and the width of the button typically depends on the button's label, the button's width can leak a few bits of fingerprintable information. These bits are likely to be strongly correlated to the identity of the user agent and the user's locale.

The element's input activation behavior is as follows:

  1. If the element does not have a form owner, then return.

  2. If the element's node document is not fully active, then return.

  3. Reset the form owner from the element.

Constraint validation: The element is barred from constraint validation.

The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default.

The following common input element content attributes apply to the element: popovertarget and popovertargetaction.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, autocomplete, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The input and change events do not apply.

4.10.5.1.21 Button state (type=button)

Element/input/button

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

When an input element's type attribute is in the Button state, the rules in this section apply.

The input element represents a button with no default behavior. A label for the button must be provided in the value attribute, though it may be the empty string. If the element has a value attribute, the button's label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be the empty string. The element is a button.

The element has no input activation behavior.

Constraint validation: The element is barred from constraint validation.

The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default.

The following common input element content attributes apply to the element: popovertarget and popovertargetaction.

The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alpha, alt, autocomplete, checked, colorspace, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width.

The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.

The input and change events do not apply.

4.10.5.2 Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls

This section is non-normative.

The formats shown to the user in date, time, and number controls is independent of the format used for form submission.

Browsers are encouraged to use user interfaces that present dates, times, and numbers according to the conventions of either the locale implied by the input element's language or the user's preferred locale. Using the page's locale will ensure consistency with page-provided data.

For example, it would be confusing to users if an American English page claimed that a Cirque De Soleil show was going to be showing on 02/03, but their browser, configured to use the British English locale, only showed the date 03/02 in the ticket purchase date picker. Using the page's locale would at least ensure that the date was presented in the same format everywhere. (There's still a risk that the user would end up arriving a month late, of course, but there's only so much that can be done about such cultural differences...)

4.10.5.3 Common input element attributes

These attributes only apply to an input element if its type attribute is in a state whose definition declares that the attribute applies. When an attribute doesn't apply to an input element, user agents must ignore the attribute, regardless of the requirements and definitions below.

4.10.5.3.1 The maxlength and minlength attributes

Attributes/maxlength

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Attributes/minlength

Support in all current engines.

Firefox51+Safari10.1+Chrome40+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Attributes/maxlength

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome4+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS5+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Attributes/minlength

Support in all current engines.

Firefox51+Safari10.1+Chrome40+
Opera?Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

Element/input#attr-maxlength

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5.1+Chrome4+
Opera15+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android5+Safari iOS9+Chrome Android18+WebView Android4.4+Samsung Internet1.5+Opera Android15+
caniuse.com table

The maxlength attribute, when it applies, is a form control maxlength attribute.

Element/input#attr-minlength

Support in all current engines.

Firefox51+Safari10.1+Chrome40+
Opera27+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)17+Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android51+Safari iOS10.3+Chrome Android40+WebView Android40+Samsung Internet4.0+Opera Android27+
caniuse.com table

The minlength attribute, when it applies, is a form control minlength attribute.

If the input element has a maximum allowed value length, then the length of the value of the element's value attribute must be less than or equal to the element's maximum allowed value length.

The following extract shows how a messaging client's text entry could be arbitrarily restricted to a fixed number of characters, thus forcing any conversation through this medium to be terse and discouraging intelligent discourse.

<label>What are you doing? <input name=status maxlength=140></label>

Here, a password is given a minimum length:

<p><label>Username: <input name=u required></label>
<p><label>Password: <input name=p required minlength=12></label>
4.10.5.3.2 The size attribute

The size attribute gives the number of characters that, in a visual rendering, the user agent is to allow the user to see while editing the element's value.

The size attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid non-negative integer greater than zero.

If the attribute is present, then its value must be parsed using the rules for parsing non-negative integers, and if the result is a number greater than zero, then the user agent should ensure that at least that many characters are visible.

The size IDL attribute is limited to only positive numbers and has a default value of 20.

4.10.5.3.3 The readonly attribute

Attributes/readonly

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Attributes/readonly

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Attributes/readonly

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari≤4+Chrome1+
Opera≤12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer≤6+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android≤12.1+

The readonly attribute is a boolean attribute that controls whether or not the user can edit the form control. When specified, the element is not mutable.

Constraint validation: If the readonly attribute is specified on an input element, the element is barred from constraint validation.

The difference between disabled and readonly is that read-only controls can still function, whereas disabled controls generally do not function as controls until they are enabled. This is spelled out in more detail elsewhere in this specification with normative requirements that refer to the disabled concept (for example, the element's activation behavior, whether or not it is a focusable area, or when constructing the entry list). Any other behavior related to user interaction with disabled controls, such as whether text can be selected or copied, is not defined in this standard.

Only text controls can be made read-only, since for other controls (such as checkboxes and buttons) there is no useful distinction between being read-only and being disabled, so the readonly attribute does not apply.

In the following example, the existing product identifiers cannot be modified, but they are still displayed as part of the form, for consistency with the row representing a new product (where the identifier is not yet filled in).

<form action="products.cgi" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data">
 <table>
  <tr> <th> Product ID <th> Product name <th> Price <th> Action
  <tr>
   <td> <input readonly="readonly" name="1.pid" value="H412">
   <td> <input required="required" name="1.pname" value="Floor lamp Ulke">
   <td> $<input required="required" type="number" min="0" step="0.01" name="1.pprice" value="49.99">
   <td> <button formnovalidate="formnovalidate" name="action" value="delete:1">Delete</button>
  <tr>
   <td> <input readonly="readonly" name="2.pid" value="FG28">
   <td> <input required="required" name="2.pname" value="Table lamp Ulke">
   <td> $<input required="required" type="number" min="0" step="0.01" name="2.pprice" value="24.99">
   <td> <button formnovalidate="formnovalidate" name="action" value="delete:2">Delete</button>
  <tr>
   <td> <input required="required" name="3.pid" value="" pattern="[A-Z0-9]+">
   <td> <input required="required" name="3.pname" value="">
   <td> $<input required="required" type="number" min="0" step="0.01" name="3.pprice" value="">
   <td> <button formnovalidate="formnovalidate" name="action" value="delete:3">Delete</button>
 </table>
 <p> <button formnovalidate="formnovalidate" name="action" value="add">Add</button> </p>
 <p> <button name="action" value="update">Save</button> </p>
</form>
4.10.5.3.4 The required attribute

The required attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, the element is required.

Constraint validation: If the element is required, and its value IDL attribute applies and is in the mode value, and the element is mutable, and the element's value is the empty string, then the element is suffering from being missing.

The following form has two required fields, one for an email address and one for a password. It also has a third field that is only considered valid if the user types the same password in the password field and this third field.

<h1>Create new account</h1>
<form action="/newaccount" method=post
      oninput="up2.setCustomValidity(up2.value != up.value ? 'Passwords do not match.' : '')">
 <p>
  <label for="username">Email address:</label>
  <input id="username" type=email required name=un>
 <p>
  <label for="password1">Password:</label>
  <input id="password1" type=password required name=up>
 <p>
  <label for="password2">Confirm password:</label>
  <input id="password2" type=password name=up2>
 <p>
  <input type=submit value="Create account">
</form>

For radio buttons, the required attribute is satisfied if any of the radio buttons in the group is selected. Thus, in the following example, any of the radio buttons can be checked, not just the one marked as required:

<fieldset>
 <legend>Did the movie pass the Bechdel test?</legend>
 <p><label><input type="radio" name="bechdel" value="no-characters"> No, there are not even two female characters in the movie. </label>
 <p><label><input type="radio" name="bechdel" value="no-names"> No, the female characters never talk to each other. </label>
 <p><label><input type="radio" name="bechdel" value="no-topic"> No, when female characters talk to each other it's always about a male character. </label>
 <p><label><input type="radio" name="bechdel" value="yes" required> Yes. </label>
 <p><label><input type="radio" name="bechdel" value="unknown"> I don't know. </label>
</fieldset>

To avoid confusion as to whether a radio button group is required or not, authors are encouraged to specify the attribute on all the radio buttons in a group. Indeed, in general, authors are encouraged to avoid having radio button groups that do not have any initially checked controls in the first place, as this is a state that the user cannot return to, and is therefore generally considered a poor user interface.

4.10.5.3.5 The multiple attribute

Attributes/multiple

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.6+Safari4+Chrome2+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Element/input#attr-multiple

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3.6+Safari4+Chrome2+
Opera≤12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android≤37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android≤12.1+

The multiple attribute is a boolean attribute that indicates whether the user is to be allowed to specify more than one value.

The following extract shows how an email client's "To" field could accept multiple email addresses.

<label>To: <input type=email multiple name=to></label>

If the user had, amongst many friends in their user contacts database, two friends "Spider-Man" (with address "spider@parker.example.net") and "Scarlet Witch" (with address "scarlet@avengers.example.net"), then, after the user has typed "s", the user agent might suggest these two email addresses to the user.

The page could also link in the user's contacts database from the site:

<label>To: <input type=email multiple name=to list=contacts></label>
...
<datalist id="contacts">
 <option value="hedral@damowmow.com">
 <option value="pillar@example.com">
 <option value="astrophy@cute.example">
 <option value="astronomy@science.example.org">
</datalist>

Suppose the user had entered "bob@example.net" into this text control, and then started typing a second email address starting with "s". The user agent might show both the two friends mentioned earlier, as well as the "astrophy" and "astronomy" values given in the datalist element.

The following extract shows how an email client's "Attachments" field could accept multiple files for upload.

<label>Attachments: <input type=file multiple name=att></label>
4.10.5.3.6 The pattern attribute

Attributes/pattern

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome4+
Opera≤12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android≤37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android≤12.1+

Attributes/pattern

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari5+Chrome4+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The pattern attribute specifies a regular expression against which the control's value, or, when the multiple attribute applies and is set, the control's values, are to be checked.

If specified, the attribute's value must match the JavaScript Pattern[+UnicodeSetsMode, +N] production.

The compiled pattern regular expression of an input element, if it exists, is a JavaScript RegExp object. It is determined as follows:

  1. If the element does not have a pattern attribute specified, then return nothing. The element has no compiled pattern regular expression.

  2. Let pattern be the value of the pattern attribute of the element.

  3. Let regexpCompletion be RegExpCreate(pattern, "v").

  4. If regexpCompletion is an abrupt completion, then return nothing. The element has no compiled pattern regular expression.

    User agents are encouraged to log this error in a developer console, to aid debugging.

  5. Let anchoredPattern be the string "^(?:", followed by pattern, followed by ")$".

  6. Return ! RegExpCreate(anchoredPattern, "v").

The reasoning behind these steps, instead of just using the value of the pattern attribute directly, is twofold. First, we want to ensure that when matched against a string, the regular expression's start is anchored to the start of the string and its end to the end of the string. Second, we want to ensure that the regular expression is valid in standalone form, instead of only becoming valid after being surrounded by the "^(?:" and ")$" anchors.

A RegExp object regexp matches a string input, if ! RegExpBuiltinExec(regexp, input) is not null.

Constraint validation: If the element's value is not the empty string, and either the element's multiple attribute is not specified or it does not apply to the input element given its type attribute's current state, and the element has a compiled pattern regular expression but that regular expression does not match the element's value, then the element is suffering from a pattern mismatch.

Constraint validation: If the element's value is not the empty string, and the element's multiple attribute is specified and applies to the input element, and the element has a compiled pattern regular expression but that regular expression does not match each of the element's values, then the element is suffering from a pattern mismatch.

When an input element has a pattern attribute specified, authors should include a title attribute to give a description of the pattern. User agents may use the contents of this attribute, if it is present, when informing the user that the pattern is not matched, or at any other suitable time, such as in a tooltip or read out by assistive technology when the control gains focus.

For example, the following snippet:

<label> Part number:
 <input pattern="[0-9][A-Z]{3}" name="part"
        title="A part number is a digit followed by three uppercase letters."/>
</label>

...could cause the UA to display an alert such as:

A part number is a digit followed by three uppercase letters.
You cannot submit this form when the field is incorrect.

When a control has a pattern attribute, the title attribute, if used, must describe the pattern. Additional information could also be included, so long as it assists the user in filling in the control. Otherwise, assistive technology would be impaired.

For instance, if the title attribute contained the caption of the control, assistive technology could end up saying something like The text you have entered does not match the required pattern. Birthday, which is not useful.

UAs may still show the title in non-error situations (for example, as a tooltip when hovering over the control), so authors should be careful not to word titles as if an error has necessarily occurred.

4.10.5.3.7 The min and max attributes

Attributes/max

Support in all current engines.

Firefox16+Safari5+Chrome4+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Attributes/min

Support in all current engines.

Firefox16+Safari5+Chrome4+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Some form controls can have explicit constraints applied limiting the allowed range of values that the user can provide. Normally, such a range would be linear and continuous. A form control can have a periodic domain, however, in which case the form control's broadest possible range is finite, and authors can specify explicit ranges within it that span the boundaries.

Specifically, the broadest range of a type=time control is midnight to midnight (24 hours), and authors can set both continuous linear ranges (such as 9pm to 11pm) and discontinuous ranges spanning midnight (such as 11pm to 1am).

The min and max attributes indicate the allowed range of values for the element.

Their syntax is defined by the section that defines the type attribute's current state.

If the element has a min attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the min attribute is a number, then that number is the element's minimum; otherwise, if the type attribute's current state defines a default minimum, then that is the minimum; otherwise, the element has no minimum.

The min attribute also defines the step base.

If the element has a max attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the max attribute is a number, then that number is the element's maximum; otherwise, if the type attribute's current state defines a default maximum, then that is the maximum; otherwise, the element has no maximum.

If the element does not have a periodic domain, the max attribute's value (the maximum) must not be less than the min attribute's value (its minimum).

If an element that does not have a periodic domain has a maximum that is less than its minimum, then so long as the element has a value, it will either be suffering from an underflow or suffering from an overflow.

An element has a reversed range if it has a periodic domain and its maximum is less than its minimum.

An element has range limitations if it has a defined minimum or a defined maximum.

Constraint validation: When the element has a minimum and does not have a reversed range, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element's value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is less than the minimum, the element is suffering from an underflow.

Constraint validation: When the element has a maximum and does not have a reversed range, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element's value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is more than the maximum, the element is suffering from an overflow.

Constraint validation: When an element has a reversed range, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element's value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is more than the maximum and less than the minimum, the element is simultaneously suffering from an underflow and suffering from an overflow.

The following date control limits input to dates that are before the 1980s:

<input name=bday type=date max="1979-12-31">

The following number control limits input to whole numbers greater than zero:

<input name=quantity required="" type="number" min="1" value="1">

The following time control limits input to those minutes that occur between 9pm and 6am, defaulting to midnight:

<input name="sleepStart" type=time min="21:00" max="06:00" step="60" value="00:00">
4.10.5.3.8 The step attribute

Attributes/step

Support in all current engines.

Firefox16+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The step attribute indicates the granularity that is expected (and required) of the value or values, by limiting the allowed values. The section that defines the type attribute's current state also defines the default step, the step scale factor, and in some cases the default step base, which are used in processing the attribute as described below.

The step attribute, if specified, must either have a value that is a valid floating-point number that parses to a number that is greater than zero, or must have a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "any".

The attribute provides the allowed value step for the element, as follows:

  1. If the attribute does not apply, then there is no allowed value step.

  2. Otherwise, if the attribute is absent, then the allowed value step is the default step multiplied by the step scale factor.

  3. Otherwise, if the attribute's value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "any", then there is no allowed value step.

  4. Otherwise, if the rules for parsing floating-point number values, when they are applied to the attribute's value, return an error, zero, or a number less than zero, then the allowed value step is the default step multiplied by the step scale factor.

  5. Otherwise, the allowed value step is the number returned by the rules for parsing floating-point number values when they are applied to the attribute's value, multiplied by the step scale factor.

The step base is the value returned by the following algorithm:

  1. If the element has a min content attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the min content attribute is not an error, then return that result.

  2. If the element has a value content attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the value content attribute is not an error, then return that result.

  3. If a default step base is defined for this element given its type attribute's state, then return it.

  4. Return zero.

Constraint validation: When the element has an allowed value step, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element's value is a number, and that number subtracted from the step base is not an integral multiple of the allowed value step, the element is suffering from a step mismatch.

The following range control only accepts values in the range 0..1, and allows 256 steps in that range:

<input name=opacity type=range min=0 max=1 step=0.00392156863>

The following control allows any time in the day to be selected, with any accuracy (e.g. thousandth-of-a-second accuracy or more):

<input name=favtime type=time step=any>

Normally, time controls are limited to an accuracy of one minute.

4.10.5.3.9 The list attribute

Element/input#list

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari12.1+Chrome20+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android4.4.3+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

The list attribute is used to identify an element that lists predefined options suggested to the user.

If present, its value must be the ID of a datalist element in the same tree.

The suggestions source element is the first element in the tree in tree order to have an ID equal to the value of the list attribute, if that element is a datalist element. If there is no list attribute, or if there is no element with that ID, or if the first element with that ID is not a datalist element, then there is no suggestions source element.

If there is a suggestions source element, then, when the user agent is allowing the user to edit the input element's value, the user agent should offer the suggestions represented by the suggestions source element to the user in a manner suitable for the type of control used. If appropriate, the user agent should use the suggestion's label and value to identify the suggestion to the user.

User agents are encouraged to filter the suggestions represented by the suggestions source element when the number of suggestions is large, including only the most relevant ones (e.g. based on the user's input so far). No precise threshold is defined, but capping the list at four to seven values is reasonable. If filtering based on the user's input, user agents should search within both the label and value of the suggestions for matches. User agents should consider how input variations affect the matching process. Unicode normalization should be applied so that different underlying Unicode code point sequences, caused by different keyboard- or input-specific mechanisms, do not interfere with the matching process. Case variations should be ignored, which may require language-specific case mapping. For examples of these, see Character Model for the World Wide Web: String Matching. User agents may also provide other matching features: for illustration, a few examples include matching different forms of kana to each other (or to kanji), ignoring accents, or applying spelling correction. [CHARMODNORM]

This text field allows you to choose a type of JavaScript function.

<input type="text" list="function-types">
<datalist id="function-types">
  <option value="function">function</option>
  <option value="async function">async function</option>
  <option value="function*">generator function</option>
  <option value="=>">arrow function</option>
  <option value="async =>">async arrow function</option>
  <option value="async function*">async generator function</option>
</datalist>

For user agents that follow the above suggestions, both the label and value would be shown:

A text box with a drop down button on the right hand side; with, below, a drop down box containing a list of the six values the left and the six labels on the right.

Then, typing "arrow" or "=>" would filter the list to the entries with labels "arrow function" and "async arrow function". Typing "generator" or "*" would filter the list to the entries with labels "generator function" and "async generator function".

As always, user agents are free to make user interface decisions which are appropriate for their particular requirements and for the user's particular circumstances. However, this has historically been an area of confusion for implementers, web developers, and users alike, so we've given some "should" suggestions above.

How user selections of suggestions are handled depends on whether the element is a control accepting a single value only, or whether it accepts multiple values:

If the element does not have a multiple attribute specified or if the multiple attribute does not apply

When the user selects a suggestion, the input element's value must be set to the selected suggestion's value, as if the user had written that value themself.

If the element's type attribute is in the Email state and the element has a multiple attribute specified

When the user selects a suggestion, the user agent must either add a new entry to the input element's values, whose value is the selected suggestion's value, or change an existing entry in the input element's values to have the value given by the selected suggestion's value, as if the user had themself added an entry with that value, or edited an existing entry to be that value. Which behavior is to be applied depends on the user interface in an implementation-defined manner.


If the list attribute does not apply, there is no suggestions source element.

This URL field offers some suggestions.

<label>Homepage: <input name=hp type=url list=hpurls></label>
<datalist id=hpurls>
 <option value="https://www.google.com/" label="Google">
 <option value="https://www.reddit.com/" label="Reddit">
</datalist>

Other URLs from the user's history might show also; this is up to the user agent.

This example demonstrates how to design a form that uses the autocompletion list feature while still degrading usefully in legacy user agents.

If the autocompletion list is merely an aid, and is not important to the content, then simply using a datalist element with children option elements is enough. To prevent the values from being rendered in legacy user agents, they need to be placed inside the value attribute instead of inline.

<p>
 <label>
  Enter a breed:
  <input type="text" name="breed" list="breeds">
  <datalist id="breeds">
   <option value="Abyssinian">
   <option value="Alpaca">
   <!-- ... -->
  </datalist>
 </label>
</p>

However, if the values need to be shown in legacy UAs, then fallback content can be placed inside the datalist element, as follows:

<p>
 <label>
  Enter a breed:
  <input type="text" name="breed" list="breeds">
 </label>
 <datalist id="breeds">
  <label>
   or select one from the list:
   <select name="breed">
    <option value=""> (none selected)
    <option>Abyssinian
    <option>Alpaca
    <!-- ... -->
   </select>
  </label>
 </datalist>
</p>

The fallback content will only be shown in UAs that don't support datalist. The options, on the other hand, will be detected by all UAs, even though they are not children of the datalist element.

Note that if an option element used in a datalist is selected, it will be selected by default by legacy UAs (because it affects the select element), but it will not have any effect on the input element in UAs that support datalist.

4.10.5.3.10 The placeholder attribute

Element/input#placeholder

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari4+Chrome3+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Element/input#attr-placeholder

Support in all current engines.

Firefox4+Safari4+Chrome3+
Opera≤12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android≤37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android≤12.1+

The placeholder attribute represents a short hint (a word or short phrase) intended to aid the user with data entry when the control has no value. A hint could be a sample value or a brief description of the expected format. The attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.

The placeholder attribute should not be used as an alternative to a label. For a longer hint or other advisory text, the title attribute is more appropriate.

These mechanisms are very similar but subtly different: the hint given by the control's label is shown at all times; the short hint given in the placeholder attribute is shown before the user enters a value; and the hint in the title attribute is shown when the user requests further help.

User agents should present this hint to the user, after having stripped newlines from it, when the element's value is the empty string, especially if the control is not focused.

If a user agent normally doesn't show this hint to the user when the control is focused, then the user agent should nonetheless show the hint for the control if it was focused as a result of the autofocus attribute, since in that case the user will not have had an opportunity to examine the control before focusing it.

Here is an example of a mail configuration user interface that uses the placeholder attribute:

<fieldset>
 <legend>Mail Account</legend>
 <p><label>Name: <input type="text" name="fullname" placeholder="John Ratzenberger"></label></p>
 <p><label>Address: <input type="email" name="address" placeholder="john@example.net"></label></p>
 <p><label>Password: <input type="password" name="password"></label></p>
 <p><label>Description: <input type="text" name="desc" placeholder="My Email Account"></label></p>
</fieldset>

In situations where the control's content has one directionality but the placeholder needs to have a different directionality, Unicode's bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters can be used in the attribute value:

<input name=t1 type=tel placeholder="&#x202B;رقم الهاتف 1&#x202E;">
<input name=t2 type=tel placeholder="&#x202B;رقم الهاتف 2&#x202E;">

For slightly more clarity, here's the same example using numeric character references instead of inline Arabic:

<input name=t1 type=tel placeholder="&#x202B;&#1585;&#1602;&#1605; &#1575;&#1604;&#1607;&#1575;&#1578;&#1601; 1&#x202E;">
<input name=t2 type=tel placeholder="&#x202B;&#1585;&#1602;&#1605; &#1575;&#1604;&#1607;&#1575;&#1578;&#1601; 2&#x202E;">
4.10.5.4 Common input element APIs
input.value [ = value ]

Returns the current value of the form control.

Can be set, to change the value.

Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if it is set to any value other than the empty string when the control is a file upload control.

input.checked [ = value ]

Returns the current checkedness of the form control.

Can be set, to change the checkedness.

input.files [ = files ]

FileList

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3+Safari4+Chrome2+
Opera11.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android11.1+

HTMLInputElement/files

Support in all current engines.

Firefox3+Safari4+Chrome2+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer🔰 10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS3+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Returns a FileList object listing the selected files of the form control.

Returns null if the control isn't a file control.

Can be set to a FileList object to change the selected files of the form control. For instance, as the result of a drag-and-drop operation.

input.valueAsDate [ = value ]

Returns a Date object representing the form control's value, if applicable; otherwise, returns null.

Can be set, to change the value.

Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control isn't date- or time-based.

input.valueAsNumber [ = value ]

Returns a number representing the form control's value, if applicable; otherwise, returns NaN.

Can be set, to change the value. Setting this to NaN will set the underlying value to the empty string.

Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control is neither date- or time-based nor numeric.

input.stepUp([ n ])

HTMLInputElement/stepUp

Firefox🔰 16+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
input.stepDown([ n ])

HTMLInputElement/stepDown

Firefox🔰 16+Safari5+Chrome5+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer10+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS4+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+

Changes the form control's value by the value given in the step attribute, multiplied by n. The default value for n is 1.

Throws "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control is neither date- or time-based nor numeric, or if the step attribute's value is "any".

input.list

Returns the datalist element indicated by the list attribute.

input.showPicker()

Shows any applicable picker UI for input, so that the user can select a value.

If input does not support a picker, this method does nothing.

Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if input is not mutable.

Throws a "NotAllowedError" DOMException if called without transient user activation.

Throws a "SecurityError" DOMException if input is inside a cross-origin iframe, unless input is in the File Upload or Color states.

The value IDL attribute allows scripts to manipulate the value of an input element. The attribute is in one of the following modes, which define its behavior:

value

On getting, return the current value of the element.

On setting:

  1. Let oldValue be the element's value.

  2. Set the element's value to the new value.

  3. Set the element's dirty value flag to true.

  4. Invoke the value sanitization algorithm, if the element's type attribute's current state defines one.

  5. If the element's value (after applying the value sanitization algorithm) is different from oldValue, and the element has a text entry cursor position, move the text entry cursor position to the end of the text control, unselecting any selected text and resetting the selection direction to "none".

default

On getting, if the element has a value content attribute, return that attribute's value; otherwise, return the empty string.

On setting, set the value of the element's value content attribute to the new value.

default/on

On getting, if the element has a value content attribute, return that attribute's value; otherwise, return the string "on".

On setting, set the value of the element's value content attribute to the new value.

filename

On getting, return the string "C:\fakepath\" followed by the name of the first file in the list of selected files, if any, or the empty string if the list is empty.

On setting, if the new value is the empty string, empty the list of selected files; otherwise, throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException.

This "fakepath" requirement is a sad accident of history. See the example in the File Upload state section for more information.

Since path components are not permitted in filenames in the list of selected files, the "\fakepath\" cannot be mistaken for a path component.


The checked IDL attribute allows scripts to manipulate the checkedness of an input element. On getting, it must return the current checkedness of the element; and on setting, it must set the element's checkedness to the new value and set the element's dirty checkedness flag to true.


The files IDL attribute allows scripts to access the element's selected files.

On getting, if the IDL attribute applies, it must return a FileList object that represents the current selected files. The same object must be returned until the list of selected files changes. If the IDL attribute does not apply, then it must instead return null. [FILEAPI]

On setting, it must run these steps:

  1. If the IDL attribute does not apply or the given value is null, then return.

  2. Replace the element's selected files with the given value.


The valueAsDate IDL attribute represents the value of the element, interpreted as a date.

On getting, if the valueAsDate attribute does not apply, as defined for the input element's type attribute's current state, then return null. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a string to a Date object defined for that state to the element's value; if the algorithm returned a Date object, then return it, otherwise, return null.

On setting, if the valueAsDate attribute does not apply, as defined for the input element's type attribute's current state, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException; otherwise, if the new value is not null and not a Date object throw a TypeError exception; otherwise, if the new value is null or a Date object representing the NaN time value, then set the value of the element to the empty string; otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, as defined for that state, on the new value, and set the value of the element to the resulting string.


The valueAsNumber IDL attribute represents the value of the element, interpreted as a number.

On getting, if the valueAsNumber attribute does not apply, as defined for the input element's type attribute's current state, then return a Not-a-Number (NaN) value. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a string to a number defined for that state to the element's value; if the algorithm returned a number, then return it, otherwise, return a Not-a-Number (NaN) value.

On setting, if the new value is infinite, then throw a TypeError exception. Otherwise, if the valueAsNumber attribute does not apply, as defined for the input element's type attribute's current state, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException. Otherwise, if the new value is a Not-a-Number (NaN) value, then set the value of the element to the empty string. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a number to a string, as defined for that state, on the new value, and set the value of the element to the resulting string.


The stepDown(n) and stepUp(n) methods, when invoked, must run the following algorithm:

  1. If the stepDown() and stepUp() methods do not apply, as defined for the input element's type attribute's current state, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException.

  2. If the element has no allowed value step, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException.

  3. If the element has a minimum and a maximum and the minimum is greater than the maximum, then return.

  4. If the element has a minimum and a maximum and there is no value greater than or equal to the element's minimum and less than or equal to the element's maximum that, when subtracted from the step base, is an integral multiple of the allowed value step, then return.

  5. If applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element's value does not result in an error, then let value be the result of that algorithm. Otherwise, let value be zero.

  6. Let valueBeforeStepping be value.

  7. If value subtracted from the step base is not an integral multiple of the allowed value step, then set value to the nearest value that, when subtracted from the step base, is an integral multiple of the allowed value step, and that is less than value if the method invoked was the stepDown() method, and more than value otherwise.

    Otherwise (value subtracted from the step base is an integral multiple of the allowed value step):

    1. Let n be the argument.

    2. Let delta be the allowed value step multiplied by n.

    3. If the method invoked was the stepDown() method, negate delta.

    4. Let value be the result of adding delta to value.

  8. If the element has a minimum, and value is less than that minimum, then set value to the smallest value that, when subtracted from the step base, is an integral multiple of the allowed value step, and that is more than or equal to that minimum.

  9. If the element has a maximum, and value is greater than that maximum, then set value to the largest value that, when subtracted from the step base, is an integral multiple of the allowed value step, and that is less than or equal to that maximum.

  10. If either the method invoked was the stepDown() method and value is greater than valueBeforeStepping, or the method invoked was the stepUp() method and value is less than valueBeforeStepping, then return.

    This ensures that invoking the stepUp() method on the input element in the following example does not change the value of that element:

    <input type=number value=1 max=0>
  11. Let value as string be the result of running the algorithm to convert a number to a string, as defined for the input element's type attribute's current state, on value.

  12. Set the value of the element to value as string.


The list IDL attribute must return the current suggestions source element, if any, or null otherwise.


HTMLInputElement/showPicker

Support in all current engines.

Firefox101+Safari16+Chrome99+
Opera?Edge99+
Edge (Legacy)?Internet ExplorerNo
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android?

The HTMLInputElement showPicker() and HTMLSelectElement showPicker() method steps are:

  1. If this is not mutable, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException.

  2. If this's relevant settings object's origin is not same origin with this's relevant settings object's top-level origin, and this is a select element, or this's type attribute is not in the File Upload state or Color state, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.

    File and Color inputs are exempted from this check for historical reason: their input activation behavior also shows their pickers, and has never been guarded by an origin check.

  3. If this's relevant global object does not have transient activation, then throw a "NotAllowedError" DOMException.

  4. If this is a select element, and this is not being rendered, then throw a "NotSupportedError" DOMException.

  5. Show the picker, if applicable, for this.

To show the picker, if applicable for an input or select element element:

  1. If element's relevant global object does not have transient activation, then return.

  2. If element is not mutable, then return.

  3. Consume user activation given element's relevant global object.

  4. If element does not support a picker, then return.

  5. If element is an input element and element's type attribute is in the File Upload state, then run these steps in parallel:

    1. Optionally, wait until any prior execution of this algorithm has terminated.

    2. Let dismissed be the result of WebDriver BiDi file dialog opened with element.

    3. If dismissed is false:

      1. Display a prompt to the user requesting that the user specify some files. If the multiple attribute is not set on element, there must be no more than one file selected; otherwise, any number may be selected. Files can be from the filesystem or created on the fly, e.g., a picture taken from a camera connected to the user's device.

      2. Wait for the user to have made their selection.

    4. If dismissed is true or if the user dismissed the prompt without changing their selection, then queue an element task on the user interaction task source given element to fire an event named cancel at element, with the bubbles attribute initialized to true.

    5. Otherwise, update the file selection for element.

    As with all user interface specifications, user agents have a good deal of freedom in how they interpret these requirements. The above text implies that a user either dismisses the prompt or changes their selection; exactly one of these will be true. But the mapping of these possibilities to specific user interface elements is not mandated by the standard. For example, a user agent might interpret clicking the "Cancel" button when files were previously selected as a change of selection to select zero files, thus firing input and change. Or it might interpret such a click as a dismissal that leaves the selection unchanged, thus firing cancel. Similarly, it's up to the user agent whether re-selecting the same files as were previously selected counts as a dismissal, or as a change of selection.

  6. Otherwise, the user agent should show the relevant user interface for selecting a value for element, in the way it normally would when the user interacts with the control.

    When showing such a user interface, it must respect the requirements stated in the relevant parts of the specification for how element behaves given its type attribute state. (For example, various sections describe restrictions on the resulting value string.)

    This step can have side effects, such as closing other pickers that were previously shown by this algorithm. (If this closes a file selection picker, then per the above that will lead to firing either input and change events, or a cancel event.)

4.10.5.5 Common event behaviors

When the input and change events apply (which is the case for all input controls other than buttons and those with the type attribute in the Hidden state), the events are fired to indicate that the user has interacted with the control. The input event fires whenever the user has modified the data of the control. The change event fires when the value is committed, if that makes sense for the control, or else when the control loses focus. In all cases, the input event comes before the corresponding change event (if any).

When an input element has a defined input activation behavior, the rules for dispatching these events, if they apply, are given in the section above that defines the type attribute's state. (This is the case for all input controls with the type attribute in the Checkbox state, the Radio Button state, or the File Upload state.)

For input elements without a defined input activation behavior, but to which these events apply, and for which the user interface involves both interactive manipulation and an explicit commit action, then when the user changes the element's value, the user agent must queue an element task on the user interaction task source given the input element to fire an event named input at the input element, with the bubbles and composed attributes initialized to true, and any time the user commits the change, the user agent must queue an element task on the user interaction task source given the input element to set its user validity to true and fire an event named change at the input element, with the bubbles attribute initialized to true.

An example of a user interface involving both interactive manipulation and a commit action would be a Range controls that use a slider, when manipulated using a pointing device. While the user is dragging the control's knob, input events would fire whenever the position changed, whereas the change event would only fire when the user let go of the knob, committing to a specific value.

For input elements without a defined input activation behavior, but to which these events apply, and for which the user interface involves an explicit commit action but no intermediate manipulation, then any time the user commits a change to the element's value, the user agent must queue an element task on the user interaction task source given the input element to first fire an event named input at the input element, with the bubbles and composed attributes initialized to true, and then fire an event named change at the input element, with the bubbles attribute initialized to true.

An example of a user interface with a commit action would be a Color control that consists of a single button that brings up a color wheel: if the value only changes when the dialog is closed, then that would be the explicit commit action. On the other hand, if manipulating the control changes the color interactively, then there might be no commit action.

Another example of a user interface with a commit action would be a Date control that allows both text-based user input and user selection from a drop-down calendar: while text input might not have an explicit commit step, selecting a date from the drop down calendar and then dismissing the drop down would be a commit action.

For input elements without a defined input activation behavior, but to which these events apply, any time the user causes the element's value to change without an explicit commit action, the user agent must queue an element task on the user interaction task source given the input element to fire an event named input at the input element, with the bubbles and composed attributes initialized to true. The corresponding change event, if any, will be fired when the control loses focus.

Examples of a user changing the element's value would include the user typing into a text control, pasting a new value into the control, or undoing an edit in that control. Some user interactions do not cause changes to the value, e.g., hitting the "delete" key in an empty text control, or replacing some text in the control with text from the clipboard that happens to be exactly the same text.

A Range control in the form of a slider that the user has focused and is interacting with using a keyboard would be another example of the user changing the element's value without a commit step.

In the case of tasks that just fire an input event, user agents may wait for a suitable break in the user's interaction before queuing the tasks; for example, a user agent could wait for the user to have not hit a key for 100ms, so as to only fire the event when the user pauses, instead of continuously for each keystroke.

When the user agent is to change an input element's value on behalf of the user (e.g. as part of a form prefilling feature), the user agent must queue an element task on the user interaction task source given the input element to first update the value accordingly, then fire an event named input at the input element, with the bubbles and composed attributes initialized to true, then fire an event named change at the input element, with the bubbles attribute initialized to true.

These events are not fired in response to changes made to the values of form controls by scripts. (This is to make it easier to update the values of form controls in response to the user manipulating the controls, without having to then filter out the script's own changes to avoid an infinite loop.)

These events are also not fired when the browser changes the values of form controls as part of state restoration during navigation.

4.10.6 The button element

Element/button

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari4+Chrome1+
Opera15+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android?Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android?Samsung Internet?Opera Android14+

HTMLButtonElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari3+Chrome1+
Opera12.1+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer5.5+
Firefox Android?Safari iOS1+Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android12.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Interactive content.
Listed, labelable, submittable, and autocapitalize-and-autocorrect inheriting form-associated element.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Phrasing content, but there must be no interactive content descendant and no descendant with the tabindex attribute specified.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
command — Indicates to the targeted element which action to take.
commandfor — Targets another element to be invoked.
disabled — Whether the form control is disabled
form — Associates the element with a form element
formactionURL to use for form submission
formenctypeEntry list encoding type to use for form submission
formmethod — Variant to use for form submission
formnovalidate — Bypass form control validation for form submission
formtargetNavigable for form submission
name — Name of the element to use for form submission and in the form.elements API
popovertarget — Targets a popover element to toggle, show, or hide
popovertargetaction — Indicates whether a targeted popover element is to be toggled, shown, or hidden
type — Type of button
value — Value to be used for form submission
Accessibility considerations:
For authors.
For implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLButtonElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString command;
  [CEReactions] attribute Element? commandForElement;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean disabled;
  readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
  [CEReactions] attribute USVString formAction;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString formEnctype;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString formMethod;
  [CEReactions] attribute boolean formNoValidate;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString formTarget;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString value;

  readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
  readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
  readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
  boolean checkValidity();
  boolean reportValidity();
  undefined setCustomValidity(DOMString error);

  readonly attribute NodeList labels;
};
HTMLButtonElement includes PopoverInvokerElement;

The button element represents a button labeled by its contents.

The element is a button.

The type attribute controls the behavior of the button when it is activated. It is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
submit Submit Button Submits the form.
reset Reset Button Resets the form.
button Button Does nothing.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the Auto state.

A button element is said to be a submit button if any of the following are true:

Constraint validation: If the element is not a submit button, the element is barred from constraint validation.

If specified, the commandfor attribute value must be the ID of an element in the same tree as the button with the commandfor attribute.

The command attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states:

Keyword State Brief description
toggle-popover Toggle Popover Shows or hides the targeted popover element.
show-popover Show Popover Shows the targeted popover element.
hide-popover Hide Popover Hides the targeted popover element.
close Close Closes the targeted dialog element.
show-modal Show Modal Opens the targeted dialog element as modal.
A custom command keyword Custom Only dispatches the command event on the targeted element.

The attribute's missing value default and invalid value default are both the Unknown state.

A custom command keyword is a string that starts with "--".

A button element element's activation behavior given event is:

  1. If element is disabled, then return.

  2. If element's node document is not fully active, then return.

  3. If element has a form owner:

    1. If element is a submit button, then submit element's form owner from element with userInvolvement set to event's user navigation involvement, and return.

    2. If element's type attribute is in the Reset Button state, then reset element's form owner, and return.

    3. If element's type attribute is in the Auto state, then return.

  4. Let target be the result of running element's get the commandfor associated element.

  5. If target is not null:

    1. Let command be element's command attribute.

    2. If command is in the Unknown state, then return.

    3. Let isPopover be true if target's popover attribute is not in the no popover state; otherwise false.

    4. If isPopover is false and command is not in the Custom state:

      1. Assert: target's namespace is the HTML namespace.

      2. If this standard does not define is valid invoker command steps for target's local name, then return.

      3. Otherwise, if the result of running target's corresponding is valid invoker command steps given command is false, then return.

    5. Let continue be the result of firing an event named command at target, using CommandEvent, with its command attribute initialized to command, its source attribute initialized to element, and its cancelable and composed attributes initialized to true.

      DOM standard issue #1328 tracks how to better standardize associated event data in a way which makes sense on Events. Currently an event attribute initialized to a value cannot also have a getter, and so an internal slot (or map of additional fields) is required to properly specify this.

    6. If continue is false, then return.

    7. If target is not connected, then return.

    8. If command is in the Custom state, then return.

    9. If command is in the Hide Popover state:

      1. If the result of running check popover validity given target, true, false, and null is true, then run the hide popover algorithm given target, true, true, and false.

    10. Otherwise, if command is in the Toggle Popover state:

      1. If the result of running check popover validity given target, false, false, and null is true, then run the show popover algorithm given target, true, true, and false.

      2. Otheriwse, if the result of running check popover validity given target, true, false, and null is true, then run the hide popover algorithm given target, true, true, and false.

    11. Otherwise, if command is in the Show Popover state:

      1. If the result of running check popover validity given target, false, false, and null is true, then run the show popover algorithm given target, true, true, and false.

    12. Otherwise, if this standard defines invoker command steps for target's local name, then run the corresponding invoker command steps given target, element and command.

  6. Otherwise, run the popover target attribute activation behavior given element and event's target.

An HTML element can have specific is valid invoker command steps and invoker command steps defined for the element's local name.

The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the button element with its form owner. The name attribute represents the element's name. The disabled attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being submitted. The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget attributes are attributes for form submission.

The formnovalidate attribute can be used to make submit buttons that do not trigger the constraint validation.

The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget must not be specified if the element is not a submit button.

The commandForElement IDL attribute must reflect the element's commandfor content attribute.

The command getter steps are:

  1. Let command be this's command attribute.

  2. If command is in the Custom state, then return command's value.

  3. If command is in the Unknown state, then return the empty string.

  4. Return the keword corresponding to the value of command.

The command setter steps are to set the command content attribute to the given value.

The value attribute gives the element's value for the purposes of form submission. The element's value is the value of the element's value attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise.

A button (and its value) is only included in the form submission if the button itself was used to initiate the form submission.


The value IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name.

The type getter steps are:

  1. If this is a submit button, then return "submit".

  2. Let state be this's type attribute.

  3. Assert: state is not in the Submit Button state.

  4. If state is in the Auto state, then return "button".

  5. Return the keyword value corresponding to state.

The type setter steps are to set the type content attribute to the given value.

The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element's labels. The disabled, form, and name IDL attributes are part of the element's forms API.

The following button is labeled "Show hint" and pops up a dialog box when activated:

<button type=button
        onclick="alert('This 15-20 minute piece was composed by George Gershwin.')">
 Show hint
</button>

The following shows how buttons can use commandfor to show and hide an element with the popover attribute when activated:

<button type=button
        commandfor="the-popover"
        command="show-popover">
 Show menu
</button>
<div popover
     id="the-popover">
 <button commandfor="the-popover"
         command="hide-popover">
  Hide menu
 </button>
</div>
    

The following shows how buttons can use commandfor with a custom command keyword on an element, demonstrating how one could use custom commands for unspecified behavior:

<button type=button
        commandfor="the-image"
        command="--rotate-landscape">
 Rotate Left
</button>
<button type=button
        commandfor="the-image"
        command="--rotate-portrait">
 Rotate Right
</button>
<img id="the-image"
     src="photo.jpg">
<script>
  const image = document.getElementById("the-image");
  image.addEventListener("command", (event) => {
   if ( event.command == "--rotate-landscape" ) {
    event.target.style.rotate = "-90deg"
   } else if ( event.command == "--rotate-portrait" ) {
    event.target.style.rotate = "0deg"
   }
  });
</script>
    

4.10.7 The select element

Element/select

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera2+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet ExplorerYes
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+

HTMLSelectElement

Support in all current engines.

Firefox1+Safari1+Chrome1+
Opera2+Edge79+
Edge (Legacy)12+Internet Explorer1+
Firefox Android4+Safari iOS?Chrome Android?WebView Android37+Samsung Internet?Opera Android10.1+
Categories:
Flow content.
Phrasing content.
Interactive content.
Listed, labelable, submittable, resettable, and autocapitalize-and-autocorrect inheriting form-associated element.
Palpable content.
Contexts in which this element can be used:
Where phrasing content is expected.
Content model:
Zero or more option, optgroup, hr, and script-supporting elements.
Tag omission in text/html:
Neither tag is omissible.
Content attributes:
Global attributes
autocomplete — Hint for form autofill feature
disabled — Whether the form control is disabled
form — Associates the element with a form element
multiple — Whether to allow multiple values
name — Name of the element to use for form submission and in the form.elements API
required — Whether the control is required for form submission
size — Size of the control
Accessibility considerations:
If the element has a multiple attribute or a size attribute with a value > 1: for authors; for implementers.
Otherwise: for authors; for implementers.
DOM interface:
[Exposed=Window]
interface HTMLSelectElement : HTMLElement {
  [HTMLConstructor] constructor();

  [CEReactions] attribute DOMString autocomplete;
  [CEReactions] attribute boole